Whittaker Analytical Dynamics 2nd ed 1917 (classical mechanics)
PDF · 456 pages · 45.4 MB
Open PDF file
Classic Cambridge University Press treatise by E.T. Whittaker (Edinburgh), second edition, 1917, with an introduction to the problem of three bodies. The contents list covers kinematics, Lagrange's equations, integration principles, particle and rigid-body problems, vibrations, non-holonomic and dissipative systems, least action, Hamiltonian systems, and contact transformations. This is a downloaded book, not Phil's own writing.
AI-written summary; may contain errors.
Extracted text (machine-read; may contain errors)
EE: : etic : Pecote caeteaepakcare htiy
isxipoe%ain‘BiaieEtaegsosae:BsisePostLEGSBealtink:Pa
NieeeHa0aa .ii
Z?AeSieRS-“a
5ee+=Hothoeae
iestr:ayeesialiteae|
|ideebpaecotegia|
eeeasas a|
ieeePaty!seas|
ameceEeSe4
;peape,APantySsat
i.eithaem:4
tihedigpeFisens1
WeA)scoalaptiepi"eaLp||
‘aei, BePalb%;ce?
oaHeraRaefig JemSeespel|
:RicheyaeastGataySngDae
renpeelsGeyThs5202:
oiere **,
BLNoh te f 4
ImM4aaoN
gies Ss=ey
aae‘1aged
AGa Aero,
%..Bia 0)3eae oSeG see me I SyRs
ie) aa a ees 4
|
ATREATISE
ONTHE
ANALYTICAL DYNAMICS
OFPARTICLES ANDRIGID BODIES
CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS
C.F.CLAY, MANAGER
Soulum: FETTER LANE, E.G.
100PRINCES STREET
lirfu gorft:G.P.PUTNAM SSONS
Bombag,Calcutta antoJftafcras: MACMILLAN AND CO., LTD.
Toronto: J.M.DENTAND SONS, LTD.
Til 1CMARUZEN-KABUSHIKI-KAISHA
Allrightsreserved
ATREATISE
ONTHE
ANALYTICAL DYNAMICS
OFPARTICLES ANDRIGID BODIES;
WITH ANINTRODUCTION TOTHE
PROBLEM OFTHREE BODIES ,
BY
E.T.WHITTAKER
Hon. Sc.E).(Dubl.);F.R.S.
Professor ofMathematics intheUniversityofEdinburgh
SECOND EDITION
CAMBRIDGE :
ATTHKUNIVERSITY PRESS
1917
J
11n
r Uf
irstEdition 1904
Second Edition 1917
PREFACE TOTHESECOND EDITION
TNrevisingthisbook forasecond edition, Ihave endeavoured togive-
references to,and insome cases accountsof,thenumerousoriginal
researches inDynamicswhich havebeenpublished byvariousinvestigators
since the first editionappeared.Ihave moreover added some historical
matter, andrewritten manysections. Itisnotnecessarytospecifythese
indetail, butperhapsImaymention that thenewexplanationofthe
transformation-theoryofDynamicsin125sprangfrom adesire todo
justicetotheearliestgreatwork ofHamilton sgenius:thatthechangesin
69(themotion ofabodyabout arixedpointunder noforces) arose from
myopinionthattheJacobian functions arepreferabletotheWeierstrassian
inthenumericalcomputations:andthat Ishould have liked togive
afullerproofofSundman stheorem(181),butthoughtitbetter togive
onlysuchanaccount asmight impelthereader toconsult MrSundman s
own accessible andreadable memoir.
Iwishagaintorecordmyobligationstothe staff oftheCambridge
UniversityPress.
E.T.WHITTAKER.
EDINBURGH,
August,1916.
a3
CONTENTS
CHAPTER I.
KINEMATICAL PRELIMINARIES.
SECTION PAGE
1.Thedisplacementsofrigid bodies 1
2.Euler stheorem onrotations about apoint...... 2
3.Thetheorem ofRodrigues andHamilton....... 3
4.Thecompositionofequal andopposite rotations aboutparallelaxes . 3
5.Chasles theorem onthemost general displacementofarigidbody. . 4
6.Halphenstheorem onthecomposition oftwogeneral displacements. 5
7.Analytic representationofadisplacement 6
8.Thecompositionofsmall rotations 7
9.Euler sparametric specificationofrotations round apoint... 8
10.TheEulerian angles 9
11.Connexion oftheEulerian angles with theparameters ,?;, ,^. 10
12.Theconnexion ofrotations withhomographies:theCayley-Klein parameters11
13.Vectors 13
14. Velocity andacceleration;their vectorial character 14
15.Angular velocity;itsvectorial character 15
16.Determination ofthecomponentsofangular velocityofasysteminterms
oftheEulerian angles, andofthesymmetrical parameters. . 16
17.Time-flux ofavector whose componentsrelative tomovingaxes aregiven. 17
18. Specialresolutions ofthevelocity andacceleration 18
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 22
CHAPTER II.
THEEQUATIONS OFMOTION.
Contents vii
SECTION PAGE
26.Lagrangesform oftheequations ofmotion ofaholonomic system. . 34
27. Conservative forces;thekineticpotential 38
28.Theexplicitform ofLagrangesequations 39
29.Motion ofasystem which isconstrained torotate uniformly round anaxis . 40
30.TheLagrangian equationsforquasi-coordinates 41
31. Forces derivable from apotential-function which involves thevelocities . 44
32. Initial motions .... . . . . . . . . . 45
33. Similarityindynamical systems 47
34.Motion with reversed forces 47
35.Impulsivemotion 48
36.TheLagrangian equationsofimpulsive motion...... 50
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES... 51
CHAPTER III.
PRINCIPLES AVAILABLE FORTHEINTEGRATION.
37.Problems which aresoluble byquadratures 52
38.Systems withignorable coordinates . . . . . . . . 54
39. Special cases ofignoration ;integralsofmomentum andangular momentum 58
40.Thegeneral theorem ofangular momentum...... 61
41.Theenergy equation 62
42.Reduction ofadynamical problemtoaproblem with fewerdegreesof
freedom, bymeans oftheenergy equation 64
43. Separationofthevariables;dynamical systemsofLiouville stype. . 67
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 69
CHAPTER IV.
THESOLUBLE PROBLEMS OFPARTICLE DYNAMICS.
44.Theparticlewith onedegreeoffreedom;thependulum. . . . 71
45.Motion inamoving tube.......... 74
46.Motion oftwointeractingfreeparticles. 76
47. Central forces ingeneral:Hamilton stheorem 77
48.Theintegrablecases ofcentral forces;problems soluble interms ofcircular
andellipticfunctions.......... 80
49.Motion under theNewtonian law 86
50.Themutual transformation offields ofcentral forceand fields ofparallel
force"93
51.Bonnet stheorem............ 94
52.Determination ofthemost generalfieldofforce under which agiven curve
orfamily ofcurves canbedescribed 95
53.Theproblemoftwocentres ofgravitation 97
54.Motion onasurface 99
55.Motion onasurface ofrevolution;cases soluble interms ofcircular and
ellipticfunctions........... 103
56.Joukovskystheorem........... 109
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 111
vii.i Contents
CHAPTER V.
THEDYNAMICAL SPECIFICATION OFBODIES.
SECTION PAGK
57. Definitions; . . 117
58.Themoments ofinertia ofsomesimple bodies -.118
59. Derivation ofthemoment ofinertia about anyaxiswhen themoment of
inertia about aparallelaxisthrough thecentre ofgravityisknown 121
60.Connexion between moments ofinertia withrespecttodifferent setsofaxes
throughthesameorigin....... 122
61.Theprincipal axes ofinertia;Cauchysmomenta!ellipsoid. . .124
62. Calculation oftheangular momentum ofamoving rigidbody. . .124
63. Calculation ofthekineticenergyofamoving rigidbody. . . .126
64.Independenceofthemotion ofthecentre ofgravity andthemotion relative
toit 127
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 129
CHAPTER VI.
THESOLUBLE PROBLEMS OFRIGID DYNAMICS.
65.Themotion ofsystems withonedegreeoffreedom;motion round afixed
axis, etc. 131
66.Themotion ofsystems withtwodegreesoffreedom 137
67. Initial motions 141
68.Themotion ofsystems with threedegreesoffreedom.... 143
69.Motion ofabody about afixedpoint under noforces . . . .144
70. Poinsot skinematicalrepresentation ofthemotion;thepolhode and
herpolhode............ 152
71.Motion ofatoponaperfectly rough plane ;determination oftheEulerian
angle 6............. 155
72.Determination oftheremaining Eulerianangles, andoftheCayley-Klein
parameters ;thespherical top......... 159
73.Motion ofatoponaperfectly smooth plane163
74.Kowalevski stop............ 164
75.Impulsive motion 167
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.. . , 169
CHAPTER VII.
THEORY OFVIBRATIONS.
76. Vibrations aboutequilibrium ... . . . . . . - 177
77.Normal coordinates........... 178
78. Sylvesterstheorem ontherealityoftheroots ofthedeterminantal equation 183
79. Solution ofthedifferentialequations ;-theperiods ;stability. . .185
80.Examplesofvibrations aboutequilibrium187
81. Effect ofanew constraint ontheperiodsofavibrating system. . 191
82.Thestationarycharacter ofnormal vibrations 192
83. Vibrations about steady motion . . . . 193
84.Theintegrationoftheequations. . . . . . .19;">
85.Examplesofvibrations aboutsteadymotion...... 203
86. Vibrations ofsystems involving movingconstraints -07
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 208
Content* ix
CHAPTER VIII.
NON-HOLONOMIC SYSTEMS. DISSIPATIVE SYSTEMS.
PAGESECTION
87.Lagrangesequationswithundetermined multipliers
88.Equationsofmotion referred toaxesmovinginanymanner .
89. Applicationtospecialnon-holonomic problems217
90. Vibrations ofnon-holonomic systems
91. Dissipative systems;frictional forces
92. Resistingforces which dependonthevelocity
93. Rayleighsdissipation-function
94. Vibrations ofdissipative systems
95.Impact
96. Loss ofkinetic energyinimpact
97.Examplesofimpact.......
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES......
CHAPTER IX.
THEPRINCIPLES OFLEAST ACTION ANDLEAST CURVATURE.
98.Thetrajectoriesofadynamical system245
99.Hamilton sprincipleforconservative holonomic systems.... 245
100. TheprincipleofLeast Action forconservative holonomic systems. .247
101. Extension ofHamilton sprincipletonon-conservative dynamical systems 248
102. Extension ofHamilton sprinciple andtheprincipleofLeast Action to
non-holonomic systems.......... 249
103. Arethestationary integralsactual minima? Kinetic foci . . .250
104. Representationofthemotion ofdynamical systems bymeans ofgeodesies.253
105. Theleast-curvature principleofGauss andHertz..... 254
106. Expressionofthecurvature ofapathinterms ofgeneralisedcoordinates 256
107. Appellsequations258
108. Bertrand stheorem 260
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 261
CHAPTER X.
HAMILTONIAN SYSTEMS ANDTHEIR INTEGRAL-INVARIANTS.
109. Hamilton sform oftheequationsofmotion . . . . . .263
110. Equations arising from theCalculus ofVariations..... 265
111. Integral-invariants 267
112. The variationalequations 268
113. Integral-invariantsoforder one......... 269
114. Relative integral-invariants 271
115.Arelative integral-invariant which ispossessed byallHamiltoniansystems 272
116.Onsystemswhichpossesstherelativeintegral-invariant|2pS</. .272
117. Theexpressionofintegral-invariantsinterms ofintegrals. . .274
118. Thetheorem ofLieandKoenigs 275
119.The lastmultiplier 276
Content*
120. Derivation ofanintegral from twomultipliers279
121.Applicationofthe lastmultipliertoHainiltonian systems;useofa
single knownintegral280
122.Integral-invariants whose order isequaltotheorder ofthesystem.283
123. Reduction ofdifferential equationstotheLagrangian form . . .284
124. (a.seinwhich thekinetic energyisquadraticinthevelocities . .285
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES . ... 286
CHAPTER XL
THETRANSFORMATION-THEORY OFDYNAMICS.
125. Hamilton sCharacteristic Function andcontact-transformations . .288
126. Contact-transformations inspaceofanynumber ofdimensions . .292
127. The bilinear covariant ofageneraldifferential form.... 296
128. The conditions foracontact-transformation expressed bymeans ofthe
bilinear covariant 297
129. Theconditions foracontact-transformation interms ofLagrangesbracket-
expressions............ 298
130. Poisson sbracket-expressions ......... 299
131. Theconditions foracontact-transformation expressed bymeans ofPoisson s
bracket-expressions ........ 300
132. Thesub-groupsofMathieu transformations andextended point-transforma
tions............. 301
133. Infinitesimal contact-transformations ........ 302
134.Theresulting newview ofdynamics304
135. Helmholtz sreciprocal theorem......... 304
136. Jacobi stheorem onthetransformation ofagiven dynamical systeminto
anotherdynamical system......... 305
137. Representationofadynamical problem byadifferential form . . .307
138. TheHarniltonian function ofthetransformed equations.... 309
139. Transformations inwhich theindependentvariable ischanged. .310
140.New formulation oftheintegration-problem ...... 310
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES . ... 311
CHAPTER XII.
PROPERTIES OFTHEINTEGRALS OFDYNAMICAL SYSTEMS.
141. Reduction oftheorder ofaHarniltonian system byuseoftheenergy
integral.............
142. Hamilton spartialdifferential equation.......
143. Hamilton sintegralasasolution ofHamilton spartialdifferential equation
144. Theconnexion ofintegrals with infinitesimal transformations admitted by
thesystem............ 318
145. Poisson stheorem............ 320
146. TheconstancyofLagrangesbracket-expressions321
147. Involution-systems322
Contents xi
SECTION PAGE
148. Solution ofadynamical problem when halftheintegralsareknown .323
149. Levi-Civita stheorem. 325
150. Systemswhichpossess integralslinear inthemomenta.... 328
151. Determination oftheforces acting onasystemforwhich anintegralis
known 331
152. Applicationtothecase ofaparticle whose equationsofmotion possessan
integral quadraticinthevelocities....... 332
153. General dynamical systems possessing integrals quadraticinthevelocities .335
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES . 336
CHAPTER XIII.
THEREDUCTION OFTHEPROBLEM OFTHREE BODIES.
154. Introduction 339
155. The differential equationsoftheproblem340
156. Jacobi sequation............ 342
157. Reduction tothe12th order, byuseoftheintegralsofmotion ofthecentre
ofgravity343
158. Reduction tothe8thorder, byuseoftheintegralsofangular momentum
andelimination ofthenodes........ 344
159. Reduction tothe6thorder 347
160. Alternative reduction oftheproblemfrom the18th tothe6thorder .348
161. Theproblemofthree bodies inaplane 351
162. The restricted problemofthree bodies . 353
163. Extension totheproblemofnbodies....... 356
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES , 356
CHAPTER XIV.
THETHEOREMS OFBRUNS ANDPOINCARE.
164. Bruns theorem
(i)Statement ofthetheorem 358
(ii) Expressionofanintegralinterms oftheessential coordinates of
theproblem 358
(iii)Anintegral must involve themomenta...... 359
(iv)Only oneirrationality canoccur intheintegral.... 360
(v)Expressionoftheintegralasaquotientoftwo realpolynomials.361
(vi) Derivation ofintegrals from thenumerator anddenominator of
thequotient. . . 362
(vii)Proof that (does notinvolve theirrationality.... 366
(viii) Proof that <isafunctiononlyofthemomenta andtheintegrals
ofangular momentum 371
(ix) Proof that <isafunction of
7",Z,J/,N 374
(x)Deduction ofBrims theorem,forintegrals which donotinvolve t376
(xi) Extension ofBrims result tointegrals which involve thetime .378
xii Contents
165. Poincare stheorem
(i)Theequationsofmotion oftherestricted problemofthree bodies .380
(ii) Statement of Poincare":stheorem....... 381
(iii) Proof that 4>isnotafunction ofIff, 381
(iv) Proof that 4>cannot involve thevariables q,q%. . .382
(v)Proof thattheexistence ofaone-valuedintegralisinconsistent with
theresult of(iii)inthegeneralcase...... 383
(vi)Removal oftherestrictions onthecoefficients B
m> t,,,2. . .384
(vii) Deduction ofPoincare stheorem 385
CHAPTER XV.
THEGENERAL THEORY OFORBITS.
166. Introduction 386
167. Periodic solutions 386
168. Poincare snormal variables foraperiodicorbit 387
169.Acriterion forthediscoveryofperiodicorbits . . . . . .388
170. Lagrangesthreeparticles 390
171.StabilityofLagrangesparticles:periodicorbits inthevicinity. .394
172. The differentialequationofthenormaldisplacementfrom anorbit .395
173. Kortewegstheorem........... 397
174. Theindex ofstability 398
175. Characteristic exponents.......... 400
176. Propertiesofthecharacteristic exponents....... 401
177. Attractive andrepellent regionsofafield offorce 403
178. Applicationoftheenergy integraltotheproblemofstability. . .406
179.Applicationofintegral-invariantstoinvestigationsofstability. . .407
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES . . 107
CHAPTER XVI.
INTEGRATION EYTRIGONOMETRIC SERIES.
180. Theneed forseries which convergeforallvalues ofthetime;Poincare s
series............. 410
181. Theregularisationoftheproblemofthree bodies . . . . . 411
182. Trigonometricseries 412
183. Removal ofterms ofthe firstdegree from theenergy function . .413
184. Determination ofthenormal coordinates byacontact-transformation .414
185. Transformation tothetrigonometric form ofIf . . . . .417
186. Othertypesofmotion which lead toequationsofthesame form . .419
187. Removal ofaperiodictermfromH........ 420
188. Removal offurtherperiodicterms from // 4-2-2
189. Reversion totheoriginal coordinates 423
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES . . 424
INDEX OFAUTHORS QUOTED 4^5
INDEX OFTERMS EMPLOYED . 428
CHAPTER I
KINEMATICAL PRELIMINARIES
1.Thedisplacements ofrigidbodies.
ThenameAnalytical Dynamicsisgiventothatbranch ofknowledge
inwhich themotions ofmaterial bodies, considered asdue tothemutual
interactions ofthebodies, arediscussed bytheaidofmathematicalanalysis.
Itisnatural tobeginthisdiscussionbyconsideringthevariouspossible
typesofmotion inthemselves, leavingoutofaccount foratime thecauses
towhich theinitiation ofmotion maybeascribed;thispreliminary enquiry
constitutes thescience ofKinematics. Theobjectofthepresent chapteris
toestablish anumber ofkinematical theorems which willberequiredinthe
restofthework.
Kinematics isinitselfanextensivesubject,foracomplete account ofwhich thestudent
isreferred totreatises dealing exclusively withit,e.g.that ofKoenigs (Paris, 1897). In
what follows weshall confine ourattention totheorems which areofutilityintheappli
cations ofKinematics toDynamics.
Weshallsaythat amaterialbodyisrigidwhen themutual distance of
every pairofspecified pointsinitisinvariable, sothat thebody doesnot
expandorcontract orchangeitsshapeinanyway,althoughitmaychange
itsposition with reference tosurrounding objects.
Ifarigid bodyismoved from onepositiontoanother, thechangeof
positioniscalled adisplacementofthebody. Certainspecial kinds of
displacementhave receivedspecific names; thus, ifthepositioninspace
ofevery pointofthebodywhich liesonsomestraightlineLisunchanged,
thedisplacementiscalled arotation about thelineL;ifthepositionin
spaceofsomepointPofthebodyisunchanged,thedisplacementiscalled
arotation about thepointP;and ifthe linesjoiningthe initial and final
positionsofeach ofthepointsofthebodyareasetofparallel straightlines
oflength I,sothat theorientation ofthebodyinspaceisunaltered, the
displacementiscalled atranslationparalleltothedirectionofthelines,
through adistance I.
w.D.
2 Kinematical Preliminaries[CH.i
2.Elder stheorem onrotations about apoint*.
Consider arigid body,oneofwhosepointsismade immoveable bysome
attachment;supposethat thebodyisfree toturnabout thispointinany
manner, andletanytwopossible configurationsofthebodybetaken :for
convenience weshall callthese theconfiguration Pandtheconfiguration Q.
Weshallnowshew that itispossibletobringthebodyfromtheconfiguration
Ptotheconfiguration Qbysimply rotatingitabout some definite line
throughthefixedpoint,i.e.thatarotation about apointisalways equivalent
toarotation about alinethroughthepoint.
Toestablish thisresult (which was firstgiven byEuler),denote thefixed
point by0;letOA,OBbethepositions,intheconfiguration P,oftwolines
throughthefixedpointwhich arefixed inthebodyandmove with it;let
OA,OBbethepositionsofthesame lines intheconfiguration Q.Draw
theplanewhich isperpendiculartotheplaneAOA and bisects theangle
.ACM/: anddraw alsotheplanewhich isperpendiculartotheplaneBOB
andbisects theangleBOB. Let00bethelineofintersection ofthese two
planes, supposingthem tobenotcoincident;iftheyarecoincident, we
denoteby00thelineofintersection oftheplanesOAB andOAB .
Thenclearlyineither casetheline00 isrelated tothelinesOA,OB
inexactlythesamewayasitisrelated tothelinesOAandOB;that isto
say,theanglesAGOandBOG arerespectively equaltotheanglesAOGand
BOG. Itfollows that ifthesystemOABC isrotated about insuch away
thatthelinesOAandOBcome intothepositions OAandOBrespectively,
thenOG will retain itsposition unchanged. The lineOC istherefore
unaffected bythedisplacementinquestion,andsothedisplacement can
berepresented byarotationthroughsomeangleround 06;whichproves
thetheorem.
When abodyiscontinuously movinground oneofitspoints,which is
fixed inspace,thedisplacementfrom itspositionattime ttoitspositionat
time t+At,can,byEuler stheorem, beobtained byrotatingthebodyabout
some definite linethroughthefixedpoint.Thelimiting positionofthis
line,when theinterval Atfisindefinitely diminished,iscalled theinstantaneous
axisofrotation ofthebodyatthetime t.
When abodyiscontinuously moving round oneofitspoints,which isfixed, thelocus
oftheinstantaneous axis inthebodyisacone,whose vertex isatthefixedpoint: the
locus oftheinstantaneous axis inspaceisalsoaconewhose vertex isatthefixedpoint.
Shew thattheactual motion ofthebody canbeobtained bymakingtheformer ofthese
cones (supposedtoberigidlyconnected with thebody)rollonthelatter cone(supposedto
befixed inspace). (Poiusot.)
Asimilarproofshews thatifanytwopositions ofaplane figureinthe
same planearegiven,thedisplacement fromonepositiontotheother canbe
*NoviComment. Petrop.xx.(1776), p.189, 25.
2-4] Kinematical Preliminaries 3
regardedasarotation about somepointintheplane. Thispointiscalled
thecentreofrotation.
When thebodyisregardedascontinuously moving,thesmalldisplace
ment fromonepositiontothepositionwhich succeeds itafteraninfinitesimal
interval oftime cantherefore beaccomplished byarotation round apoint;
thispointiscalled theinstantaneous centreofrotation.
Example1.Alamina moves inanymanner initsplane. Prove thatthelocus atany
instant ofpoints which areatinflexions oftheirpathsisacircle, which touches theloci
inthelamina andinspaceofthecentre ofinstantaneous rotation.(Coll. Exam.)
Example2.Arigidbodyintwodimensions issubjected successivelytotwo finite
displacementsinitsplane.IfD2bethelinejoining thecentres ofdisplacement, and if
DIbethelinewhich isbroughtintotheposition D2byhalfthe firstdisplacement (i.e.
byrotation throughhalftheangle), and ifD3bethepositiontowhichD2isbrought by
halftheseconddisplacement, shew thatthecentre ofthetotal displacementoftherigid
bodyistheintersection ofDIand Z>3.(Coll. Exam.)
3.Thetheorem ofRodrigues andHamilton*.
Anytwosuccessive rotations about afixedpointcanbecompoundedinto
asinglerotationbymeans ofatheorem, whichmaybestated asfollows :
Successive rotations about three concurrent linesfixedinspace, throughtwice
theangles oftheplanes formed bythem, restore abodytoitsoriginal position.
For letthelines bedenoted byOP,OQ,OR. Draw.Op,Oq,Orper
pendiculartotheplanes QOR,ROP,POQ respectively. Then ifabodyis
rotatedthrough tworight anglesaboutOq,andafterwardsthrough tworight
angles about Or,thepositionofOP isonthewhole unaffected, while Oqis
moved totheposition occupied byitsimageinthe lineOr;the effect is
therefore thesame asthat ofarotation roundOPthroughtwice theangle
between theplanesPRandPQ,which wemaycalltheangleRPQ. It
follows that successive rotations round OP,OQ,ORthroughtwice theangles
RPQ,PQR,QRP, respectively,areequivalenttosuccessive rotationsthrough
tworight anglesabout thelinesOq,Or,Or,Op,Op,Oq;butthe latter
rotations willclearlyonthewholeproducenodisplacement; which establishes
thetheorem.
4.Thecomposition ofequal andoppositerotations aboutparallelaxes.
Acase ofspecialinterest isthat inwhich abodyissubjectedinturn to
tworotations ofequalamount inoppositesenses about twoparallelaxes.
Inneitherdisplacementisanypointofthebody displacedinadirection
paralleltotheaxes, and this istherefore true ofthe totaldisplacement.
Moreover, ifanylinebetaken inthebodyinaplane perpendiculartothe
*0.Rodrigues, Journ. deMath. v.(1840), p.380;Hamilton, Lectures onQuaternions, 344;
theproof heregivenisduetoBurnside, ActaMath. xxv.(1902).
12
4 Kinematical Preliminaries[CH.i
axes, this line inthe firstdisplacementwillbeturnedthroughanangle
equaltotheangleofrotation, andintheseconddisplacementwillbeturned
backthroughthesameangle;soitsfinalpositionwillbeparalleltoits
original position;whichevidentlycanbethecase foreverylinewithout
exception, onlywhen the totaldisplacementisequivalenttoasimple
translation. Itfollows thattwosuccessiveequal andoppositerotations about
parallelaxes areequivalenttoatranslation inadirectionperpendicularto
theaxes; or,inother words, arotation about anyaxis isequivalentto
arotationthroughthesameangle aboutanyaxisparalleltoit,togetherwith
asimple translation inadirectionperpendiculartotheaxis.
The converse ofthis,namelythetheorem thatarotationofarigid
bodyabout any axis, precededorfollowed byatranslation inadirection
perpendiculartotheaxis, aretogether equivalenttoarotationofthebody
about aparallel axis, isalso true, being essentiallythesame astheresult
stated in2,thatanydisplacementinaplanecanberegardedasarotation
round somepointintheplane. Byconsideringtheangle between the
initial and finalpositionsofanylinewhich isperpendiculartotheaxisand
moves with thebody,weseethattheanglesofrotation round thetwoaxes
areequal.
5.Chasles theorem onthemostgeneral displacement ofarigid body*.
Weshallnow,considerdisplacementsofamoregeneralcharacter. Itis
evident that afreerigid bodycanbemoved fromanyoneselected con
figuration PinspacetoanyotherQbyfirstmovingsome selectedpointof
thebodyfrom itspositionintheconfiguration Ptoitspositioninthe
configuration Q,each oftheotherpointsofthebodybeing moved byasimple
translationparalleltothis(sothatthebodyisoriented inthesamewayafter
theoperationasbefore), andsecondly rotatingthebodyabout thispointinto
theconfiguration Q.ByEuler stheorem, this latteroperationcanbe
performed bysimply rotatingthebodyabout alinethroughthepoint ;so
weseethat themostgeneral displacement ofarigid bodycanbeobtainedby
first translatingthebody,andthenrotatingitabout aline.
Weshallnowshew that thelineabout which therotation takesplace can
besochosen, thatthemotionoftranslation isparalleltothis line. For letA
betheinitialpositionofanypointofthebody, andBthepositiontowhich
thispointisbrought bythemotion oftranslation. LetAKbethe line
through Aparalleltothelineround which therotation takesplace, and letKbethefoot oftheperpendicular fromBonAK. Then themotion of
translation canevidentlybeaccomplishedintwostages,the first ofwhich
isatranslationparalleltothe lineabout which therotation takesplace,
*Mozzi, Discorso matematicosopra ilrotamento momentaneo delcorpi, Naples, 1763; Cauchy,
Exercices deHath. n.(Paris, 1827), p.87;Oeuvres, (2)vn.p.94;Chasles, Bulletin Unit: des
Sciences(Ferussac),xiv.(1830), p.321;Comptes Rendus deVAcad. xvi.(1843), p.1420.
4-6] Kinematical Preliminaries 5
bringingthepointAtotheposition K,and thesecond ofwhich is
atranslationperpendiculartothelineabout which therotation takesplace,
bringingthepointKtothepositionB.Butby 4,thesecond translation,
togetherwith therotation which followsit,aretogether equivalentto
asimplerotation about anew axisparalleltothe first one. Iftherefore any
pointonthis axisbetaken asbase-point,thewholedisplacementcanbe
accomplished byatranslation ofthebody paralleltoacertain linethrough
thispoint, togetherwith arotation about this line; this establishes the
theorem.
Thiscombination ofatranslation andarotation round alineparallelto
thedirection oftranslation iscalled ascrew;theratio ofthedistance of
translation totheangleofrotation iscalled thepitchofthescrew. Itis
clear that inascrewdisplacement,theorder inwhich thetranslation and
rotation takeplaceisindifferent.
6.Halphenstheorem onthecomposition oftwogeneral displacements.
Halphen hasshewn* howtodeterminegeometricallytheresultant ofanytwoscrew-
displacementsasascrew-displacement.
LetAvandA2denote theaxes ofthetwoscrews, and -4]2theircommonperpendicular.
LetBIbethelinewhich isbroughttotheposition A12byhalfthe firstdisplacement
(i.e.halfthetranslation, androtation throughhalftheangle), and letB2bethelineto
whoseposition A^isbrought byhalfthesecond displacement;letCdenote thecommon
perpendiculartothelines BIandB2.Halphensresult isthat theaxisoftheresultant
screw-displacementisC,and thedisplacementistwice thatwhichbringstheline1tothe
position B2.
For letDIandD2belinessuch that halfthegiven displacementswillbringA12tothe
position DIandD2totheposition A12respectively, and let C"bethecommonperpendicular
toDIandD2.
Thefigure thus obtained, andthatwhich isobtained from itbyrotatingitthrough two
right angles aboutAi2,evidentlycoincide;whence wehave therelations :
Intercept made onB1byA{andC=Intercept made on Z>tbyAIand
C",
Intercept made onB2byA2andC=Intercept made onD2byA2andC,
Intercept made onCbyBIandB2=Intercept made on C"byDIandD2,
Angle between theplanesAiB 1,BtC=Angle between theplanes AIDltDiC ,
Angle between theplanesA2B2,B2C=Angle between theplanes A2D2,D2C,
Angle between B1andB2 =Angle between DlandD2.
Itfollows thatthescrew aboutA1bringsCtotheposition of C"produced,theinter
section ofB1andCbeing broughttothepositionoftheintersection ofD^andC;and
then thescrew aboutA2bringsC"tothepositionofCproduced,theintersection of
D2andCbeing brought totheintersection ofB2andC;soCistheaxisoftheresultant
screw, andtheamount ofthetranslation istwice theintercept made onCby^andB2.
Also thelineBI,which bythe firstscrew isbroughttotheposition Z>j,isbythesecond
broughttoaposition making thesameangle withB2thatB2makes withBl;andtherefore
*Nouvelles Annales deMath.(3)i.p.298(1882). Theproof given here isduetoBurnside,
Mesa, ofMath. xix. p.104(1889).
6 Kinematical Preliminaries[CH.I
therotation oftheresultant screw istwice theangle between BzandB.This establishes
Halphenstheorem.
Example. Shew thatanyinfinitesimal displacement ofarigidbody canbeobtained
bythecompositionoftwoinfinitesimal rotations roundlines, andthatoneofthese lines
canbearbitrarilychosen.
7.Analytic representation ofadisplacement.
Weshallnowseehowanydisplacementofarigidbodycanberepresented
analytically.
LetrectangularaxesOxyzbetaken, fixed inspace:these willbesupposed
toformaright-handed system,i.e.iftheaxes aresoplacedthatOzisdirected
vertically upwards andOyisdirected tothenorthern horizon, thenOxwill
bedirected totheeast. Letthedisplacement considered beequivalenttoa
rotationthroughanangle&>about alinewhosedirection-anglesare(a, /3,7),
andwhichpasses throughapointAwhose coordinates are(a, b,c),together
with atranslationthroughadistance dparalleltothis line. Theangle&>
must betaken with itsappropriate sign,thesignbeing positive when theline
(a,/3,7)beingdirectedvertically upwards,therotation from thesouthern
horizon tothenorthern isroundbythe east. LetthepointPwhose
coordinates are(x,y,z)bebrought bythedisplacementtothepositionofthe
pointQ(X,Y,Z);and letthepointPbebrought bythetranslation alone
tothepositionofthepointR(, 77, );thenwehaveevidently
=x+dcosa, 77=y+dcosft, %=z+dcos7.
LetKbethefoot oftheperpendicular fromR(orQ)ontheaxis of
rotation, and letLbethefootoftheperpendicular fromQonKR. Then
wehave
Xg=projectionofthebroken lineRLQ ontheaxisOx,
itbeingunderstood thatprojections have theirappropriate signs,sothatthe
projectionofalineABontheaxisofa;is(XBXA),not(XAXB).
Now theprojectionofKRontheaxisOxis
fa(projectionofAKontheaxisOx)
or |-a-cosa{(-a)cosa+(T?-b)cos/3+(f-c)cos7],
andasRL=(1-cosco)KR, itfollows that theprojectionofRLonthe
axisOx is
-(1-costu)[f-a-cosa{(-a)cosa+(17-b)cos@+(f-c)cos7}].
Moreover, thelineLQisnormal totheplaneRKA, and itsdirection-cosines
arethereforeproportionaltothequantities
( c)cos/3 (77 6)cos7, (a)cos7 ( c)cosa,
(?? b)cosa(a)cos/3,
6-8]Kinematical Preliminaries 7
andsince thesum ofthesquaresofthese threequantities,divided bythe
expression {(-a)2+0?- &)2+(-c)2
},representsthequantity sirfRAK, it
follows that thesum ofthethree squaresisequaltoKR1
,andthethree
quantitiesthemselves aretheprojectionsontheaxes ofalength+KR
measured alongthe lineLQ. SinceLQ=KRsinw,theprojectionofLQ
ontheaxisOxistherefore
+sin &){( c)cosft (r) b)cos7}.
Onconsideringaspecial case, e.g.supposingthattheaxisofrotation isthe
axis Oz,weseethattheupper signiscorrect;andthuswehave
Z-=-(1-cos
&>){(- )-cos2a(-a)
cosacos/3(r) b)cosacos7( c)}
+sin to{cos /3( c)cos7(77. 6)j.
Substitutingforrj,their values interms ofx,y,z,wehave
X=x+dcosa(1-cosw){(x a)sin2a
cosacos(3(y b)cosacosy(z c)}
+sin to(cos/3(z c)cosy(y &)}.
Similarly wehave
F=y+dcos/3-(1-cos&)){(y-6)sin2
/3
-cos/3cosy(z c)cos/3cosa(x a)}
4-sin ft)[cos7(#a)cosa.(z c)}
and Z=z+dcos7-(1cosw){(z-c)sin27
cos7cos a.(xa)cos7cos/3(y b}}
+sin &)(cosa.(y b)cosft(x a)}.
Theseequations givethenew coordinates X,Y,Zinterms ofthe
coordinates x,y,zoftheoriginal positionofthepointandthequantities
which define thedisplacement.
8.Thecomposition ofsmall rotations.
We shallnowapplythelast result tothecase inwhich therotation is
infinitesimal, theaxis ofrotationpassing throughtheoriginandtherebeing
nomotion oftranslation. We shall write
8>|rforco,whereS-v/risasmall
quantitywhosesquarecanbeneglected.Theequationsofthelast article
nowbecomeX=x+(zcos /3ycos7)8-v/r,
-F=y+(xcos7zcosa)S-^r,
Z z+(ycosaxcos/3)8^.
Butthese aretheequationswhich weshould obtain ifwesuccessively (in
anyorder) subjectedthebodytoinfinitesimal rotations cosa .tyabout Ox,
cos/3.8-^raboutOy,andcos7.8^about Oz. Itfollows thatanysmall rota
tionStyabout alineOK isequivalenttosuccessive small rotationsSty.cosKOx
8 Kinematical Preliminaries[CH.i
about Ox, Si/r.cosKOy aboutOy,and&$.cosKOz about Oz,where Ox,Oy,Oz
areanythreemutually perpendicular lineswhich intersect OKinoneofits
points, 0.
9.Entersparametric specification ofrotations round apoint*.
Theanalytic expressionsforthetranslationalpartofadisplacement are,
aswehave seen, extremely simple; buttheexpressionsfortherotational
partarenotsosimple, andthese willnowbefurther considered.Suppose
then that arigidbodyisrotatedthrough anangle&>about alinethrough
theorigin, whosedirection-anglesarea,ft,7.By 7,thecoordinates
(X,Y,Z)ofthenewpositionofapoint whoseoriginal coordinates were
(x,y,z)aregiven bytheequations
(X=x2sina\w(xsin2aycosacosftzcosacos7)
+2sin-iwcos\w{zcosftycos7),
iF=y2sin2
|a)(ysin2
ftzcosftcos7xcosftcosa)
+2sini&)cos^o)(xcos7zcosa),
=z2sin2G)(sin2yxcos7cosaycos7cos/3)
+2sin^cocos
^&>(ycosaxcos/3).
Now introduceparameters,77, ,^,definedbytheequations
=cosasina>, 77=cos/3sin|&>,=cos7sini&>,x=
cos&>;
these parameters evidently satisfytheidentical relation
r+7?2+r+ %2=i,
andtheaboveequationscanbewritten intheform
Iftherefore thecoordinate axes aredenotedbyOXYZ, and ifmoveable
axeswhichoriginallycoincide with these arebroughtintotheposition Oxyz
bythegiven rotation, thedirection-cosines ofthetwo setsofaxes with
reference toeach other aregiven bythefollowing scheme :
X Y Z
*NoviComment. Petrop.xx.(1776), p.208, 6sqq.
8-rlO]Kinematical Preliminaries 9
Itisreadilyseen thattheparameters (", 17", f", x"),correspondingtotheresultant of
twosuccessive displacements ( ,r,,f,*)and(, 77,f,x),aregiven bytheequations
x"= xx-^f-w -f-
These formulae (which were discovered independentlyatdifferent times byGauss,
Rodrigues, Hamilton, andCayley) reallyconstitute thetheorem forthemultiplication of
quaternions.For^,,?;,may beregardedasthecomponentsofaquaternion*
X+i+y+)wherei,j,ksatisfytheequations
i*=j*=k*=-\, ij=-ji=k, jk=-kj=i,ki=-ik=j;
andtheabove formulae arethen allcomprehendedinthesingle equation
X"+Zi+jj+t"k=
(X+&+W+M(X+&+JJ+*)
Thereader who isacquaintedwith quaternionswillobserve that the effect ofthe
rotation onanyvectorpistoconvert itinto thevector qpq1
,whereqdenotes the
quaternion x+&+n}+&">thequaternionitself isnottherotational operator.
10.TheEulerianangles.
Themostpracticallyuseful ofthevarious methods ofparametrically
representingthedisplacementofarigidbodyduetoarotation round afixed
pointislikewise due toEulerf:ithasthedisadvantageofbeing unsym-
metrical, but isotherwiseverysimpleandconvenient.
Let bethefixedpointround which therotation takesplace,and let
OXYZ bearight-handed systemofrectangularaxes_fixedinspace.Let
Oxyzberectangularaxes fixedrelativelytothebodyandmovingwith it,
andsuch thatbefore thedisplacementthetwosetsofaxesOXYZ andOxyz
arecoincident inposition.LetOKbeperpendiculartotheplane zOZ,
drawn sothat ifOZ isdirected tothevertical andtheprojectionofOz
perpendiculartoOZisdirected tothesouth, thenOK isdirected totheeast.
Denote theangles zOZ,YOK,yOK by6, <, -^r,respectively:these are
known asthethree Eulerian angles definingthepositionoftheaxesOxyz
with reference totheaxesOXYZ.
Inorder tofindthedirection-cosines ofOx,Oy,Oz,withrespecttoOX,
weobserve thatthese areequaltotheprojectionsonOx,Oy,Oz,respectively,
ofaunitlengthmeasuredalongOX.Now thisunitlengthhasprojections
cos$alongOLand sin<along OK,whereOL istheintersection ofthe
planesXOY andZ0z\ butalengthcos<alongOLhasprojectionscos
<f>sin6
along Ozand cos$cos6along OM,whereOM istheintersection ofthe
planes xOyandZOz; andalengthcos cosalongOMhasprojections
cos$cos6cosA|Talong Oxand cos<cos6sin-fyalong Oy;also, alength
sin <alongOKhasprojections sin<sim/r along Oxand sin
(f>cosi/r
*Thisquaternionwillhave itstensor equal tounity.
tNoviComment. Petrop.xx.(1776), p.189.
10 Kinemat icalPreliminaries[CH.I
along Oy.Hencefinallytheprojections onOx,Oy,Ozrespectivelyofthe
unitlength measured onOXare
Icos d>cos6cos&sind>sin-vjralonsfOx
I a , r
\cos
<pcosasiny-sin$costyalong Oy,
\cos
(/>sin6alongOz.
Proceedinginthisway,weobtain forthedirection-cosines ofthetwosetsof
axesOXYZandOxyzwithrespecttoeachother thefollowing scheme :
X Y Z
11.ConnexionoftheEulerianangleswith theparameters,77, ^.
The relations between theEulerianangles 6, <, \|randtheparameters
f/j>%f9maybeobtained bycomparingtheschemes ofdirection-
cosines which havebeengivenin 9and10;theymayhowever beobtained
directlyasfollows :
LetOXYZandOxyzbethefixed axesandtheaxes derived from these
bytherotation wround alineOR,whosedirection-anglesare(a, ft,7).
Draw asphereofunit radius with thepointascentre, sothatplanes
passing throughintersect thesphereingreat circles, and lines intersect the
sphereinpoints. Then inthespherical triangle RZz, thesides are7,7,0,
andtheangleatRis o>;whence wehave therelation
sn=sin7sin|
Moreover, letvdenote theangleRZY, soRZz=ITT< v.Then the
arcRZ isbroughttotheposition Rzbysuccessive rotations<about Z,
6about thepoleofZz,and-v/rabout z;butthe firstofthese transforms RZ
intoanarcmakinganangle \-rr (f>-v+
</>orITT vwith Zz,atZ;the
second rotation transforms this intoanarcmakingthesameangle ^TTv
with Zz,butpassing throughz
;andthethird rotation transforms itintoan
arcmakinganangle ^TTv+tywith Zz,atz.But thisanglemust beequal
toTTRzZ, orTTRZz, orTT(^TT <j> v),or\tr+
</>-fv;sowehave
v=TTv
or
10-12]Kinematical Preliminaries 11
Hence, since inthespherical triangleRZX thesides are a,7,^TT,andthe
angleatZis-|TTvor(TT -v^+$),wehave
cosa=sin7sin\(-v/r $).
Substitutingforsin7from theequation already found, thisgives
cosasin\w=sin^6sin|(^ $),
or =sin\Qsin|(i/r<).
Similarlyfrom thespherical triangle RZYwehave
cosft=sin7cos(i/r 0),
andagain eliminatingsin7,wehave
cosftsin^tu=sin cos(i|r 0),
or?;=sini#cosi(^ <).
Moreover, sincewehaveshewn that inthespherical triangle RZz the
sides are7,7,0,andtheanglesare(rr ^r <), (?r i/r <),&>,wehave
therelations
COSift)=COS-i0COS-J(-V/r +0),
and sin
|&>cos7=cos^0sin%(-v/r+<),
orx=cos1cos|(\/r+0),
=cos^sinl
(-v/r+0).
Thefourparameters g,77,^areAusexpressed intermsoftheEulerian
angles 6,
<f>,tybytherelations
(f=sin1sini(-^ -</>),
77=sin^0cos|(i|r ^>),
|f=cos1sin(i^+
(/>),
1^=cos^cosY(^+0).
12.7%econnexion ofrotations withhomographies ;jtheCayley- Kleinparameters.
Consider nowasphere, onthesurface ofwhich anyfigures (which weshall call8}are
drawn. Letthesefigures bestereographically projected onaplane (e.g.bytaking the
highest pointofthesphere asvertex ofprojection andthetangent-planeatthelowest
pointofthesphere astheplane):weshall calltheprojected figures P.Now letthe
sphere berotated through adefiniteangle about some axisthroughitscentre, sothatthe
figures onitssurface areshifted tonewpositions:letthefiguresintheirnewpositions be
calledS;and letthestereographic projections ofthefigures 8(with thesame vertex and
planeofprojection asbefore) becalledP .Thencorrespondingtotherotation ofthe
sphere, whichchanges 8toS,wehave atransformationintheplane, which changes the
figuresPintothefiguresP .Weshallnowexamine thistransformation moreclosely.
IfoneofthefiguresPisacircle intheplane, weknow thatthecorresponding figureS
must beacircle traced onthesphere,sincebystereographic projection acircle ischanged
intoacircle: therefore Smust alsobeacircle; andhencePmust -also beacircle.
Thusweseethat thetransformations oftheplane, whichcorrespondtorotations ofthe
sphere, must besuch astochange anycircle intheplane intoanother circle intheplane.
12 Kinematical Preliminaries[CH.I
Itmaybeshewn* thatanytransformation ofthiskindmayberepresented analytically
inthefollowing way:
Letz=x+yJ 1,where xandyaretherectangular coordinates ofanypointinthe
plane ;sothat tothispoint therecorresponds adefinite value ofthecomplexvariable z.
Similarlyletz=x+i/\/-1,where xandyrefer tothepoint intowhich thepoint (x,y)
ischanged bythetransformation. Thenanyone-to-onetransformation oftheplane,which
changesallcircles intocircles^, maybedefined byanequation ofthetype
,_=
wherea,6,c,dare(realorcomplex} constants; orelsebyatransformation ofthis latter
kindcombined withareflexion inoneoftheaxesofcoordinates.
Atransformation represented byanequationofthetype
,_az+b
cz+d
iscalled ahomographic transformation, orhomography.Itappears therefore thathomo
graphies inaplane correspondtorotations ofasolidbodyabout afixedpoint,insuch a
waythat iftwohomographies correspond respectivelytotworotations, thehomography
compounded ofthesecorrespondstotherotation compoundedofthetworotationsJ.
Weshallnow seehowtheconnexion between rotations andhomographies may be
represented analytically.
Letusreplace theparameters ,77,f,^bynewparameters a,/3,y,8,defined bythe
equations
/3--y _/3+y q-_a+8
*"~
9rl~9,~
9-->X~~a4 Z* 2* Z
sothatthey areconnected with theEulerianangles d,(j>,^bytheequations
. .y=ism-.e
=cos-.e2
These"
Cayley-Klein"parameters clearly satisfytherelation
aS/3y=1;
andreplacing thequantities ,77, ,^inthescheme ofdirection-cosines givenin 9by
their values interms ofa,/3,-y,8,wehave forthevalues ofthedirection-cosines interms
ofa,/3,y,8thefollowing scheme :
X Y Z
*Cf.L.K.Ford,Anintroduction tothetheory ofautomorphic functions (London, 1915).
fAstraight line istoberegarded asaparticular kind ofcircle.
JKlein, Math. Ann. ix.(1875), p.183; Cayley, Math. Ann. xv.(1879), p.238.
12,13]Kinematical Preliminaries 13
Itmay readilybeshewn that theparameters (a", ft", y", 8")correspondingtothe
resultant oftwosuccessive displacements (a ,/3,y,8)and(a, ft,y,8)aregiven bythe
equations
a"=aa+yt3, ft"=aft+ft8 ,
y"=ya+8y, 8"=yft +88 .
These equations shew thatthetransformation
,a"z+ff
y"z+8"
istheresult ofperforminginsuccession thetwosubstitutions
,az+ft ,az+ftJ=t *,,andz=-^jyz+8 yz+8
andtheconnexion between rotations andhomographic transformations isthus evident
analytically.
OneadvantageoftheCayley-Klein parameters,ascomparedwith theparameters
(|, r),f,x),isthattheyretain some ofthesimplicityofthequaternion calculus, while
using the*J1ofordinary algebrainstead ofthei,j,kofHamilton squaternions.
Example1.Let(6, <,\^)denote theEulerianangles. Supposethatapointinspace
which iscarried about with theaxesOxyzhasthevectorialangles (0lt t)(referredtothe
fixed axesOXYZ) before themotion, and(di,fa)after themotion. Denotinge1^1tan|dt
byf1}and**tan\6{by /,shew that
^=f!"**008*0- sin$6
"fje-^s
Example2.Iffrom theequations
thequantities X-p,X22
,XiX2areformed, and ifthese quantities areregarded asumbral
symbols and thequantities X^,X^,X1X2,%i2
,x22
,xlx2arereplaced by-Y+iX,
Y+iX, Z,-y+ix,y+ix, z,respectively, shew thattheequations obtained are
f-Y+iX= a2
(-y+ix]+2apz+/32(y+ix\
Y+iX=y2(-y+ix]+2y8z+82
(y+ix),
(Z=ay(-y+ix)+(a8+py)z+p8(y+w),
andthat these arethethreeequations connectingthecoordinates(X,Y,Z)ofapoint
referred totheaxesOXYZ with itscoordinates(x,y,z)referred totheaxesOxyz.
.Example3.If
y+ix:y+ix :z=\\ :1 :
and -Y+iX :Y+iX:Z=\l\1:1 :i
shew that
and\^=
y
13. Vectors.
Wenowproceedtoconsider the essential features involved inthe
displacement bysimpletranslation ofarigid body.
Theoperationoftranslation initself, consideredapartfrom thebody
translated, evidently possesses thefollowing properties:
14 Kinematical Preliminaries[OH.i
1. Itcanbespecified completely byanyoneoftheequal andparallel
lines ofspacewhich have agiven length (viz.thedistance ofthetranslation)
andgivendirection(viz.thedirection ofthetranslation) ;since such aline
furnishes allthedatawhich describe theoperation.
2. IfABbeoneofthese lines, andACDE...KB beabroken line
joiningitsextremities, then theoperation represented byAB isequivalent
tothesumoftheoperations represented byAC,CD,DE,..,KB.
Theseproperties1and2arepossessed byalargenumber ofoperations
andquantitiesother than theoperationoftranslation;anoperationor
quantitywhichpossesses them iscalled avectorquantity.
By2,avectorAB isequivalenttothesum ofthree vectors AK,KL,LB,
respectively paralleltothreegiven rectangular axes,andformingabroken
linejoiningthepointsAandB.These three vectors arecalled thecom
ponentsofthevectorABalongthegivenaxes. IfIbethelengthand(a,ft,7)
thedirection-anglesofAB,thelengthsofthecomponentvectors areclearly
(Icosa,Zcos/3,Icosy), beinginfacttheprojectionsofABontheaxes.
Asinglevector which isequivalenttoanynumber ofgivenvectors is
called their resultant.
Ifavector isconceived asvaryingindependenceonaparameter (e.g.the
time),thedifference between thevectorscorrespondingtoanytwovalues of
theparameterisalsoavector, andhence therate ofchangeofthevector
withrespecttotheparameterisalsoavector, whosecomponentsarethe
rates ofchangeofthecorresponding components.This iscalled theflux
ofthevector withrespecttotheparameter.
14.Velocity andacceleration;their vectorial character.
Consider nowabodywhich isbeing continuouslytranslated(thoughnot
necessarily alwaysinthesamedirection) withoutanychangeoforientation.
Itstotal translation toanytime tisavectorquantity,andhence therate at
which thischangeswith thetime,i.e.itstime-flux, isalsoavectorquantity,
which iscalled thevelocityofthebody;ifx,y,zarethecoordinates referred
tofixed axes ofanypointfixed inthebodyandmovingwithit,then thecom
ponentsofthevelocityreferred tothese axes aretherates ofchangeofx,y,z,
i.e.arex,y,z(where dotsdenote differentiations withrespecttothetimet}.
Similarlytherate ofchangeofthevelocityisagainavector, whose
componentsarex,y,z(twodotsindicatingsecond derivatives withrespect
tothetime) ;thisvector iscalled theacceleration ofthebody.
Itisclear that ifPandQaretwomoving points,thevector which
representsthetranslation (orvelocity,oracceleration) ofQisthesum ofthe
vector whichrepresentsthetranslation(orvelocity,oracceleration, asthe
casemaybe)ofPandthevector whichrepresentsthetranslation (orvelocity,
oracceleration)ofQrelative toP,i.e.ofQreferred toaxeswhoseorigin
moves with P,andwhose directions areinvariable.
13-15] Kinematical Preliminaries 15
15.Angular velocity:itsvectorial character.
Consider next abodywhich isrotating continuously about aline. Let6
denote theangleturnedthroughatanytime t:then Qrepresents thespeed
ofturningatthetime t.Iffromanypointonthelineround which the
rotation takesplaceasegment whoselength represents6ismeasuredalong
the line, thissegmentwillevidentlyfurnish acomplete specificationofthe
nature oftherotation attheinstantt,or(asitisgenerally expressed)of
theangular velocityofthebody. The direction inwhich thesegmentis
measured from thebase-pointistobeconnected with thesense ofrotation
bytheusual convention, namelythatwhen thesegmentisdirectedvertically
upwards therotation from thesouthern horizon tothenorthern isround by
the east.
Anangular velocityisthereforerepresented byalineofdefinitelength
and direction. Nowby 8,ifabodyone ofwhosepointsisfixed
experiencesasmall rotationStyround anylineOK, thisdisplacementis
equivalenttosuccessive small rotationsStycosaround Ox,Stycosftround
Oy,andStycos7round Oz,where Ox,Oy,Ozareanythreemutually
perpendicularlinespassing through and(a, fi,7)arethedirection-angles
ofOKwith reference toOxyz. From this itisclear thatwecanregard an
angular velocity represented byalength tymeasured onOKasequivalent
toangular velocitiesrepresented bylengths tycosa,tycosj3,tycos7,
measuredalong Ox,Oy,Oz,respectively.
But this isessentiallythefundamentalpropertyofvectors, andcanbe
expressed bythestatement that angular velocities can beresolved and
compounded accordingtothevectorial law.
Itmust beobserved however thatanangular velocitydoes not fulfil all
theconditions which enter intothedefinition ofavector, foranangular
velocity about one line isnotequivalenttoanangular velocityofthesame
magnitude about aparallelline.Angular velocity must therefore beregarded
asavector which islocalisedalongadefinite line.
Example. Arightcircular coneofsemi-verticalangle$rollswithoutsliding onaplane.Tofind itsinstantaneous axisofrotation, and todetermine itsangular velocity about this
axisintermsoftheangular velocity ofthelineofcontact intheplane.
Since allpoints ofthegenerator which isincontact withtheplane areinstantaneously
atrest(forthere isnosliding), thisgeneratoristheinstantaneous axis ofrotation of
thecone. Leto>denote theangular velocity oftheconeabout thisgenerator, and let6
denote theangular velocityofthelineofcontact intheplane. Then themotion ofthe
axis ofthecone canberepresented byanangular velocity6round thenormal tothe
plane, andthewhole motion ofthecone iscompounded ofthistogether witharotation
round theaxisofthecone. Itfollows thatthecomponent ofangular velocityofthecone
about alinethrough thevertex oftheconeperpendicular totheaxis is6cos/3 ;but
thismustequal theresolvedpartof cointhisdirection, which iswsin/3. Wehave
therefore
w=6cot/3,
which istherequired relation between o>and 6.
16 Kinematical Preliminaries [CH.I
16.Determination ofthecomponents ofangular velocity ofasystemin
terms oftheEulerian angles, andofthesymmetrical parameters.
Thepositionatanytime ofarigid bodywhich iscontinuously moving
about afixedpointismostconvenientlydescribed bytakingtwo sets
ofrectangular axes, ofwhich onesetOXYZ arefixed inspace,while the
other setOxyzarefixedrelativelytothebody,andmove with it;the
positionofthebodybeing thenspecified bythethree Eulerianangles 0,
</>,^,
which define thepositionoftheaxesOxyz relativelytotheaxesOXYZ.
We shallnowdetermine thecomponents, alongthemoving axes, ofthe
angular velocityofthebodyatanyinstant.
LetOKdenote thelineofintersection oftheplanesXOY andxOy;the
angular velocityofthesystemisevidently compoundedofangularvelocities
6about OK,
<j>about OZ,and-^rabout Oz.Ofthese, the firstcanbe
replaced accordingtothevectorial lawbyangularvelocities 6sini/raboutOx
and6costyabout Oy;andthesecond canberesolved into<sin6cos\|r
about Ox,
<f>sin sin-fyaboutOy,and
<j>cos6about Oz.Sofinallyif
G>I}eo2,o>3denote thecomponentsofangular velocityofthebodyabout the
axes Ox,Oy,Oz,respectively,wehave
1a)l=6sin -Jr
<j>sin6cosilr,
a , a ,
&>2=vcosy<6sm t>siny,
i a
ft)3=y-|-(pCOS c7.
From these expressionswecanatoncededuce thevalues oftwj,o>2,o>3
interms ofthesymmetrical parameters,??,,%,of9;forwehave
cf>=-
d
Similarlywehave
"4?==^,~H$^.>
andwehave cosd=2v2+-+%a
.
Substitutingthese values intheequation&>3=ty+cos#,wehave
The values ofo^and <w2canbeatonce obtained from thisbythe
principleofsymmetry;andthuswehave thecomponentsofangular velocity
given bytheequations
16,17] Kinematical Preliminaries 17
17.Time-flux ofavector whose componentsrelative tomoving axesare
given.
Suppose nowthatavectorquantityisspecified byitscomponents f,77,
atanyinstant twith reference totheinstantaneouspositionofaright-handed
systemofaxesOxyzwhich arethemselves inmotion :and letitberequired
tofindthevector whichrepresentstherateofchangeofthegivenvector.
Let
&>!,&>2,&)3denote thecomponentsoftheangular velocityofthe
system Oxyz,resolvedalongtheinstantaneouspositionoftheaxes Ox,Oy,Oz
themselves.
The time-flux ofthegivenvector isthe(vector) sum ofthetime-fluxes
ofthecomponents,?/, ,takenseparately.But ifweconsider thevector,
itisincreased inlengthtog+%dtintheinfinitesimal interval oftime dt,
andatthesame time isturnedbythemotion oftheaxes, sothat(owingto
theangular velocityroundOy)itisdisplaced throughanangleco2dtfrom its
position intheoriginal plane zOx, inthedirectionawayfrom Oz,and also
(owingtotheangular velocityround Oz)itisdisplaced through anangle
(osdtfrom itspositionintheoriginal plane xOy,towardsOy.Thecoordinates
ofitsextremityattheendoftheinterval oftime dt,referred tothepositions
oftheaxes atthecommencement oftheinterval dt,aretherefore(neglecting
infinitesimals oforderhigherthan thefirst)
andsothecomponentsofthevector whichrepresentsthetime-flux ofare
,<"3 ,-
2-
Similarlythecomponentsofthevectors whichrepresentthetime-fluxes
ofthevectors?;and arerespectively
&>3?7,
and
o>
Adding these, wehavefinallythecomponents ofthetime-flux ofthegiven
vector intheform
This result canbeimmediately appliedtofind thevelocity and
acceleration ofapointwhose coordinates(x,y,z)attime taregivenwith
reference toaxesmovingwithanangular velocity whosecomponents along
theaxes themselves attime tare
(a> 1,&>2,&>3).
Forsubstitutingintheabove formulae, weseethatthecomponentsof
thevelocityare
xyw-s+zwz,yzo>!+xa)3, z
w.D.
18 Kinematical Preliminaries[CH.I
Nowapplyingthesame formulae tothecase inwhich thevector whose
time-flux issoughtisthevelocity, wehave thecomponentsoftheaccelera
tion ofthepointintheform
--(x yco3+za}2)(t>3(y ZW-L+xo)s)+o)2(zxwz+2/&>i),
-y-(^#o>2-I-ya>i)ft>2(# 2/
Ctt
Inthecase inwhich themotion takesplaceinaplane,which wemay
take astheplane Oxy,there willbeonlytwocoordinates(x,y},andonlyone
componentofangular velocity, namely 6,where 6istheanglemade bythe
movingaxes with theirpositionsatsome fixedepoch;thecomponentsof
velocityaretherefore(putting z,wl, 2eachequaltozero intheabove
expressions)
xy6andy+xO,
andthecomponentsofacceleration are
x-2y6-yO-x62andy+2x6+x0-yfc.
Example.Prove that inthegeneralcase ofmotion ofarigidbodythere isateach
instant onedefinite pointatafinitedistance which regardedasinvariably connected with
thebodyhasnoacceleration attheinstant, providedtheaxis ofthebodysscrewing
motion benotinstantaneously stationaryindirection.(Coll. Exam.)
18. Specialresolutionsofthevelocity andacceleration.
The results obtained inthe last article enable ustoobtain formulae,
which arefrequentlyofuse,relatingtothecomponentsofthevelocity and
acceleration ofamoving pointinvariousspecialdirections.
(i) Velocity andacceleration inpolarcoordinates.
Letthepositionofapointbedefinedbyitspolarcoordinatesr,6,0,
connected with thecoordinates (X, Y,Z)ofthepointreferred tofixed
rectangularaxesOXYZ bytheequations
X=rsin6cos
<,
Y=rsin6sin
(j),
Z=rcos6;
and let itberequiredtodetermine thecomponentsofvelocityand
acceleration ofthepointinthedirection oftheradius vector r,inthe
direction which isperpendiculartorand liesintheplane containingrand-
OZ(this planeisgenerallycalled themeridianplane), and inthedirection
perpendiculartothemeridianplane;these three directions arefrequently
described asthedirections ofrincreasing,6increasing,and
(f>increasing,
17,18]Kinematical Preliminaries 19
respectively.Take alinethroughtheorigin 0,paralleltothedirection of
increasing,asamovingaxisOx;andtake alinethrough 0,paralleltothe
direction of
<pincreasing,asaxisOy,andalineparalleltothedirection ofr
increasingasaxis Oz.The three Eulerianangleswhich determine the
positionofthemovingaxesOxyzwith reference tothefixed axesOXYZ are
(6, d),0);so(16)thecomponentsofangular velocityofthesystem Oxyz,
resolved alongtheaxes Ox,Oy,Ozthemselves, are
eoj= sin 6,&>2=0,<w3=(pcos 6.
The coordinates ofthemoving point,referred tothemoving axes, are
(0, JO,r);and soby17thecomponentsofvelocityofthepointresolved
paralleltothemovingaxes are
rd,
r<j>sin6, r,
and thecomponentsofacceleration inthedirections of6increasing,
increasing,andrincreasing (again usingtheformulae of17)are
-T-(r0)r<2sin6cos+r0,orr0+2r0 rd]2sin cos0,
,a. . . ld
]-r-(rd)sin0)+fcf>sin+r66cos0,or =-Q-j-(r2sin2
6d>),
!dt rsin at
Iand rr&* rd)2sin26.
Ifthemotion ofthepointisinaplane, wecantaketheinitial lineinthis
planeasaxisOz,andthequantitiesdenoted byrand inthese formulae
becomeordinary polarcoordinates intheplane;since(pisnow zero, the
componentsofvelocityandacceleration inthedirections ofrincreasingand
increasingare
(r, rd),
and (rr02
,r0+2f0).
(ii) Velocity andacceleration incylindricalcoordinates.
Consider now apointwhosepositionisdefinedbyitscylindrical
coordinates z,p,$,connected with thecoordinates (X,Y,Z)ofthepoint
referred tofixedrectangularaxesOXYZ bytheequations
X=pcos d),^psin
$>Z=z\
and letitberequiredtofindthecomponentsofthevelocityandacceleration
ofthepointinthedirectionparalleltotheaxisofz,inthedirection ofthe
linedrawn from theaxisofztothepoint, perpendiculartotheaxisofz,and
inthedirectionperpendiculartothese two lines. These three directions are
generallycalled thedirection ofzincreasing,thedirection ofpincreasing,
andthedirectionof <pincreasing;andthecoordinate
<piscalled theazimuth
ofthepoint.
Inthiscasewetakemovingaxes Ox,Oy,Ozpassing throughtheorigin
andparallel respectivelytothedirections ofpincreasing, </>increasing, andz
22
20 Kinematical Preliminaries[CH.i
increasing. Thecomponentsofangular velocityofthesystem Oxyz,resolved
alongtheaxesOxyz themselves, areclearly
COj==0, d>2==0, 61)3^(D,
andthecoordinates ofthemoving point,referred tothemoving axes, are
(p,0,2).Itfollows by17thatthecomponentsofvelocityofthepointin
these directions are
andthecomponentsofacceleration are
(iii) Velocity andacceleration inarc-coordinates.
Anotherapplicationoftheformulae of17istothedetermination ofthe
componentsofvelocityandacceleration ofapointwhich ismovinginany
wayinspace,resolvedalongthetangent, principal normal, andbinormal to
itspath.
Consider firstthecase ofaparticle movinginaplane:andtake lines
throughafixedpoint 0,parallel respectivelytothetangentandinward
normal tothepath,asmovingaxesOxandOy.These axes arerotating
round withangular velocity (ft,where<istheangle made bythetangent
tothepathwithsome fixed line intheplane.Ifvdenotes thevelocityof
thepoint,sthearcofthepathdescribed attimet,andptheradius of
curvature ofthepathatthepoint,wehave
ds ds
v p=
dtdtp
andtheangular velocityoftheaxescantherefore bewritten intheformv/p.
Since thecomponentsofthevelocity paralleltothemovingaxes are
(v,0),itfollows from 17thatthecomponentsoftheaccelerationparallelto
/ v\thesame axes are(v,v.-}.Since
V pJ
._dvdsdv dv
dt dtds ds
itfollows thattheacceleration ofthemoving pointinthedirection ofthe
dv
tangenttoitspathiav-j-,andtheacceleration inthedirection oftheinward
normal is .
P
Now thevelocityofamoving pointisdeterminedbytheknowledgeof
twoconsecutivepositionsofthemoving point,andtheacceleration istherefore
determined bytheknowledgeofthree consecutivepositions;soeven ifthe
pathofthepointisnotplane,itcan forthepurposeofdeterminingits
acceleration atanyinstant beregardedasmovingintheosculating planeof
18]Kinematical Preliminaries 21
itspath,since thisplanecontains three consecutivepositionsofthepoint.
Hence thecomponents ofacceleration ofthepoint,inthedirections ofthe
tangent, principal normal, andbinormal toitspath,are
dv v2
dsp
(iv) Acceleration alongtheradius andtangent.
Theacceleration ofapointwhich isinmotion inaplanemaybeexpressed
inthefollowing form*; letrbetheradius vector tothepointfrom afixed
originintheplane,ptheperpendicularfromtheoriginonthetangenttothe
path,sthearcofthepathdescribed attimet,ptheradius ofcurvature of
thepathatthepoint,and vorsthevelocityofthepointattime t;and let
hdenote theproduct pv.Then theacceleration ofthepointcanberesolved
intocomponents alongtheradius vector totheorigin and ~ralongthe
tangenttothepath.
Fortheacceleration canberesolved intocomponents vdv/ds alongthe
tangentand vz
jpalongthenormal;nowavectorFdirected outwardsalong
theradius vector canberesolved intovectors Fp/ralongtheinward normal
andFdr/ds alongthetangent,soavector v2
/palongtheinward normal canbe
rv2rv2dr
resolved into inwards along theradius vector and T-along thetangent.
pp ppds
Theacceleration istherefore equivalenttocomponents
dv.rv2dr
pp
rv2
and-inwards along theradius vector.
pp
The latter component is-
,andtheformer canbewritten
pp
1dv2v2dp Id(vz
p*)hdh
2dspds 2p2ds p2ds
which establishes Siacci sresult.
Example1.Determine themeridian, normal, andtransversecomponents oftheaccelera
tionofapoint movingonthesurface oftheanchor-ringv-pH -r-along thetangent,dsonds
LetPbethepoint (6,$),and let bethecentre oftheanchor-ring andCthecentre
ofthemeridian cross-section onwhichPlies.Thepolarcoordinates ofCrelative to
are(c, <p),andthepolarcoordinates ofPrelative toCare(a,0,$) ;sothecomponents
ofacceleration ofCrelative to are
ctj)transverse
and
c<p2outwards from theaxis,i.e. c<2sin6alongthenormal,
andc02cos6alongthemeridian.
*Dae toSiacci, Attidella R.Ace. diTorino, XIY. p.750.
22 Kinematical Preliminaries[CH.
Thecomponentsofacceleration ofPrelative toCare
fad-
a<j>2sinQcos6 along themeridian,
-j-(sin2
.
<) transverse.
sin6dt
t<j>2sin2normal.
Thusfinally thecomponentsofacceleration ofPinspace are
ad(c+asin6}2cos6 alongthemeridian,
a62
a<j)2sin26
c<f>2sin6normal,
and cd)+-. -.-y-(sin26 .
d>) transverse,sm6dt
Example2.Ifthetangential andnormalcomponents oftheaccelerationofapoint
movinginaplaneareconstant, shew that thepointdescribes alogarithmic spiral.
Inthiscase
v-r-=a, where aisaconstant,ds
so i)2=as.
Also =c,where cisaconstant,
P
so s=Cp,whereCisaconstant,
ors=C-j-r, where
(f>istheanglemade bythetangent withafixed line.
Integratingthisequation, wehave
whereAandBareconstants :andthis istheintrinsic equation ofthelogarithmic spiral.
Example3.Tofindtheaccelerationofapoint which describes alogarithmic spiral with
constant angular velocityabout thepole.
BySiacci stheorem, thecomponents ofacceleration are 5-along theradius vectorP3P
and 5-=-along thetangent: but iftoistheconstant angular velocity, wehaveh=
u>r2-
p2ds
sothecomponentsofacceleration are
co2
?" .2o)2r3dr
=and 5-j-.pAp jras
;inthespin
acceleration variesdirectlyastheradius vector.7" 7* CiT
Since -
,-
,and-5-areconstant inthespiral, weseethateach ofthesecomponents of
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Iftheinstantaneous axisofrotation ofabodymoveable about afixed pointisfixed
inthebody, shew that itisalsofixed inspace,i.e.themotion isarotation round afixed
axis.
2.Apointisreferred torectangularaxes Ox,Oyrevolving about theorigin with
angular velocity to;ifthere beanacceleration tox=a,y=0,ofamount ?i2
<o2x(distance),
shew that thepathrelative totheaxes canbeconstructed bytaking (i)apoint
i]Kinematical Preliminaries 23
x=ri2a/(n2-l), (ii)auniform circular motion with angular velocity (n-l)coabout this,
and(iii)auniform circular motion with angular velocity (n+l)a>,butintheopposite
sense, about this last. (Coll. Exam.)
3.Thevelocityofapoint movinginaplaneistheresultant ofavelocityvalongthe
radius vector toafixedpoint andavelocityvparalleltoafixed line. Prove that the
corresponding accelerations are
dv
.vv ,dv vv^+-cos0, and-s+-
t
6beingtheangle thattheradius vector makes withthefixed direction. (Coll. Exam.)
4.Apointmoves inaplane, and isreferred toCartesian axesmaking angles a,/3with
afixed lineintheplane, wherea,/3aregivenfunctions ofthetime. Shew thatthecom
ponentvelocities ofthepoint are
x-xdcot(/3-a)-y$cosec(/3-a), y+y$cot-a)+xdcosec(/3-a),
andobtainexpressionsforthecomponentaccelerations. (Coll. Exam.)
5.Apointismovinginaplane:Qisthelogarithmoftheratio ofitsdistances from
twofixedpointsintheplane, and<istheangle between them :also2kisthedistance
between thefixedpoints. Shew thatthevelocityofthepointis
(Coll. Exam.).
cosh6-cos(f)
6.Ifintwodifferent descriptionsofacurve byamoving point,theproductofthe
velocities atcorresponding placesinthetwodescriptionsisconstant, shew that the
accelerations atcorresponding placesinthetwodescriptionsareasthesquaresofthe
velocities, andthat their directions make equal angleswith thenormal tothecurve, in
opposite senses. (J-vonVieth.)
7.Apointismovinginaparabolaoflatusrectum 4,andwhen itsdistance from the
focus isr,thevelocityisv;shew that itsacceleration iscompoundedofaccelerations R
andN,alongtheradius vector andnormalrespectively,where
R=v^ ,N=^, %-(v*r). (Coll. Exam.)dr2r%drv
8.Shew that iftheaxes ofxandyrotate with angularvelocitiescoi,o>2respectively,
and^istheangle between them,thecomponent accelerations ofthepoint (x,y)parallel
totheaxesare
xxo)i2(x&i+2#1)cot
\|/- (?/o>2+ 2/o> 2)cosec\^,
andyyo>22+(.coi+2.o>1)cosec\|f+(yw2+2?/o>2)cot\/r. (Coll. Exam.)
9.Thevelocityofapointismadeupofcomponents u,vindirections making angles
0,withafixed line. Prove thatthecomponents /,/inthese directions oftheaccelera
tionofthepointwillbegiven by
f=uu6cotx~v$cosecx,
f=v+udcosecx+
v<}>cotx,
Xbeingtheinclination ofthetwodirections.
Being given thatthelinesjoining amoving pointtotwofixedpoints arer,sinlength
and6,<pininclination tothelinejoining thetwo fixedpoints, determine theacceleration
ofthepointinterms of,o>,therates ofincrease of0, (f). (Coll. Exam.)
24 Kinematical Preliminaries|_CIL
10. IfA,B,Cbethree fixedpoints, andthecomponentvelocities ofamoving pointP
along thedirections PA,PB,PCbeu,v,andw;shew thattheaccelerations inthesame
directions are
/1cosAPB 1cosAPC\
andtwosimilarexpressions. (Coll. Exam.)
11.Themovement ofaplane lamina isgiven bytheangular velocitya>andthecom
ponentvelocitiesu,voftheoriginresolved alongaxes Ox,Oytraced onthelamina.
Find thecomponentvelocities ofanypoint (x,y]ofthelamina. Shew thattheequations
,.
-T-tan1
(- "-)=o>
at
represent circular locionthelamina;onebeing thelocus ofthosepoints which arepassing
cusps ontheir curve lociinspace andtheother being thelocus ofthecentres ofcurvature
oftheenvelopesinspace ofallstraightlines ofthelamina.(Coll. Exam.)
12.Shew thatwhen apointdescribes aspace-curve,itsacceleration canberesolved
intotwocomponents,ofwhich oneactsalongtheradius vector from theprojectionofa
fixedpoint ontheosculating plane, andtheotheralong thetangent;andthat these are
respectively
L^
P3P
TdT T*qdq
fi~ds+
p*~d7J
wherepistheradius ofcurvature, qthedistance ofthefixedpoint from itsprojection on
theosculating plane,randparethedistances ofthisprojectionfrom themoving point
andthetangent, Tisanarbitraryfunction (equaltotheproductofpandthevelocity) and
sisthearc.(Siacci.)
13.Acircle, astraight line,andapointlieinoneplane, andtheposition ofthepoint
isdetermined bythelengthstofitstangenttothecircle andpofitsperpendicular to
the line. Prove that,ifthevelocityofthepointismade upofcomponents u,vinthe
directions oftheselengths and iftheirmutual inclination be6,thecomponent accelerations
willbe
uuvcosd/t, v+uv/t. (Coll. Exam.)
14.Aparticle moves inacircular arc. Ifr,rarethedistances oftheparticle atP
from theextremities A,Bof&fixed chord, shew thattheaccelerations alongAP,BPare
respectively
dv vv,,dv vv .
-j-Hivr-f cosa),andrH ;(rrcosa),dt rrxdt rr^
wherev,varethevelocities inthedirections ofr,r,andaistheangleAPB.
Apoint describes asemicircle under accelerations directed totheextremities ofa
diameter, which areatanypoint inverselyastheradii vectoresr,rtotheextremities of
thediameter. Shew thattheaccelerations are
4a4F24a472
where aistheradius ofthecircle andVthevelocityofthepoint paralleltothediameter.
(Coll. Exam.)
i]Kinematical Preliminaries 25
15.Themotion ofarigidbodyintwodimensions isdefined bythevelocity (u,v}of
oneofitspointsCand itsangular velocity<o.Determine thecoordinates relative toCof
thepoint7ofzerovelocity, andshew thatthedirection ofmotion ofanyother pointPis
perpendiculartoPI.
Find thecoordinates ofthepointJofzero acceleration, andexpresstheacceleration of
Pinterms ofitscoordinates relative toJ. (Coll. Exam.)
16.Apoint onaplaneismoving with constantvelocity Vrelative toit,theplaneat
thesame timeturning round afixed axisperpendiculartoitwithangular velocityo>.Shew
thatthepathofthepointisgiven bytheequation
rand6beingreferred tofixed axes,andabeingtheshortest distance ofthepointfrom the
axisofrotation. (Coll. Exam.)
17.Theacceleration ofamoving pointQisrepresentedatanyinstant by<oa,where
isafixedpointandadescribes uniformly acircle whose centre is .Prove that the
velocityofQatanyinstant isrepresented byOp,where isafixedpointandpdescribes
acircleuniformly;anddetermine thepathdescribed byQ.
(Camb.Math. Tripos, PartI,1902.)
18.Apointmoves alongthecurve ofintersection oftheellipsoid ~g+W+-=1and222
thehyperboloid ofonesheet-^-+?/
>.+"2^T=1
>and itsvelocit yatthePointwhere
d~"AOAC-*~~A
thecurve meets thehyperboloid oftwosheets,+T--
l~~~?-=1*sJ1a2-/ib21pc2
/i
where hisconstant. Prove thattheresolved partoftheacceleration ofthepoint along
thenormal totheellipsoidis
h2abc(nX) /rin.
-7=.. (Coll. Exam.)
19.Arigidbodyisrolling withoutsliding onaplane, andatanyinstant itsangular
velocity hascomponents coj,o>2alongthetangenttothelines ofcurvature atthepoint
ofcontact, and o>3along thenormal :shew thatthepointofthebodywhich isatthepoint
ofcontact hascomponentaccelerations
where RI,R%aretheprincipalradii ofcurvature ofthesurface ofthebodyatthepoint
ofcontact. (Coll. Exam.)
CHAPTER II
THEEQUATIONS OFMOTION
19.Theideasofrestandmotion.
Intheprevious chapter wehavefrequentlyused theterms"fixed"and
"moving"asappliedtosystems. Solongasweareoccupied withpurely
kinematicalconsiderations, itisunnecessarytoenter into theultimate
significance ofthese words; allthat ismeantis,thatweconsider the
displacement ofthe"moving"
systems,sofarasitaffects theirconfigurationwithrespecttothesystems which arecalled"fixed," leavingononesidethe
question ofwhat ismeantbyabsolute"
fixity."
When however wecome toconsider themotion ofbodies asduetospecific
causes, thisquestion cannolongerbedisregarded.
Inpopular languagetheword "fixed" isgenerally used ofterrestrial
objectstodenote invariableposition relative tothesurface oftheearth at
theplace considered. Buttheearth isrotatingonitsaxis,andatthesame
timerevolving round theSun, while theSun inturn, accompanied byall
theplanets,ismovingwith alarge velocity along some notvery accuratelyknown direction inspace.Itseemshopeless therefore toattempttofind
anything which canbereally considered tobe "at rest."
Inthenineteenthcenturyitwassupposed-that theaether ofspace (the
vehicle oflight andofelectric andmagnetic actions) was(apart from small
vibratory motions) stagnant, and sowascapableofprovidingabasis for
absolutefixity. Butthisdoctrine hasbeensubvertedbythemodernPrinciple
ofRelativity*, which asserts thateven inthedomain ofelectromagnetic
phenomenaitisimpossibletodistinguish absolute restfromastate ofuniform
translatorymotion common toallthemembers ofasystem.
Accordinglyindynamics, although whenwespeakofthemotion ofbodies
wealways implythatthere issome setofaxes, orframe ofreferenceasitmaybecalled, with reference towhich themotion isregardedastaking place, and
towhich weapplytheconventional word"
fixed," yetitmust notbesupposed
thatabsolutefixityhastherebybeen discovered. When weareconsidering
Cf.Whittaker sHistory oftheTheoriesofAether andElectricity,ch.xii.(London, 1910) ;
orConwaysRelativity (London, 1915).
19,20] TheEquations ofMotion 27
themotion ofterrestrial bodies atsomeplaceontheearth ssurface, weshall
take theframe ofreference tobefixed with reference totheearth, and itis
then found that thelawswhich willpresentlybegivenare sufficient to
explainthephenomenawith asufficientdegreeofaccuracy;inother words,
theearth smotion doesnotexercise asufficient disturbinginfluence tomake
itnecessarytoallow foritseffects inthemajorityofcases ofthemotion of
terrestrial bodies.
Itisalsonecessarytoconsider themeaningtobeattached totheword
"
time," which intheprevious chapterstood merelyforanyparameter
varying continuouslywith theconfigurationofthesystemsconsidered. The
PrincipleofRelativityreveals thegreatdifficulties thatattendanyattempt
toelucidate theidea oftime :inparticular,itisbynomeanseasytodefine
simultaneity,i.e.toexplainwhat ismeant bysayingthattwoevents at
differentpointsofspace happen"atthesame time." However, asystemof
time-measurement which isintelligiblefrom thepointofview ofordinary
instrumental work, andwhich issufficient forourpresent purpose,isthe
following:wesupposethattheangle throughwhich theearth hasrotated on
itsaxis(measured with reference tothefixed stars, whose small motions we
can forthispurpose neglect),intheinterval between twoevents, measures
thetimeelapsedbetween theevents inquestion.Thisangularmeasure can
beconverted intotheordinarymeasure interms ofmean solar hours, minutes,
andseconds attherateof360degreesto24x365/366hours.
20.Thelawswhich determine motion*.
Considering nowthemotion ofterrestrialobjects, andtakingtheearth as
theframe ofreference, itisnatural tobegin byinvestigatingthemotion ofa
verysmall materialbody,orparticleasweshall callit,whenmovinginvacuo
andentirelyunconnected withsurrounding objects. Thepathsdescribed by
such aparticleunder various circumstances ofprojection maybeobserved,
andthemethods ofthepreceding chapterenable us,from theknowledge
thusacquired,tocalculate theacceleration oftheparticleatanypointofany
particularobservedpath.Itisfound that forallthepathstheacceleration
isofconstant amount, and isalwaysdirectedverticallydownwards. This
acceleration isknown asgravity,and isgenerallydenotedbytheletter g;its
amountis,inGreat Britain, about 981centimetrespersecondpersecond.
Theknowledgeofthisexperimentalfact istheoreticallysufficient to
enable ustocalculate thepathofanyfree terrestrialparticleinvacuo, when
thecircumstances ofitsprojectionareknown :theactual calculation willnot
begiven here, asitbelongsmoreproperlytoalaterchapter.
Thecase ofmotion which isnext insimplicityisthat oftwoparticles
which areconnectedtogether byanextremely lightinextensible thread, and
*Thelaws ofmotion areduetoNewton :Principia, p.12(ed.1687).
^8 TheEquations ofMotion[OH.n
arefree tomove invacuo attheearth ssurface. Solongasthethread is
slack, eachparticle moves with theaccelerationgravity, justasiftheother
were notpresent.Butwhen thethread istaut, thetwoparticlesinfluence
each other smotion. Wecannowasbefore observe thepathofoneofthe
particles, andhence calculate theaccelerationbywhich atanyinstant its
motion isbeingmodified. Wetherebyarrive attheexperimental fact,that
thisacceleration canberepresentedatany instantbytheresultantoftwo
vectors, ofwhich onerepresentstheacceleration gand theother isdirected
alongtheinstantaneousposition ofthethread.
Theinfluence ofoneparticleonthemotion oftheother consists there
fore insuperposingontheacceleration due togravityanother acceleration,
which actsalongthe linejoiningtheparticlesandwhich iscompounded
withgravity accordingtothevectorial lawofcompositionofaccelerations.
Denotingtheparticles byAandB,wecanatanyinstant calculate, from the
observedpaths,themagnitudesoftheaccelerations/! and/ 2thusexerted by
BonAandbyAonBrespectively;and thiscalculationimmediately yields
theresult that theratiooff\to/2does notvary throughoutthemotion. On
investigatingthemotions which result from various modes ofprojection,at
varioustemperatures etc.,weareledtotheconclusion that thisratio isan
invariablephysicalconstant ofthepair ofbodiesAandB*.
Onconsideration ofthemotion ofmorecomplex systemsitisfound
that theexperimentallawsjuststated canbegeneralisedsoastoform
acompletebasis for alldynamics, whether terrestrial orcosmic. This
generalised statement isasfollows: Ifanysetofmutuallyconnectedparticles
areinmotion, theacceleration with which anyoneparticle moves isthe
resultant oftheacceleration withwhich itwould moveifperfectly free,and
accelerations directedalongthelinesjoiningittotheotherparticles which
constrain itsmotion. Moreover, totheseveralparticles A,B,C,...,numbers
f^A)m
n>m
c>canbeassigned, such that theaccelerationalongABdue tothe
influence ofBonAistotheaccelerationalongBAdue totheinfluence ofAonBintheratiom^-.m^. The ratiosofthesenumbers mA ,mB,...are
invariablephysicalconstantsoftheparticles.
Theevidence forthetruth ofthisstatement istobefound intheuniversal
agreementofthecalculations based on it,such asthosegivenlater inthis
book, with theresults ofobservation.
Itwillbenoticed thatonlytheratios ofthenumbers m^,m$,me, ...are
determined bythelaw;itisconvenient totakesome definiteparticle Aas
astandard, callingittheunitofmass, andthen tocallthenumbers m^jm^,
?7ic/mA ,...themasses oftheotherparticles mB,me,
*The ratio isin iact,equal totheratio oftheweight ofBtotheweight ofA;theratio of
theweights oftwo terrestrialbodies, asobserved atthesame place ontheearth ssurface, isa
perfectlydefinitequantity, anddoesnotvarywith theplace ofobservation.
20,21]TheEquations ofMotion 29
Themass ofthecompound particleformed byunitingtwoormoreparticles
isfound tobeequaltothesum ofthemasses oftheseparate particles.
Owingtothisadditivepropertyofmass,wecanspeakofthemass ofafinite
bodyofanysizeorshape;and itwillbeconvenient totake asourunitof
mass themass ofthey^th partofacertainpieceofplatinumknown asthe
standard kilogramme;thisunit willbecalled agramme,andthenumber
representingtheratio ofthemass ofanyother bodytothisunitmass is
called themassofthebodyingrammes.
21. Force.
Wehave seen that ineverycase oftheinteraction oftwoparticles Aand
B,themutual influence consists ofanacceleration fAonAandanacceleration
fiionB,these accelerations beingvectors directedalongABandBArespec
tively,andbeing inversely proportionaltothemassesmAandmB.Itfollows
thatthevectorquantity mAfAisequaltothevector quantity msfB ,buthas
thereverse direction. ThevectormAfAiscalled theforceexerted bythe
particle Bontheparticle A;andsimilarlythevectormBfBiscalled theforce
exerted bytheparticleAontheparticleB.
With thisterminology,thelawofthemutual action ofaconnected
systemofparticlescanbestated intheform :theforcesexerted oneach other
byevery pair ofconnected particlesareequalandopposite.This isoften
called theLawofAction andReaction.
Ifthevarious forces which actonaparticle Aasaresult ofitsconnexion
with otherparticlesarecompounded accordingtothevectorial law,the
resultant forcegivesthetotal influence exerted bythem ontheparticle A;
this force divided bymAistheacceleration induced inAbytheother
particles;andtheresultant ofthisacceleration andtheacceleration which the
particle Awould have ifentirelyfree(duetosuch causes asgravitation)is
theactual acceleration withwhich theparticle Amoves.
Ingeneral,ifanaccelerationrepresented byavector/isinduced in
aparticleofmassmbyanyagency,thevector mfiscalledthe/orce*dueto
thiscauseactingontheparticle;andtheresultant ofalltheforces due to
variousagenciesiscalled the totalforce actingontheparticle.Itfollows
that if(X,Y,Z)arethecomponents paralleltofixedrectangularaxes ofthe
total forceactingontheparticleatanyinstant, and(x,y,z)arethecom
ponentsoftheacceleration withwhich itspathisbeingdescribed atthat
instant, thenwehave theequations
mx=X,my=Y,mz=Z.
Twoother terms which arefrequentlyusedmayconvenientlybedefined
atthispoint.
*Force isthevismatrix ofNewton sPrincipia,i.def. 8.
30 TheEquations ofMotion[OH.n
Theproductofthenumber whichrepresentsthemagnitudeofthecom
ponentofagivenforceperpendiculartoagivenlineLandthenumber
whichrepresentstheperpendicular distance ofthelineofaction oftheforce
from thelineLiscalled themoment oftheforceabout thelineL.
Ifthethreecomponents (X,Y,Z)oftheforceactingonasinglefree
particlearegivenfunctions ofthecoordinates(x,y,z)oftheparticle, they
aresaid todefine &field offorce.
22. Work.
Consider nowanysystemofparticles, whose motion iseitherquitefreeor
restricted bygiven connexions between theparticles,orconstraints due to
otherparticles which arenotregardedasforming partofthesystem.Letm
bethemass ofanyoneoftheparticles,whose coordinates referred tofixed
rectangularaxes inanyselectedconfigurationofthesystemare(x,y,z) ;and
let(X, Y,Z}bethecomponents, paralleltotheaxes, ofthetotal force
actingontheparticleinthisconfiguration.
Let(x+Sx,y+By,z+8z)bethecoordinates ofanypoint verynear to
thepoint (x,y,z),such that thedisplacementoftheparticlemfromone
pointtotheother doesnotviolateanyoftheconstraints(forinstance, ifmis
constrained tomove onagiven surface, thetwopoints must bothbesituated
onthesurface). Then thequantity
X&K+1%+ZSz
iscalled thework* done ontheparticle mbytheforcesactingonitinthe
infinitesimaldisplacement from theposition (x,y,z)totheposition
(x+Bx,y+Sy,z+8z).
Thisexpression canevidentlybeinterpreted physicallyasbeingthe
productofthedistancethroughwhich theparticleisdisplaced andthecom
ponentoftheforce(X,Y,Z)alongthedirection ofthisdisplacement.
Since forcesobeythevectorial lawofcomposition,thesum ofthecom
ponentsinagivendirection ofanynumber offorcesacting together ona
particleisequaltothecomponentinthisdirection oftheir resultant :and
hence thework donebyaforce which actsonaparticleinagiven displace
ment isequaltothesumofthequantities ofwork done inthesamedisplacement
byanysetofforcesintowhich thisforce canberesolved.
Suppose nowthat inthecourse ofamotion ofthesystem,theparticlem
isgradually displacedfromanyposition (which wecan call itsinitialposition)
tosome otherpositionatafinite distance from the first(which wecan call
itsfinal position). Thework doneontheparticle bytheforces which acton
*Newton defined theActio Agentis astheproductofthevelocity intothecomponentofforce
along thedirection ofmotion;itisevidently thetime-flux ofthework done. Cf.Principia,i.
p.25(ed.1687).
21-23]TheEquations ofMotion 31
itduringthisfinite displacementisdefined tobethesum ofthequantities
ofwork done inthesuccessive infinitesimaldisplacements bywhich wecan
regardthefinitedisplacementasachieved. Thework done inafinite dis
placementisthereforerepresented bytheintegral
dxvdydz\ ,
as (LS (is/
where theintegrationistaken between the initial and finalpositions along
thearcsdescribed inspace bytheparticle during displacement.
These definitions cannowbeextended tothewhole setofparticleswhich
form thesystemconsidered;thesystem being initiallyinanygivencon
figuration,weconsideranymode ofdisplacingthevariousparticlesofthe
systemwhich isnotinconsistent with theconnexions andconstraints; the
sumofthequantitiesofworkperformedonalltheparticlesofthesystemin
thedisplacementiscalled thetotalwork done onthesysteminthedisplace
mentbytheforces which actonit.
23.Forces which donowork.
There arecertain classes offorces whichfrequentlyoccur indynamical
systems,andwhich arecharacterised bythefeature thatduringthemotion
theydonowork onthesystem.
Amongthesemaybementioned
1.The reactions offixed smooth surfaces: theterm smoothimplies
thatthereaction isnormal tothesurface, andtherefore ineach infinitesimal
displacementthepointofapplicationofthereaction isdisplacedinadirection
perpendiculartothereaction, sothatnowork isdone.
2.The reactions offixedperfectly roughsurfaces: thetermperfectly
rough impliesthatthemotion ofanybodyincontact with thesurface isone
ofpure rollingwithoutsliding,andtherefore thepointofapplicationofthe
reaction is(tothe first order ofsmallquantities)notdisplacedineach
infinitesimal displacement,sothatnowork isdone.
3.Themutual reaction oftwoparticles which arerigidlyconnected
together:forif(x1}yltz^)and(#2,y2,z2)arethecoordinates oftheparticles,
and(X,Y,Z)arethecomponentsoftheforce exertedbythe firstparticle on
thesecond, sothat(X, Y,Z)arethecomponentsoftheforce exerted
bythesecondparticleonthe first, thetotalwork donebythese forces in
anarbitrary displacementis
X(8x 2Sx,)+Y(Sy 2Si/i)+Z(8z2&2-A\v 3*/ \*/
Butsince thedistance between theparticlesisinvariable, wehave
Cjj/ \2I/. \2_]_/ \2\ A
32 TheEquations ofMotion[CH.n
andsince theforce actsinthedirection ofthelinejoiningtheparticles, we
have
X:Y:Z=(x 2-
a?,):(y.2-y,):(z2-
z,).
Combiningthelasttwoequations, wehave
X(8x 2-&O+F(S// 2-SyJ+Z(8z 2-82,)=0,
andtherefore nowork isdone intheaggregate bythemutual forces between
theparticles.
4.Arigid bodyisregardedfrom thedynamical pointofview asan
aggregateofparticles,soconnectedtogetherthat theirmutual distances are
invariable. Itfollows from 3thatthereactions between theparticles which
arecalled intoplayinorder that thiscondition maybesatisfied(ormolecular
forces astheyarecalled, todistinguish them from external forces such as
gravity) do,intheaggregate,nowork inanydisplacementofthebody.
5.Thereactions atafixedpivotabout which abodyofthesystem can
turn, oratafixedhinge,oratajointbetween twobodies ofthesystem,are
similarlyseen tobelongtothecategoryofforces which donowork.
Inestimatingthetotal work donebytheforcesactingonadynamical
systeminanydisplacementofthesystem, wecanthereforeneglectallforces
oftheabove-mentionedtypes.
24.Thecoordinates ofadynamical system.
Anymaterialsystemisregardedfrom thedynamical pointofview as
constituted ofanumber ofparticles, subjecttointerconnexions andcon
straints ofvarious kinds;arigid body being regardedasacollection of
particles,which arekeptatinvariable distances from each otherbymeans
ofsuitable internal reactions.
When theconstitution ofsuch asystem (i.e.theshape, size,andmass of
thevariouspartsofwhich itiscomposed,andtheconstraints which acton
them)isgiven,itsconfigurationatanytime canbespecifiedinterms ofa
certain number ofquantitieswhichvarywhen theconfigurationisaltered,
andwhich willbecalled thecoordinates ofthesystem; thus, theposition ofa
singlefreeparticleinspaceiscompletelydefined byitsthreerectangular
coordinates (x,y,z)with reference tosome fixed setofaxes;theposition of
asingle particlewhich isconstrained tomove inafixednarrow tube,which has
theform ofatwisted curve inspace,iscompletely specified byonecoordinate,
namelythedistance smeasuredalongthearcofthetube totheparticle from
some fixedpointinthetubewhich istaken asorigin;thepositionofarigid
body,oneofwhosepointsisfixed, iscompletelydetermined bythree co
ordinates, namelythethree Eulerianangles 6, <,-v/rof10
;thepositionof
twoparticleswhich areconnected byatautinextensiblestringcanbedefined
byfivecoordinates, namelythethreerectangularcoordinates ofoneofthe
23-25] TheEquations ofMotion 33
particlesandtwoofthedirection-cosines ofthestring (since when these five
quantitiesareknown, thepositionofthesecondparticleisuniquelydeter
mined) ;and soon.
Example.State thenumber ofindependent coordinatesrequiredtospecify the
configurationatanyinstant ofarigidbodywhich isconstrained tomove incontact with
agivenfixedsmooth surface.
We shallgenerallydenotebynthenumber ofcoordinatesrequiredto
specifytheconfigurationofasystem, and shallsupposethesystems con
sidered tobesuch that nisfinite. Thecoordinates willgenerallybedenoted
byql}q2,...qn.Ifthesystem containsmovingconstraints(e.g.ifitconsists
ofaparticlewhich isconstrained tobeincontact with asurface which in
turn ismade torotate with constantangular velocity round afixedaxis),
itmaybenecessarytospecifythetime tinaddition tothecoordinates
<?i> <?2, qn >inorder todefinecompletelyaconfigurationofthesystem.
Thequantities q1}g.2,...qnarefrequentlycalled thevelocitiescorresponding
tothecoordinatesql}q2,...qn.
Aheavyflexiblestring,freetomove inspace,isanexampleofadynamical system
which isexcluded bythelimitation thatnistobefinite; fortheconfiguration ofthe
string cannot beexpressedinterms ofafinitenumber ofparameters.
25.Holonomic andnon-holonomicsystems.
Itisnownecessarytocallattention toadistinction between twokinds
ofdynamical systems,which isofgreat importanceintheanalytical discussion
oftheirmotion :thisdistinction maybeillustratedbyasimple example.
Ifweconsider themotion ofasphereofgiven radius, which isconstrained
tomove incontact with agivenfixedplane, which wecantake astheplane
ofxy,theconfigurationofthesphereatanyinstant iscompletely specified
byfivecoordinates, namelythetworectangular coordinates(x,y)ofthe
centre ofthesphere andthethree Eulerianangles 0,
<f>,fyof 10,which
specifytheorientation ofthesphere about itscentre. Thesphere cantake
upanyposition whatever, solongasitisincontact with theplane;thefive
coordinates(x,y,6,
<f>, -v/r)cantherefore haveanyarbitraryvalues.
Ifnowtheplaneissmooth, thedisplacement fromanyposition, defined
bythecoordinates(x,y,6,$,i/r),toanyadjacent position, definedbythe
coordinates(x+8x,y+By,9+B0, 4-
B<f>, "f+B-^r),whereBac,By,80,
B<f>,8^
arearbitrary independent infinitesimalquantities,isapossible displacement,
i.e.thespherecanperformitwithoutviolatingtheconstraints ofthesystem.
But iftheplaneisperfectly rough,this isnolongerthecasewhen 8x,By,86,
8$, 8-^rarearbitrary;fornow thecondition that thedisplacementofthe
pointofcontact iszero(tothe first order ofsmallquantities) must be
satisfied, and thisimplies that thequantities 8x,By,80,
B<f>,8^areno
longer independent, butaremutually connected(infact,theymust besuch
w.D. o
34 TheEquations ofMotion[CH.n
astosatisfytwonon-integrablelinearequations) ;sothat inthecaseofthe
sphereontheperfectly rough plane,adisplacement represented byarbitrary
infinitesimal changesinthecoordinates isnotnecessarilyapossibledis
placement.
Adynamical systemforwhich adisplacement represented byarbitrary
infinitesimal changesinthecoordinates isingeneralapossible displacement
(asinthecase ofthesphereonthesmoothplane)issaid tobeholonomic;
when thiscondition isnotsatisfied (asinthecaseofthesphereontherough
plane)thesystemissaid tobenon-holonomic.
If
(&7i> &/2,fyn)arearbitraryinfinitesimal increments ofthecoordinates
inadynamical system,these willdefine apossible displacementifthesystem
isholonomic, while fornon-holonomicsystemsacertain number, saym,of
equationsmust besatisfied between them inorder thattheymaycorrespond
toapossible displacement.Thenumber (nm)iscalled thenumberof
degrees offreedomofthesystem.Holonomicsystemsaretherefore charac
terised bythefactthatthenumber ofdegreesoffreedom isequaltothe
number ofindependentcoordinatesrequiredtospecifytheconfiguration
ofthesystem.
26.Lagrangesform oftheequations ofmotionofaholonomicsystem*.
Weshallnowconsider themotion ofaholonomicsystemwithndegrees
offreedom. Let(qltq2,...qn)bethecoordinates whichspecifythecon
figurationofthesystematthetime t.
Let niitypifythemass ofoneoftheparticlesofthesystem, and let
(xi, 2/t,Zi)beitscoordinates, referred tosome fixed setofrectangularaxes.
These coordinates ofindividualparticlesare(from ourknowledgeofthe
constitution ofthesystem)known functions ofthecoordinatesq1}q2,...qnof
thesystem,andpossiblyoftalso;letthisdependencebeexpressed bythe
equations
Let(Xi, Yi,Zi)bethecomponentsofthe total force(external and
molecular) actingontheparticlemt-
;then theequationsofmotion ofthis
particleare
mi ar.i=Xit niiyi=Yi}m^=Z{.
Multiplythese equations by
8/i ?fc*b
dqr dgr dqr
*Lagrange, Mecanique Analytique (1788), Seconde Partie, Section iv.Theequations were
firstsuggestedinoneofhisearlier papers,Miscell. Taurin. n.(1760).
25,26]TheEquations ofMotion 35
respectively,addthem, andsum foralltheparticlesofthesystem. We
thushave
5- fdfi4.;;a&,yd^\?(y9/i,T^8<^4.72,Wi xig+Vi5hZi^]**2,[JLfI-if5t-A
dqrJ i\dqrl
dqr^
dqrJ
where thesymbol Sdenotes summation over alltheparticlesofthesystem;
thiscanbeeither anintegration (iftheparticlesareunited intorigid bodies)
orasummation overadiscreteaggregateofparticles.
Butwehave
a^J^fZL^^^ *f^r
7i /-r
<-<(,~r
.._..
SO Xi^ Xi ^T"
dqr dqr
_d_(. 3jci\_.^/a
~dt(XidqJXidt\d dq
_di.a*A./~Xi Xi_
dtidqji\dqidqr1
dq2dqr
andtherefore wehave
Now thequantity
i2*n(#+#+#)
representsthesum ofthemasses oftheparticlesofthesystem,each
multiplied byhalf thesquareofitsvelocity;this iscalled theKinetic
Energyofthesystem*. From ourknowledgeoftheconstitution ofthe
system,thekineticenergycanbecalculated fasafunction of
<?i, <?a, qn,q\, <J2,qn,t;
weshall denote itby
T(qltq2,...qn,qltq.2,...qn,t),
andshallsupposethatI7isaknown function ofitsarguments.Since
*Themass ofaparticle multiplied bythesquare ofitsvelocity was called thevisvivaby
Leibnitz(Acta erud., 1695).
tThemethods ofperformingthiscalculation forrigid bodies aregiveninChapter V.
32
36 TheEquations ofMotion[CH.u
andijiand Z{arelikewise linear functions ofql}q2,...qn,weseethatTisa
quadraticfunction ofqlyq2>...qn;ifthefunctions/, </>,^donotinvolve the
timeexplicitly (asisgenerallythecase ifthere arenomovingconstraints
inthesystem),thequantities x,y,zarehomogeneouslinear functions of
ql}q2,...qn>andthenTisahomogeneous quadraticfunction ofqltq2,...qn.
From thedefinition itfollows that thekinetic energyofasystemisessentially
positive; Tistherefore apositive definite quadratic form ingltq2,...
<jn,andsosatisfies
theconditions that itsdiscriminant andtheprincipalminors ofeveryorder ofits
discriminant arepositive.
Wehavethus derived from theequationsofmotion theequation
dftT\dr_y( YdA+Vd-^+7d-+i\
dt(dqj dqr~i(i
dqr+i
dq>^"
9gJ
andtheexpressionontheleft-hand sideofthisequationdoesnotinvolve the
individualparticlesofthesystem, exceptinsofarastheycontribute tothe
kinetic energyT.Wehavenowtoseeiftheright-handsideoftheequation
canalsobebroughttoaform inwhich theindividualityoftheseparate
particlesislost.
Forthispurpose,consider thatdisplacementofthesysteminwhich the
coordinateqrischangedtoqr+Sqr,while thecoordinates
q1,q.2,...q,-i,qr+i,---qn
andthetime(sofarasthis isrequiredforthespecificationofthesystem)are
unaltered. Since thesystemisholonomic, thiscanbeeffected without
violatingthe constraints. Inthisdisplacement,thecoordinates ofthe
particle m;arechangedto
andtherefore thetotalwork done inthedisplacement byalltheforces which
actontheparticlesofthesystemis
1*~\I-*1f~\*
I "!. *-\
09V ogvd<
Now oftheforces which actonthesystem,there areseveral kinds which
donowork. Amongthese are,aswasseen in 23,
1.Themolecular forces which actbetween theparticlesoftherigid
bodies contained inthesystem:
2.Thepressuresofconnecting-rodsofinvariablelength,thereactions
atfixedpivots,andthetensions oftaut inextensiblestrings:
3.The reactions ofanyfixed smooth surfaces orcurves with which
bodies ofthesystemareconstrained toremain incontact;orofperfectly
rough surfaces, sofarasthese canenter intoholonomicsystems:
26] TheEquations ofMotion 37
4.The reactions ofanysmooth surfaces orcurves withwhich bodies
ofthesystemareconstrained toremain incontact, when these surfaces or
curves areforced tomove insomeprescribedmanner;forthedisplacement
considered above ismade onthesuppositionthatt,sofarasitisrequiredfor
thespecificationofthesystem,isnotvaried,i.e.thatsuch surfaces orcurves
arenotmovedduringthedisplacement;sothat this case reduces tothe
preceding.
The forcesactingonthesystem,other than these which donowork, are
called theexternal forces. Itfollows thatthequantity
9
/<4.V8(k4-Z-d^*
i^--rJLi= -pAI-=
dqr dqr oqr
istheworkdonebytheexternal forces inthedisplacementwhichcorresponds
toachangeofqrtoqr+$qr,theother coordinates beingunaltered. This is
aquantitywhich (from ourknowledgeoftheconstitution ofthesystem,and
oftheforces atwork)isaknown function ofqltq.2>...qn,t;weshall denote
itby
Qr(qi,q2,qn ,t)8q r.
Wehave therefore
dfdT\_3T__ n
dt(dqj dqr~
^"
Thisequationistrue forallvalues ofrfrom 1toninclusive;wethus
havenordinarydifferentialequationsofthesecond order, inwhichqi,q 2,...q n
arethedependentvariables and tistheindependentvariable;asthenumber
ofdifferentialequationsisequaltothenumber ofdependent variables, the
equationsaretheoreticallysufficient todetermine themotion when the
initial circumstances aregiven. Wehavenowarrived ataresult which may
bethus stated :
LetTdenote thekineticenergy ofadynamical system, and let
Qi&?i+Qz$qa+...+Qn$qn
denote thework donebytheexternalforcesinanarbitrary displacement
(&?!, 8q2,...8qn),sothat T,QltQ2,...Qno,re,fromourknowledge ofthe
constitutionofthesystem, knownfunctions ofqltq2,...qn,qltq2,...qn,t;
then theequations which determine themotionofthesystem maybewritten
ddT\ dT
These areknown asLagranges equations ofmotion. Itwillbeobserved
thattheunknown reactions(e.g.oftheconstraints) donotenter intothese
equations. Thedetermination ofthese reactions forms aseparate branch of
mechanics, which isknown asKineto-statics*
:sowecansaythatinLagranges
equationsthekineto-statical relations oftheproblemarealtogether eliminated.
*Cf.Heun, Deutsche Math. Ver. ix.(Heft 2)(1900), p.1.
38 TheEquations ofMotion[CH.n
27. Conservativeforces:theKinetic Potential.
Certain fields offorcehave thepropertythattheworkdonebytheforces
ofthe field inadisplacementofadynamical systemfromoneconfiguration
toanotherdepends onlyontheinitial and finalconfigurationsofthesystem,
beingthesame whatever bethesequenceofinfinitesimaldisplacements by
which thefinitedisplacementiseffected.
Gravityisaconspicuous exampleofafield offorce ofthischaracter;thework done
bygravityinthemotion ofaparticleofmassmfrom oneposition ataheight hto
anotherposition ataheight kabove theearth ssurface ismg(k-k), and thisdoesnot
dependinanywayonthepathbywhich theparticleismoved from oneposition tothe
other.
Fields offorce ofthistypearesaid tobeconservative.
Lettheconfigurationofanydynamical system bespecified byn
coordinatesql}q2,...qn.Choose someconfigurationofthesystem, say
that forwhich .
q,-=a r, (r= 1,2,...n),
asastandardconfiguration;then iftheexternal forcesactingonthesystem
areconservative, thework donebythese forces inadisplacementofthe
system from theconfiguration (q1}q2,...qn)tothestandardconfigurationisa
definite function ofqltq^,...qn,notdependingonthemode ofdisplacement.
Let thisfunction bedenotedbyV(q},
<?2,...qn);itiscalled thePotential
Energy*ofthesystemintheconfiguration (qltq2,...qn).Inthiscasethe
work donebytheexternal forces inanarbitrary displacement
(%, Sq2,...Bqn)
isevidently equaltotheinfinitesimal decrease inthefunction V,corresponding
tothedisplacement,i.e.isequaltothequantity
9F dV. 8F,~~5~<7i~~s~~ #2 5oqn ;
dql dq2 dqn
Lagrangesequationsofmotion therefore taketheform____
dt\dqr)3qr dqr
Ifweintroduce anewfunction Lofthevariablesqltq2,...qn,qlt...qn,t,
definedbytheequationL=T-V,
thenLagrangesequationscanbewritten
d/dL\ dL
-7iUT- 15=0, (r=1.2,...n).dt\dqrjdqr
*ThePotential-function wasintroduced byLagrangein1773 (Oeuvres,vi.p.335). The
name Potential isduetoGreen(1828).
27,28] TheEquations ofMotion 39
The function Liscalled theKinetic Potential, orLagrangian function;
thissinglefunctioncompletely specifies,sofarasdynamical investigations
areconcerned, aholonomicsystemforwhich theforces areconservative.
28.Theexplicit form ofLagranges equations.
We shallnowshewhowthesecond derivatives ofthecoordinates with
respecttothetime canbefoundexplicitlyfromLagrangesequations.
Lettheconfigurationofthedynamical systemconsidered bespecified by
coordinatesq1}q2,...qn;weshallsupposethat theconfigurationcanbe
completely specifiedinterms ofthese coordinates alone, withoutt,sothat
thekineticenergyofthesystemisahomogeneous quadraticfunction of
qltq2,...q n.Aswas seen in 26,this isalwaysthe casewhen the
constraints areindependentofthetime, butnot ingeneral when the
constraints have forced motions(asforinstance inthecase ofaparticle
constrained tomove onawirewhich ismade torotate inagiven way).
Supposethen thatthekineticenergyis
nnT=|22,akiqkqi,k=n=i
where aH=a{k,andwhere thecoefficients<%areknown functions of
TheLagrangian equationsofmotion forthesystemare
dtdq dq
or
or*vJi^V.""*i?iika(r=l,2,...n),
(r=l, 2,...w),
n w I"/^vj~lv c*c1
\" *
\ rt / io \ZOnqt+2,2,\qiqm=Qr, (r=1,2,...n),
s=i ;=im=i Ir
where thesymbol 1,which iscalled aChristoffelssymbol*,denotes the
expression
1/8$; r9$mr_5$;m\
2V3gm 9^ 9gr/ \dqmdqldqr
Theseequations, beinglinear intheaccelerations, canbesolved forthe
quantities qs.Infact, letDdenote thedeterminant
U-ll $12 $13
$21 $22 $23
$31 $32
*Itwasintroduced byChristoffel, JournalfilrMath. LXX.(1869), and isofimportance inthe
theory ofquadratic differential forms.
40 TheEquations ofMotion[CH.n
and letArsbetheminor ofarsinthisdeterminant.Multiplythenequations
oftheabovesystem byAlv,A2v ,...Anv ,respectively, andaddthem: re-
w
memberingthatthequantity 2Arvar8iszerowhen sisdifferent fromv,and
hasthevalueDwhen sisequaltov,wehave
nnn
|~^~|n
Thisequationistrue for allvalues ofvfrom 1toninclusive; and
thesenequations,inwhichq\,q2,...qnaregiven explicitlyasfunctions of
ql}q2,...qn>qltq2,...qn,canberegardedasreplacing Lagrangesequations
ofmotion.
29.Motionofasystem which isconstrained torotateuniformly round an
axis.
Inmany dynamical systems, somepartofthesystemiscompelled byan
externalagencytorevolve with constantangular velocity wround agiven
fixed axis;themotion ofabead onawirewhich ismade torotate inthis
wayisasimple example. Thereis,aswehave seen, noobjectiontothe
directapplicationofLagrangesequationstosuch cases, provided thesystem
isholonomic; but itisoften more convenient touseatheorem which we
shallnowobtain, andwhich reduces theconsideration ofsystemsofthiskind
tothat ofsystemsinwhich noforced rotation about thegivenaxistakes
place.
Suppose that,independentlyoftheprescribed motion round theaxis, the
systemhasndegreesoffreedom, sothat ifthegivenaxis istaken asaxisof
z,andanyplane throughthis axisandturning with theprescribed angular
velocityistaken astheplane fromwhich theazimuth
</>ismeasured, the
cylindrical coordinates ofanyparticlemofthesystemcanbeexpressedin
terms ofncoordinatesqltq2,...,qn,theseexpressions notinvolvingthetime t.
Then ifthekineticenergyofthesystemintheactual motion beT,and ifthe
work donebytheexternal forces inanarbitraryinfinitesimaldisplacement
beQi&qi+QSq,+...+Qn&qn,where QltQ2,...,Qnwillbesupposedto
depend onlyonthecoordinatesqltq2,...,qn,and ifthekineticenergyof
thesystem when theforcedangular velocityisreplaced byzerobedenoted
byTltwehave
Now thequantity2?wr2willbeafunction ofqltq2,...,qn,which is
determinedbyourknowledgeoftheconstitution ofthesystem:denote itby
W.Thequantity 2rar2will alsobeaknown function ofq1}q2,...,qni
28-30] TheEquations ofMotion 41
qi,...,qn,beinglinear inq1}q2,...,qn,itwillbezeroif,when coiszero, the
motion ofevery particlehasnocomponentinthedirection of
</>increasing;
while ifnisequaltounity,sothat there isonlyonecoordinateq,itwillbe
theperfectdifferential withrespecttotofafunction ofq:these arethetwo
cases ofmostfrequent occurrence, andweshall include them bothbyas-
dY
sumingthat^m?^2
<isoftheform -T-,whereYisagivenfunction ofthe
CLT>
coordinatesqltq2,...,qn.
Wehave therefore
andtheLagrangian equations
d/dT\ dT
canbewritten intheform
ddT,\ ddY\ dT, ddY\ dW
dt(
r, ,,..,.
rjdqr dqr^
Theseequations shew that, subjecttotheassumption already mentioned,
themotion isthesame asiftheprescribed angular velocity were zero,and
thepotential energy were tocontain anadditional term^mr2a)2
.Inthis
way,bymodifyingthepotential energy, weareenabled topass from a
system which isconstrained torotate about thegivenaxis toasystemfor
which this rotation does nottakeplace. Thetermcentrifugal forcesis
sometimes used oftheimaginaryforces introduced inthiswaytorepresent
theeffect oftheenforced rotation.
30.TheLagrangian equations forquasi-coordinates.
Intheform ofLagrangesequations givenin 26,thevariables aren
coordinatesq1}q2,...,qn,andthetimet;theknowledgeofthesequantities,
together with aknowledgeoftheconstitution ofthesystem,issufficient to
determine thepositionofanyparticleinanyconfigurationofthesystem,
whichmaybeexpressed bysayingthatq1}q.2,...,qnaretrue coordinates of
thesystem. Weshallnow findtheformwhich istakenbytheequations
when thevariables used arenolongerrestricted tobetrue coordinates of
thesystem*.
Consider asystem denned byntrue coordinatesqltq2,...,qn,the
kineticenergy beingTandthework donebytheexternal forces ina
*Particular cases ofthetheorem ofthis article wereknown toLagrange andEuler: the
general form oftheequations isdue toBoltzmann (Wien. Sitzungsbcrichte, 1902) andHamel
(Zcitschrift fiirMath. u.Phys. 1904).
42 TheEquations ofMotion[OH.n
displacement (8q l}8q2,...,%)being&%+Q28q,+...+Qnfyn>sothatthe
Lagrangian equationsofmotion ofthesystemare
Let
&>i, o)2,..., tonbe ?iindependentlinear combinations ofthevelocities
<?i>fy,,qn,definedbytherelations
a>r=alrqj+a2rq2+...+anrqn (r=l, 2,...,w)...(2),
where,or21,...,annaregiven functions ofqltqz,...,qn;and letdir^,dir^
...,d7rnbenlinear combinations ofthedifferentialsdqltdq2,...,dqn,defined
bytherelations
d7rr=alrdq l+
2rd<?2+ ...+ctnrdqn (r=1,2,...,),
where thecoefficients aarethesame asintheprevioussetofequations.
These lastequations would beimmediately integrableiftherelations
C$ C^
^~=V^were satisfied forallvalues ofK,r,andm,andinthat casevariablesoqm oqK
irrwould exist which would betrue coordinates;weshall nothowever
suppose theequationstobenecessarily integrable,sothat dir^, cfor2,...,d7rn
willnotnecessarilybethedifferentials ofcoordinates 7ra,7r2,..., irn;weshall
callthequantities d^, dir^, ..., d-rrndifferentials ofquasi- coordinates.
Suppose that therelations(2),when solved forql}q.2,...,qn,givethe
equations
q<=/3Klwl+/3K2&)2+...+/3Knwn (r=I,2,...,n)...(3).
MultiplyingtheLagrangian equations (1)by&r,@2i.,..., /8Br ,respectively,
andadding, weobtain theequation
(d3T\ d
Now^Q KSqKistheworkdonebytheexternal forces onthesysteminan
arbitrary displacement, so2l/3KrQKS7rristhework done inadisplacement
inwhich allthequantitiesSTTarezero,exceptS?rr.Iftherefore thework
donebytheexternal forces onthesysteminanarbitraryinfinitesimal dis
placement (Swx, S?r2,...,S7rn)isn^TTj+II2S7r2+...+Un87Tn,W6have
2/3 \d
-f^_^l =n
K"
(dt\dqj dqK)~
Bymeans ofequations (3)wecaneliminateq1}q2,...,qnfrom the
function T,sothatTbecomes afunction ofwl,&>2,...,wniqlyq2,...,qn(we
supposeforsimplicitythat tisnotcontainedexplicitlyinT) ;letthisform
ofTbedenotedbyT.
O/TTrl^PThenwehave-=2rCL*.
30] TheEquations ofMotion 43
andtherefore
d/df dTdaKSdT
^--j-
sj sdcosatdqK
But
*5<ftKraKSiszero orunity accordingasrisdifferent from, orequal
K
to,s:sowehave
d/^UXS*d*sdTSflaT-TT
dt(fo r)+7."25"5i .5
Wealsohave
dT__dT v8f a&>g_af^vaf8ams.
-a o~r**oo"i "r^^ Qmy
oqKoqK sdwsdqKdqK smd(osdqK
*
Now Sy8Kr^ ,or2=s*5
-,would represent ^ if?rrwere atrue
coordinate;weshall denote itbythesymbol=whether TT,.isatrue
OTT,-
coordinate ornot. Also theexpression
depends onlyontheconnexion between thetrue coordinates andthedif
ferentials ofthequasi-coordinates, and isindependentofthenature or
motion ofthedynamical systemconsidered :weshall denote thisexpression
by7rz-Wehave therefore
5rgii=-- ==Ur (r=1,2,...,ri).at\0r/ si Od)sC7Tr
These nequations aretheequations ofmotion expressedintermsofthe
quasi-coordinates ;when thequasi-coordinatesaretrue coordinates, the
^ ^
quantities 7^are allzero, since theconditions 5-^=-,.-aresatisfied, and
oqmoqK
theequations reduce totheordinary Lagrangian equations
ddT\ dT
Example. Arigidbodyisfreetoturnabout oneofitspoints 0,which isfixed, so
that thecoordinates ofthebody canbetaken tobethethree Eulerianangles 6, <,^,
which(10)specify theposition ofaxesOxyz,fixed inthebodyandmoving withit,with
reference toaxesOXYZ fixed inspace. Letanarbitrary displacement (80,8$,8-^)ofthe
bodybeequivalent totheresultant ofsmall rotations ST^, STT,,8*3round Ox,Oy,Oz,
respectively,sothatdiri, dir.2,o?7r3canbetaken asthedifferentials ofquasi-coordinates:
let0)1,o>2,o>3bethecomponents about theaxesOxyzoftheangular velocityofthebody
44 TheEquations ofMotion[CH.n
atany instant, sothatdiri,dir2,d-n-3arethe differentials ofquasi-coordinates corre
sponding respectivelytothevelocitiesi, 2,&>3.Shew that theequationsofmotion of
thebody are
(-(-}-
Idt
\o<ai/
Id/dT\dT dTdT
~ 1-<BO^ ^r=IIi,
ar a?7ay
ffl23--h i3--o=H3,
a>3/ 00)!OQ)2OTs
where 7*isthekineticenergyofthebody, expressedinterms of a>1?a>2,o>3,6,0, *//;n:,n2,n3arethemoments about theaxes Ox,Oy,Oz,respectively,oftheexternal forces
,ar. ofd&af
a</>afa^acting onthebody ;and stands for^-^--
j.,J21+i-i.
OTT,. otOTT,.0<pVTrrdy07rr
87^Itwillappearlater thatTdepends onlyona1}o)2,&>3,sotheterms =arezero.
uirr
31. Forces derivable from apotential-function which involves the
velocities.
Incertain cases theconceptionofapotential-energyfunction canbe
extended todynamical systemsinwhich theactingforcesdependnotonly
ontheposition butonthevelocities andaccelerations ofthebodies.
Forconsider adynamical system whoseconfigurationisspecified by
coordinatesq1}q2,...,qn,andsupposethat thework donebytheexternal
forces inanarbitrary displacement (Bq lt8q2,...,8qn)is
Then ifQrcanbeexpressedintheform
dvd/dv
jr- -r^-.- (r=1,2,...
,n\
dqrdt\dqrj
whereVisagivenfunction ofqltq2,...,qn,qlt...,qn,theLagrangian equa
tions ofmotion are
_ _
dt(dqj dqr~
dqrdt(dq r)
and ifakineticpotential Lbedefinedbytheequation
L=T-V,
theequations takethecustomaryform
dfdL\ dL
-T,U-.-)-a-=0dt\dqrjdqr
The function Vcanberegardedasageneralised potential energy
function. Anexampleofsuch asystemisfurnishedbythemotion ofa
30-32]TheEquations ofMotion 45
particle subjecttoWeber selectrodynamiclawofattraction* toafixed
point,theforceperunitmassactingontheparticle being
1/f-2__2r f>
r2\ c2
where risthedistance oftheparticlefrom thecentre offorce :inthiscase
thefunction Visdefined bytheequation
Example.Iftheforces Qlt^2,...,Qnofadynamical system which isspecified by
coordinatesqlyq2,...,q narederivable from ageneralised potential-function F,sothat
_-
oqrdt
shew thatQl}Q2,...,QHmust belinear functions ofq\, q-2,...,qn,satisfyingthen(2n
relations
Onthegeneralconditions fortheexistence ofakinetic potentialofforces, reference
maybemade to.
Helmholtz, JournalfiirMath., Vol. c.(1886).
Mayer, Leipzig. Berickte, Vol. XLVIII. (1896).
Hirsch, Math. Annalen, Vol. L.(1898).
32. Initial motions.
The differentialequationsofmotion ofadynamical systemcannot in
generalbesolved inafinite form interms ofknown functions. Itishow
ever always possible (exceptinthevicinityofcertainsingularitieswhich
need notbeconsidered here)tosolve asetofdifferentialequations bypower-
series,i.e.toobtain forthedependentvariablesqlfq2,...,qnexpressionsof
thetype
*/22J2I2 2 ?
thecoefficients a,b,...caninfactbeobtained bysubstitutingthese series in
thedifferentialequations, andequatingtozerothecoefficients ofthevarious
*W.Weber, Annalen d.Phys.LXXIII.(1848), p.193. Cf.Whittaker sHistory oftheTheories
of-Aether andElectricity, pp.226 231.
46 TheEquations ofMotion[OH.n
powersoft;theexpansionswillconvergeingeneralforvalues oftwithin
some definite circle ofconvergenceinthetf-plane.
Itisplainthat these series willgiveanyinformation which maybe
requiredabout theinitial character ofthemotion (tbeing measured from the
commencement ofthemotion),sinceiisthe initial value ofqlt6Xisthe
initial value ofql9andsoon.Thismethod ofdiscussingthe initial motion
ofasystemisillustrated bythefollowing example.
Example.Consider themotion ofaparticleofunitmass, which isfreetomove ina
plane andinitiallyatrest,andwhich isacted onbyafield offorcewhose components
paralleltofixed rectangularaxes atanypoint (x,y}are(X,Y) ;and letitberequiredto
determine theinitial radius ofcurvature ofthepath.
Let(#+,y+*i)bethecoordinates ofanypoint adjacenttothe initialpoint (.z;y),
sothat,T)mayberegardedassmallquantities ;then theequations ofmotion are
.#).3Y(x,y}
8y
Iftherefore weassume forand77theexpansions
(itisnotnecessarytoinclude terms oflower order than t2
,since thequantities ,TJ, ,T)
areinitially zero), andsubstitute inthese differentialequations, wefind,oncomparing
thecoefficients ofvarious powersoft,therelations
y),6=0,c-
Thepathoftheparticle nearthepoint(Xy)istherefore given bytheseries
where denotes thequantity \&.
Now ifthecoordinates|and77ofanycurve areexpressedinterms ofaparameter u,
theradius ofcurvature atthepointuisknown tobe
sotheradius ofcurvature correspondingtothezerovalue ofu,forthecurvegiven bythe
above expressions,is
(x~+r)x-(x*-+Y^\Y
Voxdy) \ctxdy)
andthis istherequired radius ofcurvature ofthepathoftheparticleattheinitialpoint.
32-34] TheEquations ofMotion 47
33. Similarityindynamical systems*.
Ifanysystemofconnectedparticles andrigidbodies isgiven,itis
possibletoconstruct anothersystem exactlysimilar toit,butonadifferent
scale. Ifnowthemasses and forces inthetwosystems, which wecan call
thepattern andmodelrespectively,bear certain ratios toeach other, the
workingsofthetwosystemswillbesimilar, though possiblyatspeedswhich
arenotthesame butbearaconstant ratio toeach other.
Tofindtherelation between thevarious ratios involved, letthelinear
dimensions ofthemodel andpatternbeintheratiox :1,letthemasses of
corresponding particlesbeintheratioy:1,lettherates ofworkingbeinthe
ratio z :1,sothatthetimeselapsedbetweencorresponding phasesareinthe
ratio 1 :z,and lettheforces beintheratiow.\. Then foreachparticle we
haveanequationofmotion oftheform
mx=X;
soifmisaltered intheratioy:1,xisaltered intheratio xz* :1,andXis
altered intheratiow :I,wemust have
w=xyz*,
andthis istherequiredrelation between thenumbers x,y,z,w.
Example.Iftheforcesacting arethose duetogravity, wehavew=y, andconse
quently xy2=I,sothattherates ofworking areinverselyasthesquare roots ofthelinear
dimensions.
Ifthe forcesacting arethemutualgravitations oftheparticles, every particle
attracting everyotherparticle withaforceproportional totheproduct ofthemasses and
theinverse square ofthedistance, wehavew=y2/x2
,sothattherates ofworking arein
theratioy\:x%.
34.Motion with reversedforces.
Aspecialcase ofsimilarityisthat inwhich theratiowhasthevalue 1.
Wehave seenthatthemotion ofanydynamical system which issubjected
toconstraintsindependentofthetime, andtoforces whichdepend onlyon
thepositionsoftheparticles,isexpressed bytheLagrangian equations
d/8T\ dT
where thekineticenergyI7
isahomogeneous quadratic function ofthe
velocitiesq\,ja,...,qn,involvingthecoordinatesqltq2,...,qn,inanyway,
andQisafunction ofql,q2,...,qnonly.
Introduce anewindependent variable definedbytheequation
T=it, where i=V1,
and letaccents denote differentiations withregardto r.Then since
*Newton, Principia, Book n.Sect. 7,Prop.32.
48 TheEquations ofMotion[CH.n
d/dT\,dT
dt\M r) a<Tarehomgeneous ofdegree-2indt,theaboveequations
dfc^\ dbeCmedrdq;)-^=-$><r=1,2, ...,),
where isthesame function ofq,,qz,...,qn}qlt...,qnthatTisof
3i, &> ..-,qn, qi,q*, -.., n-
But ifT(instead oft)benowinterpretedasdenotingthetime, these last
equationsaretheequationsofmotion ofthesamesystem whensubjectedto
thesame forces reversed indirection. Moreover, ifa1}a2,...,an,ft,/32,...,
narethe initial values ofqltq,, ...,qn>qltq2>...,qn>respectively,inany
particularcaseofthemotion oftheoriginal system, then al}a2,...,an,-ifr,
i/32>..., iftn willbethecorresponding quantitiesinthetransformed
problem. Wethushave thetheorem that inanydynamical system subjected
toconstraintsindependent ofthetimeand toforces whichdepend onlyonthe
position oftheparticles,theintegrals oftheequations ofmotion are stillreal
iftbereplaced by*J-Itand theinitial velocities &, ...,/3nby-V^l&,-V-l/32,...,-V-l{jnrespectively; andtheexpressions thusobtainedrepre
sent themotion which thesamesystem would haveif,with thesame initial
conditions, itwere acted onbythesameforces reversed indirection.
35.Impulsive motion.
Incertain cases(e.g.inthecollision ofrigid bodies) thevelocities ofthe
particlesinadynamical systemarechangedsorapidlythatthetimeoccupied
intheprocess may,foranalytical purposes, bealtogether neglected.
Thelawswhichgovern theimpulsive motion ofasystembearaclose
analogytothose whichapplyinthecase ofmotion under finite forces :they
canbeformulated inthefollowing way*.
Thenumber whichrepresents themass ofaparticle, multiplied bythe
vector whichrepresentsitsvelocityatany instant, isavectorquantity
(localisedinalinethroughtheparticle) which iscalled themomentum of
theparticleatthatinstantf; thethreecomponents paralleltorectangular-
axesOxyzofthemomentum ofaparticleofmassmatthepoint (x,y,z)are
therefore (mx,my,mz).Ifanynumber ofparticles form adynamical system,
thesum ofthecomponentsinanygiven direction ofthemomenta ofthe
particlesiscalled thecomponentinthat directionofthemomentumofthe
system. Theimpulsive changesofvelocityinthevariousparticlesofa
connectedsystemcanberegardedastheresult ofsudden communications
ofmomentum totheparticles.
The effect ofanagency which causesimpulsive motion inthesystem
*They were involved inthediscovery ofthelaws ofimpact in1668byWallis andWren,
Phil. Trans. No.43,pp.864, 867.
tMomentum isthequantitas motus ofNewton sPrincipia, Book i.Def. 2.Theideacanbe
traced back toDescartes.
34,35] TheEquations ofMotion 49
willbemeasured bythemomentum which itwould communicate toasingle
freeparticle.Iftherefore(?/0)v,w)arethecomponentsofvelocityofa
particleofmass m,referred tofixed axes inspace,before theimpulsive
communication ofmomentum totheparticle, and if(u, v,w)arethecom
ponentsofvelocityoftheparticleafter theimpulse,then thevectorquantity
(localisedinalinethroughtheparticle) whose componentsare
m(u-w),m(vv),m(ww)
representstheimpulse actingontheparticle.
Forthediscussion oftheimpulsivemotion ofaconnectedsystemof
particles,itisclearly necessarytohavesomeexperimentallawanalogousto
thelawofAction andReaction offinite forces;such alaw iscontained in
thestatement that the totalimpulse actingonaparticle ofaconnected
systemisequaltotheresultantoftheexternalimpulseontheparticle (i.e.the
impulse communicatedbyagenciesexternal tothesystem, measuredbythe
momentum which theparticle wouldacquireiffree) together withimpulses
directedalongthelines whichjointhisparticletotheotherparticles which
constrain itsmotion; and themutually inducedimpulses between twoconnected
particles areequalinmagnitude andoppositeinsign.
Ifweregardthecomponentsofanimpulseasthetime-integralsofthe
componentsofanordinaryfinite force which isvery largebutactsonlyfor
averyshort time, thelawjuststatedagreeswith thelawofAction and
Reaction forfinite forces.
Change ofkineticenergy due toimpulses.
Thechangeinkineticenergyofadynamical system whoseparticles areacted onbya
givensetofimpulses maybedetermined inthefollowing way.
Letanimpulse /,directedalongalinewhose direction-cosines referred tofixed axes of
reference are(A,^, j/),becommunicated toaparticleofmass m,changingitsvelocity
from v,inadirection whose direction -cosines are(Z ,M,NO),tov,inadirection whose
direction-cosines are(L,J/,JV).Theequationsofimpulsive motion are
Multiplying theseequations respectively by
$(vL+vQL),$(vM+vM),and
andadding, wehave
Thechangeinkineticenergyoftheparticleisthereforeequaltotheproductofthe
impulse andthemean ofthecomponents, before and after theimpulse, ofthevelocityof
theparticleinthedirection oftheimpulse.
Now consideranydynamical system ofconnectedparticles andrigid bodies, towhich
given impulses arecommunicated;applying thisresult toeachparticle ofthesystem, and
summing, weseethat thechangeinthekineticenergy ofthesystemisequaltothesumofthe
impulses appliedtoit,eachmultiplied bythemeanofthecomponents, before andafterthe
communicationoftheimpulse, ofthevelocity ofitspoint ofapplication inthedirectionofthe
impulse. Inthisresult wecanclearly neglect theimpulsive forces between themolecules
ofanyrigidbodyofthesystem.
W.D.
50 TheEquations ofMotion[CH.u
36.TheLagrangian equations ofimpulsivemotion.
Theequationsofimpulsivemotion ofadynamical systemcanbe
expressedinaform*analogoustotheLagrangian equationsofmotion for
finite forces, inthefollowing way.
Let(X i}Yi,Zi)bethecomponentsofthe totalimpulse (external and
molecular) appliedtoaparticle m;ofthesystem,situated atthepoint
(#,-, yi,z^.Theequationsofimpulsivemotion oftheparticleare
m{(an-xio)=Xiymt(yt-yio)=Ti}m{(z{-z^)=Z{,
where(x^,yio,z^)and(xi}yi}z^denote thecomponentsofvelocityofthe
particlebefore and after theapplicationoftheimpulse.
If
<?!,^2,...,qndenote thenindependentcoordinates interms ofwhich
theconfigurationofthesystemcanbeexpressed, wehave therefore
^ 1/ \ """I ,/ \vst ,/ eYv2m,- s(xt-
asfe)= h(yi-
y*>)^-+(&izit})5
9gv
(JiXj ??/* OZ
i^T -*t^T^f^ ;,
cqr oqr cqr/
where thesummation isextended over alltheparticlesofthesystem.
Now informingthesummation ontheright-handsideofthisequation,
itisseen asin26that themolecularimpulses betweenparticlesofthe
systemcanbeomitted :thequantity
dqrl
dqr^
dqr
canthereforereadilybefound when theexternalimpulsesareknown: we
shall denote itbythesymbol Qr.Wehaveconsequently
2m, (&t-4-o) +(yt-
2/io)+(*t-^)=Qr.
t ( oqr oqr dqr)
But asin26wehave
da^_dxi.
"bxi__d ..
dq,.~dq rVi
dqr-dq r(*
andsimilarly
.dxi__9^,.
*dqr~dqU
whereqroandqrdenote thevelocities ofthecoordinateqrbefore and after
theimpulse respectively. Thus if
*Due toLagrange, Mec. Anal.(2e
ed.),n.p.183.
36] TheEquations ofMotion 51
denotes thekineticenergyofthesystemafter theimpulse,theabove
equationcanbewritten intheform
dqr\dq r/Q
/rlY7\ /}T1
where(~ )denotes thequantity correspondingto^-,butrelatingtothe
\oqr/ooc[r
instant before theimpulse.
Similarequationscanbefound fortherestofthecoordinatesq1}g2 >>qnl
andthusweobtain thesetofnequations
fdT\
which areknown astheLagrangian equations ofimpulsivemotion.
These arealgebraical equationsforthedetermination ofqltq2,...,qnin
terms ofqw,qw,...,qm;theyarenotdifferentialequationsliketheLagrangian
equationsofmotion for finite forces, since thesecond derivates ofthe
coordinates withrespecttothetimedonotenter.
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Tworigid bodies movinginspaceareconstrained onlybyataut inextensiblestring
joining agiven pointofonebodytoagiven point oftheother, andoneofthebodies is
constrained torollwithoutsliding onagivenfixed surface. Howmany degreesoffreedom
hasthesystem, andhowmany independent coordinates arerequiredtospecifyitscon
figuration?
2.Apointisreferred tocurvilinear coordinatesa,b,c,andthesquare ofits
velocityis
2T=Aa?+Bb2+Cc2+2Fbc+2Gcd+2Hdb.
Shew thatp,q,r,thecomponentaccelerations inthedirections ofthetangentstothe
coordinatelines, aregiven bythree equations ofthetype
d_fiT\ dT ..H
dt\dd j(dfF\dT TT (~*
3-. )----=pJA+-,-_q+-T--,r.(Coll.Exam.)oaj da JB2v/6
3.Aparticle which isfreetomove inspaceisinitiallyatrestattheorigin, and isin
afieldofforcewhose components (X,F,Z)atanypoint (x,y,z)aregivenbytheexpansions
JT=a+bx+ quadratic andhigher terms inx,y,z;
Y= cx+quadratic andhigher terms inx,y,z;
Z=dx2+cubic andhigher terms inx,y,z.
Find theradii ofcurvature andtorsion oftheorbit attheorigin.
42
CHAPTER III
37.Problems which aresolublebyquadratures.
Thedetermination ofthemotion ofaholonomicdynamical systemwith
afinitenumber ofdegreesoffreedom hasinthepreceding chapterbeen
shewn todependonthesolution ofasetofordinarydifferentialequations.
Ifndenotes thenumber ofdegreesoffreedom, and(q1}q2,...,qn)arethe
coordinatesspecifyingtheconfigurationofthesystematthetimet,then
thesetofequationsconsists ofndifferentialequations, each ofthesecond
order, withqltq2,...,q nasdependentvariables and tasindependentvariable.
This setofequationsissaid tobeoforder 2n,theorderbeingdefined to
bethesum oftheorders ofthehighestderivates ofthedependentvari
ablesoccurringintheequations.Itisawell-known result ofthetheory
ofordinarydifferentialequationsthatthenumber ofarbitraryconstants of
integrationinthesolution ofasetofdifferentialequationsisequalto
theorder ofthesystem;whence itfollows that there are2nconstantsof
integrationinthegeneralsolutionofaholonomic dynamical problemwith
ndegrees offreedom.
Nowanygivensetofdifferentialequationsoforder kcanbereduced
totheform
-^=Xr(ae1}x2,...,xk,t}, (r=1,2,...,k\
whereXl}X2,...,Xkareknown functions oftheirarguments, bytakingas
new variables(x1,x2,...,xk)theoriginal dependentvariablestogetherwith
their derivates upto(but notincluding)thehighestderivatesoccurringin
theoriginalsetofequations. Thuse.g.thesetofequations
(where QlandQ2areanyfunctions ofthearguments indicated) which isof
order 4,canbereduced totheset
dxl_dx2_dx3_f), x dx4_^/
~T7 ^3&gt; ~~rr ^4&gt;~jT^Jl\<MS* ^3&gt;&4/I ~~JT ^2\<-%2&gt; fiat^4)5
37] Principlesavailable fortheintegration53
bytaking
#1=01, a*=&, #3=0i, ^4=02-
Theform
-^=Xr(x1,x2,...,#
fc&gt; (r=l,2,...,&)
maytherefore beregardedasthetypicalform forasetofdifferential
equationsoforder k.
rlf
Ifafunction f{x l,x2,...,x k,t)issuch that~-iszerowhen(#,,#2&gt; &gt;#*)
tt-t
areanyfunctions oftwhatever whichsatisfythese differentialequations,the
equation
/(#i,x2,...,#, t)=Constant
iscalled anintegralofthesystem. Thecondition that agivenfunction /
mayfurnish anintegralofthesystemiseasilyfound;fortheequation
dfldt=gives
^-4+*-4+...+~-xk+57=0,
ox-i cx2 dxk dt
or VY4-^Tj L.8/Y^8^-o&lt;*1+o-^2+ +5^A+57=^;
d^j oa;2 dxk dt
andthisrelation must beidenticallysatisfied inorder that theequation
f(x i,oc2,...,aek,t)=Constant
maybeanintegralofthesystemofdifferentialequations.
Sometimes thefunction /itself(asdistinct from theequation /=constant)iscalled an
integral ofthesystem.
Thecompletesolution ofthesetofdifferentialequationsoforder kis
furnishedbykintegrals
frOn 2, ,afc,t)=ar, (r=1,2,...,k),
where altaz,...,akarearbitrary constants, providedtheseintegralsare
distinct, i.e.nooneofthem isalgebraicallydeducible from theothers. For
letthevalues of as1}xz,...,xk,obtained from theseequationsasfunctions of
t,a,! ,a2,...,ak,be
xr=
&lt;,.(!, a,,...,ak,t), (r--l, 2,...,k};
then if(a-j,x2,...,xk)areanyparticularsetoffunctions oftwhichsatisfy
thedifferentialequations,itfollows fromwhat hasbeen saidabove that
bygivingtothearbitrary constants arsuitable constant values wecanmake
theequations
/r(ar,,x2,...,a!k,t)=ar (r=l, 2,...,k)
true forthisparticularsetoffunctions(xl}x2,...,xk);andtherefore this set
offunctions(xlyxZ)...,xk)willbeincluded amongthefunctions defined by
theequationsxr=
&lt;j&gt;r.Thesolution ofadynamical problemwithndegrees
offreedom maytherefore beregardedasequivalenttothedetermination of
2wintegralsofasetofdifferentialequationsoforder 2n.
54Principles available fortheintegration [OH.in
Thus thedifferential equation
?=-?&gt;
which isofthesecond order, possessesthetwointegrals
f ?2+?2=,,
Itan-1?_;= a
I ?
where!and a.2arearbitrary constants. Onsolvingtheseequationsforqandq,wehave
andtheseequations constitute thesolution ofthedifferentialequation.
Themoreelementarydivision ofdynamics,with which thisandthe
immediately succeeding chaptersareconcerned, isoccupiedwith thedis
cussion ofthosedynamical problemswhich canbesolvedcompletelyin
terms oftheknownelementaryfunctions ortheindefiniteintegralsofsuch
functions. These aregenerallyreferred toasproblemssolublebyquadratures.
Theproblemsofdynamicsarenotingeneralsolublebyquadratures ;andin
those cases inwhich asolution byquadraturescanbeeffected, there must
alwaysbesomespecialreason forit,infactthekineticpotentialofthe
problem must have somespecialcharacter. Theobjectofthepresent
chapteristodiscuss thosepeculiaritiesofthekineticpotential which are
mostfrequentlyfound inproblemssolublebyquadratures, andwhich infact
aretheultimateexplanationofthesolubility.
38.Systemswithignorablecoordinates.
Wehave seen(27)that themotion ofaconservative holonomic
dynamical systemwithndegreesoffreedom, forwhich thecoordinates are
&lt;?!,22,...,qnandthekineticpotentialisL,isdeterminedbythedifferential
equations
dfdL\dL
-T.U-T-)-5=0, (r=1,2,...,n).at\dqrJdqr
7)TThequantity ^-r-isgenerallycalled themomentumcorrespondingtothe
oqr
coordinate qr.
Itmayhappenthatsome ofthecoordinates, sayqlyqz,...,qk,arenot
explicitlycontained inL,althoughthecorrespondingvelocitiesql,q%,...,qk
aresocontained. Coordinates ofthiskind aresaid tobeignorable orcyclic;
itwillappearinthefollowing chaptersthat thepresenceofignorable
coordinates isthemostfrequently-occurringreason forthesolubilityof
particular problems byquadratures.
TheLagrangian equationsofmotion whichcorrespondtothekignorable
coordinates are
37,38] Principlesavailable fortheintegration 55
andonintegration,these canbewritten
where/3j,/32,..., /3&areconstants ofintegration.These lastequationsare
evidently kintegralsofthesystem.
Weshallnowshewhowthese kintegralscanbeutilised toreduce the
order ofthesetofLagrangiandifferentialequationsofmotion*.
kdLLetRdenote thefunction LSqr~-r- .Bymeans ofthekequations
/ r=\ v$r
f|-A,(r-1, 2,...,*),.
wecanexpressthekquantities qly
&lt;j2,...,qk,which arethevelocities cor
respondingtotheignorable coordinates, interms of
qk+i&gt; qk+2&gt;&gt;&lt;ln, &lt;ik+i, qk+2,,Qn,@i,$*, -&gt;ftk\
weshallsupposethat inthiswaythefunction Risexpressedinterms ofthe
latter setofquantities.
Now letSfdenote theincrementproducedinanyfunction /ofthequan
titiesqk+l ,qk+2 ,...,qn,fr,q2,...,qn(orofthequantities qk+1)qk+2,...,qn,
qk+1,...,qn,&, 2,...,$0byarbitraryinfinitesimalchanges Bqt+1 ,Sq k+2&gt; ...,
Bqn,Bq1}...,Sqninitsarguments. Thenwehave
ar v3L\=b(L2,qr),
r=\oqr/
bythedefinition ofR.But
and
since
Wehave therefore
r=k+ivqrJ
r=k+lOq rJr=\
andsince theinfinitesimalquantities occurringontheright-handsideofthis
equationarearbitrary andindependent,theequationisequivalenttothe
/
*Thetransformation which follows isreally acase oftheHamiltonian transformation, which
isdiscussed inChapter X;itwashowever firstseparately given byEouth in1876,andsomewhat
laterbyHelmholtz.
56Principles available fortheintegration [CH.in
systemofequations
;=
, (r=k+l, k+2,...,n),dqrdqr
dLdR
Substitutingthese results intheLagrangian equationsofmotion, we
have
^Lf^\_^-nft7mI
&lt;"\ I"~~O ^J \*V
l"J-JA/~| .... 7fc).ac\oqr/oqr
NowEisafunctiononlyofthevariablesqk+l ,qk+2,...,q n,qk+l ,...,q n,
andtheconstants &, y32, ,ftk-sothis isanewLagrangian system of
equations, which wecanregardasdefininganewdynamical problem with
only (nk)degreesoffreedom, thenewcoordinatesbeing qk+1 ,qk+2,...,qn,
andthenew kineticpotential beingR.When thevariablesqk+l ,qk+2 ,...,qn
havebeen obtained interms oftbysolvingthisnewdynamical problem, the
remainder oftheoriginal coordinates, namely ql}q2,...,qk&gt;canbeobtained
from theequations
Hence adynamical problem withndegrees offreedom, which haskignoralle
coordinates, canbereduced toadynamical problem which hasonly (nk)
degrees offreedom. Thisprocessiscalled theignoration ofcoordinates.
The essential basis oftheignoration ofcoordinates isinthetheorem thatwhen the
kineticpotential doesnotcontain oneofthecoordinatesqrexplicitly, althoughitinvolves
thecorresponding velocity q,.,anintegral ofthemotion canbeatonce written down,
namely^=constant. This isaparticular case ofamuch more general theorem which
willbegiven later, totheeffect thatwhen adynamical system admits aknown infinitesimal
contact-transformation, anintegral ofthesystem can.beimmediately obtained.
Iftheoriginal problem relates tothemotion ofaconservativedynamical
systeminwhich theconstraints areindependentofthetime,wehave seen
that itskineticpotential Lconsists ofapart (the kineticenergy) which is
ahomogeneous quadratic function ofqltq., ...,qn,andwhich involves
qk+i, qk+z,,qninanyway,together with apart (thepotential energywith
sign reversed) which involvesqk+1,qk+2 ,...,qnonly. But inthenew
dynamical system which isobtained after theignorationofcoordinates, the
kineticpotential Rcannot bedivided intotwopartsinthisway:infact,R
willingeneral contain terms linear inthevelocities. Andmoregenerallywhen(ashappens very frequentlyinthemore advancedpartsofDynamics)
thesolution ofonesetofLagrangiandifferentialequationsismade todepend
38] Principlesavailable fortheintegration57
onthat ofanother setofLagrangiandifferentialequationswith asmaller
number ofcoordinates, thekineticpotentialofthisnewsystemisnot
necessarilydivisible intotwogroupsoftermscorrespondingtoakinetic and
apotential energy. Weshallsometimes usetheword natural todenote those
systemsofLagrangian equationsforwhich thekineticpotentialcontains
onlyterms ofdegrees2and inthevelocities, andnon-natural todenote
thosesystemsforwhich thiscondition isnot satisfied.
Asanexampleoftheignorationofcoordinates, consider adynamical systemwithtwo
degrees offreedom, forwhich thekinetic energyis
andthepotential energyis
wherea,6,c,daregiven constants.
Itisevident thatq^isanignorable coordinate, since itdoesnotappear explicitlyinT
V.
ThekineticpotentialofthesystemisorV.
andtheintegral correspondingtotheignorable coordinate is
whereftisaconstant, whose value isdetermined bytheinitial circumstances ofthemotion.
Thekineticpotentialofthenewdynamical system obtained byignoringthecoordinate
andtheproblemisnowreduced tothesolution ofthesingle equation
d(3R
dt\dq
or
Asthis isalinear differential equation with constantcoefficients, itssolution canbe
immediately written down :itis
whereAand eareconstants ofintegration,tobedeterminedbytheinitial circumstances
ofthemotion. Thisequation gives therequired expressionofthecoordinate
&lt;?2mterms
ofthetime :thevalue ofqiinterms oftcanthenbededuced from theequation
whichgives
8in2
andsocompletes thesolution ofthesystem.
58Principles available fortheintegration [CH.in
39.Special cases ofignoration; integrals ofmomentum andangular
momentum.
We shallnow considerspeciallythetwocommonesttypesofignorable
coordinates indynamical problems.
(i)Systems possessing anintegral ofmomentum,.
Letthecoordinates ofaconservative holonomicdynamical systemwith
ndegreesoffreedom beql}q2&gt;...,qn;and letTbethekineticenergyofthe
system, andVthepotential energy,sothat theequationsofmotion ofthe
systemare
d(dT\dT_dV~-~~
Supposethatoneofthecoordinates, sayql}isignorable, andmoreover is
such thatanalteration ofthevalue ofq1byaquantity I,theremaining
coordinatesqz,qs,...,qnbeing unaltered, correspondstoasimpletranslation
ofthewholesystem throughadistance Iparalleltoacertain fixed direction
inspace;weshall take thistobethedirection ofthe#-axis inasystemof
fixedrectangularaxes ofcoordinates.
Sinceq-iisanignorable coordinate, wehave theintegral
O/TT
-z-r=Constant,
dql
andweshallnow discuss thephysical meaningofthisequation.
Wehave
O/TT O
ab-*Sb*miW+*f+if
&gt;
where thesummation isextended over alltheparticlesofthesystem,
dT^f.dAi .difi .r$-M^T*
&lt;+v-^+z-d^} bv826
as,y&lt;
3ft*^/y^
^ ,i 9#o 9vi 9^j=Zmtiki, since inthiscase^-=1,^=0,^=0.
dql oqi dq1
NowSmgfej represents (35)thecomponent paralleltothe -axis of
themomentum ofthesystemofparticles m^,andconsequentlythis isthe
rirr
physical meaningofthequantity.inthepresentcase.
0Ji
~\m
i
The integral ^=Constant
9g,
can therefore beinterpretedthus :When adynamical systemcan be
translated asifrigidinagivendirection withoutviolatingtheconstraints,
and thepotential energyistherebyunaltered(thewayinwhich thekinetic
energy dependsonthevelocities isobviouslyunaltered bythistranslation, so
39] Principlesavailable fortheintegration59
thecorrespondingcoordinate isignorable),then thecomponent paralleltothis
direction ofthemomentum ofthesystemisconstant,
This result iscalled thelawofconservation ofmomentum*, andsystems
towhich itappliesaresaid topossess anintegral ofmomentum.
(ii)Systems possessing anintegral ofangular momentum.
Again takingasystemwith coordinatesq1}q2,...,qnandkinetic and
potential energies TandVrespectively,letusnowsupposethat the
coordinateqlisignorable,andmoreover issuch thatanalteration ofqlby
aquantity a,theother coordinates remaining unchanged, correspondsto
asimplerotation ofthewholesystem throughananglearound agiven
fixed line inspace:weshall take this line astheaxis ofzinasystem
offixedrectangularaxes ofcoordinates.
Sinceqlisanignorable coordinate, wehave theintegral
?irr
;r-r-=Constant ............................. (1),
9?i
andwehave todetermine thephysical interpretationofthisequation.
Wehave asbefore
dT /^ .dyi,.dzA
[j=--
r-yt^-+Zi=
,
VdqiL
9?i dqj
where thesummation isextended over alltheparticlesofthesystem.But
ifwewrite
Xi^ncosfa, yi=
rism&lt;f&gt;i,
wehave dfa=dq l,
d%i dxi.~= ~
riSm&gt;i=:~
i
..
and therefore
3-r-=2mf(-dayt+yiXi)...........................(2).
oql
Now ifrdenote thedistance ofany particleofmassmfrom agiven
straightline atany instant, and if &lt;adenote theangular velocityofthe
particleabout theline,theproductmr*to iscalled theangular momentum
oftheparticle about the line.
Let beany point, and letP,Pbetwoconsecutivepositionsofthe
moving particle,theinterval oftime between thembeingdt.Then the
*Thishasbeen evolvedgradually from theobservation ofNewton, Principia, Book i.iutrod.
toSect. XL,that ifanynumber ofbodies areacted ononlybytheirmutual attractions, their
common centre ofgravity willeither beatrest, ormove uniformlyinastraight line.
60Principles available fortheintegration [CH.m
angular momentum about anylineOKthroughisclearlythelimiting
value oftheratio
??z
-7-xTwice thearea oftheprojectionofthetriangle OPP on
aplane perpendiculartoOK,
soif(I,m,n)arethedirection-cosines ofOKand if(X,p,v)arethedirection-
cosines ofthenormal tothetriangle OPP,weseethat theangular
momentum aboutOK isequaltotheproductof(l\+mp+nv)intothe
angular momentum about thenormal totheplaneOPP .Itisevident from
thisthat iftheangular momenta ofaparticle about anythreerectangular
axesOxyzatanytime areA,,A2,A3respectively,then theangular momentum
aboutanylinethrough whose direction-cosines referred tothese axes are
(I,m,n}isIh-i+mh2+nhs;wemay expressthisbysayingthatangular
momenta about axesthrough apointarecompounded accordingtothevectorial
law.
Theangular momentum ofadynamical system about agivenaxis is
defined tobethesum oftheangular momenta oftheseparate particlesof
thesystem about thegivenaxis;inparticular,theangular momentum of
asystemofparticles typified byaparticleofmass m,whose coordinates are
(xi,yiyZi},about theaxis ofzisSm^r^,where
andthesummation isextended over alltheparticlesofthesystem;this
expressionfortheangular momentum ofasystemcanbewritten intheform
2m* (ijiXi-x^i),
i
andoncomparingthiswithequation (2)wehave theresult that theangular
rlTmomentumofthesystem considered, about theaxisofz,is~-r
d^i
Theequation (1)impliestherefore that theangular momentum ofthe
system about theaxisofzisconstant :andwehave thefollowingresult :
When adynamical system canberotated asifrigid round agivenaxiswith
outviolatingtheconstraints, and thepotential energyisthereby unaltered, the
angular momentumofthesystemabout thisaxis isconstant.
This result isknown asthetheorem ofconservationofangular
momentum*.
Example. Asystemofnfreeparticlesisinmotion urider theinfluence oftheir
mutual forces ofattraction, these forces beingderived from akineticpotential V,which
contains thecoordinates andcomponentsofvelocityoftheparticles,sothattheequations
ofmotion oftheparticlesare
.._ard/3F\
mrXr~ e
*Keplerslaw,thattheradius from thesuntoaplanet sweeps outequal areas inequal times,
wasextended byNewton toallcases ofmotion under acentral force :from thisthegeneral
theorem ofconservation ofangular momentum hasgradually developed.
39,40] Principlesavailable fortheintegration61
shew thatthese equations possesstheintegrals
/ 9F\
2(mrxr+^- J=Constant,
/ 9F\
2(m.,yr+K-i Constant,
r\ yJ
2(mrzr+^r- )=Constant,
rV czr/
( 3F 9F)2\mr(yrzr-zryj+yr-
?.--zr
^.-j=Constant,
9Fan
2\mr(zrxr-x,.zr)+zrJTT--xr3\=Constant,
r (^oxrczr)
( 3F 9F!
2\mr(xryr-yrxr)+xrC~yrgj}-=Constant,
which mayberegardedasgeneralisationsoftheintegralsofmomentum andangular
momentum. (Levy.)
40.Thegeneraltheorem ofangularmomentum.
Theintegralofangularmomentum isaspecialcase ofamoregeneral
result, whichmaybeobtained inthefollowing way.
Consider adynamical systemformed ofanynumber offreeorconnected
andinteracting particles:iftheyaresubjectedtoanyconstraints other than
themutual reactions oftheparticles,weshallsupposetheforces duetothese
constraints tobecounted amongtheexternal forces.
Takeanylinefixed inspace,andchoose oneofthecoordinates which
specifytheconfigurationofthesystem (sayq^tobesuch thatachangein
q1}unaccompanied byanychangeintheother coordinates, impliesasimple
rotation ofthesystemasifrigidround thegiven line,throughanangle equal
tothechangeinqlfWesupposetheconstraints tobesuch that this isa
possible displacementofthesystem.
TheLagrangian equationforthecoordinateqlis
dtdq
andthisreduces to
since thevalue ofq:(asdistinguishedfromq^cannot haveanyeffect on
a/77T^T
thekineticenergy,andthereforejmust bezero.Now
-^-ristheangular
momentum ofthesystemabout thegiven line;andQiS^jisthework done
onthesystem bytheexternal forces inasmalldisplacement 8q1}i.e.asmall
rotation ofthesystemabout thegivenlinethroughanangle 8q1,fromwhich
itiseasilyseen thatQtisthemoment oftheexternal forces about thegiven
line.Wehave therefore theresult that therateofchange oftheangular
62 Principlesavailable fortheintegration [CH.in
momentumofadynamical systemabout anyfixedline isequaltothemoment
oftheexternalforcesabout this line. Thelawofconservation ofangular
momentumobviouslyfollows from thiswhen themoment oftheexternal
forces iszero.
Similarlywecanshew that therateofchange ofthemomentum ofa
dynamical system paralleltoanyfixeddirection isequaltothecomponent,
paralleltothis line,ofthetotal externalforces actingonthesystem.
Forimpulsivemotion itiseasytoestablish thefollowing analogous
results :
Theimpulsiveincrementofthecomponent ofmomentumofasysteminany
fixeddirection isequaltothecomponentinthisdirectionofthetotal external
impulses appliedtothesystem.
Theimpulsiveincrementoftheangular momentumofasystemround any
axis isequaltothemoment round thataxisoftheexternalimpulses appliedto
thesystem.
41.TheEnergy equation.
Weshallnowintroduce anintegralwhichplaysagreat partindynamical
investigations,andindeed inallphysical questions.
Inaconservative dynamical systemletqi}q2,...,qnbethecoordinates
and letLbethekineticpotential:weshallsupposethat theconstraints
areindependentofthetime, sothatLisagivenfunction ofthevariables
qi,#2,&gt;qn,q\, q-2,&gt;
&lt;jnonly,notinvolvingtexplicitly. Weshall not, at
first, restrict Lbyanyfurther conditions, sothat thediscussion willapply
tothenon-natural systemsobtained afterignorationofcoordinates, aswell as
tonatural systems.
Wehave
dL ..9Z .dL
~T~=q?D^~"riOroat r=\uqrr=i dqr
"
..dL .didL\ =2,qr;r-r-+2qr-r,Urr- ,bytheLagrangian equations
r=ivqrr=i at\oqrJ
d/.dL^
Integrating, wehave
n
*q,
r=lv&lt;Jr
where hisaconstant.
Thisequationisanintegralofthesystem, and iscalled theintegral of
energyorlawofconservation ofenergy*.
*Galileo wasacquainted with thefactthat thevelocityofaparticle sliding down aninclined
plane from restdepends onlyonthevertical height through which ithasdescended. From this
elementary particular case theprinciple wasgradually evolved byHuygens, Newton, John
andDaniel Bernoulli, andLagrange.
40,41] Principlesavailable fortheintegration63
Wehave seen that innaturalsystems,inwhich theconstraints donot
involve thetime, thekineticpotential Lcanbewritten intheformTV,
whereT(thekineticenergyofthesystem)ishomogeneousandofdegree2
inthevelocities, whileVisafunction ofthecoordinatesonly.Inthis case,
therefore, theintegralofenergy becomes
n 2r
,^.OljTh=Zq r^L
r=i oqr
=2TT+V, sinceTishomogeneousofdegree2inqlt
Itfollows that inconservative naturalsystems,thesumofthekinetic and
potential energiesisconstant. This constant value hiscalled thetotalenergy
ofthesystem.
This latter result can alsobeobtaineddirectlyfrom theelementary
equationsofmotion. Forfrom theequationsofmotion ofasingle particle,
namelymixi=Xi ,mtyi=Yt,m{^=Z{ ,
wehave
Em* (xixi+yiiji+ZiZi)=2(XiXi+Yiiji+Z^t),
where thesummation isextended over alltheparticlesofthesystem,or
d .SImt(x?+y?+zf)=2(Xdx+Ydy+Zdz},
i i
sothattheincrement ofthekineticenergyofthesystem,inanyinfinitesimal
partofitspath,isequaltothework donebytheforcesactingonthesystem
inthispartofthepath,andtherefore isequaltothedecrease inthepotential
energyofthesystem. Thesumofthekinetic andpotential energiesofthe
systemistherefore constant.
Theequationofenergy
d .$m(&+f+p)=Xdx+Ydy+Zdz
(whereforsimplicity wesupposethesystemtoconsist ofasingle particle)istruenot
onlywhen(#,y,z)denote coordinates referred toanyfixedaxes, butalsowhenthey
denote coordinates referred toaxeswhich aremoving withanymotion oftranslation
inafixed direction with constantvelocity.
For let(, ;,f)denote thecoordinates oftheparticle referred toaxes fixed inspace
andparalleltothemoving axesOxyz,sothat
x=-at, y=T)-bt,z=-ct,
wherea,b,caretheconstant componentsofvelocityoftheoriginofthemoving axes.
Then theresultalready provedisthat
d.4m(e+^+C2
)=Xd+Yd?,+
+(aX+bY+cZ)dt.
64 Principlesavailable fortheintegration [OH.m
Nowwehave
d.m(
=m(at;+bij+c)dt
=(aX+bY+cZ)dt,
andtherefore
d.im(x*+y2+zi
}=Xdx+ Ydy+Zdz,
which establishes thetheorem.
Itmaybenoted thatfrom this result thethree equationsofmotion oftheparticle
canbederived, bytaking x= atetc.,andsubtracting theequationofenergyinthe
coordinates (#,y,2)from theequationofenergyinthecoordinates (, 77, ).
42.Reductionofadynamical problemtoaproblemwithfewer degrees of
freedom, bymeans oftheenergy-equation.
When aconservative dynamical systemhasonlyonedegreeoffreedom,
theintegralofenergyisalone sufficient togivethesolutionbyquadratures.
For ifqbethecoordinate, theintegralofenergy
.dL
q-TT-.L=h
dq
isarelation betweenqandq;.ifthereforeqbefoundexplicitlyinterms ofq
from thisequation,sothat ittakes theform
9=/(?),
wecanintegrate againandobtain theequation
t=-.^r-r+constant.
which constitutes thesolution oftheproblem.
When thesystemhasmore than onedegreeoffreedom, theintegralof
energyisnotinitself sufficient forthesolution;butweshallnowshew that
itcanbeused forthesamepurposeastheintegrals correspondingtoignor-
ablecoordinates were used,namelytoreduce thesystemtoanotherdynamical
systemwithasmaller number ofdegreesoffreedom*.
Inthefunction L,replacethequantities q.2,q3,...,qnbyftq 2,ftq^, ...,
ftq^,respectively,whereqrdenotes :anddenote theresultingfunction
by n(&lt;j,, &lt;//,qs,...,qn, &lt;?i, q-2,...,qn)-Thendifferentiatingtheequation
wehaveq.2,...,qn,ft,q*,,qn)=&(ft, q2,q3
dLan raii
(-1^,3,...,,).........(3).
*Whittaker, Mess, ofMath. xxx.(1900).
41,42] Principlesavailable fortheintegration 65
Equations (1)and(2)give **.*
80_*A+Iir^
~.o. I^-1~i~^TT~ ........................... \^)
oqi0$ ,-=2 ^ioqr
Now intheintegralofenergy
ndL2qr~]r-L=h,
r=l Off
replace gvby^gvforallvalues ofrfrom 2towinclusive, andthenfrom this
equation obtain^asafunction ofthequantities (q2,q3,...,q n &gt;qi, &lt;?2&gt;&gt;qn),
andbyusingthisexpressionforql}expressthefunction
|dLg,
r=l9^r ?i
interms of(^2,^3,...,qn,q1}q2,...,qn).Letthefunction thus obtained
r)O
bedenoted byL;then from(4)weseethatListhesame as^-r,but
5^i
differently expressed.
Differentiatingtheequationofenergy,whichby(4)maybewritten in
theform
.an ,
(ft-r-li=h, 1
fyi
andregardingitasarelation whichimplicitly determines ^asafunction of
thevariables
(&lt;?/, q.,,...,qn,qltq2,...,qn),wehave
Butdifferentiatingtheequation
r,an=
8^
regardedasanidentityinthevariables(g/,q3,...,q n,q-i,qz, -,qn),wehave
9X_j^ a^na^
"
Comparing equations (5)and(7),wehave
az/ iao
8=
^8"
andcomparing equations (6)and(8),wehave
dL 130
Wr=^Wr
W.D.
66 Principlesavailable fortheintegration [CH.in
Combiningthese withequations (2)and(3),wehave
dL^_dLdL_1dL
*\ / -i &gt;anQ _. .
dqrdqr dqr?idqr
Substitutingfrom theseequationsintheLagrangian equationsofmotion,
weobtain thesystem
d(dL\.dL
-T.(5,-ql~=0, (r=2,3,...,TO),
dt\dq rj*
dqr
orfinally
dL\dL
(r=2,3,...,n).
Now #zesemayberegarded astheequations ofmotionofanewdynamical
systeminwhichListhekineticpotential, (qz,q3,...,qn)arethecoordinates,
andqlplaysthepartofthetimeastheindependentvariable. Thenewsystem
will, likethesystems obtained byignorationofcoordinates, beingeneral
non-natural, i.e.Lwillnotconsistsolelyofterms ofdegrees2and inthe
velocities(q2,q3f
,...,qn),butonaccount ofitspossessionoftheLagrangian
form, most ofthetheoremsrelatingtodynamical systemswillbeapplicable
toit.Theintegral ofenergythus enables ustoreduce agiven dynamical
systemwithndegrees offreedomtoanotherdynamical systemwithonly(n 1)
degrees offreedom.
Thenewdynamical systemwillnotingeneral possess anintegralof
energy,since theindependentvariableqloccursexplicitlyinthenewkinetic
potential L .But ifqlisanignorablecoordinate intheoriginal system,
thenqlwillnotoccurexplicitlyinanystageoftheaboveprocess, andthere
fore willnotoccurexplicitlyinL .From this itfollows thatthenewsystem
willalsopossess anintegralofenergy, namely
2qr3,L=constant,
r=2 Oqr
andthiscaninitsturnbeused toreduce further thenumber ofdegreesof
freedom ofthesystem.
Theprecedingtheorems shew thatanyconservativedynamical systemwith
ndegreesoffreedom and(n 1)ignorablecoordinates canbecompletely
integrated byquadratures ;wecanproceedeither(a)byfirstperformingthe
processofignorationofthecoordinates, soarrivingatasystemwithonlyone
degreeoffreedom, whichpossesses anintegralofenergyandcantherefore be
solved inthemanner indicated atthebeginningofthepresentarticle;or
(@)wecan firstusetheintegralofenergytolower thenumber ofdegreesof
freedom byunity,then usetheintegralofenergyofthenewsystemtolower
thenumber ofdegreesoffreedomagain byunity, andsoon,obtaining finally
asystemwithonedegreeoffreedom whichagaincanbesolved inthemanner
indicated.
42,43] Principles available fortheintegration 67
Example. Thekineticpotentialofadynamical systemis
Shew that therelation between thevariablesqlandqzisgiven bythedifferential
equation
____
5ft\3$iY 9?2~
whereJj=^,andwhereZisdenned bytheequation
Shew that thenon-naturaldynamical system represented bythe last differential
equation possesses anintegralofenergy, andhence solve thesystem byquadratures.
43.Separation ofthevariables;dynamical systems ofLiouville stype.Aclass ofdynamical equations which areobviouslysolublebyquadratures
fsconstituted bytheequationsofthosesystemsforwhich thekineticenergy
isoftheform
andthepotential energyisoftheform
V=
u&gt;i(?i)+W2(q2)+ ...+wn(qn),
where vltv2,...,vn,wltw2,...,wnarearbitrary functions oftheir-respective
arguments;sothatthekineticpotential breaksupintoasum ofparts,each
ofwhich involvesonlyoneofthevariables.
ForinthiscasetheLagrangian equationsofmotion are
^K(qr)qr]-\vr(qr)q,?=-iff[(qr), (r=1,2,...,n),
or vr(qr)qr+%vr(qr)qr2=-w/(qr\ (r=1,2,...,n).
Theseequations canbeimmediately integrated, andgive
%vr(qr).qr2+wr(qr)=cr,^/(r=1,2,...,n),
where d,c2,...,cnareconstants ofintegration; theseequations canbe
furtherintegrated,since thevariablesqrand tareseparable, andwethus
obtain
^, (r-!, 2,...,),
where yltya,...,y narenewconstants ofintegration. These lastequations
constitute thesolution oftheproblem.
Animportant extension ofthis class ofdynamical systems wasmadeby
Liouville*, whoshewed that alldynamical problemsforwhich thekinetic
andpotential energies canrespectivelybeputintheforms
T=K(?,)+Ui(q2)+...+* (qn)} \Vl(ft)^+v2(q2)qs*+...+Vn(qn)jn*}}
V=Wl^+w*^+---+wn(qn)
canbesolvedbyquadratures.
*Journal deMath. xiv.(1849), p.257.
52
68 Principlesavailable fortheintegration [CH.in
Forbytaking
J&gt;Jvr(qr)dqr=qr, (r=1,2,...
,w),
whereft,ft,...,qnarenew variables, wecanreplaceallthefunctions
vi(ft)&gt;V2(ft),&gt;vn(qn)byunity;weshallsupposethis done, sothat the
kinetic andpotential energiestake theform
T=^(ft2+ft2
+...+ft&gt;2
),
V=-K(ft)+w*(ft)++wn(qn}},
where ustands fortheexpression
i(ft)+u2(ft)+...+un(qn).
TheLagrangian equationforthecoordinateq1is
dfdr\_ar=_dv
dt\9ft/3^ dql
Multiplyingthisequation throughout by2uq ltwehave
~
(%&gt;-*gw+^+..:+.)=-2*g.
Butfrom theintegralofenergyofthesystem, wehave
%u(q12+q-&gt;+...+qn*)=h-V,
where hisaconstant. Theequationforthecoordinateq^cantherefore
bewritten intheform
=2ft-{h^ (?j)-w,(q,)}
Integrating,wehave
^u2q^=AM,(ft)-Wj(ft)+7j,
where71isaconstant ofintegration. Weobtain similarequationsforeach
ofthecoordinates(ft, ft,...,qn),thecorrespondingconstants(7!, j.2,...,yn)
mustsatisfytherelation
7i+72++7=0,
invirtue oftheintegralofenergyofthesystem.
43] Principlesavailable fortheintegration69
Theseequations give
{hu-t(qj-Wt(&lt;?i)+71}*dq l=[hu 2(g-2)w2(q2)+
*)%}""*dq2=...
={hun(qn)-wn(qn)+yn]~%dqn,
and this setofequations,which canbeimmediately integratedsince the
variables areseparated,furnishes thesolution ofthesystem.
Forfurther investigations onthissubjectcf.Hadamard, Bull, desSc.Math. xxxv.(1911),
p.106,andBurgatti, Rom. Ace. L.Rend.(5)xx.(1911), p.108.
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Ifthecomponents (X,Y}oftheforce acting onaparticle ofunitmass atthe
point (#,y)inaplanedonotinvolve thetimet,shew thatbyelimination oftfrom the
differential equationsthesolution oftheproblemismade todepend onthedifferential
equationofthethird order
dx&y--
Idx* )
2.Asystemoffreeparticlesisinmotion, andtheirpotential energy, which depends
onlyontheir coordinates,isunaltered when thesysteminanyconfigurationistranslated
asifrigid through anydistance inanydirection. Whatintegralsofthemotion can
atonce bewritten down ?
3.Inadynamical systemwithtwodegreesoffreedom thekineticenergyis
andthepotential energyis
wherea,b,c,dareconstants. Shew thatthevalue ofq2interms ofthetime isgiven by
anequationoftheform
whereh,k,and tareconstants.
4.Thekineticpotentialofadynamical systemis
wherea,b,caregiven constants :shew thatq^isgiveninterms oftbytheequation
where eisanarbitraryconstant and
$&gt;denotes aWeierstrassianelliptic function.
5.Prove that inasystem withignorable coordinates thekineticenergyisthesum
ofaquadraticfunction Tofthevelocities ofthenon-ignored coordinates andaquadratic
functionKofthecyclic momenta.
Inthecasewhere there arethree coordinatesx,y,&lt;andonecoordinate $isignored
investigatetheequationsofmotion ofthetype
8/30\)
oy\dxjl~
70Principles available fortheintegration [CH.in
where Fisthepotential energy,Jcisthecyclicmomentum, andthedifferential coefficients
of
&lt;/&gt;withrespecttox,and$arecalculated from theJinear equation bywhich kis
expressedinterms ofx, i/,0. (Camb. Math.Tripos, 1904.)
6.Thekinetic potential ofadynamical system withtwodegreesoffreedom is
Byusing theintegralofenergy, shew that thesolution depends onthesolution ofthe
problemforwhich thekineticpotentialis
andbyusingtheintegralofenergyofthis lattersystem, shew thattherelation between
qiandq2isoftheform
where cand eareconstants ofintegration, and|Pdenotes theWeierstrassianelliptic-
function.
7.Thekineticenergyofadynamical systemis
T= ri(qi2+
&lt;722
)(&lt;?12+?22
)&gt;
andthepotential energyis
F=-J
Shew(byuseofLiouville stheorem, orotherwise) that the relation betweenql
andq2is
a2
qi2+b2q%2+2abq lq2cosy=sin2
y,
wherea,b,yareconstants ofintegration.
8.Thekineticenergyofaparticle whoserectangular coordinates are(x,y)is^(x2+^2
),
and itspotential energyis
where(A,A
,5,B,C~)areconstants andwhere(r, r")arethedistances oftheparticle
from thepoints whose coordinates are(c,0)and(c, 0),where cisaconstant. Shew
thatwhen thequantities J(V+/)and\(r-rf
}aretaken asnewvariables, thesystemis
ofLiouville stype, andhence obtain itssolution.
9.The observation that"acatalwaysfallsonitsfeet"
suggested theproblem:
Asystem, whose state atanyinstant iscompletely specified bytheposition andvelocity
ofeach element,isinitially withoutvelocityinfreespace invacua. Can itatasubsequent
instant resume itsinitialconfiguration butwithadifferentorientation inspace?
Shew that ifthesystemisnotconservative, oriftheforces arederived from apotential
which isnotone-valued, thereplyisaffirmative :but ifthesystemisconservative witha
one-valued potential, thereplyisnegative.
(Of.Painleve, Comptes Rendus, cxxxix.(1904), p.1170.)
CHAPTER IV
THESOLUBLE PROBLEMS OFPARTICLE DYNAMICS
44.Theparticlewith onedegree offreedom:thependulum.
Asexamplesofthemethods described intheforegoing chapters, weshall
nowdiscuss those cases ofthemotion ofasingle particlewhich canbesolved
byquadratures.
We shall consider firstthemotion ofaparticleofmass m,which isfree
tomove intheinterior ofagivenfixed smooth tube ofsmall bore, under
theaction offorces whichdepend onlyonthepositionoftheparticleinthe
tube. Thetubecaninthemostgeneralcasebesupposedtohave theform
ofatwisted curve inspace.
Let sbethedistance oftheparticleattime tfromsome fixedpointof
thetube,measuredalongthearcofthecurve formedbythetube: and let
f(s)bethecomponentoftheexternal forcesactingontheparticle,inthe
direction ofthetangenttothetube.
Thekineticenergyoftheparticleis
and itspotential energyisevidently
-ff(s)d,
where sisaconstant. Theequationofenergyistherefore
rs
|-ms2=f(s)ds+c,
JSo
where cisaconstant.
Integratingthisequation, wehave
where Iisanother constant ofintegration.This equation representsthe
solution oftheproblem,since itisanintegralrelation between sandt,
involvingtwoconstants ofintegration.
72 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [OH.iv
Thetwoconstants cand Icanbephysically interpretedinterms ofthe
initial circumstances oftheparticlesmotion;thus iftheparticlestarts at
time t=tfrom thepoints=s,withvelocity u,then onsubstitutingthese
values intheequationofenergy, wehave
andonsubstitutingthesame values inthe finalequation connectingsandt,
wehave lt^.
Themost famousproblemofthistypeisthat ofthesimple pendulum ;
inthiscase thetube issupposedtobeintheform ofacircle ofradius a
whoseplaneisvertical, andtheonlyexternal forceactingontheparticleis
gravity*. Using9todenote theanglemade with thedownward verticalby
theradius vector from thecentre ofthecircle totheparticle, wehave
s=adandf(s)=mgsin9;
sotheequationofenergyis
a$2=2$rcos9+constant =4#sin2\Q+constant.
Supposethatwhen theparticleisatthelowestpointofthecircle, the
a2
/92
quantity-=hasthevalue h.Then this lastequation canbewritten
Takingsin^9=y,thisbecomes
Now inthependulum-problemthere aretwo distincttypesofmotion,
namelythe"
oscillatory,"inwhich theparticle swingstoand froabout the
lowestpointofthecircle, aridthe"
circulating,"inwhich thevelocityofthe
particleislarge enoughtocarryitover thehighest pointofthecircle, so
that itmoves round andround the circle, alwaysinthesame sense.We
shall consider these casesseparately.,
(i)Intheoscillatory typeofmotion, since theparticle comes torest
beforeattainingthehighest pointofthecircle, ymust bezero forsome value
ofylessthanunity, andtherefore h/2amust belessthanunity. Writing
h=2ak2
,
where kisanewpositiveconstant lessthanunity,theequation becomes
*Inactual pendulums, thetube isreplaced byarigid barconnecting theparticle tothe
centre ofthe circle, which serves thesame purpose ofconstraining theparticle todescribe
the circle.
Theisochronism ofsmall oscillations ofthependulum wasdiscovered byGalileo in1632,
andtheformula fortheperiod wasgiven byHuygensin1673. Oscillations offinite amplitude
were firststudied byEuler in1736.
44] TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics73
thesolution ofthis is*
where tisanarbitraryconstant.
Thisequation representsthesolution ofthependulum-probleminthe
oscillatorycase :thetwoarbitraryconstants ofthesolution are tand k,and
these must bedetermined from the initial conditions. From theknown
propertiesoftheellipticfunction sn,weseethatthemotion isperiodic,its
period (i.e.theinterval oftimebetween twoconsecutive occasions onwhich
thependulumisinthesameconfigurationwith thesamevelocity) being
.(O^jr,4-
}K,where
9
K=\ (1-t2)~?(1-kHzy%dt.
(ii)Next, supposethat themotion isofthecirculating type;inthis
casehisgreaterthan 2a,soifwewrite 2a=A&2
,thequantitykwillbeless
thanunity.
The differentialequation nowbecomes
thesolution ofwhich is
and inthis tandkarethetwoconstants which must bedetermined in
accordance with the initial conditions.
(iii) Lastly,lethbeequalto2a,sothat theparticle justreaches the
vertex ofthe circle. Theequation nowbecomes
thesolution ofwhich is
Itwasremarked byAppellf thataninsightintothemeaningoftheimaginary period
oftheelliptic functions which occur inthesolution ofthependulum-problemisafforded
bythetheorem of 34.Forwehave seenthat iftheparticleissetfreewithnoinitial
velocityatapoint ofthecircle which isataverticalheight habove thelowestpoint,
themotion isgiven by
where &2=:
*Cf.Whittaker andWatson, ModernAnalysis,22-11.
tComptes Rendiis, LXXXVII.(1878).
74 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [OH.iv
andtherefore by 34, if,with thesame initial conditions, gravity were supposedtoact
upwards, themotion would begiven by
|(r-r,),A.
Buttheperiod ofthismotion isthesame asifthe initial position were ataheight
(2a-A),gravity acting downwards :andthesolution ofthis is
y=Vsn
{A/1(r-TO),V\ , where2=1-k2
.
Thelatter motion hasarealperiod4(-
jK;andtherefore thefunction
\t7/
must have aperiod4^-j/r,sothefunctionsn(w, )must have aperiod4*/f. The
\t//
doubleperiodicityoftheelliptic function snisthus inferred fromdynamical considerations.
Example. Aparticle ofunitmassmoves onanepicycloid,traced byapoint onthe
circumference ofacircle ofradius bwhich rollsonafixed circle ofradius a.Theparticle
isacted onbyarepulsive forceprdirected from thecentre ofthefixedcircle, where ris
thedistance from thiscentre. Shew thatthemotion isperiodic,itsperiod being
[This result ismosteasily obtained when theequation oftheepicycloidistaken in
theform
sbeing thearcmeasured from thevertex oftheepicycloid.]
45.Motion inamovingtube.
Weshallnowdiscuss some cases ofthemotion ofaparticlewhich isfree
tomove inagiven smooth tube,when thetube isitself constrained tomove
inagiven manner.
(i)Tuberotating uniformly.
Supposefirstthatthetube isconstrained torotate withuniformvelocity
atabout afixed axisinspace. Weshallsupposethattheparticleisofunit
mass, asthisinvolves noreal lossofgenerality.
Weshallmoreoversupposethat thefield ofexternal forceactingonthe
particleisderivable from apotential- energyfunction which issymmetrical
withrespecttothefixed axis,and socanbeexpressedinterms ofthe
cylindrical coordinates zandr,where zismeasuredparalleltothefixed
axisandristheperpendiculardistance from thefixed axis;foraparticle
inthetube, thispotential energycantherefore beexpressedinterms of
thearcs :weshall denote itbyF(s), andtheequationofthetube willbe
written intheform
r=g(s).
44,45]TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 75
By 29,themotion oftheparticleisthesame asiftheprescribed angular
velocityo&gt;were zero,andthepotential energywere tocontain anadditional
term^r2
&&gt;2
.Hence wecanatonce writedown theequationofenergyin
theform
^2
-ia&gt;2
{#(s)}2+F(&gt;)=c,
where cisaconstant.
Integrating again, wehave
t=^[2c+ &&gt;2[g(s)}2-2V(s)Y^ds +constant,
andthisrelation between tand srepresentsthesolution oftheproblem.
Example1.Iftherotating tube isplane, andtheparticle candescribe itwith
constantvelocity when thefixed axis isvertical and intheplaneofthetube,andthe
field offorce isthatduetogravity, shew thatthetubemust beintheform ofaparabola
with itsaxis vertical andvertex downwards.
Example2.Aparticle moves under gravityinacircular tube ofradius awhich
rotatesuniformly about afixed vertical axis inclined atanangle atoitsplane;if6be
theangular distance oftheparticle from thelowestpointofthecircle, shew that
facosV 2a
where thefunction
|jf&gt;isformed withtheroots
aco2cosa aw2cosaa2cosa
ty&gt;
Off*
~3g~&gt;
andt(]isaconstant.
(ii)Tubemovingwith constant accelerationparalleltoafixeddirection.
Consider nowthemotion ofaparticleinastraight tube, inclined atan
angleatothehorizontal, which isconstrained tomove initsown vertical
plane with constant horizontalacceleration/.
Takingtheaxisofxhorizontal andthat ofyvertically upwards,with the
originattheinitialpositionoftheparticle, wehave forthekineticenergy
r-i(?+A
where x=ycota+^ft2
,
so T=i(ycota+/02+^2
=-ly2cosec2a+ycota.ft+%f*t2
,
andthepotential energyis
r=w.
Theequationofmotion
d_(dT_\=_dV_
dt(dy)~ dy
76 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
givestherefore
d,.
"T.(ycosec-a+jtcota)=g,
ory=(gfcota)sin2a.
Integrating, wehave, supposingtheparticletobeinitiallyatrest,
andtherefore x=\V (gcosa+/sin a)sina.
Theseequations constitute thesolution oftheproblem:itwillbeobserved
that inthissystemthekineticenergyinvolves thetimeexplicitly,sono
integralofenergyexists.
46.Motionoftwointeracting free particles.
Weshallnext consider themotion oftwoparticles,ofmasses m^and ra2
respectively,which arefreetomove inspaceunder theinfluence ofmutual
forces ofattraction orrepulsion, actinginthelinejoiningtheparticlesand
dependent ontheir distance fromeach other.
Thesystemhassixdegreesoffreedom, since thethreerectangularcoordi
nates ofeitherparticle canhaveanyvalues whatever. Weshall take, asthe
sixcoordinatesdefiningthepositionofthesystem,thecoordinates(X,Y,Z}
ofthecentre ofgravityoftheparticles,referred toanyfixed axes,andthe
coordinates (x,y,z)oftheparticlem.2referred tomovingaxeswhoseoriginis
attheparticlemlandwhich areparallel.tothefixed axes.
Thecoordinates ofm1}referred tothefixed axes, are
Z^
TWj+TO2
andthose ofw2,referred tothefixed axes, are
Z+-2V(x+m1+m2
Thekineticenergyofthesystemistherefore
/T7 1 /TT
m,+m.2/ m,+m,J *\m1+m2
\ml+mj raj+mj2
\m^m2
or T=|(wj+w2)(X-+Y2+Z"-)+J^L771L^+^+^
Thepotential energyofthesystem depends onlyontheposition,ofthe
particles relative toeach other, socanbeexpressedinterms of(x, //,z) ;let
itbeV(x, y,z}.
45-47] TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 77
TheLagrangian equationsofmotion ofthesystemare
l=0, r=0, Z=Q,
mlm.i ..__8F m^m^.._dV m-jn^ .._dV
ml+mz dx m-L4-mzJ
"byml+m2 dz
The firstthree oftheseequations shew that thecentreofgravity moves in
astraightlinewithuniform velocity, andtheother threeequations shew that
themotionofmrelative tom-^isthesame asifmlluerefixed andm2were
attracted tom^with theforce derived fromthepotential energy--2V*.
lit/]
Example.Iftwo freeparticles move inspace under anylawofmutualattraction,
shew that thetangentstotheir paths meet anarbitraryfixed planeintwopoints, the
linejoining whichpasses through afixedpoint. (Mehmke.)
47. Centralforcesingeneral:Hamilton stheorem.
The lastarticle shews thattheproblemoftwointeractingfreeparticles
isreducible totheproblemofthemotion ofasinglefreeparticle acted onby
aforce directed towards orfromafixed centre. This isknown astheproblem
ofcentralforces.There isclearlynoloss ofgeneralityifwesuppose the
mass oftheparticletobeunity.
Iftheparticlebeprojectedinanyway,itwillalways remain intheplane
whichpasses throughthecentre offorceandthe initial direction ofprojec
tion :foratnotime doesanyforce acttoremove itfrom thisplane.Wecan
therefore define thepositionoftheparticle bypolar coordinates(r,6)inthis
plane,thecentre offorcebeingtheorigin. LetPdenote theacceleration
directed tothecentre offorce.Weshall notsupposeforthepresent thatP
isnecessarilyafunction ofralone.
Thekineticenergyoftheparticleis
T=^(r2+r*62
),
andthework donebytheforce inanarbitraryinfinitesimaldisplacement
(o&gt;,BO)is
-PSr.
TheLagrangian equationsofmotion oftheparticlearetherefore
(r-rfc=-P,
The latterequation gives onintegration
r26=h, where hisaconstant;
this istheintegral correspondingtotheignorable coordinate 6,andcanbe
physically interpretedastheintegralofangular momentum oftheparticle
about thecentre offorce.
*Newton, Principia, Book i.Sect. 11.
78 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [OH.iv
Tofindthedifferentialequationofthepathdescribed (whichisgenerally
called theorbit ortrajectory}, weeliminate dtfrom the firstequation byusing
therelation
d_hd
~dt~~r2d0
wethusobtain theequation
hdfhdr\ h2_
r2dd(r2d~6)~
r*~"
or,writingufor1/r,
dh* P
h*u2
This isthedifferentialequationoftheorbit *,inpolarcoordinates;its
integrationwillintroduce twonewarbitraryconstants inaddition tothe
constant h,andafourtharbitraryconstant willoccur inthedetermination of
tbytheequation
t=TIr2d0+constant.
fiJ
The differentialequationoftheorbit in(r,p)coordinates, (where p
denotes theperpendicular from thecentre offorce onthetangenttothe
orbit),isoften ofuse :itmaybeobtaineddirectlyfrom Siacci stheorem
(18),which(since hisnowconstant) givesatonce
h?r
PY
Dft2dpor P=-.-f,p3dr
which isthedifferentialequationoftheorbit.
Since h=vp,where visthevelocityintheorbit,wehavefrom thisequation
v*=Pp-P,r
whichmaybewritten intheform
"-iPfr
whereqisthechord ofcurvature oftheorbit throughthecentre offorce.
Wefrequently requiretoknow thelawofforcewhich must acttowards a
given pointinorder thatagivencurvemaybedescribed;this isgivenatonce
bytheequation
-
iftheequationofthecurve isgiveninpolarcoordinates;while iftheequa
tion isgivenin(r,p)coordinates, theforce isgiven bytheequation
ph2dp
p3dr
*This issubstantially giveninNewton sPrincipia, Book i. 2and3,and inClairaut s
Theorie delaLune(1765);andintheabove form inWhewell sDynamics (1823).
47]TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 79
Iftheequationofthecurve isgiveninrectangular coordinates, wepro
ceed asfollows :
Take thecentre offorce asorigin,and letf(x, y)=betheequationof
thegivencurve. Theequationofangular momentum is
xyyx=h.
Differentiatingtheequationofthecurve, wehave
fx+fyy=0, wherefxstands for~-
.
ooo
From these twoequations weobtain
_~
Differentiating again, wehave
=j.&lt;M&gt; .dx=hfy d_(_hfy\ ___hfx_8f__hfy_
dxydyxfx+yfy"dx\xf x~+yfy) xfx+yfydy\xfx+yfy
Performingthedifferentiations, thisgives
_"?(fy2fxx+tfxfyfxy~fxfyy)
ocButtherequired force isP,where x=P-
:andtherefore wehaver
_n?T{jiff xx^J^Jy
thisequation givestherequiredcentral force.
Themostimportantcase ofthis result isthat inwhich thecurve
f(x, 2/)= isaconic,
2/O, y)=ax-+Wixy+by-+2gx+2fy+c=0.
Inthiscasewefindatonce thattheexpression
Jxxjy~tfxyjxjy +fyyjx
has, forpointsontheconic, theconstant value
-(abc+2fgh-of2-bg*-ch2
),
while thequantity
_,9/x^-+yf-cxady
hasthevalue
-(gv+fy +c},
andsoisaconstantmultipleoftheperpendicular from thepoint (x,y}onthe
polaroftheoriginwithrespecttotheconic.Wethus obtain, fortheforce
under which agivenconic canbedescribed, anelegant expression due to
Hamilton*, namelythat theforce actingontheparticleintheposition (x,y)
*Proc. Roy.Irish Acad. 1846.
80 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
variesdirectlyastheradius fromthecentreofforcetothepoint (x,y\and
inverselyasthecubeoftheperpendicular from (a;,y}onthepolar ofthecentre
offorce.
Thetwofollowing theorems, theproof ofwhich islefttothestudent, maytogether be
regarded astheconverse ofHamilton stheorem.
(i)Ifaparticle moves under theaction ofaforce directed toafixedpoint, varying
directlyasthedistance from thefixedpoint andinverselyasthecube ofthedistance
from agiven straight line, theorbit isalways aconic.
(ii)Ifaparticle moves under theaction ofaforce directed totheorigin, of
magnitude
where(x,y}arerectangular coordinates andp,a,/3,yareconstants, theorbits areconies
which touch thelines
ax2+Zftxy+yy~=0.
Darboux(Comptes Rendus, LXXXIV.p.936)hasshewn that these twolaws offorce are
theonlylaws forwhich theorbits arealways conies,iftheforcedepends onlyonthe
positionoftheparticle. Suchar(Nouv. Ann.1vi.p.532)hasfound other laws offorce,
which involve thecomponentsofvelocityoftheparticle.
Example1.Ifaconic bedescribed under theforce^given byHamilton stheorem,
shew that theperiodic time is-~pj?,wherepistheperpendicular from thecentre of
&lt;V&gt;
theconic onthepolar ofthecentre offorce.(Glaisher.)
Example2.Shew that iftheforce be
aparticlewilldescribe aconichavingitsasymptotes parallel tothelines
Ax2+2Hxy+By*=0,
ifproperly projected.(Glaisher.)
48.Theintegrable casesofcentralforces ;problems soluble intermsof
circular andelliptic functions.
Themostimportantcase ofmotion under central forces isthat inwhich
themagnitudeoftheforcedepends onlyonthedistance r.Denotingthe
forcebyf(r),thedifferentialequationoftheorbit is
&lt;$&gt;.(,_f(r)
d&+ ~hW
Integrating, wehave
du
where cisaconstant :integratingthisequation again, wehave
~
JV~
h2]fy*r~r*\ r*
47,48]TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics81
andthis istheequationoftheorbit inpolarcoordinates. When rhasbeen
found from thisequationinterms of8,thetime isgiven bytheintegral
t=Tr2dO+constant.
hj
Theproblem ofmotion under centralforcesistherefore alwayssolubleby
quadratures when theforceisafunction ofthedistanceonly.
Example. Shew that thedifferential equationsofmotion ofapointParealways
integrable byasimple quadrature when thecentral forceFisoftheform
F=
where isafunction of6only,while aandbarearbitraryconstants.(Armellini.)
Weshallnowdiscuss thecases inwhich thequadraturecanbeeffected
interms ofknown functions, thecentral forcebeing supposedtovaryassome
positiveornegative integral power, saythenth, ofthedistance.
Letusfirst findthoseproblemsforwhich theintegrationcanbeeffected
interms ofcircular functions. Theaboveintegralforthedetermination of
canbewritten intheform
8= I(a+bu*+0M-?-1
)"*d
where a,b,careconstants;except when n=1,when alogarithm replaces
theterm inu~n~1
.Iftheprofolemistobesoluble interms ofcircular func
tions, thepolynomial under theradical intheintegrandmustbeatmost ofthe
seconddegree;thisgives
-w-l=0, I,or2,
andconsequently
n=-l,-2,or-3.
Thecasen=1ishowever excluded bywhat hasalready been said,and
thecasen=1istobeadded, since inthis case theirrationality becomes
quadratic when w2istaken asanew variable.
Next, letusfindthecases inwhich theintegrationcanbeeffectedbythe
aidofellipticfunctions*. Forthis itisnecessarythattheirrationalitytobe
integratedshould beofthethird orfourthdegree -f-inthevariable with
respecttowhich theintegrationistaken. But thiscondition isfulfilled if
n=0, 4,or5,when uistaken astheindependentvariable;
n=3, 5,or7,when w2istaken astheindependentvariable.
Itfollows that theproblem ofmotion under acentralforce which varies as
thenthpower ofthedistance issolublebycircular orelliptic functionsinthe
cases
n=o,3,1,0,-2,-3,-4,-5,-7.
*These cases were first investigated byLegendre, Theorie desFonctionsElliptiques (1825)
andafterwards byJ.F.Stader, Crelle sJournal, XLVI.(1853), p.262.
tWhittaker andWatson, ModernAnalysis, 22-7.
W.D. 6
82 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
Example. Shew that theproblemissoluble byelliptic functions when nhasthe
followingfractional values :=_n _A_i_s_T2 2 3 S)
Thegeneral case offractional values ofnisdiscussed byNobile, Giornale diMat. XLVI.
(1908), p.313.
The cases inwhich motion under acentral forcevaryingasapowerof
thedistance issolublebymeans ofcircular functions areofspecialinterest.
They correspond,asshewn above, tothevalues 1,-2,-3ofn
;thecase
n=2willbeconsidered inthenext article :thecases n=1andn=3
canbetreated inthefollowing way.
(i)tt-1.
Inthis case theattractive force is
sotheequationoftheorbit becomes
f*Y M \~^
I (cv~-tf
Jdv, where u?=v,
J\ fl /
so
_c
or 2(6-j)=arccos,where 7isaconstant ofintegration,
/2 \2
=
This istheequationofanellipse (when fi&gt;0)orhyperbola (when p&lt;0)
referred toitscentre. The orbits arethereforeconies whose centre isat
thecentreofforce*.
(ii)n=-3.
Inthis case theattractive force is
sotheequationoftheorbit becomes
*Newton found that ifabodymove inanellipse under theaction ofaforce directed tothe
centre oftheellipse, theforce isdirectly proportional tothedistance :Principia, Book i. 2,
Prop.x.
48] TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 83
Integrating,wehave
(u=Acos(kd+e),where k2=1-^,when//,&lt;h2
,h
|u=J.cosh(kd+e),where &2=^1,whenp&gt;h2
,
\u=A6+e, when/A=h2
,
where ineach caseAand eareconstants ofintegration.
These curves aresometimes known asCotesspirals;the last isthe
reciprocal spiral*.
Inconnexion with forces varying astheinverse cube ofthedistance,itmaybeobserved
that if
beanorbit described under acentral forceP(r)totheorigin, thentheorbit
where kisanyconstant, canbedescribed under acentral force P(r)+-=,where cis
T3
aconstant :theintervals oftimebetweencorresponding points,i.e.points forwhich the
radius vector hasthesamevalue,inthetwoorbitsbeing thesame.
For,ifaccented letters refer tothesecondorbit,wehave
Iftherefore wechoose thenewconstant ofmomentum hsothat
K=hk
thisequation implies thattheintervals oftimebetweencorresponding pointsinthetwo
orbits arethesame, since itcanbewritten-=),wehaveriI*/
which establishes theresult. This issometimes known asNewton stheoremofrevolving
orbits.
kThetypesofcentral motioncorrespondingto
n=5, 3,0,-4,-5,-7
lead, ashasbeen shewn, toelliptic integrals:oninvertingtheintegrals, we
obtain thesolution interms ofellipticfunctions. Asanexample weshall
take thecase ofn=5.
*Newton, Principia, Book i.2,Prop.ix.;R.Cotes, Harmonia Mensurarum, pp.31,98.
62
84 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [OH.iv
Letfj,u6betheforce towards thecentre ofattraction;weshallsuppose
theparticle initially projectedwith avelocitylessthan thatwhich would be
acquired byafallfrom restataninfinite distance tothepointofprojection,
sothatthetotalenergy
isnegative:callthisquantity ^7.Then theequationofenergy
togetherwith theequation
sdr\2
&lt;y , it
Introducinginplaceofranewvariablepdefinedbytheequation
v* 1
r=(^
thedifferentialequation becomes
{^-^
The roots ofthequadratic
arerealwhen 7ispositive;theirsum is,andthesmaller[ofthem isless
than i.Hence ifthegreater and lessoftheroots bedenotedbyetand e3
respectively,and ife2denotes,wehave therelations
&lt;?i+ez+es=0,
61&gt;62&gt;63,
sop
where eisaconstant ofintegration, andthefunctiongjisformed with the
roots BI,ez,e$.Thuswehave
Now risrealandpositive, and, asweseefrom theequation ofenergy,VAtcannot begreaterthan ./&lt;-. So&gt;(6 e)+ isrealandpositive and
hasafinite lower limit;butwhen e1&gt;e2&gt;es,thefunction p(# e)isreal
48J TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 85
andhasafinite lower limit forallrealvalues ofonlywhen eisreal;
soeispurely real,andbymeasuringdfrom asuitable initial linewecan
take etobezero.Wehave therefore
and this istheequation oftheorbit inpolarcoordinates*.
Thetime cannowbedetermined from theequation
orh.
u,fdd
Performingtheintegration, wehave
where(6)istheWeierstrassianzeta-functionf. Thisequationdetermines t.
Example1.Shew thattheequation oftheorbit ofaparticle which moves under the
influence ofacentral attractive force^./r5canbewritten intheform
r=asn (K =
orelse intheform
a7 Ivl-=snfK =zr
provided A4
&gt;4p,E&gt;0,where histheangular momentum round theorigin andEisthe
excess ofthetotalenergyover thepotential energyatinfinity.
(Cambridge Math.Tripos, PartI,1894.)
Example2.Aparticleisattracted totheorigin with constant accelerationp. ;shew
thattheradiusvector, vectorialangle, andtime, aregiveninterms ofarealauxiliary
angle ubyequationsofthetype
-^-
_ (Schoute .)
o)2-a)o-
(&lt;D!+a&gt;2+a)
Amongthepointsofspecialinterest onanorbit arethepointsatwhich
theradius vector, afterhavingincreased forsome time, beginstodecrease :
orafterhaving decreased forsome time, beginstoincrease. Apoint
belongingtotheformer ofthese classes iscalled anapocentre,whilepoints
ofthelatter class arecalledpericentres ;both classes areincluded under the
*The orbits arediscussed and classified byW.D.MacMillan, Amer. Journ. Math. xxx.
(1908), p.282.
tCf.Whittaker andWatson, ModernAnalysis, 20-4.
86 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
generaltermapse. Atanapse,iftheapseisnotasingularityoftheorbit
(e.g.acusp), wehave
whichimpliesthat thetangenttotheorbit isperpendiculartotheradius
vector.
Thewordsaphelion andperihelionaregenerallyused instead ofapocentre
andpericentrewhen thecentre offorce issupposedtobetheSun.
Example. Aparticle moves under anattraction
r+*
r2r3
toafixed centre;shew thattheangle subtended atthecentre offorcebytwoconsecutive
apsesis
where histheconstant ofangular momentum.
49.Motion under theNewtonian law*.
Theremainingcase inwhich motion under acentral forcevaryingasan
integral powerofthedistance canbesolved interms ofcircular functions is
that inwhich theforce varies astheinversesquareofthedistance. This
case isofgreat importanceinCelestial Mechanics, since themutual attractions
oftheheavenlybodiesvaryastheinversesquaresoftheir distancesapart,in
accordance with theNewtonian lawofuniversalgravitation.
(i)The orbits.
Consider then themotion ofaparticlewhich isacted onbyaforce
directed toafixedpoint (which wecantake astheoriginofcoordinates), of
magnitude pu?,where uisthereciprocalofthedistance from thefixedpoint.
Lettheparticlebeprojectedfrom thepointwhosepolarcoordinates are
(c,a)withvelocityvinadirection makinganangle 7with c;sothatthe
angular momentum is
h=CVQsin7.
The differential equationoftheorbit is
dhi P a
this isalinear differential equationwith constant coefficients, and its
integralis
,.v2c2sin27
*Newton, Principia, Book i.3,Props. XL,xn.,xm.
48,49]TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 87
where eand CTareconstants ofintegration. This istheequation,inpolar
coordinates, ofaconic whose focus isattheorigin, whoseeccentricityise,
andwhose semi-latus rectum Iisgiven bytheequation
,_v2c2sin27I
;
theconstant CTdetermines thepositionoftheapse-line, and iscalled the
perihelion-constant.
Thecircumstance thatthefocus oftheconic isatthecentre offorce isinaccord with
Hamilton stheorem;for ifthecentre offorce isatthefocus oftheconic theperpen
dicular onthepolar ofthecentre offorce istheperpendicular onthedirectrix, which is
proportionaltor,asbyHamilton stheorem theforcemust beproportionalto1/r2
.
Todetermine theconstants eand orinterms oftheinitial data c,a,7,v,
weobserve thatinitially
1du 1#=a, w=-
-775= cot7 ;cdO c
substitutingthese values intheequationoftheorbit andtheequation
obtainedbydifferentiatingitwithrespectto6,we.have
v2csin27=
/ti+/j.ecos(a or),
\v2csin7cos7=pesin(a-
or).
SolvingtheseequationsforeandCT,weobtain
2_,v4c2sin272v2csin276
~~u?
cot(a CT)=--
-.\-tan7.
I cvsin7cos7
Thesemi-major axis,when theconic isanellipse,isgenerallycalled the
mean distance oftheparticle;denotingitbya,wehave
1-e2
andsubstitutingthevalues ofIand e2already found, wehave
v.c a/
thisequation determines ainterms oftheinitial data.
Thetimeoccupiedindescribingthewhole circumference oftheellipse,
which isgenerallycalled theperiodic time, is
Txareaofellipse,
.3~88 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
since hrepresentstwice therateatwhich thearea issweptoutbytheradius
vector;theperiodictime istherefore7 ,where bisthesemi-minor axis.
Butwehave
h=vcsin7=Vpib\/ ,
V Cl
IfiS1 .3
sotheperiodic time is2?r*/.Itisusual todenote thequantity n?a~2Vp
byn;theperiodic timecanthenbewritten
niscalled themean motion, beingthemean value of8foracomplete period.
Ithasbeenshewn byBertrand andKoenigs that ofalllaws offorcewhich giveazero
force ataninfinitedistance, theNewtonian law istheonlyoneforwhich alltheorbits are
algebraic curves, andalsotheonlyoneforwhich alltheorbits areclosed curves.
Example. Shew that ifacentre offorcerepels aparticle withaforce varyingasthe
inversesquare ofthedistance, theorbit isabranch ofahyperbola, described about its
outer focus.
(ii)Thevelocity.
Consider nowthecase inwhich theorbit isanellipse;theequation
establishes aconnexion between themean distance aandthevelocityvand
radius vector cattheinitialpointofthepath.Since anypointoftheorbit
canbetaken asinitialpoint, wecanwrite thisequation
2r
where visthevelocityoftheparticleatthepointwhose radius vector isr.
Similarlyiftheorbit isahyperbola,whosesemi-majoraxis isa,wefind
and iftheorbit isaparabola,therelation becomes
Itisclear from thisthat theorbit isanellipse, parabola,orhyperbola,
2a
accordingasv2=
,i.e.accordingastheinitialvelocity oftheparticleis
less than, equal to,orgreater than, thevelocity which theparticle would
acquireinfalling fromaposition ofrest ataninfinitedistance fromthe
centreofforcetotheinitialposition.
49] TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics89
Itcanfurther beshewn that thevelocityatanypointcanberesolved into
acomponent jperpendiculartotheradius vector andacomponent ^rperpen
dicular totheaxisoftheconic;each ofthese components beingconstant.
For ifSbethecentre offorce,Pthepositionofthemoving particle,
Gtheintersection ofthenormal atPtotheconic with themajor axis,GL
theperpendicularonSPfrom G,andSYtheperpendicularonthetangentat
Pfrom S,itisknown that thesides ofthetriangle SPG arerespectively
perpendiculartothevelocityand tothecomponentsofthevelocityinthe
twospecified directions; andtherefore wehave
v.SPh.SP h
Component perpendiculartotheradius vector=p~=~yp~=^j
h_fji=
l=
h
SfitandComponent perpendiculartotheaxis=-~pxComponent perpendicular
totheradius vector
_Bfl=T
which establishes theresult stated.
Example1.Shew that inelliptic motion under Newton slaw,theprojections,onthe
external bisector oftworadii, ofthevelocities correspondingtothese radii, areequal.
Shew alsothatthesum oftheprojections ontheinner bisector isequaltotheprojection
ofalineconstant inmagnitude and direction.(Cailler.)
Example2.Shew that inelliptic motion under Newton slaw,thequantityITdt,
whereTdenotes thekineticenergy, integrated overacomplete period, depends onlyon
themean distance andnotontheeccentricity. (Grinwis.)
Example3.Atacertainpointinanellipticorbit described under aforce/i/r2
,the
constant pissuddenly changed byasmall amount. Iftheeccentricities oftheformer and
neworbits areequal, shew thatthepointisanextremityoftheminor axis.
(iii) Theanomalies inellipticmotion.
Ifaparticleisdescribing anellipse under acentre offorce inthefocus S,
thevectorialangleASP ofthepointPatwhich theparticleissituated on
theellipse, measured from theapseAwhich isnearer tothefocus, iscalled
thetrueanomalyoftheparticle and willbedenotedbyQ\theeccentric
angle correspondingtothepointPiscalled theeccentricanomalyofthe
particle, and willbedenotedbyu :andthequantity nt,where nisthe
mean motion and tisthetime ofdescribingthearcAP, iscalled themean
anomalyoftheparticle. Weshallnow findtheconnexion between thethree
anomalies.
90 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
Therelation between anduisfound thus :
Wehave
-=1+ecos6,r
and r=aex,where xistherectangular coordinate ofPreferred
tothecentre oftheellipseasorigin,
or r=a(l-ecosu).
Hence(1-ecosu) (1+ecos6)=1-e\
anequation which canalsobewritten intheforms
M/l-e\4
and sin-*.
1+ecos
Therelation between uandntcanbeobtained inthefollowing way:
Wehave
ft
aXrea^^ whereQisthePointontneauxiliary
circlecorrespondingtothepointPontheellipse
2=-[AreaACQ-AreaSGQ}, where Cisthecentre ofthe
I\J\A/
ellipse
2a2a2e .
f-jrw x-smwV,wa2(22j
80 nt=uesinw.
This isknown asKeplersequation.
Aiiomogram forthesolution ofthisequationisdescribed byH.Chretien, Assoc.Franf.
Congres, Keims(1907), p.83.Thesolution byanalytical expansion hasbeen discussed by
many writers, animportant recent memoirbeing thatbyLevi-Civita, Atti delta R.Ace.
delLincei, Rendiconti, (5)xin.(1904), p.260.
Lastly,therelation between andntcanbefound asfollows :
Wehave nt=u-e sinu.
Replacing ubyitsvalue interms of0,thisbecomes
.
nt=arcsm(1-e^sin0}e(l-e^sin
1+ecosj1+ecos
which istherequiredrelation;thisequation givesthetime interms ofthe
vectorialangleofthemoving particle.
Asolution oftheproblemofcalculating theTrueAnomaly from theMean Anomaly,
based onageometrical deduction, wasfoundamong theunpublished papers ofNewton.
49] TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics91
Example1.Shew that
7"*
r=lT
where thesymbols Jdenote Besselcoefficients*.
Forwehave
1du 1
ndt\ecosu
&lt;d(nt}
1-ecosucosrntf27rcosrnt .d(nt),^., .,2-I--,byFourier stheorem t
,.=1TTjo1ecosu
1f2jr
.j ,~cosrnt[2*. .Y, T= du+2-
/cosr(w-esinu)}aw
&lt;S7r_/o r=iTTjo
=1+22Jr(re)cosr?z^J.
r=l
Integrating, wehave therequiredresult.
Example2.Shew that
^e2sin2n+....
Example3.Inhyperbolic motion under theNewtonian law,shew that
andinparabolic motion, shew that
wherepisthedistance from thefocus tothevertex.
Example4.Inelliptic motion under Newton slaw,shew thatthesum ofthefour
times(counted fromperihelion)totheintersections ofacircle with theellipseisthesame
forallconcentriccircles, andremains constant when thecentre ofthecirclemovesparallel
tothemajoraxis.(Oekinghaus.)
(iv) Lambert stheorem.
Lambert in1731shewed that inellipticmotion under theNewtonian
law,thetimeoccupiedindescribing anyarcdepends onlyonthemajor axis,
thesum ofthedistances from thecentre offorce tothe initial and final
points, andthelengthofthechordjoiningthesepoints:sothat ifthese
three elements aregiven,thetime isdeterminate, whatever betheform
oftheellipse.
*Thename ofBessel iscommonly connected with thisexpansion:but itisreally dueto
Lagrange, Oeuvres, in.p.130.
tOf.Whittaker andWatson, ModernAnalysis, Chapterix.
Ibid. Chapter xvn.
Lambert soriginal demonstration wasgeometrical andsynthetic:thetheorem wasproved
analytically andgeneralised byLagrangein1778 (OeuvresdeLagrange,iv.p.559).
92 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
Letuand iifbetheeccentric anomalies ofthepoints ;thenwehave
nxtherequired time=u esinu(u esinu)
/ , ,.uuu+u=(u-u) Zesm cos -
.2"2
Now ifcbethelengthofthechord, andrandrbetheradii vectores,
wehave
r+r, u+uu-u =1ecosu+1ecosu=22ecos-cos,
and c2=a2(cosucosu)2+b2(sin%-sinu}2
4a2sin2
;=(1 e2cos2
2
so i=2sinU^ (l-e2cos2^-Y.a2V 2J
Hence wehave
r+r+c (uf-u
_ f u+ r+r+c . . fw w, / --=22cos
j^--Harccos (ecos
i r+r-c fu-u f u+u\] and =22cos{-----harccos ecos-U-aI2 V 2yj
andtherefore*
r+r+c\u-u2arcsin5[ =1-arccos ecos2\ a J 2 V
v-,^ o.\(r+rc\% uu( u+u\and 2arcsm51-
I=^~+arccos[ecos--
.Z\ fl / 2 \ 2J
Thus ifquantities aand/3aredennedbytheequations
.a lfr+r+c\$. 1/r+r-sm=
Of 0.+ap=uu,and cos-=ecosthelastequations give
Oap
Thusfinally wehave
nxtherequired time=a-j3-2cos =--sin-~
2
=(a-sina) (/3sin/3).
This isLambert stheorem.
Example1.Examine thelimiting casewhen theminor axisoftheellipse vanishes, so
thattheorbit isrectilinear.
*Itwillbenoticed thatowingtothepresence oftheradicals, Lambert stheorem isnotfree
fromambiguityofsign. Thereader willbeable todetermine withoutdifficulty theinterpretation
ofsigncorresponding toanygiven position oftheinitial and finalpoints.
49,50]TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 93
Example2.Toobtain theform ofLambert stheoremapplicabletoparabolic motion.
Ifwesuppose themean distance atobecomelarge, theangles aand/3becomevery
small, soLambert stheorem canbewritten intheapproximate form
a3-83
Required tirne=-
1 3 3=r{(?+?+c)*-(?+?-c)*
},
6M*
andthis istherequired form*.
Example3.Establish Lambert stheorem forparabolic motiondirectly from theformulae
ofparabolic motion.
50.Themutualtransformation offields ofcentralforce andfields of
parallel force.
Ifinthegeneral problemofcentral forces wesupposethecentre offorce
tobeatavery great distance from thepartofthe fieldconsidered, thelines
ofaction oftheforce indifferentpositionsoftheparticlewillbealmost
paralleltoeach other; andonpassingtothelimitingcase inwhich the
centre offorce isregardedasbeingataninfinite distance, wearrive atthe
problem ofthemotion ofaparticle under theinfluence ofaforcewhich is
always paralleltoagivenfixed direction.
Forthediscussion ofthisproblem, takerectangular axes Ox,Oyinthe
planeofthemotion, Oxbeing paralleltothedirection oftheforce;and letX(x)bethemagnitudeoftheforce,which willbesupposedtobeindependent
ofthecoordinatey.Theequationsofmotion are
,x=X(x\ y=0,
andthemotion isthereforerepresented bytheequations
x)dx+c}~4dx+I,
where a,b,c,Iaretheconstants ofintegration; thevalues ofthese are
determinedbythecircumstances ofprojection,i.e.bythe initial values of
x,y,x,y.
While theproblem ofmotion inaparallel field offorce isalimitingcase
oftheproblem ofmotion under centralforces, itisnotdifficult toreduce the
latter moregeneral problem totheformer morespecialone.
For ifaparticleisinmotion under aforce ofmagnitude Pdirected to
*This result wasgiven byEuler inhisDeterminate Orbitae Cometae Anni 1742 (1743), beforeLambert published thegeneral theorem.
94 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
afixed centre (which wemaytake asoriginofcoordinates), theequations
ofmotion are
y-
Theangular momentum oftheparticle round theorigin (whichiscon
stant)isxyyx:letthisbedenotedbyA.Introduce newcoordinates X,Y,
defined bythehomographictransformation
X-?, F-i,
.y yVand letTbeanewvariable defined bytheequation
*-/?
Thenwehave
W/^A. W I**s \VUV IU/ U*JU\ _ 7-_
|1^/_7 I^.2f&gt;
d2T
dt\y) dT\yf)y
dF_^/l\ dt^__y_2.^^**jxf,/T^i 7^y~^rfT
tx tx
C}/-\ _ || _J/-7/-^_/-"*feU 1/Tfc Vi 3/T^ VV -*
Theseequationsshew thataparticlewhose coordinates are(X,Y)would,
ifTwereinterpretedasthetime,move asifacted onbyaforceparallelto
P*
theaxis ofFandofmagnitude ^-.Asthesolution ofthistransformed
problemwillyieldthesolution oftheoriginal problem,itfollows that the
general problem ofmotion under centralforcesisreducible totheproblem of
motion inaparallel fieldofforce.
Example1.Shew thatthepathofafreeparticle moving under theinfluence ofgravity
alone isaparabola with itsaxis vertical andvertex upwards.
Example2.Shew thatthemagnitudeoftheforceparalleltotheaxisofxunder which
thecurve/(a?, y)=canbedescribed isaconstant multipleof
/a/\-3 r_ay/a/yj2/yv_ay/8/yi
\dxj (dx*\dy)"
84%dxty dy*\dx} J
Example3.Ifaparallelfield offorce issuchthatthepathdescribed byafreeparticle
isaconic whatever betheinitial conditions, shew thattheforce varies astheinverse cube
ofthedistance fromsome lineperpendiculartothedirection oftheforce.
51.Bonnet stheorem.
Wenowproceedtodiscuss themotion ofaparticlewhich issimultaneously
attracted bymore thanonecentre offorce.Anindefinite number ofparticular
cases ofmotion ofthiskindcanbeobtained bymeans ofatheorem due to
Bonnet*, whichmaybestated thus :
*Liouville sJournal, ix.(1844), p.113andNote iv.oft.n.ofthelastedition ofLagranges
Mec. Anal.(OeuvresdeLagrange, xn.p.353).
50-52]TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 95
Ifagiven orbit canbedescribed ineachofngiven fields offorce,taken
separately,thevelocities atanypointPoftheorbitbeingv1}v2,...,vn,
respectively,then thesame orbit canbedescribed inthefield offorcewhich
isobtained bysuperposingallthesefields,thevelocityatthepointPbeing
Or+v22+...+n2
)4
Forsupposethat inthe field offorcewhich isobtainedbysuperposing
theoriginal fields, anadditional normal forceRisrequiredinorder tomake
theparticle move onthecurve inquestion;and let itbeprojectedfrom
apointAsothatthesquareofitsvelocityatAisequaltothesum ofthe
squaresofitsvelocities atAintheoriginalfields offorce. Then onadding
theequationsofenergy correspondingtotheoriginal motions, andcomparing
with theequationofenergyforthemotion inquestion, weseethat the
kinetic energyofthemotion inquestionisthesum ofthekineticenergies
oftheoriginal motions, i.e.thatthevelocityatanypointPis
Hence, resolving alongthenormal totheorbit,wehave
. .
P
wheremisthemass oftheparticle, ptheradius ofcurvature oftheorbit,
andF1,F?, ...,Fnarethenormalcomponentsoftheoriginalfields offorce
atP.
P P P
andtherefore Riszero;thegivenorbit istherefore afreepathinthefield
offorcewhich isobtainedbysuperposingtheoriginalfields.
Example. Shew thatanellipsecanbedescribedifforces
respectivelyactinthedirectionsofthefoci.
This result follows atoncefrom Bonnet stheorem when itisobserved thatthegiven
forces areequivalenttoforces~and~actinginthedirections ofthefoci,together with
aforce-^xdistanceactinginthedirection ofthecentre oftheellipse.
52.Determinationofthemostgeneral field offorce under which agiven
curve orfamily ofcurves canbedescribed.
Let
(/&gt;(x,y)=c
betheequationofacurve;onvaryingtheconstantc,thisequationwill
representafamilyofcurves. We shallnow findanexpressionforthe
mostgeneralfield offorce(the forcebeing supposedtodepend onlyonthe
96 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
positionoftheparticleonwhich itacts)forwhich thisfamilyofcurves is
afamilyoforbits ofaparticle.
Letvdenote thevelocityoftheparticle,and(X,Y}thecomponentsof
forceperunitmassparalleltothecoordinate axes. Thetangentialand
1dv^ v^
normal componentsofacceleration being ^-y-andrespectively,wehave
CtS O
Substitutingfor-itsvalue, namely
wehave
4&gt;y*&lt;l&gt;xx~~ Y, .~
Writingv-=-u($x*+&lt;/),
andreplacingj-by ((}&gt;X2+(/y)~^
(&lt;f&gt;x^--
&lt;j&gt;y^},thisequation becomes
X=U
(4&gt;X^&gt;yy~
&lt;j&gt;y &lt;f)Xy)+\$yjg(&lt;j&gt;X+
&lt;/&gt;/)
Nowuisarbitrary,since itdependsonthevelocitywithwhich thegiven
orbits aredescribed; andasXandFaretobefunctions oftheposition,of
theparticle, wecantakeutobeanarbitraryfunction ofxandy ;wehave
thereforeX=U(QxQw~
4&gt;y$xy) +
^(f&gt;y (&lt;f&gt;xUy~^y^x),
andsimilarlyY=U
(4&gt;y&lt;j&gt;xx-
&lt;t&gt;x&lt;l&gt;xy)+%$x (&lt;&/U&gt;x-
&lt;t&gt;xUy),
where uisanarbitraryfunction ofxandy.Theseexpressionsforthefield
offorceunder which thecurves ofthegiven familyareorbits were firstgiven
byDainelli*.
Example1.Shew thataparticle candescribe agivencurve uy\der anyarbitrary forces
PI,P2,...directed togiven fixed points, providedtheseforces satisfytherelations
97\
kPk2as\rk
vohere rkistheradius andpktheperpendicular onthetangent, fromthekthofthegiven fixed
points,andwherepistheradiusofcurvatureofthegivencurve.
Forthetangential andnormal componentsofforceontheparticleare
T=-?P k~fcandN=SPk&,
kels krk
*Giornale diMat.xvm. (1880), p.271.
52,53]TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics97
sofrom theequation
wehave
Example2.Aparticlecandescribe agiven curve under thesingleaction ofanyone
oftheforces
&lt;i, 2,...,actingingiven (variable)directions. Shew thatthecondition to
besatisfied inorder thatthesame curvemaybedescribed under thejointaction offorces
F\,F2,...,actinginthedirections of$1,$2,&gt;respectively,is
^]-0j,u
&gt;
where ckisthechord ofcurvature ofthecurve inthedirection of$t. (Curtis.)
Example3.Apointmoves inafield offorce intwodimensions ofwhich thework
function isV;shew thatanequipotential curve isapossible path, provided Vsatisfy the
equation
rwn
53.Theproblem oftwocentresofgravitation.
Theequationsofmotion ofaparticle movinginaplaneunderarbitrary
forces cannot beintegrated byquadraturesinthegeneralcase. Themost
famous oftheknown solubleproblemsofthis class, other thanproblemsof
central motion, istheproblem oftwocentres ofgravitation,i.e.theproblem
ofdeterminingthemotion ofafreeparticleinaplane,attracted bytwofixed
Newtonian centres offorce intheplane;itsintegrabilitywasdiscovered by
Euler*.
Let2cdenote thedistance between thetwocentres offorce;andtake
thepointmidway between them asorigin,andthelinejoiningthem asaxis
ofx,sothat their coordinates canbetaken tobe(c,0)and(c,0).The
potential energyoftheparticle (whose mass istaken tobeunity)istherefore
F--p(0-cY+2/2}~*-
ft{(x+cr+f\~*
whereyu,andp,areconstantsdependingonthestrengthofthecentres of
attraction.
Nowanyellipseorhyperbolawith thetwocentres offorce asfoci isa
possibleorbitwhen either centre offorce actsalone, andtherefore byBonnet s
theorem itisapossibleorbitwhen both centres offorce areacting.It
istherefore natural, indefiningthepositionoftheparticle,toreplacethe
rectangular coordinates(x,y)byellipticcoordinates (, ?;),defined bythe
equations
x=ccosh cos?;,y=csinh sin77.
*Euler, Mem. deBerlin, 1760, p.228; Nov. Cornm. Pctrop.x.(1764), p.207; xi.(1765),
p.152 :Lagrange, M4m. deTurin, iv.(1706-9), pp.118,215, orOeuvres, n.p.67.
w.D. 7
98 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
Theequations=Constant and77=Constant thenrepresent respectively
ellipses andhyperbolas whose fociareatthecentres offorce; andthese are
aparticular familyoforbits.
Thepotential energy, whenexpressedinterms ofand77,becomes
c(coshcos77) c(cosh f+cos77)
andthekineticenergyTisgiven bytheequations
ThisproblemisevidentlyofLiouville stype (43),andcantherefore
beintegrated bythemethodapplicabletothis class ofquestions. The
Lagrangian equationforthecoordinate is
J^TT-
c2
-j-{(cosh2f-cos2
77) }-c2cosh sinh(2+i}2
)=-~
,
Cut (jc
or
c2
-j-{(cosh21-cos2
r;)22
}-2c2cosh sinh(cosh2f-cos2
77) (2+r)2
)
or,usingtheequationofenergy T+V=h,
c2
^-{(cosh2-cos2
77)22
}
=-2(cosh2-cos2
77)-+2(A-F)^(cosh2-cos2
17)
=2^ j(A-F)(cosh2-cos2
77)}
Og&gt;
=
"2^jA(cosh21cos2
77)+-(cosh +00377)+(cosh cos77)[Og (_C C
=2-j-(h cosh2+ cosh
j.
Integrating, wehave
c2tt+u!
(cosh2-cos2
77)2
12=Acosh2+"-coshf-7,
where 7isaconstant ofintegration.
Subtractingthisfrom theequationofenergy, which canbewritten
|-(cosh2-cos2
77)2(I2+f)
=h(cosh2fcos2
77)H(cosh +cos77)+(cosh cos77),
53,54]TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 99
wehave
p2 _
(cosh2cos2
77)2
?7a=Acos2
T;---cos77+7.^ c
Eliminatingcfabetween theseequations, wehave_
^__
,. it+/U/ ,,. , fJUU,
Aicosh-ff-1- cosh 7 hcos2
77-- cos77+7c c
Introducinganauxiliaryvariable u,wehave therefore
u=I\hcosh2+---- cosh 7[c,
JIc]
f( /i~At )~^
7w=N A,cos2
?;-cos77+7&gt;dtj.
./(cj
These areelliptic integrals,andwecanthereforeexpressand77aselliptic
functions oftheparameter u,say
=%(M), 17=
&lt;t&gt;O)-
Theseequations determine theorbit oftheparticle,theellipticcoordinates
(&gt;7?)being expressedinterms oftheparameteru*.
54.Motion onasurface f.
Weshallnextproceedtoconsider themotion ofaparticlewhich isfree
tomove onasmooth surface, and isacted onbyanyforces.
Let(X,Y,Z)bethecomponents, paralleltofixedrectangular axes, of
theexternal forceontheparticle,notincludingthepressureofthesurface :
let(x,y,z)bethecoordinates and vthevelocityoftheparticle,sthearcand
ptheradius ofcurvature ofitspath,^theangle between theprincipal
normal tothepathandthenormal tothesurface, and(X,p,v)thedirection-
cosines ofthelinewhich liesinthetangent-planetothesurface and is
perpendiculartothepathattime t
;themass oftheparticleistaken asunity.
The acceleration oftheparticleconsists ofcomponents vdv/ds alongthe
tangenttothepathandv2
/palongtheprincipalnormal;thelatter component
canberesolved into(v2/p)sin^ alongthe linewhose direction-cosines are
(X, p.,v)and(v2
/p)cos^alongthenormal tothesurface. Wehave therefore
theequationsofmotion
dv dx ,,dy dz-r=X-r+Yf-+z ..................(A),ds ds ds ds
YfM+Zv...........................(B),
*Some generalisations oftheproblem oftwo fixed centres will befound inapaper by
Hiltebeitel, Amer. Journ. Math, xxxni.(1911), p.337.
tThe earliest investigation ofmotion onasurface wasGalileo sstudyofthemotion ofa
heavy particle onaninclined plane (Discourses, Third Dialogue, 1638). Themotion ofaheavy
particle moving inahorizontal circle onasphere wasexamined byHuygens (Horolog. oscill.,
1673).
72
100 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
andthese, togetherwith theequationofthesurface, aresufficient todetermine
themotion;fortheequationofthesurface mayberegardedasgivingzin
terms ofxandy,andbyusingthisvalue forzwecanexpressallthe
quantities occurringinequations (A)and(B)interms ofx,y,x,y,x,y:
equations (A)and(B)thusbecome asystemofdifferentialequationsofthe
fourth order forthedetermination ofxandyinterms of t.
Iftheforces areconservative, theexpression
-Xdx-Ydy-Zdz
willbethedifferential ofapotential-energyfunction V(x, y,z);equation (A)
cantherefore beintegrated, andgivesonintegrationtheequationofenergy
$iP+V(ae ty,z}=c,
where cisaconstant.Substitutingthevalue ofv2given bythisequation
in(B),wehave
This is(oneliminatingzbymeans oftheequationtothesurface) a
differentialequationofthesecond order between xandy,and isinfactthe
differentialequationoftheorbits onthesurface.
The differentialequationsofmotion onasurface arenotintegrable by
quadratures inthegeneralcase :there arehowever twocases inwhich the
problemcanbeformulated insuch awayastoutilise results obtained in
other connexions.
(i)Motion under noforces.
iWhen noexternal forces actontheparticle, equation (B)gives^=0,so
theorbit isageodesic onthesurface*
;theintegralofenergy shews that this
geodesicisdescribed with constantvelocity.
Example. Aparticlemoves under noforcesonthefixed smooth ruledsurface whose line
ofstriction istheaxisofz,thedirection-cosinesofthegeneratoratthepointzbeing
.
sinacos,sinasin,cosa,m m
respectively.Todetermine themotion.
Letvdenote thedistance ofthepoint onthesurface whose coordinates are(x,y,z)
from thelineofstriction, measured along thegenerator,arid let(0,0,f)bethecoordinates
ofthepointinwhich thisgenerator meets thelineofstriction. Thenwehave
x=vsinacos,y=vsinasin,2=+vcos a.
Thistheorem isduetoEuler, Mechanica(1736),n.cap.4.
54]TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 101
Thekinetic energyoftheparticleis
Wecantake vandfasthetwocoordinates which define thepositionoftheparticle ;itis
evident thatthecoordinate isignorable, andthecorresponding integralis
dT
r=k, where kisaconstant,
+vcosa=k.
Theintegralofenergyis
T=/i, where hisaconstant.
Eliminating fbetween these twointegrals, wehave
v2(v2+m2
)=2hv2+(2h-F)m2cosec2a.
Ifvisinitially sufficiently largecompared withf,thequantity (2AF)ispositive ;
shallsupposethistobethecase,andshall write
(2h2
)m2cosec2a=2AX2
, where Xisanewconstant;
theequation thusbecomes
Theintegrationofthisequation canbeeffected byintroducing arealauxiliaryvariable M,
defined bytheequation
Writingv=\m.v~^, thisbecomes
andthis isequivalenttotheequation
*-f&gt;()-ij
where theroots ex,32,e3ofthefunction|p(M)arerealandaredefined bytheequations
!e2=X2
,exes=m2
,e1+e.,+e3=0.
Theconnexion between thevariables vanduisthereforeexpressed bytheequation
v=\m{^&gt;(u)-el}~^.
Substitutingthisvalue ofvintheequation which connects vandt,wehave
=e%u f(M+ !)+Constant.
Cf.Whittaker andWatson, ModernAnalysis,20-33.
102 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
This equation expresses thetime tinterms oftheauxiliary variableu,andthus in
conjunction with theequation
gives theconnexion between vand t.
(ii)Motion onadevelopable surface.
Ifthesurface onwhich theparticle moves isdevelopable, wecanutilise
theknown theorems thatthearcsandthequantity-%areunalteredby
developingthesurface onaplane:these results, appliedtotheequationsof
motiongiven above, shew thatifinthemotionofaparticle onadevelopable
surface under anyforcesthesurfaceisdevelopedonaplane,theparticlewill
describe theplanecurve thus derived fromitsorbit with thesamevelocity as
before, providedtheforce actingintheplane-motionisthesame inamount
and direction relative tothecurve asthecomponent offorceinthetangent-
planetothesurface inthesurface-motion.
Example1.Asmoothparticleisprojected alongthesurface ofaright circularcone,
whose axis isvertical and vertex upwards,icith thevelocitydue tothedepth below thevertex.
Prove that thepathtraced outonthecone,whendevelopedintoaplane,icillbeoftheform
r%sin|6=a*.(Coll. Exam.)
Forondevelopingthecone, theproblem becomes thesame asthat ofmotion inaplane
under aconstantrepulsiveforce from theorigin, andwith thevelocity compatible with
rest attheorigin. Wetherefore have theintegrals
r*+r22=Cr, whereCisaconstant,
r2=h, where hisaconstant.
These equations give
1dr\* Cr3
=-gsay, where aisanewconstant,
soifu=-,wehave
r
du\21a3w3
andtherefore
0=1
(l*-(*
J(l-a
where v=u-a?,
V2)2
=sin~1
v,
which isequivalenttotheequation
3. 3
r*sin%6=a?.
Example2.Ifinthemotion ofapointPonadevelopable surface thetangent IPto
theedgeofregressiondescribes areasproportionaltothetimes, shew that thecomponent
offorce perpendiculartoIPand inthetangent-planeisproportionalto^,wherepis
theradius ofcurvature oftheedgeofregression. (Hazzidakis.)
54,55]TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics103
55.Motion onasurface ofrevolution ;cases soluble intermsofcircular
andelliptic functions*.
Themost importantcase ofsurface-motion which issoluble byquadra
tures isthemotion ofaparticleonasmooth surface ofrevolution, under
forces derivable from apotential-energyfunction which issymmetricalwith
respecttotheaxisofrevolution ofthesurface.
Letthepositionofapointinspacebedenned bycylindricalcoordinates
(z,r, &lt;),where zisacoordinate measuredparalleltotheaxis ofthesurface,
ristheperpendiculardistance ofthepointfrom this axis,and
&lt;f&gt;isthe
azimuthalanglemadebyrwith afixedplane throughthe axis. The
equationofthesurface willbearelation between zandr,say
r-/(*),
andthepotential energywillbeafunction ofzandr(itcannot involve
&lt;f&gt;,
since itissymmetricalwithrespecttotheaxis), which forpointsonthe
surface can,onreplacingrbyitsvaluef(z\beexpressedasafunction ofz
only, sayV(z);themass oftheparticlecanbetaken asunity.
Thekineticenergyis.by 18,
Thecoordinate
&lt;f&gt;isevidently ignorable;thecorresponding integralis
=k. where kisaconstant,
or
thisequationcanbeinterpretedastheintegralofangular momentum about
theaxisofthesurface.
Theequationofenergyis
T+V=h, where Aisaconstant,
andsubstitutingfor
(j&gt;inthisequationfrom thepreceding, wehave
integratingthisequation, wehave
i
Constant.
The relation between tandzisthusgiven byaquadrature ;thevalues
ofrand
&lt;/&gt;arethen obtained from theequationofthesurface andthe
equation
(/(*)}*-*,
respectively.
hThemotion ofaparticle onasurface ofrevolution wasinvestigated byNewton, Principia,
Jook i.Section 10.
104 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [OH.iv
Weshallnow discuss themotion onthose surfaces forwhich thisquad
rature canbeeffectedbymeans ofknown functions, when theaxis ofthe
surface isvertical (zbeing measuredpositively upwards) andgravityisthe
onlyexternal force, sothat
(i)Thecircularcylinder.
When thesurface isthe circularcylinderr=a,theaboveintegral
becomes
t=
and iftheoriginofcoordinates issochosen that2ha-=k2
,wehave
*==
or z=^g(ttoy&gt;, where tisaconstant.
Theequation
thengives
&lt;/&gt;-
&lt;o=
2(tt), where &lt;isaconstant.
(ii)Thesphere.
The case inwhich thesurface isthesphere
iscalled theproblem ofthespherical pendulum*, andcanberealisedby
supposingaheavy particleattached toafixedpoint byalight rigidwire
capableofmoving freely about thepoint.
Inthis case thequadraturefor tbecomes
~2
or t=l
Theintegralontheright-handside ofthisequationisanelliptic
integral,which weshallnowreduce toWeierstrass canonical form. Denote
by*i,#2.Z3theroots ofthecubic
since theexpression
2(/i-gz) (I*-z*)-k*
*Lagrange, Mecavique Analytiqve. Thecomplete solution interms of(Jacobian) elliptic
functions wasobtained byA.Tissot, Liouville sJournal, (1)xvn.(1852), p.88 :Jacobi sown
solution oftheproblemofarotating rigidbody interms ofelliptic functions hadbeen published
previously, in1839. Theanalysis connected with thespherical pendulumisessentially that for
Lame sequation oforder 2.
55] TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 105
isnegativeforthevalues Iand Iofz,andpositiveforvery large positive
values ofzandalso forthevalues ofzwhich occur intheproblemconsidered
(which mustnecessarilyliebetween Iand+1,since theparticleisonthe
sphere) weseethatoneoftheroots(sayz^isgreater than Iandtheother
two(sayz2andz3,where z2&gt;zs)arebetween Iand I.Thevalues ofzin
theactual motion will liebetween2andz3,since forthem thecubic must
bepositive.
Write =Hr where tisanew variable,6gg
-&gt;d*-4+f"(-1.2.3)
sothat e1}e2,esarenew constants, whichsatisfytherelation
&lt;
6j4-e.&gt;+es=--
andalsosatisfytheinequalitiesel&gt;e?&gt;es.
Therelation between tandznowbecomes
or
where eisaconstant ofintegration andthefunction
g&gt;isformed with the
rootse-i,e2,e3.
Nowwhen elte2,e3arerealand indescendingorder ofmagnitude,
$(u)and@(u)areboth realwhen uisreal, inwhich case$(u)isgreater
than eltand alsowhen uisoftheform
&&gt;..,+arealquantity, where &&gt;3is
thehalf-period correspondingtotheroot es;inthis latter case,#&gt;(t)lies
between e2and e3.Since intheactual motion zliesbetween2andz3,it
follows that fliesbetween &lt;?2and e3,andtherefore theconstant emust con
sistofanimaginary part&&gt;3andarealpartdependingontheinstant from
which time ismeasured :byasuitable choice oftheoriginoftime,wecan
take this realpartofetobezero,andwethenhave
hW
*=^+7?&lt; +&lt;**
Thisequation givestheconnexion between zand t.Wehavenow to
determine theazimuth
&lt;j&gt;.Forthiswehave theequation
-,."7, Icclt
dt
where
&lt;/&gt;isaconstant ofintegration.
106 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
Toeffect theintegration,wetakeXand/*tobethe(imaginary)values of
t4- &&gt;3correspondingtothevalues Iand Iofzrespectively;sothatXand/*
arenewconstants defined bytheequations
hW,k 21*-l~-
theseequations give
8&gt;(x)=f,W=.
Theintegralnowbecomes
. ._%2
[_dt___
4J*J
{$&gt;(t+w3)-
&gt;(X)} {&gt;(t+0,3)-900}
kg( dt dt~
a(j(X)dt
%&gt;00dt
$\t-\
But*wehave
(X)
andtherefore
-t(\)\t
a(t+o)3+/JL)a-(t+o&gt;3X)
thisequation expressestheangle&lt;/&gt;asafunction oft,and socompletesthe
solution oftheproblem.
Weseethatwhen tincreases by2a&gt;1(faincreases by
-2^(X-/*).
Example. When thebobofthespherical pendulumisexecuting periodicoscillations
between twoparallels onthesphere, shew thatoneofthepointsreached onthehigher
parallel, andthepoint onthelowerparallelatwhich thebobarrives after ahalf-period,
have adifference ofazimuth which alwaysliesbetween oneandtworight angles.
(Puiseux andHalphen.)
Theproblemofthespherical pendulumhasbeen discussed from thestandpointof
periodic solutions byF.R.Moulton, Palermo Rend. xxxn. (1911), p..338.
(iii) Theparaboloid.
Consider next theproblemofmotion ontheparaboloid,whoseequationis
r=2a?z%.
Inthiscasethequadraturefor tbecomes
r i/ A*2\~
-
t=(a+z)*(2hz-2gz*-^-\dz.
*Cf.Whittaker andWatson, Modern Analysis, %20-53, Ex. 2.
55] TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 107
Toobtain thesolution oftheprobleminterms ofelliptic functions, we
introduce anauxiliary quantity v,definedbytheequation
v=(\a+z)~a(2hz-2gz*-^-}*
dz.
Ifaand$(wherea^ft)denote theroots ofthequadratic
2hz-2gz*-k~=0,4a
wecanwrite thisintegralintheform
v=(~f) /*{4(*+)(*
Define anewvariablebytheequation
and letelfe2,e3bethevalues ofcorrespondingtothevalues of-a, ft,a
respectivelyofz
;then theintegrals become
and itiseasily proved thatthequantitieselye2,e3satisfytherelations
e1+e2+es=0, el&gt;e.2&gt;e3.
Theauxiliary quantityvcannowbereplaced byanauxiliary quantity u,
definedbytheequation
j2)*V=4--
}u,
{ff(&lt;*+*))
andthen theinversion oftheintegral gives
=p(w+e),
where eisaconstant ofintegration andthefunction
g&gt;isformed with the
roots e1}e2,e3,which aregiven bytheequations
=2a+a+ft _-ajf_a -2ft _-a-2a +ft
3~(a+o) 3(a+a) 3(a+a)
Asintheactual motion zevidentlyliesbetween a.andft,itfollows that
p(u+e)liesbetween esand e2,andtherefore (aswewishutobereal) the
imaginary partoftheconstant emust bethehalf-period&&gt;3;therealpartcan
betaken tobezero, since itdepends merelyonthelower limit oftheintegral
foru.
Wehave therefore
-~a
-, since a+ft=-
69 9
108 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.TV
Theequationtodetermine tis
t
t= I(a+z)dv
andthisequation givesinterms oftheauxiliaryvariable u.
Lastly,\vehave todetermine theazimuth(j):forthiswehave
,kdt kdt
k 2a
fr(M+a,,)-e,
du, / v4ala(a+o)J-a+a+
andtherefore
4a
3(a+a)
k
where
&lt;/&gt;isaconstant ofintegration, and Iisanauxiliaryconstant denned by
theequation
j
ft&gt;(I)=7--
; ,so
3(+)
Theequation cannowbewritten
ku,,_"
a a
theintegralofwhich isfound (asintheproblemofthespherical pendulum)
tobe
i(0-
)=e
&lt;TM+0)3
thisequation expresses^&gt;interms oftheauxiliaryvariable u,andsocompletes
thesolution.
(iv) Thecone.
Consider next thecone,whoseequationis
rztan o,
where aisthesemi-verticalangle.
55,56]TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 109
Since this isadevelopable surface, wecanapplythetheorem of54,and
weseethattheorbit ofaparticleontheconeundergravity becomes, when
thecone isdevelopedonaplane,thesame astheorbit ofaparticleofunit
mass intheplaneunder aforce ofconstantmagnitude gcosaacting towards
afixed centre offorce(namelythepointontheplanewhichcorrespondsto
thevertex ofthecone). This(48)isoneoftheknown cases inwhich the
problemofcentral motion canbesolved interms ofelliptic functions, and
thissolution furnishes atoncethesolution oftheproblemofmotion onthe
cone.
Example1.Shew thatthemotion ofaparticle undergravityonasurface ofrevolution
whose axis isvertical canalsobesolved interms ofelliptic functions when thesurface is
given byanyoneofthefollowing equations
z(z 3a)2
,
(r2az a2
)2=a3z. (Kobb andStackel.)
Example2.Shew thatthesame problem canbesolved interms ofelliptic functions
when thesurface is
(a*+3/2
)3+2a6=8a%(x*-fy2
). (Salkowski. )
Example3.Shew that ifanalgebraicsurface ofrevolution issuch thattheequations
ofitsgeodesies canbeexpressedinterms ofellipticfunctions ofaparameter, thesurface
must besuch that r2and zcanbeexpressedasrational functions ofaparameter,i.e.the
equation ofthesurfaceregardedasanequation between r2and zistheequation of
aunicursal curve;wherez,r, arethecylindrical coordinates ofapointoilthe
surface.(Kobb.)
Example4.Shew that inthefollowingcases ofthemotion ofaparticle onasurface
ofrevolution, thetrajectoriesareallclosed curves :
1.When thesurface isasphere, andtheforce isdirectedalong thetangent tothe
meridian andproportionaltocosec2
#,where 6istheangular distance from theparticle to
thepole. (The trajectoriesareinthiscasesphero-conics having onefocus inthepole.)
2.When thesurface isasphere, andtheforce isdirectedalong thetangent tothe
meridian andproportionaltotan6sec26.(The trajectoriesinthiscasearesphero-conics
havingthepoleascentre*.)
56.Joukovskystheorem.
Weshallnowshewhow todetermine thepotential-energyfunction under
which agiven familyofcurves onasurface canbedescribed astheorbits of
aparticleconstrained tomove onthesurface.
Thethreerectangularcoordinates ofapointonthesurface canbeexpressed
interms oftwoparameters, sayuandv,sothatanelement ofarcdsonthe
surface isgiveninterms oftheincrements ofuandvtowhich itcorresponds
byanequationoftheform
ds2=Edu2+ZFdudv +Gdv*,
where E,F,Gareknown functions ofuand v.
*Darboux hasexamined thepossibilityofother cases, inBull, delaSoc.Math, deFrance, v.
(1877).
110 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [OH.iv
Letthefamilyofcurves which aretobetheorbits under therequired system
offorces bedefined byanequation
q(u,v)=Constant,
and let
p(u,v)=Constant
denote thefamilyofcurves which isorthogonaltothese.
Then instead ofuand vwecantakepandqasthetwoparameters
which define thepositionofapointonthesurface;lettheline-element
inthissystemofparametersbeexpressed bytheequation
ds*=Edf+G dpz
,
theterm indqdp being absent, because thecurves p=Constant and
q=Constant cutatright angles:EandGbeing known functions of
pandq.
The kineticenergyofaparticlewhich moves onthesurface is
theLagrangian equationsofmotion aretherefore
d,
i-T-(Gp} [-5 &lt;f+^p2
)=^,
^cto V8p op / op
whereVdenotes theunknownpotential-energy function, which itisrequired
todetermine.
Theseequationsaretobesatisfied bythevalueq=
;theythenbecome
2~dq~P=
85"
19//v^
Eliminating _p2
,wehave
dq
Integratingthisequation, wehave
,,;+V=f(q\wherefisanarbitrary function,
dq
TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 111
or^-
andtherefore
V9
G^G
where gdenotes anarbitraryfunction.
Now -~~ igAI(P\thedifferentialparameter*ofthe first order ofthe
function p;andthuswehave atheorem enunciated byJoukovskyin1890,
thatifq=Constant istheequation ofafamily ofcurves onasurface, and
p=Constant denotes thefamily ofcurves orthogonaltothese, then thecurves
q=Constant canbefreelydescribed byaparticleunder theinfluence offorces
derived fromthepotential-energy function
V=*l(p)g(p) +&l(p)ff(q)^\^--ldq,
wherefandgarearbitrary functions,andA!denotes thefirst differential
parameter.
Theaboveequations give
_*~
dqdq~ G G
andhence theequation ofenergyinthemotion is
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
/
1.Aparticle moves undergravityonthesmoothcycloid whoseequationis
s=4asin$,
where sdenotes thearcand
&lt;f&gt;theanglemade bythetangenttothecurve with the
horizontal :shew that themotion isperiodic,theperiod being 4v*/-
.
t/
2.Aparticle moves inasmooth circular tubeunder theinfluence ofaforce directed
toafixedpoint andproportionaltothedistance from thepoint. Shew thatthemotion is
ofthesame character asinthependulum-problem.
*Iftheline-element onasurface isgiven bytheequation
d2=Edu2+2Fdu dv+Gdv*,
the first differential parameter ofafunction
&lt;f&gt;(u,v)isgiven bytheformula
The differential parameterisadeformation-covariant ofthesurface,i.e.when achange of
variables ismade from(u,v)to(u,v),thedifferential parameter transforms intotheexpression
formed inthesamewaywith thenew variables(u ,v)andthecorresponding new coefficients
( ,F,G).
112 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.
3.Aparticle moves inastraightlineunder theaction oftwocentres ofrepulsive
force ofequal strength p.,eachvaryingastheinverse squareofthedistance. Shew that,
ifthecentres offorce areatadistance 2capart andtheparticle starts from rest at
adistance kc,where k&lt;1,from themiddlepointofthelinejoining them,itwillperform
oscillations ofperiod
IT
[2
(1-Fsin26^dQ.
Jo
(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1899.)
4.Aparticleunder theaction ofgravitytravels inasmooth curvedtube, starting
from restatagiven point ofthetube. Iftheparticle describeseveryarcOPin
thesame time thatwould betaken toslidedown thecorresponding chord OP,shew that
thetubehastheform ofalemniscate.
5.Aparticleisprojected downwards along theconcave sideofthecurvey3+ax2=
with avelocity f(2#)2 from theorigin, theaxis ofxbeing horizontal
;shew that the
vertical componentofthevelocityisconstant.(Nicomedi.)
6.Aparticle moves inasmooth tube intheform ofthecurve r2=2a2cos2$,under
theaction oftwoattractive forces, varying inverselyasthecube ofthedistance, towards
thetwopoints ontheinitial linewhich areatadistance afrom thepole. Prove that if
theabsolute force isp.,andthevelocityatthenode 2/^/a,thetime ofdescribing oneloop
ofthecurveis 7ra2
/2/ii. (Camb. Math. Tripos, PartI,1898.)
7.Aparticle describes aspace-curve under theinfluence ofaforcewhose direction
alwaysintersects agiven straightline. Shew that itsvelocityisinversely proportional
tothedistance oftheparticle from thelineand tothecosine oftheangle which the
plane throughtheparticle andthelinemakes with thenormalplanetotheorbit.
(Dainelli.)
8.Aheavy particleisconstrained tomove onastraight line,which ismade to
rotate with constant angular velocitycoround afixed vertical axisatgiven distance from
it.Shew thatthemotion isgiven bytheequation
where risthedistance oftheparticle from afixedpoint ontheline, aistheanglemade
bythelinewiththehorizontal, andA,Bareconstants.(H.amEnde.)
9.Aheavy particleisconstrained tomove onastraight line,which ismade to
rotate withgiven variable angular velocity round afixed horizontal axis. Shew thatthe
equationofmotion is
r=+gsinasinBr82sin2a+adsina,
where aistheangle between thelineandtheaxis ofrotation, 6theangle made with
thevertical bytheshortest distance abetween thelines, and rthedistance ofthe
particle from theintersection ofthisshortest distance with themovingline.
(Vollhering.)
10.Aparticleslides inasmoothstraight tubewhich ismade torotate withuniform
angular velocityo&gt;about avertical axis :shewthat,iftheparticle starts from relative
restfrom thepoint where theshortest distance between theaxisandthetubemeets the
tube, thedistance through which theparticle movesalongthetube intime tis
2(7
-^cotacosec asinh2
(^u&gt;tsina),
where aistheinclination ofthetube tothe vertical.
(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1899.)
iv] TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics 113
11.Aparticleisconstrained tomove under noexternal forces inaplanecircular tube
which isconstrained torotate uniformly about anypointinitsplane. Shew that the
motion oftheparticleinthetube issimilar tothat inthependulum-problem.
12.Asmall bead isstrung upon asmooth circular wire ofradiusa,which iscon
strained torotate withuniform angular velocityo&gt;about apoint onitself. Thebead is
initiallyattheextremityofthediameter through thecentre ofrotation, and isprojected
withvelocity 2& relative tothewire :shew that thepositionofthebead attime t
isgiven bytheequation
sin
&lt;f)=snbu&gt;t\a (modulus a/b)
or
isin(f)=(bja)sncot, (modulus b/a)
accordingasa&lt;or&gt;b,$beingtheangle which theradius vector tothebeadmakes
with thediameter ofthecirclethrough thecentre ofrotation.
(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1900.)
13.Shew that theforceperpendicular totheasymptote under which thecurve
.r3+^3=a3
canbedescribed isproportional to
xy(x2+y2}~3
.
14.Aparticleisacted onbyaforcewhosecomponents (X,Y}parallel tofixed axes
areconjugate functions ofthecoordinates(x,y).Shew thattheproblem ofitsmotion is
always soluble byquadratures.
15. If((7)beaclosed orbit described byaparticle under theaction ofacentralforce,Sthecentre offorce, thecentre ofgravityofthecurve (},Gthecentre ofgravityof
thecurve(C)onthesupposition that thedensityateachpoint variesinversely as
thevelocity, shew that thepoints S,0,Garecollinear andthat 2&lt;7=3SO.
(Laisant.)
16.Shew that themotion ofaparticle which isconstrained tomove inaplane,under aconstant force directed toapoint outoftheplane, canbeexpressed bymeans
ofelliptic functions.
17.Shew that thecurves
wherea,b,carearbitrary constants and/isagiven function, canbedescribed under the
same lawofcentral force totheorigin.
18.Shew thatwhen acircle isdescribed under acentral attraction directed to
apointinitscircumference, thelawofforce istheinverse fifthpowerofthedistance.
19.Aparticle describes thepedal ofacircle, taken withrespecttoanypoint in
itsplane, under theinfluence ofacentre offorce atthispoint. Shew that thelaw
offorce isoftheform
whereAandBareconstants.
Shew that thelawofforce isalso ofthisformwhen theinverse ofanellipse with
respect toafocus isdescribed under acentre offorce inthefocus.(Curtis.)
w.D..
114 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [en.
20.Provethat,ifwhenprojected fromr=R, 6=with avelocity Vinadirection
making anangleawith theradius vector thepathofaparticle be/(r, 0,R,F,sina)=0,
thepath with thesame initial conditions butunder theaction ofanadditional central
force ^-.is
f(r,nd,R,
where
(Coll- Exam.)
21.Aparticleofunitmass describes anorbit under anattractive forcePtothe
origin andatransverse forceTperpendiculartotheradius vector. Prove that, the
differential equationoftheorbit isgiven by
&lt;Pu PTdu
&lt;M?_ _3+~~
dd&gt;d6~
Iftheattractive force isalways zero,andtheparticle moves inanequiangular spiral
ofanglea,provethat
^,.2860*0-3 andA=(^sincosa)^rsec2a
.
(Camb. Math. Tripos, Part I,1901.)
22.Aparticle,acted onbyacentral force towards apoint varyingasthedistance,
isprojectedfrom apointPsoastopassthrough apointQsuch thatOP isequaltoOQ ;
shew that theleast possible velocityofprojectionisOP(^s,mPOQ}^ ,wherep.OP isthe
force perunitmass atP. (Camb. Math. Tripos,PartI,1901.)
23.Find aplane curve such that thecurve and itspedal,withregardtosomepoint
intheplane, canbesimultaneouslydescribed byparticles under central forces tothat
point,insuch amanner that themoving particles arealwaysatcorresponding points
ofthecurve andthepedal:and findthelawofforce forthepedalcurve.
(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1897.)
24. If/(#, y)beahomogeneousfunction ofonedimension, then thenecessary
and sufficient condition thatthecurvef(x,y)=lbecapableofdescriptionunder accele
ration tendingtotheorigin andvarying with thedistance alone,isthatfbesubject
toacondition oftheform
Hence shew thattheonlycurves ofthis class arenecessarilyincluded intheequation
r(A+Bsin6+Ccosff)=1.
Proceed tothediscussion ofthecase wherein f(x, y)ishomogeneous and ofn
dimensions. (Coll. Exam.)
25.Anellipseofcentre Cisdescribed under theinfluence ofacentre offorce
atapointonthemajoraxis oftheellipse ;shew that
ntuesinu,
where %Tr/nistheperiodic time,eistheratio ofCOtothesemi-major axis,anduisthe
eccentric angleofthepointreached bytheparticleintime tfrom thevertex.
26.Two freeparticles p.andMmove inaplane under theinfluence ofacentral force
toafixed point0.Shew that theratio ofthevelocityoftheparticle patanarbitrary
pointTOofitspath,tothevelocitywhich ispossessedatTObythecentral projectionofM
ontheorbit ofp.,isequaltotheconstant ratio oftheareas described inunittimebythe
radii0/x,OM,multiplied bythesquareofacertain function /ofthecoordinates ofTO,
which expressestheratio ofOM,Om. (Dainelli.)
iv]TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics115
27.Aparticleismoving freelyinaparabolaunder anattraction tothefocus. Shew
that,ifateveryinstant apointbetaken onthetangent throughtheparticle,atdistance
4acos0/(&lt;9 +sin&lt;9) from theparticle,this pointwill describe acentral orbit about
thefocus, andtherateofdescriptionofareas willbethesame asintheparabola;where
4aisthelatus rectum, and6thevertical angleoftheparticle measured from theapse
line. (Camb.Math. Tripos,PartI,1896.)
28.When aperiodiccomet isatitsgreatestdistance from thesun,itsvelocity
receives asmall increment 8v.Shew that thecomet sleast distance from thesun
willbeincreased bythequantity
48v.{3(l-e)//x(l +&lt;?)}-. (Coll. Exam.)
29. IfPOP isafocal chord ofanelliptic pathdescribed round thesun,shew that
thetime fromPtoPthrough perihelionisequaltothetime offalling towards the
sunfrom adistance 2atoadistance a(1+cosa),where a=Zir-(uf-u\andu-uis the
difference oftheeccentric anomalies ofthepoints P,P . (Cayley.)
30.Aparticle moves inaplaneunder attractive forces ^/rV2
,/z/rV3along the
radiir,rdrawn totwofixedpointsatdistance 2dapart. Shew that,ifitisprojected
with thevelocity duetoafallfrom restatinfinity,apossible pathisacircle withregard
towhich thetwofixed centres areinversepoints,andthat,iftheradius ofthis circle isa,
theperiodic time is
- (Coll. Exam.)
31.Aheavy particleisprojected horizontally with avelocity vinside asmooth
sphereatanangular distance afrom thevertical diameter drawn downwards :shew that
itwillnever fallbelow ornever riseabove itsinitial level according as
v2
&gt;or&lt;agsinatan a. (Coll. Exam.)
32.Aparticleisprojected horizontallywithvelocity Valongtheinterior ofasmooth
sphereofradius afrom apoint whose angulardistance from thelowestpointisa.Shew
that thehighest pointofthesphericalsurface attained isatanangular distance/3from
thelowestpoint, where/3isthesmaller ofthevalues of^,xgiven respectively by
theequations
(3cos-^-2cosa)#+F2=0j ,,9nfivXMi. Hixam.j
(cosx+cosa)V*2agsin*1^=OJ
33. Ifthemotion ofaspherical pendulumoflength abewholly between thelevels
fa,iabelow thepointofsupport, shew thatatatime tafterpassing apointofgreatest
depth, thedepthofthebob is
fca{4-sn2V(130/14a)} (mod. V(?/65))
andthatahorizontal coordinate referred tothepoint ofsupportasoriginisdetermined
bytheequation
which isacase ofLame sequation. (Coll. Exam.)
34.Shew that ifaconical pendulumisexecutingsmalloscillations, thehorizontal
projectionofthebobdescribes anellipse whose axes turn inthesense ofthemotion
with theangular velocityH
where $ istheangleofgreatest deviation from thevertical, lthat ofleastdeviation,
Ithelengthofthependulum, andggravity. (Resal.)
32
116 TheSoluble Problems ofParticle Dynamics [CH.iv
35.Aparticleisconstrained tomove onthesurface ofasphere, and isattracted toa
fixedpointMonthesurface ofthespherewithaforce that varies asr~2
(o?2r2
)%where
disthediameter ofthesphere and ristherectilinear distance from theparticletoM.
Ifthepositionoftheparticle onthespherebedefined byitscolatitude 6andlongitude $,
withMaspole,shew thattheequationsofmotion furnish thedifferential equation
where aand bareconstants;andintegratethisequation, shewing that theorbit is
asphero-conic.
36.Aparticleofmassmmoves ontheinner surface ofacone ofrevolution whose
semi-vertical angleisa,under theaction ofarepulsiveforce mp/r3from theaxis;the
angular momentum oftheparticleabout theaxisbeingm-Jptana,shew thatthepath
isanarcofahyperbola whoseeccentricityisseca.
(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1897.)
37.Shew thatthenecessarycentral force tothevertex ofacircular cone inorder
thatthepathontheconemaybeaplane section is
4-^. (Coll. Exam.) ..1ifO*
38.Aparticleofunitmassmoves ontheinner surface ofaparaboloidofrevolution,
latus rectum 4a,under theaction ofarepulsiveforceprfrom theaxis, where risthe
distance from theaxis;shewthat,iftheparticleisprojected along thesurface ina
directionperpendiculartotheaxiswithvelocity 2a/*2 ?itwilldescribe aparabola.
(Coll. Exam.)
39.Asmooth surface ofrevolution isformed byrotating thecatenarys=
cta,n&lt;p
about itsaxis ofsymmetry, andaparticleisprojected alongitssurface from apoint
distant bfrom that axiswithvelocityh(a2+62
)^/fe2
.Thedirection ofprojectionissuch
that thecomponent velocity perpendiculartotheaxis ish/bandtheparticle moves in
contact with thesurface, under theinfluence ofaforce ofattraction A2
(r2+2a2
)/r5inthe
direction oftheperpendicularrtothe axis. Shewthat,ifgravity beneglected, the
projectionofthepathonaplaneatright anglestotheaxis willhave apolar equation
rcsmh- =a#.(Coll. Exam.)
40.Aparticle moves onasmoothhelicoid, z=a(f&gt;,under theaction ofaforcepr
perunitmass directed ateachpoint along thegenerator inwards,rbeing thedistance
from theaxis ofz.Theparticleisprojected alongthesurfaceperpendicularlytothe
generatoratapoint where thetangent plane makes anangle awith theplane ofxy,its
velocityofprojection being p*a. Shew thattheequationoftheprojection ofitspathon
theplaneofxyis
2
/r2=sec2acosh2
((f&gt;cosa)1.
(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1896.)
41.Shew that theproblemofthemotion ofaparticle under noforces onaruled
surface, whose generatorscuttheline ofstriction ataconstantangle, andforwhich the
ratio ofthelengthofthecommonperpendiculartotwoadjacent generators totheangle
between these generatorsisconstant, canbesolved byquadratures. (Astor.)
42.Aparticle (x,y,z}whose potential energyis(ax2+by2+cz2
)isconstrained to
move onthesphere x2+y2+z2l.Determine themotion.
(C.Neumann, Journal furMath. LVI.(1859), p.46.)
CHAPTER V
THEDYNAMICAL SPECIFICATION OFBODIES
57.Definitions.
Beforeproceedingtodiscuss thoseproblemsinthedynamicsofrigid
bodies which canbesolved byquadratures,itisconvenient tointroduce and
calculate anumber ofconstants which canbeassignedtoarigid body,and
which dependonitsconstitution :itwillbefound that these constants
determine thedynamicalbehaviour ofthebody.
Letanyrigid bodybeconsidered;and lettheparticlesofwhich (from
thedynamical pointofview)itisconstituted betypified byaparticleof
massmsituated atapointwhose coordinates referred tofixedrectangular
axes are(x,y,z).
Thequantity 2m(y2+z2
),
where thesymbol 2denotes asummation extended over alltheparticlesof
thesystem,iscalled themomentofinertia ofthebodyabout theaxisOx*.
Similarlythemoment ofinertia aboutanyother line isdefined tobethesum
ofthemasses oftheparticlesofthebody,eachmultiplied bythesquareof
itsperpendiculardistance from theline. These summations areevidentlyin
thecaseofordinary rigidbodiesequivalenttointegrations ;thus2m(y2+z2
)
fff
isequivalentto I I(y2+z2
)pdxdydz, wherepisthedensity,ormassper
unitvolume, ofthebodyatthepoint (x,y,z).
Thequantity ^mxy
iscalled theproduct ofinertia ofthebodyabout theaxes Ox,Oy;and
similarlythequantities myand^nizx aretheproductsofinertia about
theotherpairsofaxes.
Forthemoments andproductsofinertia with reference tothecoordinate
axes, thenotation
A=2m(y2+z2
),B=Zm(z* +x2
),G=2m(x2+y2
),
F=Zmyz, G=ILmzx, H=ILmxy
willbegenerallyused.
Twobodies whose moments ofinertia abouteverylineinspaceareequal
toeach other aresaid tobeequimomental.Itwillbeseen later that this
involves alsotheequalityoftheproductsofinertia ofthebodies withrespect
toanypairoforthogonallines.
*Moments ofinertia were firstintroduced byHuygensinhisresearches onthependulum
(Horolog. oscill., 1673). Thename isduetoEuler.
118 Thedynamical specification ofbodies[CH.v
IfMdenotes themass ofabodyand ifkisaquantitysuch thatMk2is
equaltothemoment ofinertia ofthebodyabout agiven line,thequantity
kiscalled theradius ofgyrationofthebody about the line.
Inthecase ofaplane body,themoment ofinertia about alineperpen
dicular toitsplaneisoftenspokenofasthemoment ofinertia about the
pointinwhich this linemeets theplane.
58.Themomentsofinertiaofsomesimplebodies*.
(i)Therectangle.
Let itberequiredtofindthemoment ofinertia ofauniformrectangular
plate, whose sides areoflengths2aand26respectively, about alinethrough
itscentreparalleltothesides oflength2a.Takingthis line asaxisOx,
andalinethrough paralleltotheother sides asaxisOy,therequired
moment ofinertia is
or
where cristhemassperunitarea oftheplate,orthe"surface-densityasitis
frequentlycalled;evaluatingtheintegral, wehave fortherequired moment
ofinertia
|&lt;ra63
,orMass ofrectanglex^62
.
Themoment ofinertia ofauniform rod,about alinethroughitsmiddle
point perpendiculartotherod,canbededuced from this resultbyregarding
therodasthelimitingform ofarectangleinwhich thelengthofonepair
ofsides isindefinitelysmall. Itfollows that themoment ofinertia in
questionis
Mass ofrodx|62
,
where 26isthelengthoftherod.
(ii) Therectangularblock.
Consider next auniformrectangularblock whoseedgesareoflengths 2a,
26,2c;letitberequiredtofindthemoment ofinertia about anaxisOx
passing throughthecentre andparalleltotheedgesoflength2a.This
moment ofinertia is
rarbre
Zm(y2+^2
),or Ip(yn+z2}dzdydx,
J-aJ-b--c
wherepisthedensity. Evaluatingtheintegral,wehave forthemoment of
inertia
^Lc
(fca+c^}orMass ofblock x1(62+c2
).
*Forpractical purposes themoments ofinertia ofabody aredetermined experimentally ;
convenient apparatusisdescribed byW.H.Derriman, Phil. Mag.v.(1903), p.648,andby
W.R.Cassie, Phys.Soc. Proc. xxi.(1909), p.497.
57,58]Thedynamical specification ofbodies 119
(iii) Theellipse and thecircle.
Let itnowberequiredtofindthemoment ofinertia ofauniformelliptic
platewhoseequationis
about theaxisofx.Itis.
rara
I Ia-y^dydx, where cristhesurface-density.
Evaluatingtheintegral, wehave fortherequired moment ofinertia
\7rabz
ar,orMass ofellipsex62
.
Themoment ofinertia ofacircle ofradius babout adiameter istherefore
Mass ofcircle x\62
.
(iv) Theellipsoid andthesphere.
Themoment ofinertia ofauniform solidellipsoidofdensity p,whose
equationis
T2ift ?%71
/T^ fc r2=
tv L/ O
about theaxisofxissimilarly
\p(y*+z^dxdydz, integrated throughouttheellipsoid.
Toevaluate thisintegral,write
where,77,arenew variables :theintegral becomes
pab3cIII ?2
where theintegrationisnowtakenthroughoutasphere whoseequationis
Since theintegrals
^,and
areevidently equal,therequired moment ofinertia canbewritten inthe
form
orTrpabc (fe2+c2
)[|2
(1-f2
)J-i
or-^Trpabc (b2+c2
),
or Mass ofellipsoidxi(62+c2
).
120 Tliedynamical specification ofbodies[CH.v
Themoment ofinertia ofauniformsphereofradius aabout adiameter
istherefore
Mass ofspherex^a2
.
(v)Thetriangle.
Let itnowberequiredtofindthemoment ofinertia ofauniform
triangular plateofsurface-density a,withrespecttoanyline initsplane;
thepositionofthelinecanbespecified bythelengths a,ft,yoftheper
pendicularsdrawn toitfrom thevertices ofthetriangle.
Taking (x,y,z}tobetheareal coordinates ofapointoftheplate,the
perpendiculardistance from thispointtothegivenline is(ax+/3y+yz),and
therequired moment ofinertia istherefore
ax4-fiy4-yz)2dS,
wheredSdenotes anelement ofarea oftheplate.
Now ifYdenotes thelengthoftheperpendicularfrom thepoint (x,y,z)
ontheside cofthetriangle,and ifXdenotes thelength interceptedonthe
side cbetween thevertexAandthefootofthisperpendicular, wehave
Y=zbsinA
andXsinAFcosA=perpendicularfrom(x,y,z)ontheside b
=ycsinA.
Wehave therefore
dydz=38
7(|-4- xdXdY =,-.dXdY=^dS,d(X, Y) besinA 2A
whereAdenotes thearea ofthetriangle.Hence theintegral \\y-dS, where
theintegrationisextended over thearea ofthetriangle,canbewritten in
theform2Ally-dydz, where theintegrationisextended over allpositive
values ofyand zwhose sum islessthanunity:this isequalto
rr rr
orA.Bysymmetry,theintegralsIla^dS and IIz-dShave thesame value,
andasimilar calculation shews thattheintegrals
ffyzdS, ffxedS, \\xydS
eachhavethevalueTVA.
58,59] Thedynamical specification ofbodies 121
Substitutingthese values intheintegralcr 11(ax+/3y+yz^dS, the
moment ofinertia ofthetriangleabout thegivenlinebecomes
&lt;rA(a2+@-+f+7+7+a/3),
ixMass oftrianglexJ(*?Y +(?-?Y +f*+*Yl.
(\2/ \2/ \2 /j
But thisexpression evidently representsthemoment ofinertia about the
givenlineofthreeparticlessituatedrespectivelyatthemiddlepointsofthe
sides ofthetriangle,themass ofeachparticle beingone-third themass of
thetriangle; thetriangleistherefore equimomentaltothis setofthree
particles.
Example. Shew thatauniform solid tetrahedron ofmassMisequimomentaltoaset
offiveparticles, four ofwhich areeach ofmass-^Mandaresituated atthevertices
ofthetetrahedron, while the fifthparticleisatthecentre ofgravityofthetetrahedron
and isofmass -iM.
59. Derivationofthemomentofinertia about anyaxiswhen themoment
ofinertia about aparallelaxisthroughthecentreofgravityisknown.
Themoments ofinertia found intheprecedingarticle were forthemost
parttaken withrespecttolinesspeciallyrelated tothebodies concerned :
these results canhowever beappliedtodetermine themoments ofinertia of
thesame bodies withrespecttootherlines,bymeans ofatheorem which will
nowbegiven.
Letf(x., y,z,x,y,z,x,y,z)beanypolynomial (not necessarily homo
geneous)oftheseconddegreeinthecoordinates andthecomponentsof
velocity andacceleration ofaparticleofmass m.Let (x,y,I)denote the
coordinates ofthecentre ofgravityofabodywhich isformed ofsuchparticles,
aridwrite
Ifnowwesubstitute these values forx,y,z,respectively,inthefunction/,
weobtain thefollowingclasses ofterms :
(1)Terms which donotinvolve xl,y1,z1:these termstogether evidently
give
f(x, y,z,x,y,z,x,y,z).
(2)Terms which donotinvolvex,y,z: these termsgive
/(!, 2/j,z1}xltyl}zltxltyl}z\).
(3)Terms which arelinear inxltyltzltxltylyzltxltyltzl;when the
expression ^mf(x, y,z,x,y,z,x,y,z)isformed, thesummationbeing taken
over alltheparticlesofthebody, these terms willvanish inconsequenceof
therelations
^mx l=0, Sray!=0, Stmzl=0.
122 Thedynamical specification ofbodies[CH.v
Wehave therefore theequation
^mf(x, y,z,x,y,z,x,y,z)=(xlty,,zltx,,y,,zltx,,y,,z,}
+/(&gt; V&gt;z&gt; x&gt;y&gt;z,5,y,z).Sw,
andconsequentlythevalue oftheexpression 2m/, taken withrespectto
anysystemofcoordinate axes, isequaltoitsvalue taken withrespecttoa
parallelsetofaxesthroughthecentre ofgravityofthebody, togetherwith
themass ofthebody multiplied bythevalue ofthefunction fatthecentre
ofgravity,taken withrespecttotheoriginal systemofaxes.
From this itimmediatelyfollows that themoments andproducts ofinertia,
ofabodywithrespecttoanyaxesareequaltothecorresponding moments and
products ofinertia, withrespecttoasetofparallelaxesthroughthecentreof
gravity ofthebody, together with thecorresponding moments andproducts
ofinertia, withrespecttotheoriginal axes, ofaparticle ofmassequaltothat
ofthebodyandplacedatthecentre ofgravity.
Asanexample ofthisresult,let itberequiredtodetermine themoment ofinertia
ofastraight uniform rodofmassMandlengthIabout alinethrough oneextremity
perpendicular totherod. Itfollows from thelast article that themoment ofinertia
2
;andhence, applying the
aboveresult, weseethattherequired moment ofinertia is
60. Connexion between momentsofinertia withrespecttodifferentsetsof
axesthroughthesameorigin.
Theresult ofthelastarticle enables ustofindthemoments ofinertia of
agiven body withrespecttoanysetofaxes,when themoments ofinertia
arealready known withrespecttoasetofaxesparalleltothese. Weshall
nowshewhowthemoments ofinertia ofabodywithrespecttoanysetof
rectangularaxescanbefound when themoments ofinertia areknown with
respecttoanother setofrectangular axeshavingthesameorigin.
LetA,B,C,F,G,Hbethemoments andproductsofinertia withrespect
toasetofaxesOxyz, and letOxyzbeanother setofrectangularaxes
havingthesameorigin;thedirection-cosines ofeither setofaxes with
respecttotheother willbesupposedtobegiven bythescheme
^/ *
li
ml
59,60] Thedynamical specification ofbodies 123
Ifthemoments andproductsofinertia withrespecttotheaxesOxyz
aredenoted byA,B,C",F,G,H,wehave
A=2m(y2+z2
),where thesummation isextended over alltheparticlesof
thebody,
=2m{(I2x+m2y+n2z)2+(I3x+m3y+nsz)2
}
=2m[x2
(l2+I2
}+y2(m2+w32
)+z2
(n22+n/)+2yz(m2n.2+m3n3)
=2m[x2(m,2+n,2
)+if(n2+I,2
)+z2
(I,2+m2
)-Zm^yz-ZnJ.zx-Zl^
=2m{I,2
(y2+z2
)+m*(z2+x2
)+n2(x2+r/2
)-Zmj^yz-Zn^zx-Zljn.xy
andsimilarly
B=A122+Bm.?+On?-2Fm.2n2-2Gn2l.2-2Hl.2m,,
C=Al,2+Bms*+Cn.?-2Fm3n3-2Gn,l 3-2Hl3ms.
Wehave also
F=2myz
=2m(l^+m2y+n2z](I3x+m3y+nsz)
=1213.2mx2+m2ms.2my2+n2n3.2mz2+(m. 2ns+m3n2).
+(n2l3+n3l2).2mzx+(I2m3+I3m2).2mxy
=^IJ,(B+G-A) +^&gt;n2m3(C+A-B)+in.2ns(A+B-C)
+(w2i3+msn,)F+(n.2l3+nzl2}G+(I2m3+
or
F=Al.2l3+Bm2m3+Cn.2n3-F(m. 2n3+m3n2)-G(I3n.2+-l.M3)-H(l. 2m3
andsimilarly
-G=Al,l,+Bm^n,+Cn-.n,-F(m. An,+m,7i 3)-G(I}n3+lsn^-H(l^ni,+I^m 3),-H=Al,L+Bm.in,+Cn,n 2-F(m,n 2+m^)-G(Ln,+l^)-H(l^t,,+l^n,).
Thequantities A
,B,C,F
,G,Harethusdetermined; these results,
combined with those ofthe last article, are sufficient todetermine the
moments andproductsofinertia ofagiven bodywithrespecttoanysetof
rectangular axeswhen themoments andproductsofinertia withrespectto
anyother setofrectangular axes areknown.
Example.Iftheoriginofcoordinates isatthecentre ofgravityofthebody, prove
that themoments andproductsofinertia withrespect tothreemutually orthogonalandintersecting lineswhose coordinates are
(l\ir
"h, i&gt;Xj,Mi, "i), (12, &lt;i,n2,X2,^, 2), (?3, 3&gt;%,X3,/x3,i/3)
are A+Jf^S+rf+vft etc.andF-M(X2X3+M:,/X3+I,2J,3)etc.,
where A\B,C,F, 0",Hhave thesarue values asabove andMisthemass ofthe
(Coll. Exam.)
124 Thedynamical specification ofbodies[OH.v
61.Theprincipalaxesofinertia;Cauchys momentalellipsoid.
Ifnowweconsider thequadricsurface whoseequationis
Ax-+By2+Cz*-&lt;LFyz- 2Gzx-2Hxy=1,
where A,B,0,F,G,Harethemoments andproductsofinertia ofagiven
bodywithrespecttotheaxes ofreferenceOxyz,itfollows from theequation
thatthereciprocalofthesquareofanyradius vector ofthequadricisequal
tothemoment ofinertia ofthebodyabout this radius. Thequadricis
therefore thesame whatever betheaxes ofreferenceprovidedtheorigin
isunchanged,andconsequentlyitsequationreferred toanyotherrectangular
axesOxyzhavingthesameoriginis
Aa?+Bf-+Cz*-ZFyz-ZGzx-IRxy=1;
whereA,B,C,F,G,Harethemoments andproductsofinertia with
respecttothese axes.
Thisquadriciscalled themomentalellipsoidofthebodyatthepoint\
itsprincipalaxes arecalled theprincipalaxesofinertia ofthebodyat
;
theequationofthequadricreferred tothese axescontains noproduct-terms,
andtherefore theproductsofinertia withrespecttothem arezero :and
themoments ofinertia withrespecttothese axes arecalled theprincipal
momentsofinertia ofthebodyatthepoint 0*.
Themomentalellipsoidisalsocalled theellipsoid ofinertia;itspolar reciprocal with
regardtoitscentre isanotherellipsoid, which issometimes called theellipsoid ofgyration.
Example. Theheightofasolidhomogeneous rightcircular cone ishalftheradius
ofitsbase. Shew that itsmomentalellipsoidatthevertex isasphere.
62. Calculation oftheangular momentumofamoving rigid body.
Weshallnowshewhowtheangular momentum ofamoving rigidbody
about any line, atanyinstant ofitsmotion, canbedetermined.
LetMbethemass ofthebody, (x,y,z)thecoordinates ofitscentre of
gravity G,and(u,v,w)thecomponentsofvelocityofthepoint G,atthe
instantt,resolvedalong any (fixedormoving) rectangularaxesOxyzwhose
originisfixed; and let(oj1;&lt;u2,&&gt;3)bethecomponentsoftheangular
velocityofthebodyabout G,resolvedalongaxesGxlylzl,paralleltotheaxes
Oxyzandpassing throughG.Letmdenote atypical particleofthebody,
and let(x,y,z)beitscoordinates and(u,v,w)itscomponentsofvelocityat
theinstant t;andwrite
x=x+xi, y=y+yi,z=z+z1,
UU+11^ , V=V+Vl,W=W+Wl,
*Theexistence ofprincipalaxeswasdiscovered byEuler, Mem. deBerl., 1750, 1758,andby
J.A.Segner, Specimen Th.Turbinum, 1755. Themomentalellipsoid wasintroduced byCauchy
in1827, Exerc. demath. i.p.93.
61,62] Thedynamical s2)ecification ofbodies 125
soinvirtue ofthepropertiesofthecentre ofgravity wehave
2m^j=0, ^myj=0, Sm^j=
;
moreover since(17)wehave
Ul=Zlwzy^w^,Vl=Xlo&gt;32l&)j ,Wl=y1(0l
itfollows that
Sm^!=0, Sravjs=0,mwl=0.
IfA3denotes theangular momentum ofthebodyabout theaxis Oz,we
have therefore
h3=Sm(xv yu)
=2m{(x+#,)(v+Wj)-(y+yj(u+u,)}
=2m(xv yu)+2w(x^ y^iii)
=M(xv yu)+2m(X^W Axlzla)1y^z^w*+y^w^)
=M(xv yu)GwlFwz+C(D3,
where A,B,C,F,G,Harethemoments andproductsofinertia ofthebody
withrespecttotheaxesGx-^y^.
Similarlytheangular momenta about theaxesOxandOyrespectively
are
h1=M(yw zv}+AwlHw n_Gco3,
h?=M(zuxw} Ha)1+Bwo Fo)3.
Theangular momentum aboutanyother linethroughtheorigin canbe
found(39)byresolvingtheseangular momentaalongthelineinquestion.
Corollary.Ifthebodyisconstrained toturnround oneofitspoints,
which isfixed inspace,itisunnecessarytointroduce thecentre ofgravity.
For let
(&&gt;!,o)2,&)3)bethecomponentsoftheangular velocityofthebody
about thefixedpointwithrespecttoanyrectangularaxes(fixed ormoving)
which have thefixedpointasorigin,and letA,B,C,F,G,Hdenote the
moments andproductsofinertia withrespecttothese axes. Thecom
ponentsofvelocity (u,v,w)withrespecttothese axes ofaparticleinwhose
coordinates are(x,y,z)are(17)
v=
andtheangular momentum about theaxis ofz,which is2m(xv yu},can
therefore bewritten intheform
Sm
or
Similarlytheangular momenta ofthebody about theaxes ofxandy
respectivelyare
A(i)lHwzGu&gt;s
and
126 Thedynamical specification ofbodies[on.v
63. Calculationofthekineticenergy ofamoving rigid body.
Thekineticenergyofarigidbodywhich isinmotion canbecalculated
inthesamewayastheangular momenta. Ifthe-general theorem obtained
in59isappliedtothecase inwhich thepolynomial f(x, y,z,x,y,z,x,y,z)
hastheform(x2+y2+z2
),weimmediatelyobtain theresult that thekinetic
energy ofamoving rigid bodyofmassMisequaltothekineticenergy ofa
particle ofmassMwhich moves with thecentreofgravity ofthebody, together
with thekineticenergy ofthemotionofthebody relative toitscentreof
gravity.
Todetermine thekineticenergyofthemotion ofthebodyrelative toits
centre ofgravity G,takeanyrectangularaxes(whose directions maybefixed
ormoving) havingtheiroriginatG;let
(a&gt;1;&&gt;2,o&gt;3)bethecomponentsof
theangular velocityofthebody about 0,relative tothese axes,and let
(x,y,z)denote thecoordinates ofatypical particlemofthebody referred
tothese axes. Thecomponentsofvelocityoftheparticle paralleltothese
axes, inthemotion relative toG,are(17)
andtherefore thekineticenergyofthemotion relative tothecentre of
gravityis
\2m\(za&gt; z-yo s}2+(.v&lt;o 3-zco^2+(yWl-
xca^-},
or (Aw,-+Bw.?+Co)./-2Fco2(,)3-2&&gt;3&&gt;1-2#&&gt; 1&&gt;,),
where A,B,C,F,G,Harethemoments andproductsofinertia relative to
theaxes.
Thisexpression may(byuseof60)beinterpretedashalfthesquare
oftheresultantangular velocityofthebodyinthemotion relative tothe
centre ofgravity, multiplied bythemoment ofinertia ofthebody about
theinstantaneous axis ofrotation inthismotion.
Corollary.Ifoneofthepointsofthebodyisfixed inspace,itisnot
necessarytointroduce thecentre ofgravity. For let(co1}a&gt;2,&&gt;3)denote the
componentsofangular velocityofthebodyabout thefixedpoint resolved
along anyrectangularaxes(fixed ormoving) Oxyz which have thepoint
asorigin,and let(x,y,z}bethecoordinates ofatypical particlemofthe
bodyreferred tothese axes. Thecomponentsofvelocityoftheparticle
are(17)
zo)2yo)3,xais zw^yw lxo)z,
andsoasbefore weseethatthekineticenergyofthemotion is
where A,B,C,F,G,Hdenote themoments andproductsofinertia ofthe
bodywithrespecttotheaxesOxyz.
63,64] Thedynamical specification ofbodies 127
From this itfollows that ifoneofthecoordinate axessaytheaxis ofx
istheinstantaneous axis ofrotation ofthebody,thekineticenergyis
^Aa)^; andhence, since thedirections oftheaxescanbearbitrarily chosen,
thekineticenergyofanybodymoving about oneofitspoints,which isfixed,
is^/&)2
,where /isthemoment ofinertia ofthebodyabout theinstantaneous
axisofrotation, and &&gt;istheangular velocityofthebodyabout this axis.
Example. Alamina canturnfreely about ahorizontal axisinitsownplane, andthe
axisturns about afixed vertical line,which itintersects. If
(f&gt;betheazimuth ofthe
horizontalaxis,and^theinclination oftheplane ofthelamina tothevertical, shew that
thekineticenergyis
where A,B,Zfarethemoments andproductofinertia ofthelamina about thehorizontal
axisandaperpendiculartoitatthepointofintersection with thevertical.(Coll. Exam.)
64.Independence ofthemotionofthecentreofgravity and themotion
relative toit.
The result ofthe last article shews thatthekineticenergyofamoving
bodycanberegardedasconsistingoftwoparts,ofwhich onedepends onthe
motion ofthecentre ofgravityandtheother isthekineticenergyofthemotion
relative tothecentre ofgravity. Weshallnowshew thatthese twopartsof
themotion ofthebodycanbetreatedquite independentlyofeach other*.
Letarigid bodyofmassMbeinmotion under theinfluence ofany
forces Ascoordinatesdefiningitsposition wecantakethethreerectangular
coordinates(x,y,z)ofitscentre ofgravity G,relative toaxes fixed inspace,
andthethree Eulerianangles (6,0,i/r)whichspecifytheposition, relative
toaxes fixed indirection, ofanythreeorthogonal lines, intersectinginG,
which arefixed inthebodyandmove with it.Thekineticenergyistherefore
T=iM(x*+p+*)+/(B, 0,+,e,0,^),
wheref(0, 0,&,0,0,^)denotes thekineticenergyofthemotion relative
toG.
Let
denote theworkdoneonthebodybytheexternal forces inanarbitrarydis
placement (Bx, By,Bz,B0,80,8^r)ofthebody. TheLagrangian equations of
motion are
MX=X,My=Y,Mz=Z,
&lt;*L
dt
di
d
dtdf80
*Euler, Scientianavalis,i.(1749), 128.
128 Thedynamical specification ofbodies[CH.v
The first three oftheseequations shew that themotionofthecentreof
gravity ofthebodyisthesame asthatofaparticle ofmassequaltothewhole
massofthebody, under theinfluence offorces equivalenttothetotal external
forces acting onthebody, appliedtotheparticle paralleltotheir actual
directions;since thework done onsuch aparticleinanarbitrary displace
ment wouldevidentlybeXBx+YBy+Z8z.
Thesecond threeequations shew that themotionofthebodyabout its
centreofgravityisthesame asifthecentreofgravitywerefixedand thebody
subjectedtotheaction ofthesameforces ;forinthemotion relative tothe
centre ofgravity,thekineticenergyofthebodyisf(6, &lt;f&gt;,-^r,6,$,i^),and
theworkdonebytheforces inanarbitrary displacementis
+ &lt;J&gt;S+
These results areevidentlytrue alsoforimpulsive motion.
Corollary.Ifaplane rigidbody (e.g.adiscofanyshape)isinmotion in
itsplane, and if(x,y)arethecoordinates ofitscentre ofgravity,Mitsmass,
6theanglemadebyalinefixed inthebodywith aline fixed intheplane,Mk2themoment ofinertia ofthebody about itscentre ofgravity,and if
(A,F)arethetotalcomponents paralleltotheaxes oftheexternal forces
actingonthebody,andLthemoment oftheexternal forces about thecentre
ofgravity,then thekineticenergyis
\M(x2+y-+k*fr\
andthework donebytheexternal forces inadisplacement (Bx, By,86)is
andtherefore theequationsofmotion ofthebodyare
MX=X,My=Y,M&0=L.
Example. Obtain oneoftheequations ofmotion ofarigidbodyintwodimensions in
theform
whereMisthemass ofthebody,/istheacceleration ofitscentre ofgravity, pisthe
perpendicular from theorigin uponthisvector, J/F isthemoment ofinertia about the
origin,6istheanglemade byaline fixed inthebody withalinefixed initsplane, andL
isthemoment about theorigin oftheexternal forces.(Coll. Exam.)
64]Thedynamical specification ofbodies 129
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Ahomogeneous rightcircular cone isofmassM;itssemi-vertical angleis/3,and
thelengthofaslant side isI.Shew that itsmoment ofinertia about itsaxis is
andthat itsmoment ofinertia about alinethroughitsvertex perpendiculartoitsaxis is
fM2(l-fsin2
/3),
atid itsmoment ofinertia about ageneratoris
2.Shew that themoment ofinertia ofthearea enclosed bythetwoloopsofthe
lemniscate
r2=2cos20
about theaxisofthecurve is
(37r-8)a2-xmass ofarea.
3.Anynumber ofparticlesareinoneplane;ifthemasses areWj,m2,...,their
distancesaparto?12,...,therelative descriptionsofareaA12,...,andtherelative velocities-
*i2,...,prove that
arerespectively themoment ofinertia about thecentre ofinertia, theangular momentum
about thecentre ofinertia, andthekinetic energyrelative tothecentre ofinertia.
(Coll. Exam.)
4.Prove that themoment ofinertia ofahollow cubical boxabout anaxisthrough
thecentre ofgravityoftheboxandperpendiculartooneofthefaces is
whereMisthemass oftheboxand2athelengthofanedge. The sides oftheboxare
supposedtobethin. (Coll. Exam.)
5.Shew thatthemoment ofinertia ofananchor-ring about itsaxis is
where aistheradius ofthegenerating circle, cisthedistance ofitscentre from theaxis
oftheanchor-ring, andpisthedensity.
6.Shewhow tofindatwhatpoint,ifany,agiven straightline isaprincipalaxisofa-
body, and ifthere issuch apointfindtheother twoprincipalaxesthroughit.
Auniform square lamina isbounded bytheaxes ofxandyandthelinesx=2c, y=2c,
andacorner iscutoffitbythelinexja+y/b=2.Shew thatthetwoprincipalaxesat
thecentre ofthesquare which areinitsownplaneareinclined totheaxisofxatangle?
given by
ab2ctan20=--j--.(Coll. Exam.)v
(a- 6)(a+b2c)
7.Shew thattheenvelopeoflines intheplaneofanareaabout which thatareahasa
constant moment ofinertia isasetofconfocalellipses andhyperbolas. Hence findthe
direction oftheprincipalaxes atanypoint. (Coll. Exam.)
w.D. 9
130 Thedynamical specification ofbodies[CH.v
8.Find theprincipalmoments ofinertia atthevertex ofaparabolic lamina, latus
rectum 4a,bounded byalineperpendiculartotheaxisatadistance hfrom thevertex.
Provethat,if15A&gt;28, twoprincipal axes atthepoint ontheparabola whose abscissa
is-a+(a2-4aA/5+3A2/7)iarethetangent andnormal.(Coll. Exam.)
9.Findhowtheprincipal axes ofinertia arearrangedinaplane body. Write down
theconditions thatparticles m^at(x{,?/,-),where z=l, 2,...,maybeequimomentaltoa
given plate. Shew thatthesixquantities m1,m2,&\,x2,y^y2canbeeliminated from
these conditions.
Ifthreeequal particles areequimomental toagiven plate, thearea ofthetriangle
formed bythem is3^/3/2 times theproduct oftheprincipalradii ofgyrationatthe
centre ofgravity. (Coll. Exam.)
10.Auniform lamina bounded bytheellipseb2x2+a2y2=aWhasanelliptic hole
(semi-axes c,d)initwhosemajor axis lies inthe linex=y,thecentrebeingata
distance rfrom theorigin ;prove that ifoneoftheprincipal axes atthepoint (x,y)
makes anangle6with theaxis ofx,then
tan26=-Sabxy~d^(x^~^("^~r)~(c*~^}
ab[4(x*-y*)+a2-&*]-cd[2(x^-r)2-2(y^2-r)2
]
(Coll. Exam.)
11. Ifasystemofbodies orparticlesismoved ordeformed inanyway,shew that
thesumoftheproductsofthemass ofeachparticle intothesquare ofitsdisplacement
isequaltotheproductofthemass ofthesystem intothesquare oftheprojectioninany
given direction ofthedisplacementofthecentre ofgravity, together with thesumofthe
products ofthemasses oftheparticles intothesquares ofthedistancesthrough which
theymust bemoved inorder tobring them totheir finalpositions aftercommunicating
tothem adisplacement equaltotheprojectioninthegiven direction ofthedisplacement
ofthecentre ofgravity. (Fouret.)
12.Theprincipal moments ofinertia ofabodyatitscentre ofgravityare(A,B,G);
ifasmall mass, whose moments ofinertia referred tothese axesare(A ,B,C),beadded
tothebody, shew that themoments ofinertia ofthecompound body about itsnew
principal axes atitsnewcentre ofgravityare
A+A,B+B
,C+C,
accuratelytothe firstorder ofsmallquantities. (Hoppe.)
13.Shew that theprincipal axes ofagiven materialsystematanypoint arethe
normals tothethreequadrics whichpassthrough thepoint andbelongtoacertain
confocalsystem.
If(I,m, ,,X, /*, i/)bethe sixcoordinates ofaprincipalaxisandtheassociated
Cartesian system betheprincipal axes atthecentre ofgravity, thenshew that
Al\+Bmp.+Cnv=0,
andtherefore allprincipal axes ofagiven system belongtoaquadratic complex.
(Coll. Exam.)
14.Asmoothly jointed framework isintheform ofaparallelogram formed bv
attaching theends ofapairofrods ofmassmandlength 2atothose ofapairofrods of
massmandlength26.MassesMareattached toeach ofthefour corners. Express the
angular momentum ofthesystem about theoriginofcoordinates, interms ofthe
coordinates(A;y)ofthecentre ofgravity andtheangles 6and&lt;between thetwopairsof
sidesandtheaxisofx.(Coll. Exam.)
CHAPTER VI
THESOLUBLE PROBLEMS OFRIGID DYNAMICS
65.Themotionofsystemswith onedegree offreedom:motion round
afixed axis, etc.
Wenowproceedtoapplytheprincipleswhich havebeendevelopedin
theforegoing chaptersinorder todetermine themotion ofholonomicsystems
ofrigidbodies inthose caseswhich admit ofsolution byquadratures.
Itisnatural toconsider firstthosesystemswhich haveonlyonedegreeof
freedom. Wehave seen(42)thatsuch asystemisimmediatelysoluble by
quadratures when itpossessesanintegralofenergy:and thisprincipleis
sufficient fortheintegrationinmost cases. Sometimes, however(e.g.when
wearedealingwith systemsinwhich oneofthesurfaces orcurves ofcon
straint isforced tomove inagiven manner), theproblemasoriginallyformu
lated does notpossessanintegralofenergy,butcanbereduced(e.g.bythe
theorem of29)toanotherproblemforwhich theintegralofenergyholds;
when thisreduction hasbeenperformed,theproblemcanbeintegratedas
before.
Thefollowing exampleswill illustrate theapplicationoftheseprinciples.
(i)Motionofarigid bodyround afixedaxis.
Consider themotion ofasingle rigidbodywhich isfreetoturnabout anaxis, fixed in
thebodyandinspace.Let/bethemoment ofinertia ofthebody about theaxis, sothat
itskinetic energyis/02
,where 6istheanglemadebyamoveableplane, passing through
theaxisandfixed inthebody, with aplane passing through theaxisandfixed inspace.
Let6bethemoment round theaxis ofalltheexternal forcesacting onthebody,sothat
$istheworkdonebythese forces intheinfinitesimal displacement which changes 6to
6-\-fid.TheLagrangian equationofmotion
d_SVT\_dT_
dt\ti) dd~
thengives IB=0,
which isadifferential equationofthesecond order forthedetermination ofG.
92
132 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
Iftheforces areconservative, andV(6}denotes thepotential energy,thisequation
becomes
10=-^
80
which onintegration gives theequationofenergy
$I62+V(ff)=c, where cisaconstant.
Integrating again, wehave
t=I\f{2(c-V}}"%dd+constant,
andthisrelation between 9and tdetermines themotion, thetwoconstants ofintegration
being determined bytheinitial conditions.
Themost important case isthat inwhich gravityistheonlyexternal force, andthe
axis ishorizontal. Inthiscase letGbethecentre ofgravityofthebody,Cthefootof
theperpendicular drawn fromGtotheaxis,and letCG=h.The potential energyis
Mghcos0,whereMisthemass ofthebodyand6istheanglemade byCGwith the
downward vertical :andtheequationofmotion is
This isthesame astheequationofmotion ofasimple pendulumoflength J/Mh, and
themotion cantherefore beexpressedinterms ofellipticfunctions asin44,thesolution
beingoftheform
.6,sin-=Asn--
intheoscillatory case,andoftheform
inthecirculatingcase. Thequantity IjMhiscalled thelength oftheequivalent simple
pendulum.
Ifbeapoint onthelineCGsuch thatOC=IjMh,thepoints andCarecalled
respectively thecentreofoscillation andthecentreofsuspension. Acurious result inthis
connexion isthat thecentreofoscillation and thecentre ofsuspensionareconvertible,
i.e. if isthecentre ofoscillation whenCisthecentre ofsuspension,thenCwillbe
thecentre ofoscillation when isthecentre ofsuspension.Toprovethisresult, we
haveby59
Moment ofinertia ofthebody about Moment ofinertia aboutG+M.GO2
andtherefore wehave
Moment ofinertia ofbodyabout _I-Mh2+M(I/Mh-A)2
Distance ofcentre ofgravity from IjMh-h
Iftherefore thebodyweresuspendedfrom 0,theequationofmotion would stillbe
vMqh.
6+J-sin=0,
which establishes the result. Itisevident that theperiodofoscillation would bethe
same about either ofthepointsCand 0.
65] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 133
(ii)Motionofarodonwhich aninsect iscrawling.
Weshall nextstudythemotion ofastraight uniform rod, ofmassm.andlength 2a,
whose extremities can slide onthecircumference ofasmooth fixed horizontal circle of
radius c;aninsect ofmass equaltothat oftherod issupposedtocrawlalongtherodat
aconstant ratevrelative totherod.
Let6betheanglemadebytherodattime twithsome fixed direction, and letxbe
thedistance traversedbytheinsect from themiddlepointofthe rod. The kinetic
(2a2\
c25-1#2
,andthekineticenergyoftheinsect isdue to3/
acomponentofvelocity {x-(c2-a2
)20}alongtherodandacomponentofvelocity xB
perpendiculartotherod, sothetotal kinetic energyofthesystemis
there isnopotential energy.
Since x=vt, (tbeing measured from theepochwhenxiszero),wehave
T=\m(c2-2a2
/3)62+\m{v-(c2-a2
)^0}2+mv*t*0\
Thecoordinate6,which isnowtheonly coordinate,isigriorable, andwehave therefore
=constant,
or m(c2-
-|-)0-m(c2-a2
)^{v-(c2-a2
)*0}+mv2t2=constant,
or 0(2c232+t;2
i!2
)=constant.
Integratingthisequation, wehave
#-0 arctan{vt(2c2
-|a2
)~
},
where andkareconstants. Thisformula determines thepositionoftherodatanytime.
(iii) Motionofaconeonaperfectly rough inclinedplane.
Consider nowthemotion ofahomogeneous solidrightcircular cone, ofmassMand
semi-vertical angle /3,which moves onaperfectly rough plane (i.e.aplane onwhichonly
rolling withoutsliding cantakeplace) inclined atanangle atothehorizon. Let Ibethe
lengthofaslant sideofthecone, and let betheangle between thegenerator which is
incontact withtheplane attime tandthelineofgreatest slopedownwards intheplane.
Then if^betheanglemade bytheaxisoftheconewith theupward vertical, ^isone
side ofaspherical triangle whose verticesrepresent respectivelythenormal totheplane,
theupward vertical, andtheaxis ofthecone;theother twosides areaand(?), the
angle included bythese sides being (TT-0}.Wehave therefore.
cosx=cosasinftsinacosftcos;
buttheverticalheightofthecentre ofgravity oftheconeabove itsvertex is Icos ftcos^,
andthepotential energyofthecone isMgxthisheight ;iftherefore wedenotebyVthe
potential energyofthecone,wehave(disregardingaconstant term)
V=-^Mglsinacos2
ftcos0.
134 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
Wehave next tocalculate thekinetic energyofthecone;forthisthemoments of
inertia oftheconeabout itsaxisandabout alinethroughthevertexperpendiculartothe
axisarerequired:these areeasily found(bydirectintegration, regardingthecone as
composedofdiscs perpendiculartoitsaxis)tobe^MPsin2
/3and J/72(cos2
/3+Jsin2
/3)
respectively, andsothemoment ofinertia about agenerator is,bythetheorem of60
(since thedirection-cosines ofthegenerator canbetaken tobesinft,0,cos$withrespect
torectangular axes atthevertex, ofwhich theaxisofzistheaxisofthecone),
MV(cos2
ft+1sin2
ft)sin2
ft+^MPsin2
ftcos2
ft,
or Jft2sin20(cos2+i).
Now allpointsofthatgenerator which isincontact withtheplane areinstantaneously
atrest, since themotion isoneofpure rolling, and therefore thisgeneratoristhe
instantaneous axis ofrotation ofthecone. Ifwdenotes theangular velocityofthe
cone about this generator, thekinetic energyofthecone istherefore(63,Corollary)
jj-MPsin2
ft(cos2
ft+J)w2
.
But(15)wehave
a)=6cotft,
andsubstitutingthisvalue for
o&gt;,wehavefinallyforthekinetic energy Tofthecone
thevalue
T=%MPcos2
ft(cos2
(
TheLagrangian equationofmotion
becomes therefore inthiscase
|Ml*cos2
ft(cos2
ft+ )6+Mglsinacos2
ftsin6=0,
This isthesame astheequationofmotion ofasimple pendulumoflength
Icosec a(cos2
ft+ );
theintegration cantherefore beeffected interms ofelliptic functions, asin 44.
(iv)Motionofarodonarotating frame.
Consider nextthemotion ofaheavy uniform rod,whose ends areconstrained tomove
inhorizontal andverticalgrooves respectively, when theframeworkcontaining thegrooves
ismade torotate withconstantangular velocitycoabout thelineoftheverticalgroove.
Let2abethelengthoftherod,Mitsmass, and6itsinclination tothe vertical.
By 29,theeffect oftherotation maybeallowed forbyaddingtothepotential energy
aterm
where pisthedensityoftherodandxdenotes distance measured from theendoftherod
which isinthevertical groove ;integrating,thisterm canbewritten
Theterm inthepotential energy duetogravityis
Mgacos6,
andthetotalpotential energy Vistherefore given bytheequation
V=-Mgacosd-%Jfo*a* sin26.
65] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics135
Thehorizontal andvertical componentsofvelocityofthecentre ofgravityoftherod
areasin6 .6andacos6 .$,sothepartofthekinetic energyduetothemotion ofthe
centre ofgravityis\Ma?6z
;andsince themoment ofinertia oftherodabout itscentre
isItMa?, thepartofthekineticenergyduetotherotation oftherodabout itscentre
isJMa262
;wehave therefore forthetotal kinetic energy Ttheequation
Theintegralofenergyistherefore
Ma262Mgacos6fM&lt;o2a2sin26=constant,
or,writing
where edenotes aconstant :thisconstant mustevidentlybepositive,sincex2and(1x2
)
arepositive. Weshall supposefordefiniteness that isnotvery largeandthat3&lt;7/4or
islessthanunity,sothatxoscillates between thevalues3^/4aco2
e/&&gt;.
Tointegratethisequation, wewrite*
#=!+.
+^8a 18" 642
o&gt;2^12
where isanewdependentvariable. Substitutingthisvalue forxinthedifferential
equation, wehave
where thevalues
correspond respectivelytothevalues
itiseasilyseenthatei+e 2+e3iszeroandthat el&gt;e2&gt;e3.
Wehave therefore =
|jf&gt;(&lt;+y),where thefunction
$&gt;isformed with theroots e},e2,es,
andwhereydenotes aconstant. Since
e^~&gt;e&lt;{&gt; e^,and(P(&lt;+y)liesbetween e2and e3for
realvalues oft(sincexliesbetween 3#/4co2-
e/o&gt;and3^/4aa)2+e/a)),theimaginary partof
theconstantymust bethehalf-periodo&gt;;!;therealpartofycanthen betaken aszero,
since itdepends onlyonthechoice oftheoriginoftime.Wehave therefore
andhence
thisequation determines ^interms of &lt;.
(v)Motion ofadisc,oneofwhosepointsisforcedtomove inagivenmanner.
Consider nextthemotion ofadiscofmassM.resting onaperfectly smooth horizontal
plane, when oneofthepointsAofthedisc isconstrained todescribe acircle ofradius c
inthehorizontalplane, withuniform angular velocityo&gt;.
*Cf.Whittaker andWatson, ACourse ofModern Analysis, %206.
136 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [OH.vi
LetGbethecentre ofgravityofthedisc,and letAGbeoflength a.Theacceleration
ofthepointAisofmagnitude cw2
,and isdirected alongtheinward normal tothecircle :
iftherefore weimpressanacceleration cw2
,directedalong theoutward normal tothe
circle, onalltheparticlesofthebodyandsuppose thatAisatrest,weshall obtain the
motion relative toA.Theresultant forceacting onthebodyinthismotion relative toA
istherefore J/co&gt;2
,actingatGinadirectionparalleltotheoutward normal tothecircle.
Let6and betheangles made withafixed direction intheplane bythelineAGand
theoutward normal tothecirclerespectively;then theworkdonebythisforce inasmall
displacement 86is
Mca&gt;2asin(0-
&lt;9) 8&lt;9,
andthekinetic energyofthebodyisiJ/2#2
,whereMk2isthemoment ofinertia ofthe
body about thepoint A.TheLagrangian equationofmotion istherefore
Mm=Macrf sin(0-6\
Butsince=
a&gt;,wehave=0;soif^bewritten for(60),wehave
acco2
.
^+-p-sm^=0.
This isthesame astheequationofmotion ofasimple pendulumoflength k2
gjaca&gt;2
;
theintegration cantherefore beperformed bymeans ofellipticfunctions asin 44.
(vi) Motionofadiscrollingonaconstrained discandlinked toit.
Consider themotion oftwoequalcirculardiscs, ofradius aandmassJ/,withedges
perfectly rough, which arekeptincontact inavertical plane bymeans ofalink(inthe
form ofauniform barofmassm)whichjoinstheir centres :thecentre ofonedisc isfixed,
andthisdiscAisconstrained torotate withuniform angular acceleration a;itisrequired
todetermine themotion oftheother discBandthelink.
Let betheangle which thelinkmakes with thedownward vertical attimet,and
let6betheangleturned throughattime tbythediscA.Theangular velocityofdiscA
is0,andthevelocities ofthepointsofthediscswhich areinstantaneouslyincontact are
therefore each [email protected] thevelocityofthecentre ofthediscBis20,itfollows thatthe
angular velocityofthediscBabout itscentre is20-0. Since themoment ofinertia of
each discabout itscentre isiMa2
,thekinetic energyofthesystemis
T=M.^V +lM.a
*-(2$-eT- +lM.(2a?&lt;tf +m.~&-m iu o
and=at+f,where fisaconstant.
Thepotential energyofthesystemis
F=-(2M+m) agcos0,
andtheLagrangian equationofmotion is
d(o_T\_dT__dV
&lt;ti\d&lt;p) 80~
80
orjt{(6Af+f m)a20-Ma*0}=-(2J/+wi)agsin0.
Since d=a,thisequation gives
(6M+1m)a2-J/a2a+(2M+m)agsin=0.
Integrating, wehave
(3J/+ %m)a2
(fi-J/u2n0(2J/+ m)agcos=c,
65,66]TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics137
where cisaconstant dependingontheinitial conditions :andasthevariables tand
&lt;/&gt;are
separable,thisequation canagain beintegrated byaquadrature:this final integral
determines themotion.
Example.Ifthesystemisinitiallyatrestwith thebarvertically downwards, shew
thatthebarwillreach thehorizontal positionif
66.Themotionofsystemswith twodegrees offreedom.
Inthedynamicsofrigid bodies, asinthedynamicsofaparticle,the
possibilityofsolving byquadraturesaproblemwithtwodegreesoffreedom
generally dependsonthepresenceofanignorablecoordinate. Theintegral
correspondingtotheignorablecoordinate canoften beinterpreted physically
asanintegralofmomentum orangularmomentum. Theformation and
solution ofthe differentialequationsiseffected byapplicationofthe
principles developedinthepreceding chapters:this willbeshewn bythe
followingillustrativeexamples.
(i)Hodpassing through ring.
Consider, asafirstexample,themotion ofauniform straightrodwhichpasses through
asmall fixedringonahorizontalplane, beingable toslidethroughtheringorturn inany
wayabout itintheplane.
Letthedistance from theringtothemiddlepointoftherodattime tber,and letthe
rodmake anangle 6withafixed lineintheplane ;let21bethelengthoftherod,andM
itsmass.
Themoment ofinertia oftherodabout itsmiddle pointis\MP,andthekinetic energy
istherefore
there isnopotential energy.
Thecoordinate Bisignorable, andthecorresponding integralis
dT
r=constant,
vB
or(?&gt;2+%l-)6=constant.
Theintegralofenergyis
;,2_|_,.202 _|_^Ilfri_constant.
Dividingthesecond oftheseintegrals bythesquareofthefirst,wehave
dry
dft) 1where C1Saconstant
,
or B+constant =
j{(r2+}I2
)(cr*+Jcl2-1)}~4dr.
Writingcr1=s,thisbecomes
6+constant = I{4s(s+\cP) (+JcP-1)}~*^s.
138 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
Iftherefore
g&gt;denotes theWeierstrassianelliptic function with theroots
drwhichsatisfytherelation e}&gt;e2&gt;e3if-^issufficiently great initially, wehave
s=ft&gt;(0- )gj ,where isaconstant ofintegration;
since sispositive, wehave0&gt;(0-0)&gt;eiforrealvalues of0,andconsequently the
constant $isreal.
The solution oftheproblemistherefore contained intheequation
(ii)0^ecylinder rolling onanother undergravity.
Let itnowberequiredtodetermine themotion ofaperfectly rough heavysolid
homogeneous cylinderofmassmandradiusr,which rolls inside ahollowcylinderofmassMandradiusR,which inturn isfreetoturnabout itsaxis(supposed horizontal).
Let
&lt;j)denote theangle which theplane through theaxes ofthecylindersattime t
makes withthedownward vertical, and let6betheangle through which thecylinderof
massMhasturned sincesome fixedepoch. Theangular velocities ofthecylinders about
their axes areeasilyseen tobe6and{(R r}-R6}jr respectively ;andthemoments of
inertia ofthecylinders about their axes areMB?and\mr2respectively ;sothekinetic
energyTofthesystemisgiven bytheequation
im(R-r?A*
while thepotential energyisgiven bytheequation
F=mg(R r)cos$.
Thecoordinate 6isclearly ignorable ;theintegral correspondingtoitis
dT
r=constant,
30
or MR^-\mR{(R-r)4&gt;-RQ}=k, where kisaconstant.
Theintegralofenergyis
T+V=/i, where hisaconstant,
or \MRW +}m{(R-r)-BflY+m (R-r)2
tf&gt;2-mg(R-r}cos=h.
Eliminating6between thetwointegrals, weobtain theequation
m(3J/+m). F
This isthesame astheequation ofenergyofasimple pendulum oflength
(l
thesolution canbeeffected bymeans ofelliptic functions asin 44.
(iii)Rodmovinginafreecircularframe.
Weshall next consider themotion ofarod,whose ends can slidefreely onasmooth
vertical circularring, theringbeingfreetoturnabout itsverticaldiameter, which isfixed.
66] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics139
Letmbethemass oftherodand2aitslength ;letMbethemass oftheringandr
itsradius;let6betheinclination oftherodtothehorizontal, and$theazimuth ofthe
ringreferred tosome fixed verticalplane,atanytime t.
Themoment ofinertia oftherodabout anaxisthroughthecentre ofthering
perpendicular toitsplaneism(r2fa2
),andthemoment ofinertia oftherodabout the
vertical diameter oftheringisr{(r2-a2
)sin25+Ja2cos2
0}.The kinetic energyofthe
systemistherefore
T=\m (r2-a2
)2+}Mr^+lmty (r2sin26-a2sin26+Ja2cos2
0).
Thepotential energyis
Vmg(r2 2
)icos6.
Thecoordinate
&lt;pisevidently ignorable ;thecorresponding integralis
dT=constant,
d&lt;j&gt;
or IMr2
(j&gt;+
m&lt;j)(r2sin26-a2sin26+\a2cos26)=k,
where kisaconstant. Substituting thevalue of$found from thisequationinthe
integralofenergy
T+V=h,
wehave
x. k2
lm(r2-fa2
)G2h+mg(r2a2
)acos-1--....-
.9,
,n9-2~m -\Mi&+m(r2sin2^-a2sin20+^a2cos25)
Inthisequationthevariables 6and tareseparable;afurther integrationwill
thereforegive 6interms oft,andsofurnish thesolution oftheproblem.
(iv)Hoop andring.
Weshall next discuss themotion ofasystem consistingofauniform smooth circular
hoopofradiusa,which liesinasmooth horizontalplane, and issoconstrained that itcan
onlymove byrolling onafixedstraightlineinthatplane, while asmall ringwhose mass
is1/Xthatofthehoopslides on it.Thehoopisinitiallyatrest,andtheringisprojected
from thepoint furthest from thefixed linewithvelocityv.
Let
&lt;/&gt;denote theangle turnedthrough bythehoopafter atime tfrom thecommence
ment ofthemotion, andsuppose thatthediameter ofthehoopwhichpasses through the
ringhasthenturned through anangle \^.Taking theringtobeofunitmass,sothatthe
mass ofthehoopisX,themoment ofinertia ofthehoopabout itscentre isXa2
,andthis
centre moves withvelocity 0,while thevelocityoftheringiscompoundedofcomponents
a$anda\^,whose directions areinclined toeachother atanangle \^.Thekinetic energy
ofthesystemistherefore
T=
andthepotential energyiszero.
Thecoordinate
&lt;j)isevidently ignorable, andthecorresponding integralis
cT
r=constant,
80
or(2X+1)a-^+a2^cos\/^=theinitial value ofthisexpression
=av.
140 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
Integratingthisequation, wehave
vt
(2X+1)(f&gt;+sin
&gt;//--=the initial value ofthisexpression
=0,
1 vt
Thisequation determines interms of\^.
Theequationofenergyis
Titsinitial value=4*2
&gt;
andsubstitutingfor$itsvalue (v/a-cos-^-.4-)/(2X+l)inthisequation, wehave
-j=
vv2X Jo
Writing sin\^=.r,thisbecomes
--%= P(2X+
vv^2X Jo
Inorder toevaluate thisintegral, weintroduce anauxiliary variable,defined bythe
equation
u= IX
(2X+.r2
)-4(1-.r2
)~4dx.
Jo
Write x2=2X/,where |isanewvariable;thelastintegral becomes
which isequivalentto
where thefunction
$&gt;()isformed with theroots
these roots arerealandsatisfytheinequality 6i&gt;e 2&gt;e3,so
$&gt;(w)isrealandgreater than
eiforrealvalues ofu.
Nowwehave dt=%=.(2X+#2)4(1-a;2
)~4dx.
vv/2X
JVKvdt f 2X
,7or -=^2X+^^-, \du.a
Integrating, wehave
where(u)denotes theWeierstrassian Zeta-function.
Thusfinallythecoordinate ^and thetime tareexpressedintermsofanauxiliary
variable ubytheequations
2X
66,67] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 141
67. Initial motions.
Wehavealready explainedin32thegeneral principlesused infinding
the initial character ofthemotion ofasystemwhich starts from rest at
agiventime. Thefollowing exampleswillserve toillustrate theprocedure
forsystemsofrigidbodies.
(i)Aparticle hangs byastring oflengthbfromapointinthecircumference ofadisc
oftwice itsmassandofradius a.Thedisccanturnabout itsaxis,which ishorizontal, and
thediameterthroughthepoint ofattachment ofthestringisinitiallyhorizontal. Tofindthe
initial pathoftheparticle.
Let6denote theangle through which thedischasturned, and theinclination ofthe
stringtothe vertical,, attime tfrom thebeginningofthemotion :letmbethemass ofthe
particle. Thehorizontal and(downward)vertical coordinates oftheparticle withrespect
tothecentre ofthediscare
acos6+bsin and asin6+bcos0,
sothesquareoftheparticlesvelocityis
a22+&22-2absin(6+0)00,
andthekinetic energyofthesystemis
T=ma-6z+-|m&22-mobsin(6+0)#0,
while thepotential energyis
V-mg(asin6+bcos0).
TheLagrangian equations ofmotion are
dt\d0
d_/dT\_dT_ _9F
dt\d(p/ c0 30
J22&lt;9-a&cos (0+0)02-#acos$ a&sin(0+0)=0,
=0. 620-a6cos(0 +0)02+#6sin0-a6sin(0 +0)6=0.
Initiallythequantities 6,0,6,are allzero :theseequations therefore give initially
&lt;9=gr/2a and=0,sotheexpansionof6begins withatermgt2/4aandthat ofwitha
termhiher than thesuare of t.Assumin,
termhigher than thesquareof t.Assuming
=Ct--+Dt*+Et+Ff&lt; +...,
substitutingintheabove differentialequations, andequating powersoft,wecanevaluate
thecoefficients A,B,C,...;wethus find
0-^+0. +...4a
*=ff2
*^
32a6 1920a62
Now ifxandyarethecoordinates oftheparticle referred tohorizontal and(downward)
vertical axesthroughitsinitialposition, wehave
x=a(1-cos6}-bsin=\ad2-60=-E-
,approximately,
andy=asin6+b(cos0-l)=a0=~, approximately.
142 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
Eliminatingtbetween these equations, wehave
and this istherequired approximate equationofthepathoftheparticleinthe
neighbourhood ofitsinitialposition.
(ii)AringofmassmcanslidefreelyonauniformrodofmassMandlength 2a,which
canturnabout oneend.Initiallytherod ishorizontal, with theringatadistance rafrom
thefixedend. Tofind theinitial curvatureofthepathoftheringinspace.
Let(r,6)denote thepolarcoordinates oftheringattimet,referred tothefixedendof
therodandahorizontal initialline,6being measured downwards from the initial line.
Forthekinetic andpotential energies wehave
4/72-
T=%m(r* +rW}+%M.~6\
V=mrgsin&Magsin6.
TheLagrangian equationsofmotion are
--._.
~dtdfW~ dr
rr82gsin6=0,
[fMa*d+mrzd+2mrf0-Mgacos6-mgrcos &lt;9=0.
Sincer,0,and6areinitially zero,wecanassume expansionsoftheform
substitutingthese expansionsinthedifferential equations, andequatingcoefficients of
powersoft,wefind
_
2~
Thecoordinates oftheparticle,referred tohorizontal and vertical axes atitsinitial
position,are
x=rcos6randy=rsin6,
orapproximatelyx=
(4-rb^} t*,y=r6212
.
Thecurvature ofthepathisgiven bytheequation
-
p yr
andonsubstituting theabove values of62and45wehave
1Ma(4a3r())
p~~
9r2(Ma+mr)
This istherequiredinitial curvature ofthepathofthering.
Example. Twouniform rodsAB,SC,ofmasses miandm.2,andlengths aand b
respectively,arefreely hingedatB,andcanturnround thepoint A,which isfixed.
Initially, AB ishorizontal andECvertical. Shew that,ifCbereleased, theequationof
theinitial pathofthepointoftrisection ofBCnearer toGcanbeputintheform
f=60(1+2?n2/m1)abx.
(Camb.Math. Tripos, PartI,1896.)
67,68] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 143
68.Themotionofsystemswith threedegrees offreedom.
Thepossibilityofsolving byquadraturesthemotion ofasystemofrigid
bodies which hasthreedegreesoffreedomdepends generally (asinthecase
ofsystemswithtwodegreesoffreedom)either ontheoccurrence ofignorable
coordinates, givingrise tointegralsofmomentum andangular momentum, or
onadisjunctionofthekineticpotentialintoparts whichdependonthe
coordinatesseparately.Thefollowing examplesillustrate theprocedure.
(i)Motion ofarodinagiven field offorce.
Consider themotion ofauniform rod,ofmassmandlength 2a,which isfreetomove
onasmooth table,when eachelement oftherod isattracted toafixed lineofthetable
withaforceproportionaltoitsmassand itsdistance from theline.
Let(#,y)bethecoordinates ofthemiddlepoint oftherod,and6itsinclination tothe
fixed line. Thekineticenergyis
andthepotential energyis
11m I^r=~I(y+rsm6}zdr, where pisaconstant,
4&lt;2J-a
orV=pm(iy2+%a2$in2
d).
TheLagrangian equationsofmotion aretherefore
|#=0,
y w&gt;
((20)+fisin20=0.
The firsttwoequations give
xct+d,
wherec,d,/,eareconstants ofintegration;thecentre oftherodtherefore describes
asinecurve intheplane. Theequationfor6isofthependulum type, andcanbe
integrated asin 44.
(ii)Motionofarodandcylinderonaplane.
Weshall nextdiscuss themotion ofasystem consistingofasmooth solidhomogeneous
circularcylinder,ofmassMandradiusc,which ismoveable onasmooth horizontalplane,
andaheavy straightrailofmassmandlength 2a,placed with itslength incontact with
thecylinder,inavertical plane perpendiculartotheaxis ofthecylinder andpassing
through thecentre ofgravityofthecylinder, andwith oneextremity ontheplane.
Let6betheinclination ofthe railtothevertical, andxthedistance traversed onthe
plane bythelineofcontact ofthecylinder andplane, atanytime t.Thecoordinates of
thecentre oftherodreferred tohorizontal andverticalaxes, theorigin being theinitial
pointofcontact ofthecylinder andplane, areeasily seen tobe
xccot(--)+asin$ and acosd.
\4 zj
Let$betheangle through which thecylinder hasturned attime t.The kinetic
energyofthesystemis
+Ama2sin26 .d2+MX
144 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
Thepotential energyisgiven bytheequation
V=-mgacos6.
Thecoordinates xand &lt;areevidently ignorable ;thecorresponding integralsare
ar=constantox
(which maybeinterpretedastheintegralofmomentum ofthesystem paralleltotheaxis
ofx)and
tiT
^=constant
(which maybeinterpretedastheintegralofangular momentum ofthecylinder about its
axis). Theseintegrals canbewritten
xiccosec2
[--
j.B+acos6.
f-+Mx= constant,\42/ J
c;2
&lt;&gt;=constant.
Substitutingforxand
&lt;/&gt;thevahies obtained from these equationsintheintegralof
energy
T+F=constant,
wehave theequation
If( ,/TT 6-kccosec2---
where disaconstant. Thisequationisagain integrable, since thevariables tand6are
separable ;initsintegrated form itgives theexpressionof6interms of t:thetwo
integrals found above thengivexand$interms of t.
69.Motionofabodyabout afixed point under noforces.
One ofthemostimportant problemsinthedynamicsofsystemswith
threedegreesoffreedom isthat ofdeterminingthemotion ofarigid body,
oneofwhosepointsisfixed,when noexternal forces aresupposedtoact*.
Thisproblemisrealised(64)inthemotion ofarigidbodyrelative toits
centre ofgravity,under theaction ofanyforces whose resultantpasses
throughthecentre ofgravity.
Inthissystemtheangular momentum ofthebodyabouteverylinewhich
passes throughthefixedpointand isfixed inspaceisconstant(40),and
consequentlythelinethroughthefixedpointforwhich thisangular momen
tum-has itsgreatestvalue isfixed inspace. Letthis line,which iscalled the
invariable line,betaken asaxisOZ,and letOXandYbetwoother axes
throughthefixedpointwhich areperpendiculartoOZand toeach other.
Theangularmomenta about theaxesOXandOFarezero, for ifthiswere
notthecasetheresultant oftheangular momenta about OX,OY,OZwould
givealineabout which theangular momentum would begreaterthan the
*Euler, Memoires deBerlin, Annee 1758. Elliptic functions were appliedtotheproblem
firstbyEueb, Specimen inaugurale... (Utrecht, 1834):andthesolution wascompleted byJacobi,
Journal furMath, xxxix.(1849), p.293.
68,69JTheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics145
angular momentum about OZ,which iscontrarytohypothesis.Itfollows
(39)that theangular momentum about anylinethrough makingan
angle6withOZisdcos6,where ddenotes theangular momentum about OZ.
Thepositionofthebodyatanytime tissufficiently specified bythe
knowledgeofthepositionsatthattime ofitsthreeprincipalaxes ofinertia
atthefixedpoint:letthese linesbetaken asmovingaxesOxyz;let(6,&lt;f&gt;,ty)
denote thethree EulerianangleswhichspecifythepositionoftheaxesOxyz
with reference totheaxesOXYZ, let(A,B,C)betheprincipal moments of
inertia ofthebodyat0,supposed arrangedindescendingorder ofmagnitude,
and let
(&&gt;1(to2,&&gt;3)bethethreecomponentsofangular velocityofthesystem
about theaxes Ox,Oy,Ozrespectively,sothat(10,62)
A
&&gt;!=dsin6costy,
Bw&lt;,=dsin9sinty,
Ca)s=dcos0,
or(16)
/sin-v/rcj&gt;sin6cos^=-jsin6costy,
&lt;6cos-fy+(f)sin6sin-v/r=^sin6sinty,
; i d
\ Y+9cos"=TYcos"
These arereallythreeintegralsofthedifferentialequationsofmotion of
thesystem (onlyonearbitraryconstant however occurs, namely d,ourspecial
setofaxesbeingsuch astomake theother twoconstants ofintegration
zero); wecantherefore take these instead oftheusualLagrangiandiffer
entialequationsofmotion inorder todetermine6,
&lt;f&gt;,ty.
Solvingfor6,0, -\jr,wehave
,*(A-B)d.
rj-- ClT\ifPrid I//"1GlTl lf/&gt; vj.-j-jO-L1-1 t/\_v*Jo \lfolll \Lf
A.tj
,d d .
q&gt;=-T-cos2Y+^DsinTJA &gt;
(dd d .,\Y=\n JcosrDsmrcos"
VOA B ]
Theintegralofenergy (whichisaconsequenceofthese threeequations)
maybewritten down atoncebyuseof63;itis
where cisaconstant :replacinga&gt;i,o&gt;2,wsbytheir values interms of6and
thisequationcanbewritten ineither oftheforms
w.D. 10
146 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [OH.vi
A-B . Bc-d*B-Csm"cs"=~-+-cs
&gt;
-
.ZQ.
2^- -
or .Msm26sin2
-v/r= --- cos20.AB Ad2A-B . . ^lc-d2A-G
AC
SinceA &gt;B &gt;C,thequantity (cA-d?)orB(A-B)&&gt;22+C(A-C)o&gt;32is
positive,and(cCd1
}isnegative:thequantity (.Be d2
)maybeeither
positiveornegative:fordefiniteness weshallsupposeittobepositive.
The first ofthethree differentialequations may,byuseofthe last
equations,bewritten
d Bc-dr-B-C Ac-d2A-G*
AdT
Thisequationshews that cos6isaJacobianellipticfunction* ofalinear
function oft;andthetwopreceding equations shew that sin6costyand
sin6sintyaretheother twoJacobian functions.
Wetherefore write
sin6cosi|r=Penu, sin6sin-fyQsnu, cos6=Rdnu,
where P,Q,Rareconstants anduisalinear function oft,say\t-fe
;the
quantities P,Q,R,A,andthemodulus koftheelliptic functions, arethen to
bechosen soastomake theaboveequationscoincide with theequations
&cn2u=-k2+dn2u,
A?sn2u= 1dn2u,
~rdnu=k2snuenu.du
Thecomparison gives
A(d*-cC} B(d*-cC) C(cA-ffi)
d*(A-C) d*(B-C) d*(A-C}
(A-B)(d2-cC) (B-C)(cA-d*)
(B-C) (Ac-d*) ABC
Theequationfork2shews thatkisreal,andtheequation
(A-Q(Bc-.ffi)
(B-C)(Ac-d2
)
shews that (1k2
)ispositive,i.e.that k&lt; 1.Thequantities P,Q,R,X,are
alsoevidentlyreal.
Now arealquantityamaybedefined bythemutuallyconsistent
equations
snla=i-T-TT:^t ,cma=
*Thetheoryofelliptic functions required inthisandthesucceeding problemswillbefound
inWhittaker andWatson sModern Analysis,Chs. xx.xxn.
69]TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics147
_i
Since (A)I
where thetheta-functions aredefined bytheexpansions
$(y)=1+2qcos2iri/+2g4cos4?+2g9cos
^01(y)=1-2gcos27Ti/+2q-4cos47TZ/-2g9cosGTTV+...,
%0)=2icosTTV+2q*cosSirv+
2^"*"cos5?+...,
Sn(v) %&lt;fsin^TV~2?4sinSTTV+2g"sin
andq=e~7&gt;
,wehave
1+2gcosh27+2g4cosh 4-y+...=,,_i
1-2gcosh 27+2^4cosh47-...~
where 7stands forTra/2K:from thisequation 7(and consequently a)may
readilybedetermined bysuccessive approximation.
TheEulerianangles6and-^attime tarenowgiven bytheequations
sin6cos^r=
sin6sin\|r=cnza
dniasn(\t+e)
cnm
Asnladn(\i+e)cos6=-
:^--
ienla
or(omittingthee)
Themodulus koftheellipticfunctions isknown; wecantherefore
determine theparameter qofthetheta-functions bytheequation
orbythemorerapidly convergentseries
q=$tan2
/3+TVtan10+-$fatan18
/3+ ...,
where cos/9=(ky.Kmaythenbecalculated from theseries
andthus theperiod 4&lt;K/\oftheinclinations oftheaxesOxyztotheline
OZ isdetermined.
102
148 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
Ifnowwewrite(&gt;jra/2K)=7and(-TrX/2K}=/A,wehave
(1-2acosh27-f2o4cosh47- ...)(cosu,t+ ...
sin i/cos\f
(cosh7+(fcosh 87+ ...)(1-2qcos2yu,+2#4cos4/4+...)
(1+2acosh27+2o4cosh
4&gt;y+...)(sin /4o2sin3/4+...)sinusin
"vj/"
(cosh7+
&lt;?2cosh87+...)(1 2&lt;?cos2/4+2(?4cos4^+...)
(sinh7y2sinh87+...)(!+ 2gcos2__~
(cosh74-92cosh87+...)(1-2gcos2/j.t+2q*cos4/u^+...)
Thequantities q,p,7mayberegardedastheconstants whichspecifythe
motion.
Example. Supposethatthebodyisahomogeneous ellipsoidofunitdensity, whose
three semi-axes are
a=l, 6=2, c=3.
Thethreeprincipal moments ofinertia are
^=^7ra6c(62+c2
)=20-87T, =1677-, =&*.
Supposethat the initial velocities ofrotation round theprincipalaxes are
ft)!=J,C02=i, W3=l.
Theconstant ofenergyis
c=Aa)!2+Ha&gt;22+f&lt;032=133r,
andtheconstant ofangular momentum isgiven bytheequation
so
Themodulus oftheellipticfunctions isgiven bytheequation
(4-5X^-c)_
-(.g-cw-rf2
)"
whence wehave
2=i_2 =0.760,
....=1-0342,
#=1-68013,
K
TT
Wehave also
so A=0-6045
and M=|^=0-5651.
Theperiodoftheangles 6and^is-r-or,which hasthevalue 11118.
69] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 149
Inorder toexpress and^astrigonometricseries interms oft,wemust determiney.
Forthiswehave
andtherefore if"*beneglected wehave
1+2?cosh2y_1-1094~
0-9337
giving cosh2y=2-503,
andhence2y=1-568
and y=0-784.
Thequantity aisthengiven bytheequation
2A"a=y=0-8385.
7T
Alimiting case ofthegeneral problemisthat inwhichA=B,sothatkreduces to
zeroandtheelliptic functions become circular functions. Inthiscasethesolution may
bewritten
n &lt;9^=cosX&lt;
\ {\-\(A-C)(Ac-d^ &gt;b^~cosha\A2Cj
sinAn (C(Ac-d2)}%sm(9sm^=
r&gt;. where&lt;smha=\.\.,^J-coshof (A(d2-cC)
cos0=tanha cosha=~^
(A(d^ cC)}
sothemotion isasteady precession about theinvariable lineOZ,thebody rotatingalso
about itsownaxisofsymmetryOz.
Another limitingcase isthat inwhich d2=cB,sothatF=landtheelliptic functions
degenerateintohyperbolic functions;this isillustratedbythefollowing examples.
Example1.Arigid bodyismoving about afixed pointunder noforces: shew thatij
(inthenotation used above) d2=Bc,and
if&lt;a 2iszerowhen tiszero, a&gt;iand a&gt;3being initially
positive,then thedirection-cosinesoftheB-axis attimet,referredtotheinitial directionsof
theprincipal axes, are
atanhxysin/*sech^,cos
/j.sech^,ytanhx+asinp-sech^,
where
_dt _dt ((A-B)(B-C)\% (A(B-C)\ (C(A-B)}^f-BX-B\~-AC~- )=
\B(A-C}\y=\B(A-C]}
(Camb. Math.Tripos,PartI,1899.)
Toobtain thisresult, weobserve thatwhenBc=d2
,thedifferential equationforthe
coordinate Qbecomes
dt\BC)\Ad2 AC)
theintegralofwhich is
cos6=ysech^,
150 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
whereyandxarethequantities above defined. Theequation
then gives
andtheequationA-B...... Ac-d2A-Cj^-sm20sm2
\//-= ---^cos2
J.D u4d2J(7
sin6sin-^=tanh^,
d)=-7cos2-=
JD
gives sin
(&lt; /*)=ysin\//-.
Theseequations shew that thedirection-cosines ofthe.5-axis referred totheaxes
OXYZ, which(10)are
cos &lt;cos6sin\|^sin&lt;cos\^,sin
&lt;pcos$sin^+cos &lt;cos\|f,sin$sin\^,
canbewritten
sinpsech^,cosp.sech^,tanh^.
But ifo)10,W2o, 0)30denote theinitial directions oftheprincipal axes, since
AW+CW=d2=Be=B(Aon2+Ccos2
),
sothat^w1=ao?and C&lt;o3=yd,weseethatthedirection-cosines of &lt;BIO,0)20, 0)30,referred to
,aregiven bythescheme
X YZ
0)20
0)30
andhence thedirection-cosines oftheZ?-axis, referred to o&gt;10,0)20, 0)30,are
-ysin
/j.sechx+atanh^,cos/*sech^,asin^sechx+7tanh^.
Example2.AVhen d2=cB,shew thattheaxis6tydescribes, onasphere with thefixed
point ascentre, arhumb linewith respecttothemeridianspassing through theinvariable
line.(Coll. Exam.)
Returning now tothegeneral case,wehave toexpressthethird Eulerian
angle&lt;/&gt;interms ofthetime.Wehave
d,/l 1
Now
whenceCOt T=
sn2-vr=dniasn\t
dn2iasn2\t
This function oftvanishes witht,andhaspoleswhen thedenominator
vanishes,i.e.when
sn\t=+ -,=+sn(ia+iK}; ~ksnla
soinoneperiod-parallelogram (2K,2iK)ithaspolesatthepoints
\t=ia+iKand\t=ia+iK .
69] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 151
Near theformer ofthesepoints, writing\t=ia+iK+e,andretaining
onlythelowestpowersofe,wehave
.
2dn2ia/&2sn2m
l2"=
dn2ia
k2sn-ia+e&2
.2sniaeniadnm A;2sn2ia
sotheresidue atthispoleofsin2
ty,considered asafunction of\t,is
dnia I ((B-G)(Ac- &)AB}*
2A;2sniaenia 2id(A)\ Cj
Therefore theresidue ofdl-f.-
)sin2
-\lratthispoint (consideredasa
VDA]
function of\t)is
ABC
andtheresidue when\t/2Kisregardedasthevariable isconsequently i\/4&lt;K.
Aswenowknow thezeros, polesandresidues ofthisfunction, wecanwrite
down itsexpressionasasum oflogarithmicderivates oftheta-functions :in
fact, since^01(i/)hasasimplezero atv^&&gt;=iK/2K,wehave
,r:z= Mp^^f**!2i &lt;v J01 I &gt;/^- MOl I^Tr -J01
+2A 4A" /\t-ia
andtherefore
/Xm\(2id
I~9~V~
I~\~A
e constant.: .e
AT /\t^ia\ /./\t-\-ia\ .
iNowS01( I/S-011
jispurely periodicwithrespecttothereal
\ZtJ^L //V -f\ /
period 2K/X of^,sotheexponentialontheright-handsidegivesthemean
motion of
&lt;,i.e.theprecessionalmotion ofthesystem round theinvariable
line.Wehave
^01(*)=125-COS 27TI&gt;+2(?4COS4t7TV-..,
^o/(^)=4?r^sinZTTVS-rrq*sinkirv+...,
sothecoefficient of in
&lt;/&gt;,i.e.theconstantpartof
&lt;j),ortheprecession,
which is
maybewritten
oIqsinh2y2^4sinh
4&lt;y+...
A **,1-2qcosh27+2^4cosh47-
...
inwhich form itmaybecalculatedreadily.
152 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
Example1.Inthecasepreviously discussed, ofanellipsoid \vhose semi-axes area=1,
6=2,c=3,wehave
2y=l 568, sinh2y=2-294, cosh2-y=2503,
, 7r,^=
,=
sothemean motion of$,which whenj4isneglected maybewritten
dqsinh2-yIM1-2qcosh2y
is 0-5986+0-0970,
or 0-6956.
Example2.Auniform circular dischas itscentrefixed, andmoves under the
action ofnoexternal forces. Thedisc isgiveninitialangular velocities Qabout adiameter
coinciding with inspace, andnabout itsaxiscoinciding withOfinspace. Shew that
atanysubsequent time
X=2arcsinf- -sin{(Q2+42)^LQ2 4?l2i
=arccot--tan{(Q2+4?i2)i.It] \,LQ2+4%2*
where^istheangle between andtheaxisofthediscOzand o&gt;istheangle between the
planes 0%and(Oz. (Coll. Exam.)
For letOZdenote asusual theinvariableline,andconsider thespherical triangle Z&,
whose vertices aretheintersections ofthelines OZ,0,Ozrespectively with asphere of
centre 0.Inthisspherical triangle wehaveZz=d,Zz=
(fr.Moreover wehave forthe
discC=&lt;2B=2A, so
and
Theequationsofmotion for6and
&lt;f&gt;therefore become
0=0,
&lt;j&gt;=d/A
Inthespherical triangle Zz,wehave therefore
v Qandhence sin^=sinZsin\Zz=
and cot a&gt;=cosZftan1^= tan
(Q2+4n2)*
which aretherequired equations.
70. Poinsot skinematicalrepresentation ofthemotion; thepolhode and
herpolhode.
Anelegantmethod ofrepresenting kinematicallythemotion ofabody
about afixedpointunder noforces isthefollowing, which isduetoPoinsot*.
*Poinsot, Theorie nouvelle dehirotation descorps, Paris, 1834.
69,70] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 153
Theequationofthemomentalellipsoidofthebodyatthefixedpoint,
referred tothemovingaxesOxyz,is
Consider thetangent-planetotheellipsoidwhich isperpendiculartothe
invariable line. Ifpdenotes theperpendicularonthistangent-planefrom
theorigin, wehave(since thedirection-cosines ofpareAwjd, Bw^d,Ca)3/d)
=-r,which isconstant.
d-
Since theperpendicular ontheplaneisconstant inmagnitudeand
direction, theplaneisfixed inspace:sothemomentalellipsoid always
touches afixedplane.
Moreover, if(x ,y,z)arethecoordinates ofthepointofcontact ofthe
ellipsoid andtheplane, wehaveonidentifyingtheequations
Axx+Byy+Czz=1andA(olx+Bw2y+Cwsz=pd
,11 , &&gt;l l /Mo
G&gt;2 I &&gt;) U&gt;3rhpvnUPC; m_-_ ?/ ?_1_- uiicvdiiico i// ,.,u--
-. T .z i T~ .
pdyc pd \/c pdyc
andhence theradius vector tothepoint (x,y,z)istheinstantaneous axis
ofrotation ofthebody.Itfollows that thebodymoves asifitwererigidly
connected toitsmomentalellipsoid, and thelatter bodywere torollabout the
fixed pointonafixed plane perpendiculartotheinvariable line, without
sliding ;theangular velocity being proportionaltotheradius tothepoint of
contact, sothatthecomponent ofangular velocityabout theinvariable line is
constant.
Example1.Ifabodywhich isinoveable about afixed pointisinitiallyatrestand
then isacted oncontinually byacoupleofconstant magnitude andorientation, shew that
Poinsot sconstruction stillholds good, butthatthecomponent angular velocity about the
invariable line isnolonger constant butvariesdirectlyasthetime.(Coll. Exam.)
Forinanyinterval oftime dttheaddition ofangular momentum tothebodyis+Ydt
about thefixed axisOZofthecouple;sothat theresultant angular momentum ofthe
system attime tisNtabout OZ.Now thecomponentsofangular momentum about the
principal axes ofinertiaOxyzare A&lt;al,Bu&gt;z,C(o3,where A,B,Caretheprincipal moments
ofinertia and
(&lt;!,o&gt;2,MS)arethecomponentsofangular velocity:hencewehave
Aa&gt;i= JVtsin 6cos!//,Bu&gt;.2=Ntsin6sin\^,C(o3=Ntcosd,
where6,0,-^aretheEulerianangles which fixthepositionoftheaxesOxyz with
reference tofixed axesOXYZ. Butthese equationsdiffer from those which occur inthe
motion ofabodyunder noforcesonlyinthesubstitution of tdtfordt;sothemotion
willbethesame asintheproblemofmotion under noforces, exceptthatthevelocities are
multiplied byt;whence theresult follows.
Example2.Inthemotion ofabody, oneofwhosepointsisfixed, under noforces,
letahyperboloid berigidly connected with thebody,soastohave theprincipal axes of
154 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
inertia ofthebodyatthepointasaxes, and tohave thesquares ofitsaxesrespectively
proportionaltod2Ac,d2Bc,cP Cc,where A,B,Carethemoments ofinertia ofthe
bodyatthefixedpoint,cistwice itskineticenergy, anddistheresultant angular
momentum. Shew thatthemotion ofthishyperboloid canberepresented bycausingit
torollwithoutsliding onacircularcylinder, whose axispasses throughthefixedpointand
isparalleltotheaxisofresultant angular momentum.(Siacci.)
Thecurve which inPoinsot sconstruction istraced onthemomental
ellipsoid bythepointofcontact with the fixedplaneiscalled thepolkode.
Itsequations,referred totheprincipal moments ofinertia, areclearlythe
equationoftheellipsoid togetherwith theequation p=constant, i.e.they
are
Ax*+By-+Cz2=1,
ExampleI.Shew thatwhenA=B,thepolhodeisacircle.
Example2.Taking A^B^C,shew thatthere aretwokinds ofpolhodes, onekind
consistingofcurves which surround theaxisOzofthemomentalellipsoid, andcorrespond
to cB&gt;d"&gt; cC,while theother kind consists ofcurves which surround theaxisOx,and
correspondtocA &gt;dz
&gt;cB;andthatthelimitingcasebetween thesetwokinds ofpolhodes
isasingular polhode which correspondstocBd2=0,andconsists oftwoellipses which
passthroughtheextremities ofthemean axis.
Thecurve which istraced onthefixedplane bythepointofcontact with
themoving ellipsoidiscalled theherpolhode.
Tofindtheequationoftheherpolhode,letp,%bethepolarcoordinates
ofthepointofcontact, when thefoot oftheperpendicularfrom thefixed
pointonthefixedplaneistaken aspole.If(x,y,z}denote thecoordinates
ofthesame pointreferred tothemovingaxesOxyz,wehave
3/2 _|_y?.+z-isquareofradius frompointofsuspensiontopointofcontact
2c
""+#
Substitutingforx,y,ztheir values asgiven bytheequations
x=eoj/Vc=dsin6costy/A^/c,
y=a).2/\/c=dsinBsinty/B^c,
{z=
&&gt;3/\/c=dcos6/C\/c,
wehave
cd2d2d2
p-=--=-+-.sin2cos2
T/T+Tsin2sin2-\lr+T~cos2#.
d?A-c B-c G2c
ReplacingBand^rbytheir values interms oft,thisbecomes
(B-C)(A- _ _
cd?A*B*G*(
_(cA-d*}(c?2-cC)
cd*AC
70,71] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 155
where wdenotes thehalf-period correspondingtotheroote^,thisequation
expressestheradius vector oftheherpolhodeinterms ofthetime.
Wehave next tofindthevectorialangle%interms of t.For thiswe
observe thatVcp2
^/c?issixtimes thevolume ofthetetrahedron whose
vertices arethefixedpoint,thefoot oftheperpendicular from thefixed
pointonthefixedplane, andtwoconsecutivepositions ofthepointofcontact,
dividedbytheinterval oftimeelapsed between thesepositions, andthat this
quantitycanalsobeexpressedintheform
x, y,z
Acx\d\BeyId2
,Ccz/d2
A, y, zA, B, C
t/x
&gt;y/y,tl
Allthequantities involved, except %,areknown functions of t:on
substitutingtheir values interms oft,andreducing, wehave
A-C
which canbewritten intheform
._d i$(I+&))%~
~B+2
Thisequationcanbeintegratedinthesamewayastheequationforthe
Eulerianangle c/&gt;,andgives
a(Ita)
where^oisaconstant ofintegration. Thecurrent coordinates(p,^)ofthe
herpolhodearethusexpressedasfunctions of t.
Example1.Aparticle moves insuch awaythat itsangular momentum round the
originisalinear function ofthesquare oftheradiusvector, while thesquare ofitsvelocity
isaquadratic function ofthesquareoftheradiusvector, thecoefficient ofthehighest
power being negative ;shew thatthepathistheherpolhodeofaPoinsot motion, inwhich
however J,JB,Carenotrestricted tobepositive.
Jfxample2.Discuss thecases inwhich thepolhode consists of(a)twoellipsesinter
secting onthemean axisofthemomenta!ellipsoid, (/3)twoparallel circles, (y)twopoints;
shewing that inthese cases theherpolhode becomesrespectively aspiral curve (whose
equation canbeexpressedinterms ofelementary functions), acircle, orapoint.
71.Motionofatoponaperfectly rough plane ;determinationofthe
Eulerianangle6.
Atopisdefined tobeamaterialbodywhich issymmetrical about anaxis
andterminates inasharp point (called theapexorvertex) atoneendof
the axis.
We shallnowstudythemotion ofatopwhenspinningwith itsapex
placed onaperfectly rough plane,sothat ispracticallyafixedpoint. The
156 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [OH.vi
problemisessentiallythatofdeterminingthemotion ofasolid ofrevolution
under theinfluence ofgravity, when apointonitsaxis isfixed inspace*.
Let(A,A,G)denote themoments ofinertia ofthetopaboutrectangular
axesOxyz,fixed relative tothetopandmovingwithit,theorigin beingthe
apexandtheaxisOzbeingtheaxisofsymmetryofthetop;let(6,&lt;,\Jr)be
theEulerianangles definingthepositionofthese axeswith reference tofixed
rectangularaxesOXYZ, ofwhichOZ isdirectedvertically upwards.
Thekineticenergyis(63)
where wl,w2,&&gt;3denote thecomponentsrelative tothemovingaxes ofthe
angular velocityofthetop,sothat(16)wehave
&&gt;j=6sin^r$sin6costy,
co2=6costy+sin6sinty,
&&gt;s=^-t-
4&gt;cos6
;
thekineticenergyistherefore
T=\AB-+^Aftsin26+^C(jr+
&lt;j&gt;cos0?,
andthepotential energyisV=Mghcos6,whereMisthemass ofthetop
andhisthedistance ofitscentre ofgravityfrom theapex.
Thekineticpotentialistherefore
L=T- V=$A6* +4ssin2+4C(t+&lt;cos0^-MghcoaB.
The coordinates
&lt;f&gt;and^areevidently ignorable; thecorresponding
integralsare
dT .dT
^-r=constant, and --.-=constant,
d(f&gt; d-fr
or
A&lt;j&gt;sin2+C(^+cos0)cos-a,
Cty+fj)cos
&lt;9) =b,
where aand bareconstants :thesemaybeinterpretedasintegralsofangular
momentum about theaxesOZand Oz,and soareobvious apriorifrom
general dynamical principles.
Themodified kineticpotential (38)is
R=L a(&gt; b\s
-cos
Theterm-b2/2Ccanbeneglected,as itismerelyaconstant; the
equationofmotion is
d/dR\ dR_
*Lagrange, Mec. Anal.(Oeuvres, xn.p.251).
71] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 157
sothevariation of6isthesame asinadynamical systemwith onedegree
offreedom forwhich thekineticenergyis^A62andthepotential energyis
(a bcos0)2
The connexion between dand tisthereforegiven bytheintegralof
energyofthisreducedsystem, namely
Aa-2 (a-bcos0)2
\AQ2=-^--Mghcos6+c,2Asin2
where cisaconstant.
Writingcos=x,thisequation becomes
A*a?=-(a-bx)2-2AMgh (x-a?)+2Ac(1-x9
).
Theright-handside ofthisequationisacubicpolynomialinx;now
whenx=1,thecubic isnegative;forsome realvalues of6,i.e.forsome
values ofxbetween 1and1,thecubic must bepositive,since theleft-hand
sideoftheequationispositive; when x=I,thecubic isagain negative; and
when x=+oo,thecubic ispositive. Thecubic hastherefore tworealroots
which liebetween 1and1,andtheremainingroot isalso realand is
greaterthanunity. Letthese roots bedenotedby
cos a,cosft,cosh7,
where cos/3&gt;cosa,sothat a&gt;/3.
The differentialequation nowbecomes
\MghftA$dt={4(x-cosa)(x-cos/3)(x-cosh7}}~*dx.
Ifwewrite
wehave therefore t+constant ={4(zej(ze.2)(z
where theconstants el}e?,e3aregiven bytheequations
2Ac+b2
_Mgh 2Ac+b2
=~~
sothate-i,e,e3areallrealandsatisfytherelations
el+e2+e3=0, el&gt;e, &gt;e3
158 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
Theconnexion between zand tistherefore
where eisaconstant ofintegration,andthefunction@isformed with the
roots e1}e2,fy ,andhence wehave
2A
Now inorder thatxmaybereal forrealvalues oft,itisevident thatxmust
liebetween cosaand cosfi,i.e.$(t+e)must liebetween e2and e3forreal
values oft:andtherefore theimaginary partoftheconstant emust bethe
half-period&lt;w3correspondingtotheroot es.The realpartofedependson
theepochfromwhich thetime ismeasured, and socanbetaken tobezero
bysuitably choosingthisepoch. Wehave thereforefinally
^=
and this istheequation whichexpressestheEulerianangle6interms of
thetime*.
Example1.Ifthecircumstancesofprojection ofthetoparesuch thatinitially
sheiv that thevalueofQatanytime tisgiven bytheequation
Mgk
sec0=l+sech(^p/),
sothat theaxisofthetopcontinually approachesthevertical.
Forinthiscasewereadilyfindfortheconstantsa,b,cthevalues
sothedifferential equationtodetermine xis
whence theresult follows.
Example2.Asolidofrevolution canturnfreelyabout afixed pointinitsaxisof
symmetry, and isacted onbyforces derived fromapotential-energy function p.cot2
6,where
6istheanglebetween thisaxisandafixedline ;shew that theequations ofmotion canbe
integratedintermsofelementary functions.
Forproceeding asintheproblem ofthetopontheperfectly rough plane, wefindfor
theintegralofenergyofthereducedproblemtheequation
(a-ft.
Writing cos6=x,thisbecomes
Thequadratic ontheright-handside isnegative when#=1andx=1,but ispositive
forsome values ofxbetween 1and+1,since theleft-hand side ispositiveforsome real
*Itmayberemarked that thepresent problem reduces tothat ofthespherical pendulum
(55)when thequantities M,C,A,h,a,b,c,cos0, &lt;f&gt;, I,karereplaced respectively by
1,0,P,I,k,0,h,z/l,&lt;f&gt;,\, fjL.
71,72] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics159
values of6 :thequadratichastherefore two real roots between -1and+1.Calling
these cosaandcos/3,theequationisoftheform
\-xz=(cosa-x](xcos/3),
thesolution ofwhich is
x=cosasin2
(&lt;/2X)+cos/3cos2
(Z/2X).
72.Determination oftheremaining Eulerianangles, andoftheCayley-
Klein parameters;thespherical top.
When theEulerianangle6hasbeen obtained interms ofthetime, asin
thelast article, itremains todetermine theother Eulerianangles&lt;f&gt;and
-\|/-.
For thispurposeweusethetwointegrals correspondingtotheignorable
coordinates :these, when solved for
&lt;f)and
-\jr,give
(._abcos6
1^=
~Tsin2
I.b(abcos0)cos6
\^=C~ Asin*0
Ifweregardthemotion asspecified bytheconstants ofthebody
(M,A,C,h)andtheconstants ofintegration (a, b,c),itisevident from
these equations andtheequationfor thatCdoes notoccurexceptin
theconstant term oftheexpressionforty;andtherefore anauxiliary top
whose moments ofinertia are(A,A,A)canbeprojectedinsuchawaythat
itsaxisofsymmetry always occupiesthesamepositionastheaxisofsymmetry
ofthetopconsidered, theonlydifference inthemotion ofthetwotopsbeing
that theauxiliary tophasthroughoutthemotion aconstant extraspin
b(CA)/AG about itsaxis ofsymmetry. Atopsuch asthisauxiliary top,
whose moments ofinertia are allequal,iscalledaspherical top. Itfollows
therefore thatthemotion ofanytopcanbesimply expressedinterms ofthe
motion ofaspherical top,andthat there isnoreal lossofgeneralityin
supposing anytopunder consideration tobespherical.
IfthenwetakeG=A,theequationstodetermine
&lt;f&gt;andi/rbecome
_abcos_a+b ab
= :Asin2~24(cos0+1)~
2A(cos-f)
bacos a+b ab
(*=Asin2=
2X(cos&lt;9+1)+2A(coslT^Tj
Substitutingforcos itsvalue from theequation
2A
andwriting
Om-M9h
2A 12A*
Mgh^~
2A
160 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
sothat Iandkareknownimaginaryconstants(beinginfactthevalues of
t+o&gt;3correspondingtothevalues and TTof6},thedifferentialequations
become
=Mgh(a +b)1 Mgh(a-b)1
2
6)1^%/i(a-6)1
Now theconnexion between thefunction
%&gt;and itsderivate $canbeat
oncewritten downbysubstitutingforxfrom theequation
2AX=Wh
intheequation
2
^}+2Ac(1-a?) ;
iftheargumentofthe^-functionisk,itfollows from thedefinition ofkthat
thecorrespondingvalue ofxis 1;andsothelastequation gives
A2
.{2Ap (k)/Mgh\*=-(a+6)2
,
or
&&gt;(k)=iMgh (a+b)/2A-.
Similarlywehave
&gt;(/)=iMgh (a-b)/2A2
,
andtherefore theequationsfor
&lt;/&gt;and-fycanbewritten intheform
2^=*-,. 7\;...T.+
Now thefunction
isanelliptic function, whosepolesinanyperiod-parallelogramarecongruent
with t+w3=kand t+ o&gt;3=k,thecorrespondingresiduesbeing1and 1;
andthefunction iszerowhen t+&&gt;3=0.Hence wehave
$(t+&&gt;3)-
andtherefore
(k}dt, cr(-|-&lt;w3 A;) ^&lt;,/7x , v =logV- ~y^+2^(A;)+constant.& - bv y
72] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 161
Theintegralsoftheequationsfor
&lt;/&gt;and-fycantherefore bewritten in
theform
..
tr(t+&&gt;3+k)a-(t+a)3 I)
a-(t+o)3+k)a-(t+o&gt;3+/)
where &lt;andi/rareconstants ofintegration.
Theseequationslead tosimple expressionsfortheCayley-Klein parameters
a,fi,7,5(12),which define thepositionofthemovingaxesOxyzwith
reference tothefixed axesOXYZ: forbydefinition wehave
a=cos16 .e$*&++\ {3=ism$6. e*l
{&lt;t&gt;~
*\
y=ism^e.e^1^-^, 8=cos^.e
Butwehave
2cos20=1+cos0
or cos\=
Similarly wefind
sin6=2A &lt;r(t+(03+k)a-(t+ 3k)
Mgli~
a2
(k)a2(t~+w3)
-A\l{a-(t+a&gt;3+k)a-(t+a)3-k)}$
(ft , i7\ /4 i 7\)i
I(T\Tf~T~^3v)O~\v~T~(J&v vIf*
andoncombining these with theexpressionsfore21*and e2i*already found,
wehave
_
=7"o-(0o-(+ &lt;o3)
i(^"0o)
&lt;?(&lt;+ft&gt;-
\M~gh~
&lt;r(l)~tr(t+os).et)
Theseequations expresstheparameters a,^7,8asfunctions ofthe
time.
W.D. 11
162 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [OH.vi
Example1.Agyrostat ofmassMmoves about afaced pointinitsaxisofsymmetry:
themoments ofinertia about theaxisoffigure andaperpendiculartoitthroughthefixed
pointareCandArespectively, and thecentreofgravityisatadistance hfromthefixed
point.Thegyrostatisheld sothat itsaxismakes ananglearccosl/v/3with thedownward
vertical, and isgivenanangular velocity \jAJMgh */3/C about itsaxis.Iftheaxis benow
leftfreetomove about thefixed point,shew that itwilldescribe thecone
sin26sin20=
(-cos6-l/v/3)* (-cos6+v/3)*,
or sin26cos20=
3(^3/2+cos0)^,
where istheazimuthalangleand6theinclinationoftheaxis totheupwardvertical.
(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1894.)
Forinthisproblem wehaveinitially
cos0= -l/v/3,=0,6=0,=0,^=
andthese initial values give
a=-jMAghltlZ,6=4/3jKAgh, c=-
Substitutinginthegeneraldifferential equationfor6,namely
wehave
A62sin26--Mgh (cos6+l/v/3) (N/3+2cos6)(-cos6+v/3),
while theequation
abcos6
Dividingthisequation bythesquarerootofthepreceding equation, wehave
=si
I(_cos6-l/v/3)* (v/3+2cos6)"*
(-cos6+^3)~icosec 6dd,
=3*l(x- 1/^/3)* (v/3-2a;)"*(^+v/3)~*(1-^)-i ote, where .r=-cos
Now ifwewrite
u=(x- l/N/3)i(x+N/3)*
(v3/2-x)~^
wehavebydifferentiation
Wehave therefore
*
or tan20=32"
(-cos6-l/v/3) (-cos
which isequivalenttotheresult given above.&lt;9)~
*,
72,73] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics163
Example2.Shew thatthelogarithmsoftheCayley-Klein parameters,considered as
functions ofcos6,areelliptic integralsofthethird kind.
Example3.Obtain theexpressionsfound above fortheCayley-Klein parametersas
functions ofthetime tbyshewing thatthey satisfydifferential equations typified by
where I7"denotes adoubly-periodicfunctionoff,these equations beingoftheHermite-Lame
typewhich issoluble bydoubly-periodicfunctions ofthesecond kind.
Asimple typeofmotion ofthetopisthat inwhich theaxisofsymmetry
maintains aconstant inclination tothe vertical; inthis case, which is
generallyknown asthesteadymotion ofthetop,6and6arepermanently
zero;sincewehave
(a bcos0)2
-
/iCOSitfollows that
d((a bcosQY=-Ja\ n ,,add{2Asm2
Performingthedifferentiation, andsubstitutingfor(abcos6)itsvalue
A&lt;f&gt;sin-0, wehave
=-
bcj&gt;+Aftcos6+Mgh.
Thisequation givestherelation between theconstants(j),0,and b(which
dependsontherateofspinningofthetoponitsaxis)insteadymotion.
73.Motionofatoponaperfectly smoothplane.
Weshallnowconsider themotion ofatopwhich isspinningwith itsapex
incontact with asmooth horizontalplane*.Thereaction oftheplaneisnow
vertical, sothehorizontal componentofthevelocityofthecentre ofgravity,
G,ofthetopisconstant;wecantherefore without lossofgenerality suppose
that thiscomponentiszero, sothatthepointGmovesverticallyinafixed
line,which weshall take asaxisofZ;twohorizontal lines fixed inspaceand
perpendiculartoeach other willbetaken asaxes ofXandY.
LetGxyz betheprincipalaxes ofinertia ofthetopatG,and(A,A,C)
themoments ofinertia about them, Gzbeingtheaxis ofsymmetry:and let
(0,&lt;/&gt;, -\/r)betheEulerianangles definingtheirpositionwith reference tothe
axes ofX,Y,Z.
TheheightofGabove theplaneishcos6,where hdenotes thedistance
ofGfrom theapexofthetop;thepartofthekineticenergy duetothe
motion ofGistherefore ^J/A2sin26 .62
,whereMisthemass ofthetop;and
so,asin71,thetotal kineticenergyis
cos2
,
112andthepotential energyis
=Mgh cos6.
*Poisson, TraitS deMtcanique (1811),n.p.198.
164 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [OH.vi
Proceedingnowexactlyasin 71,wehavetwointegrals corresponding
totheignorablecoordinates
&lt;/&gt;andty,namely
\A&lt;j&gt;sin26+G(^+&lt;cos6)cos6=a,
C(^+(j)cos0)=b,
where aand bareconstants; andonperformingtheprocessofignorationof
coordinates weobtain forthemodified kineticpotentialtheexpression
i(A+Mh* sin*0)P-(^~~?-Mghcos0,
sothevariation of6isthesame asinthesystemwithonedegreeoffreedom
forwhich thekineticenergyis
(A+Mh*sin20)fr,
andthepotential energyis
(a bcosBY, n^-
=~+Mqh cos0.
2J.sin2
Theconnexion between and tisgiven bytheintegralofenergyofthis
lattersystem, namely
$(A+Mh*sin20)ft=-(a"6C
;?)2-Jfyfecos+c,
-/Isin c/
where cisaconstant. Writingcos=x,thisbecomes
A(A+Mh2-Mtta?) x2=-(a- bx}2-ZAMgh (x-a?)+2Ac (1-x2
).
Thevariables xand tareseparatedinthisequation,sothesolution can
beexpressedasaquadrature;buttheevaluation oftheintegralinvolved
willrequireingeneral hyperelliptic functions, orautomorphicfunctions of
genustwo.
74.Kowalevski stop.
Theproblemofthemotion undergravityofabodyoneofwhosepointsis
fixed isnotingeneralsoluble byquadratures:andthecases considered in
69(inwhich thefixedpointisthecentre ofgravityofthebody,sothat
gravitydoes notinfluence themotion), andin71(inwhich thefixedpoint
andthecentre ofgravitylieonanaxis ofsymmetryofthebody),were for
longtheonlyonesknown tobeintegrable.In1888 however Mme. S.
Kowalevski* shewed that theproblemisalso soluble when two ofthe
principalmoments ofinertia atthefixedpointareequalanddouble the
third, sothatA=B=2C,andwhen further thecentre ofgravityissituated
intheplaneoftheequalmoments ofinertia.
Letthelinethroughthefixedpointandthecentre ofgravitybetaken
astheaxisOx,and letthecentre ofgravitybeatadistance afrom thefixed
*ActaMath. xn.(1888), p.177.
73,74] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 165
point;let(6, &lt;f&gt;,i/r)betheEulerianangleswhich define thepositionofthe
principalaxes ofinertia Oxyzwith reference tofixedrectangularaxesOXYZ,
ofwhich theaxisOZ isvertical; let
(&lt;uj,&&gt;2,co3)bethecomponents alongthe
axesOxyzoftheangular velocityofthebody,and letMbeitsmass. The
kinetic andpotential energiesaregiven bytheequations
T=i(Aw*+Aw?+Ca&gt;32
)
=C{fc+
&lt;j&gt;2sin26+(^+
&lt;/&gt;cos0)2
},
V=Mgasin costy.
Thecoordinate
&lt;j&gt;isevidently ignorable, givinganintegral
dT
;r-r=constant,
Off)
or 20sin29+(-^+
&lt;j&gt;cos0)cos=k,
where kisaconstant :andtheintegralofenergyis
T+V=constant,
or2+&lt;2sin2+(^+
&lt;j&gt;cos0)2-^sin6cos-f=A.
Mme. Kowalevski shewed thatanotheralgebraic integral exists, which can
befound inthefollowing way.
Thekineticpotentialis
L=C0* +
C&lt;j&gt;2sin2+^C(^r+
&lt;j&gt;cos0)~+Mgasin cos
-i/r,
andtheequationsofmotion are
^(?^_ =
dt\M)W
_
dt
d
dt
the firstofthese is
20=
(rf&gt;cosd-
-dr)6sin6+^cos costy,
(j
andoneliminating -fybetween thesecond andthird,weobtain
2^ (4&gt;sin0)=-(Acos0-&lt;dr)0+^a
cos sin^.
rit
Addingthe firstoftheseequations multiplied byitothese.cond, wehave
2-=
((j&gt;sin0+t0)=i (&lt;cos-
-^)(&lt;f&gt;sin0+i0)+i.-^cos0e~^,
166 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
anequation which canbewritten intheform
sin6+i6)*+ sin1
(.]=i
(&lt;cos-
ijr)j(4sin+i6)-+-sn
or ~=lcos^~"
where 7=(isin+i0)n~+ sin
Similarly,if
F=(0sin(9-i8?+^sin
wehave
"FT"=~*(0cos^~ 1
Itfollows that
J.d7 1.,.
tfdtVdt=
or UV=constant.
Wehave therefore theequation
(&lt;j&gt;sin+id)2H7^-sin 0ar~*Kj(0sin i6)2+L
"^~sin$6**
[=constant,
or
($2+
&lt;/&gt;2sin2
#)2+(~^r )sin2#-|^-sin0{el*l
((j&gt;sm0 +i0)2+e~i*l((j)sm0i0)2]-
&gt;
=constant,
and this istherequiredthirdalgebraic integral ofthesystem.
The firstintegralswhich havebeen found constitute asystemofthree
differentialequations,each ofthe first order, forthedetermination of0,(j),ty,
andtheycanberegardedasreplacingtheoriginaldifferentialequationsof
motion. Thevariable
&lt;f&gt;doesnotoccurexplicitlyinthem andwecanthere
foreuseoneofthethreeequationsinorder toeliminate&lt;from theother two:
weshall then have asystemoftwodifferentialequations,each ofthe first
order, todetermine and-fy.IthasbeenshewnbyMme. Kowalevski that
theseequationscanbesolvedbymeans ofhyperelliptic functions :forthis
solution reference maybemade tothememoiralreadyreferred to*.
*Cf.also Kotter, ActaMath. xvn.(1893), p.209;Stekloff, Gorjatscheff, andTcbapligine,
Trav. Soc.Imp. Nat. Moscou, x.(1899) andxn.(1904) ;G.Dumas, Nonv. Ann.(4)iv.(1904),
p.355;Husson, Toulouse Ann.(2)vm.(1906), p.73;Husson, ActaMath. xxxi.(1907), p.71;
N.Kowalevski, Math. Ann. LXV.(1908), p.528; P.StackeJ, Math. Ann. LXV.(1908), p.538;
0.Olsson, Arkiv forMat. iv.Nr.7(1908);E.Marcolongo, Rom. Ace.Rend.(5)xvn.(1908),
p.698;F.deBrun, Arkiv forMat. vi.Nr.9(1910) ;P.Burgatti, Palermo Rend. xxix.(1910),
p.396; 0.Lazzarino, Rend. d.Soc. reale diNapoli, (3a
)xvn.(1911), p.68.
74,75] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 167
Example.Lety1,y2,y3denote thedirection-cosines ofOx,Oy,Qzreferred toOZ,and
letvariablesx,y,rbedenned bytheequations
Mgay-&gt;
2o&gt;1o&gt;2+-
-,I0)30)!+
-
-2a&gt;3w2
=0,3(0!+ +a,32a,2^/
ShewbyuseofKowalevski sintegral (without usingtheintegralsofenergyorangular
momentum) thattheequationsofmotion canbewritten intheform
whereVisafunction ofxandyonly,sothattheproblemistransformed intothat ofthe
motion ofaparticleinaplane conservative field offorce.(Kolosoff.)
E.Liouville* hasstated that theonlyother generalcase inwhich themotion under
gravityofarigidbody withonepointfixed hasathird algebraic integralisthat inwhich
1.Themomentalellipsoidofthepointofsuspensionisanellipsoidofrevolution.
2.Thecentre ofgravityofthebodyisintheequatorial planeofthemomental
ellipsoid.
3. If(J,A,C)aretheprincipal moments ofinertia atthepointofsuspension, the
ratio2C/Aisaninteger:thisinteger canbearbitrarilychosen.
Onthis,cf.thememoirs cited inthefootnote onthepreceding page.
Example. Aheavy bodyrotates about afixedpoint 0,theprincipal moments of
inertia atwhichsatisfytherelation A=B=4C :andthecentre ofgravityofthebodyliesin
theequatorial plane ofthemomentalellipsoid,atadistance hfrom 0.Shew that ifthe
constant ofangular momentum about thevertical through vanishes, there exists anintegral
w3 (o&gt;!2+co22
)+gha&gt;icos6=constant,
wherecoj,&lt;u2,o&gt;3arethecomponentsofangular velocityabout theprincipal axesOxyz,
Oxbeingthelinefrom tothecentre ofgravity ;andhence thattheproblem canbe
solved byquadratures, leadingtohyperelliptic integrals. (Tchapligine.)
75.Impulsivemotion.
Ashasbeen observed in 36,thesolution ofproblemsinimpulsive
motion doesnotdependontheintegrationofdifferentialequations, andcan
generallybeeffectedbysimple algebraic methods. Thefollowing examples
illustrate varioustypesofimpulsive systems.
Example1.TwouniformrodsAB,BC,eachoflength 2a,aresmoothly jointedatB
and restonahorizontal table with their directions atright angles. Animpulseisappliedto
themiddle point ofAB,and therods startmovingasarigid body:determine thedirection
oftheimpulsethat thismaybethecase,andprovethat thevelocities ofA,Cwillbeinthe
ratioV13:1.(Coll. Exam.)
Wecanwithout lossofgenerality suppose themass ofeachrodtobeunity. Let(x,y}
bethecomponentvelocities ofBreferred tofixed axes Ox,Oyparalleltotheundisturbed
*ActaMath. xx.(1897), p.239.
168 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.vi
position BA,BCoftherods,and let6,&lt;betheangularvelocities ofBAandBC.The
componentsofvelocityofthemiddlepointofABare(x,y+ad),andthecomponentsof
velocityofthemiddle pointofBCare(x-
a&lt;,y),sothekinetic energyofthesystemis
given bytheequation
Letthecomponents paralleltotheaxes oftheimpulse be/,J.Thecomponentsof
thedisplacementofthepointofapplicationoftheimpulseinasmall displacementofthe
systemare(bx,By+add) ;andhence theequationsof36become
0=-ax+^a2
),
while thecondition thatthesystem moves asifrigidis6=
&lt;p.These equations give
\x=y=lae=
lai&gt;=\I=lJ.
Hence /=/, which shews thatthedirection oftheimpulse makes anangle of45withBA;
andasthecomponentsofvelocityofAare(x,y+2a0),andthecomponentsofvelocityof
Care(x2a&lt;, y),wehave forthevelocities ofAandofCthevalues \/65y and*Jby
respectively,sothevelocityofAis^/13xthevelocityofC:which istherequiredresult.
Example2.Aframeworkintheform ofaparallelogramismadebysmoothly jointing
theendsoftivopairs ofuniformbarsoflengths 2a,26,masses m,m
,andradii ofgyration
k,k.Theparallelogramismovingwithout anyrotationofitssides,andwithvelocity V,in
thedirection ofoneofitsdiagonals;itimpinges onasmoothfixedwallwithwhich thesides
makeangles 6,$and thedirection ofthevelocity Varight angle,thevertex which impinges
being broughttorestbytheimpact.Shew that theimpulse onthewall is
(Coll. Exam.)
Letxandybethecoordinates ofthecentre oftheparallelogram, xbeing measured at
right anglestothewallandtowards it.Thekineticenergyis
T=(m+m)(x2+y2
)+(mk2+ma2
}2+(mb2+m k"2
)2
.
The^-coordinate ofthepointofcontact is#+asin#+&sin0,sothedisplacementofthe
pointofcontact paralleltotheaxis ofxcorrespondingtoanarbitrary displacement
(&r, By,B6,80)isS.r+acos#50 +&cos080. Theequations ofmotion, denotingthe
impulse by/,aretherefore
fdT_ (dT\__
dx
/^T\=lacos0,
,=-Ibcos
80/o
2(mkz+ma2
)6=lacos6,
2(mb2+mk2
)&lt;p=-Ibcos0.
75] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 169
Moreover since thefinalvelocityofthepointofcontact iszero,wehave
x+acos6.6+bcos
&lt;j&gt;.
&lt;f&gt;=0.
Eliminating x,6,&lt;from these equations, wehave
b2cos2 __
[2(m+mf)
which istheresult stated.
Thenextexamplerelates toacaseofsuddenfixture;ifonepoint (orline)
ofafreely-moving rigidbodyissuddenlyseized andcompelledtomove ina
given manner, there willbeanimpulsive changeinthemotion ofthebody,
which canbedetermined from thecondition thattheangular momentum of
thebodyaboutanylinethroughthepointseized(orabout the line seized)
isunchanged bytheseizure;this follows from thefactthattheimpulseof
seizure hasnomoment about thepoint (orline).
Example3.Auniformcircular disc isspinningwithanangular velocity Qabout a
diameter when apointPonitsrim issuddenly fixed. Prove that thesubsequent velocity of
thecentre isequaltoJofthevelocity ofthepointPimmediately beforetheimpact.
(Coll. Exam.)
Letmbethemass ofthedisc,and letabetheangle between theradius toPandthe
diameter about which thediscwasoriginally spinning. Theoriginal velocity ofPis
Q.Csina,where cistheradius ofthedisc. Theoriginal angular momentum aboutPis
about anaxisthroughPparalleltotheoriginalaxisofrotation, andofmagnitude ^mc2Q.;
andthis isunchanged bythefixingofP,sowhenPhasbeenfixed, theangular momentum
about thetangent atPisrac2I2sina.Butthemoment ofinertia ofthediscabout its
tangentatPisfme2
,andsotheangular velocity about thetangent atPis^12sina.The
velocityofthecentre ofthedisc isthereforeJflcsina,which isoftheoriginal velocity
ofP.
Example4.Alamina intheform ofaparallelogram whose mass ismhasasmooth
pivotateach ofthemiddle points oftwoparallel sides. Itisstruck atanangular point
byaparticle ofmassmwhich adheres toitafter theblow. Shew that theimpulsive
reaction atoneofthepivotsiszero.(Coll. Exam.)
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Prove that foradisc freetoturnabout ahorizontal axisperpendicular toitsplane
thelocus onthedisc ofthecentres ofsuspensionforwhich thesimple equivalent
pendulum hasagiven lengthLconsists oftwo circles;andthat,ifAandBaretwo
points, oneoneachcircle, andListhelength ofthesimple equivalent pendulum when
thecentre ofsuspensionisthemiddle pointofAB,theradius ofgyration kofthedisc
about itscentre ofinertia isgiven bytheequation
where 2cisthelength ofAB.(Coll. Exam.)
2.Aheavy rigidbody canturnabout afixed horizontal axis. Ifonepoint inthe
bodyisgiven through which thehorizontal axishastopass, discuss theproblem of
choosing thedirection oftheaxis inthebodyinsuch awaythat thesimple equivalent
pendulumshallhaveagiven length ;shewing thattheaxeswhichsatisfythiscondition are
thegeneratorsofaquartic cone.(Coll. Exam.)
170 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.
3.Asphere ofradius brollswithoutslipping down thecycloid
x=a(0 +sin6), y=a(l costf).
Itstarts from restwith itscentre onthehorizontal liney=2a.Prove thatthevelocity V
ofitscentre when atthelowestpointisgiven by
F2=-W (2o- 6). (Coll. Exam.)
4.Auniform smooth cube ofedge2aandmassMrests symmetrically ontwoshelves
each ofbreadth bandmassmandattached towalls atadistance 2capart. Shewthat,if
oneoftheshelvesgivesw&yandbeginstoturnabout theedgewhere itisattached tothe
wall, theinitial angular acceleration ofthecube willbe
:-&+a)2
whereMb2and/arerespectivelythemoments ofinertia ofthecubeabout itscentre and
oftheshelfabout itsedge. (Camb. Math. Tripos, PartI,1899.)
5.Ahomogeneous rodofmassMandlength2amoves onahorizontalplane, oneend
beingconstrained toslide without friction inafixed straightline. Therod isinitially
perpendiculartotheline,and isstruck atthefreeendbyablow/paralleltothe line.
Shew that aftertime ttheperpendiculardistance yofthemiddle pointoftherodfrom
theline isgivenbytheequation
(l-$xtf(l-x2)-%dx=3lt/2Ma. (Coll. Exam.)
t
6.Four equal uniform rods,oflength 2a,aresmoothly jointedsoastoform a
rhombus ABCD. ThejointAisfixed, whilstCisfree tomove onasmooth vertical rod
through A.Initially Ccoincides withAandthewhole systemisrotating about the
vertical withangular velocityo&gt;.Prove that,ifinthesubsequent motion 2aistheleast
angle between theupper rods,
w2cosa=3gsin2a.
(Camb. Math. Tripos, PartI,1900.)
7.AdiscofmassMrestsonasmooth horizontal table, andasmooth circular groove
ofradius aiscutinit,passing throughthecentre ofgravityofthe disc.Aparticleof
mass^Misstarted inthegroove from thecentre ofgravityofthedisc.Investigate the
motion. Prove that ifa$isthearctraversed bytheparticle and6theangle turned
round bythedisc,then
Mk2beingthemoment ofinertia ofthediscabout avertical linethroughitscentre
ofgravity. (Coll. Exam.)
8.Arigidbodyismoving freely under theaction ofgravity androtating withangular
velocityG&gt;about anaxisthroughitscentre ofgravity perpendiculartotheplaneofits
motion. Shew that theaxis ofinstantaneous rotation describes aparabolic cylinderof
latusrectum (^/4a+ *j2g/ca}2
,whose vertex isatadistance vS^a/wabove that ofthepath
ofthecentre ofgravityofthebody;where 4aisthelatus rectum oftheparabola
described bythecentre ofgravity. (Coll. Exam.)
9.Aparticleofmassmisplacedinasmooth uniform tubewhich canrotate ina
vertical plane about itsmiddlepoint. Thesystemstarts from restwhen thetube is
horizontal. If6istheangle thetubemakes with thevertical when itsangular velocityis
amaximum andequalto
o&gt;,provethat
4(mr*+J/F)&&gt;4-Smgrco2cos6+mg2sin26=0,
vi] TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 171
whereMkzisthemoment ofinertia ofthetubeabout itscentre andrthedistance ofthe
particle from thecentre ofthetube.(Coll. Exam.)
10.Four uniformrods,smoothly jointedattheir ends, form aparallelogram which
canmove smoothlyonahorizontalsurface, oneoftheangular points beingfixed.
Initially theconfigurationisrectangular andtheframework issetinmotion insuch a
manner thattheangular velocityofonepairofoppositesides isQ,that oftheotherpair
beingzero. Shew thatwhen theangle between therods isamaximum orminimum, the
angular velocityofthesystemisQ.(Coll. Exam.)
11.Twohomogeneous rough spheresofequal radii aandofmasses m,mrestona
smooth horizontal plane withmatthehighest point ofm. Ifthesystemisdisturbed,
shew that theinclination oftheircommon normal 6tothevertical isgiven bythe
equation
(l-cos&lt;9). (Coll. Exam.)
12.Auniform rodAB isoflength 2aand isattached atoneendtoalightinexten-
siblestringoflengthc.Theother endofthisstringisfixed at toapointinasmooth
horizontal plane onwhich therodmoves.Initially GAB isastraightlineandtherod is
projected without rotation withvelocity Vinthedirection perpendiculartoitslength.
Prove that thecosine ofthegreatest subsequent angle between therodandstringis
l-/6c. (Coll. Exam.)
13.Toafixedpoint arcsmoothly jointed twouniform rods oflength 2a,andupon
themslides, bymeans ofasmoothringateach end,athird rodsimilar inallrespects.
Initiallythethree rods areinahorizontal linewith theends ofthethird rodatthe
middlepointsoftheother twoand,ontheapplicationofanimpulse, therods beginto
rotate with angular velocity Qinahorizontalplane. Shew that thethird rodwill slide
rightofftheother twounless
J3. (Coll. Exam.)
14.Ahollow thincylinderofradius aandmassMismaintained atrest ina
horizontalposition onarough plane whose inclination isa,andcontains aninsect ofmass
matrestonthelineofcontact with theplane. Thecylinderisreleased astheinsect
starts offwithvelocity V:ifthisrelativevelocity bemaintained andthecylinderrollup
hill,shew that itwillcome toinstantaneous restwhen theradius through theinsect
makes anangle dwith theverticalgiven by
F2
{1-cos(0-a)}+ag (cosa-cos
&lt;9)=(1+M/m) ag(d-a)sin a.
(Coll. Exam.)
15.Auniform smoothplane tube canturnsmoothly about afixed axis ofrotation
lyinginitsplane andintersectingit :themoment ofinertia ofthetubeabout theaxis
is1.Initiallythetube isrotating withangular velocity Qabout theaxis,andaparticle
ofmassmisprojectedwithvelocity Vwithin thetubefrom thepointofintersection of
thetubewith theaxis. Thesystem thenmoves under noexternal forces. Provethat,
when theparticleisatadistance rfrom theaxis, thesquare ofitsvelocityrelative tothe
tube is
1
Q2
.(Coll. Exam.)
16.Auniform straightrodofmassMislaidacross twosmooth horizontal pegs so
thateach ofitsendsprojects beyondthecorresponding peg.Asecond uniform rodof
massmandlength21isfastened tothe first atsomepoint between thepegsbya
172 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.
universaljoint. Thisrod isinitiallyheld horizontal andincontact with thefirstrod :and
then letgo,soastooscillate inthevertical plane through the first rod. Prove that if6
betheangle which thesecond rodmakes with thevertical atany instant, andxthe
distance through which the firstrodhasmoved from rest,
(M+m) x+mlsin6=ml,
and (t--
^&gt;cos26\ifr=2gcos6. (Coll. Exam.)
\dm+M /
17.Aplane bodyisfreetorotate initsplane about afixedpoint, andasecondplane
bodyisfreetoslidealong asmoothstraight grooveinthe firstbody,itsmotion beingin
thesame plane ;shew that therelation between therelative advance xalong thegroove
andtheangle ofrotation &(noexternal forces being supposedtoactonthesystem)
isoftheform
wherePandQarerespectivelylinear andquadraticfunctions ofx1
-.(Coll. Exam.)
18.Apendulumisformed ofastraight rodandahollow circular bob,andfitting
inside thebob isasmooth vertical lamina intheshapeofasegmentofacircle, the
distances ofthecentre(C)ofthebobfrom thepointofsuspension (0)andfrom the
centre ofgravity (G}ofthelamina beingIand crespectively.Prove that ifM,marethe
masses ofthependulum andlamina, kand 1Jtheir respectiveradii ofgyrationabout
andG,6and$theangles whichOCandCGmake with thevertical, then twice the
workdonebygravityonthesystem duringitsmotion from rest isequalto
(2+c2
)&lt;j&gt;2+2mcZcos (6-$) 6$. (Coll. Exam.)
19.Aparticleofmassmisattached totheendofafinestringwhichpassesround
thecircumference ofawheel ofmassM,theother endofthestring being attached toa
pointinthatcircumference, alengthIofthestring being straight initially, andthewheel
(radius aandradius ofgyration k)beingfreetomove about afixed vertical axisthrough
itscentre; theparticle, which liesonasmooth horizontalplane,isprojectedatright
anglestothestring,sothatthestring beginstowrapround thewheel;prove that,ifthe
string eventually unwinds from thewheel, theshortest lengthofthestraight portionis
(P-a2-J/F/m)*. (Coll. Exam.)
20.Acarriageisplacedonaninclinedplanemaking anangleawith thehorizon and
rollsstraight down without anyslippingbetween thewheels andtheplane. The floor of
thecarriageisparalleltotheplane andaperfectly roughball isplaced freelyon it.Shew
thattheacceleration ofthecarriage down theplaneis
whereMisthemass ofthecarriage excludingthewheels,mthesumofthemasses ofthe
wheels, which areuniform discs, andMthat oftheball.The friction between thewheels
andtheaxes isneglected. (Coll. Exam.)
21.Auniform rodofmassmtandlength2aiscapableofrotating freely about its
fixedupper extremity and isinitiallyinclined atanangleofTr/6tothevertical. Asecond
rod,ofmassm2andlength 2a,issmoothly attached tothelower endofthe firstandrests
initiallyatanangleof2-/3with itand inahorizontalposition. Shew that ifthecentre
ofthelower rodcommence tomove inadirection making anangle -rr/Gwith thevertical,
then3wH=14m2. (Coll. Exam.)
vi]TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 173
22.Auniform circular disc issymmetrically suspended bytwo elasticstrings of
natural lengthcinclined atanangle atothevertical, andattached tothehighest point of
thedisc. Ifoneofthestringsiscut,provethattheinitial curvature ofthepathofthe
centre ofthedisc is
(csin4a bsin2a)/6 (b c),
where bistheequilibrium length ofeachstring. (Coll. Exam.)
23.Two rodsAC,CBofequal length 2aarefreely jointedat(7,therodACbeing
freely moveable about afixedpoint A,andtheendBoftherodCBisattached toAby
aninextensiblestringoflength 4a/x/3.Thesystem beinginequilibrium, thestringiscut;
shew thattheradius ofcurvature oftheinitial pathofBatBis
_!_f4
181V"
(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1897.)
24.Arodoflength 2aissupportedinahorizontal position bytwolight strings which
passovertwosmooth pegsinahorizontal lineatadistance 2aapart andhave attheir
other extremities weights each equaltoonehalfthat oftherod.Oneofthestringsiscut;
prove thattheinitial curvature ofthepathofthatendoftherodtowhich thecutstring
wasattached is27/25. (Coll. Exam.)
25.Aheavy plank, straight andveryrough,isfreetoturn inaverticalplane about
ahorizontal axisfromwhich thedistance ofitscentre ofgravityisc.Arough heavy
sphereisplaced onthisplankatadistance bfrom theaxis, onthesideremote from the
centre ofgravity ;theplank being held horizontal. Thesystemisnow leftfreetomove.
Prove that the initial radius ofcurvature ofthepathofthecentre ofthesphereis
21&#/(5 110),where d=(tnbMc)j(mb+Ma)imandMarethemasses ofthesphere and
theplank, andMob isthemoment ofinertia oftheplank about theaxis.
(Coll. Exam.)
26.Alightstiffrodoflength2ccarries twoequal particlesofmassmatdistances k
from thecentre oneach sideofit;toeachendoftherod istiedanendofaninextensible
stringoflength 2aonwhich isaringofmassm .Initiallythestring androdareinone
straight lineonasmooth horizontal table with thestring tautandtheringattheloop ;
theringisthenprojected atright anglestotherod,shew thattherelative motion willbe
oscillatoryif
c2/P&gt;1+2i/m.(Coll. Exam.)
27.Threeequal uniformrods,each oflength c,arefirmly joinedtoformanequilateral
triangle ABC ofweight W;auniform baroflength26andweightWisfreely jointed to
thetriangleatC.Thissystemrests inequilibriumincontact withthesurface ofafixed
smooth sphere ofradiusa,ABbeing horizontal and incontact with thesphere, andthe
barbeingintheverticalplane through thecentre ofthetriangle ;thebar,andthecentre of
thetriangle, areonoppositesides ofthevertical linethroughC.Prove thattheinclination
oftheplaneofthetriangletothehorizon istheangle whose tangentis
[abfj.+2c\2
]-T-[np(a2+1c2
)+AV-2a6c] ,
where \2=a2-rc2-^c, M2=12a2-c2
,andn=W/W.
(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1896.)
28.Abody, under theaction ofnoforces, moves sothattheresolvedpartofitsangular
velocity about oneoftheprincipal axesatthecentre ofgravityisconstant;shew thatthe
angular velocityofthebodymust beconstant, andfind itsresolvedparts about theother
twoprincipal axeswhen themoments ofinertia about these axesareequal.
(Coll Exam.)
174 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [CH.
29.Shew thataherpolhode cannot have apointofinflexion.(Hess.)
(Asimple proofofthis result isgiven byLecornu, Bull, delaSoc.Math, deFrance,
xxxiv.(1906), p.40.)
30.Inthemotion under noforces ofabodyoneofwhosepointsisfixed,shew thatthe
motion ofevery quadric homocyclic withthemomentalellipsoidrelative tothefixedpoint,
andrigidly connected with thebody,isthesame asifitweremade torollwithoutsliding
onafixed quadricofrevolution, which has itscentre atthefixedpoint, andwhose axis is
theinvariable line.(Gebbia.)
31.Inthemotion ofabodyunder noforces round afixedpoint, shew thatthethree
diameters ofthemomentalellipsoidatthefixedpoint andthediameter oftheellipsoid
reciprocaltothemomentalellipsoid, determined respectively bytheintersection ofthe
invariable plane with thethreeprincipal planes andwiththeplane perpendiculartothe
instantaneous axis, describe areasproportionaltothetimes, sothat theaccelerations of
their extremities aredirected tothecentre.(Siacci.)
32.When abodymoveable about afixedpointisacted onbyforces whosemoment
round theinstantaneous axis isalways zero, shew that thevelocityofrotation is
proportionaltothat radius vector ofthemomentalellipsoid which isinthedirection
ofthis axis.
Shew that thistheorem isstilltrue ifthebodyismoveable about afixed pointand
alsoconstrained toslideonafixed surface.(Flye StMarie.)
33.Aplanelamina isinitially moving withequal angularvelocities Qabout the
principalaxes ofgreatest and leastmoment ofinertia atitscentre ofmass, andhas
noangular velocity about thethirdprincipalaxis;expresstheangularvelocities about
these axes asellipticfunctions ofthetime, supposing noforces toactonthelamina.
If6betheangle between theplaneofthelamina andanyfixedplane, shew that
(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1896.)
34.Arigidbodyiskinetically symmetrical about anaxiswhichpasses through afixed
point above itscentre ofgravity and issetinmotion inanymanner;shew that inthe
subsequent motion, exceptinone case, thecentre ofgravity cannever bevertically over
thefixed point ;andfindthegreatest heightitattains.(Coll. Exam.)
35.Inthemotion ofthetopontherough plane, shew thatthere exists anauxiliary
setofaxesOTJwhose motion withrespecttothefixed axesOXYZ &n&lt;\alsowithrespect
tothemovingaxesOxyzisaPoinsot motion;theinvariable planes being thehorizontal
planeintheformer case,andtheplane perpendiculartotheaxisofthebodyinthesecond
case.(Jacobi.)
36.Auniform solid ofrevolution moves about apoint, sothat itsmotion maybe
represented bytheuniformrollingofacone ofsemi-verticalangleafixed inthebodyupon
anequalcone fixed inspace,theaxisoftheformer being theaxisofrevolution. Shew that
thecouple necessarytomaintain themotion isofmagnitude
Q2tana{C+(C-A]cos2a},
whereQistheresultant angular velocity andAandCtheprincipal moments ofinertia at
thepoint, andthatthecoupleliesintheplaneoftheaxes ofthecones.(Coll. Exam.)
vi]TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics 175
37.Avertical planeismade torotate withuniform angular velocity about avertical
axis initself, andaperfectly rough cone ofrevolution has itsvertex fixed atapointof
that axis.Shew that,ifthelineofcontact make anangle 6with thevertical, and/3andy
betheextreme values of#,andabethesemi-vertical angle ofthecone,
,2A?#\2_,sin2a(cos&-cos/3)(cosy-cosK i -,-
]&Qn,
\dt/ cosa cos@+cosy
where histhedistance ofthecentre ofgravityoftheconefrom itsvertex, andkitsradius
ofgyrationabout agenerator. (Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1896.)
38.Abodycanrotatefreely about afixed vertical axis forwhich itsmoment of
inertia is/ :thebodycarries asecond bodyintheform ofadiscwhich canrotate about
ahorizontal axis, fixed inthefirstbodyandintersecting thevertical axis. Intheposition
ofequilibrium themoments andproduct ofinertia ofthediscwithregardtothevertical
andhorizontal axesrespectively areA,B,F.Prove that ifthesystem startfrom rest
with theplaneofthediscinclined atanangle atothevertical, the firstbodywilloscillate
through anangle
IFf^sinalarctan I-
}-.(Coll.Exam.) r
39.Agyrostat consists ofaheavy symmetrical flywheel freely mounted inaheavy
sphericalcaseand issuspended from afixedpoint byastringoflengthIfixed toapoint
inthecase. Thecentres ofgravityoftheflywheel andcasearecoincident. Shewthat,
ifthewhole revolve insteadymotion round thevertical withangular velocity i2,thestrin-
andtheaxisofthegyrostatinclined atangles a,?tothevertical, then
Q2
(Isina+asin/3+bcos)=gtana,
and /Qsinj3-Afl2sin/3cos/3=Mgseca(asin(/3 a)+bcos(/3 a)},
whoreMisthemass ofthegyrostat,aandbthecoordinates ofthepoint ofattachment
ofthestring with reference toaxescoinciding with,andatright angles to,theaxisofthe
flywheel, /theangular momentum oftheflywheel about itsaxisandAthemoment of
inertia about alineperpendiculartoitsaxis. (Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1900.)
40.Asystem consisting ofanynumber ofequal uniform rodsloosely jointed and
initiallyinthesame straightline isstruck atanypointbyablowperpendicular totherods.
Shew that ifu,v,wbetheinitial velocities ofthemiddlepoints ofanythree consecutive
rods,u+4;V+w=Q.(Coll. Exam.)
41.Anynumber ofuniform rods ofmasses A,B,C,...,Zaresmoothly jointed to
eachother insuccession and laidinastraightlineonasmooth table. IftheendZbe
freeandtheendAmoved withvelocity Finadirectionperpendicular totheline ofthe
rods, thentheinitial velocities ofthejoints (AB\ (BC),...andtheendZarea,b,..., z,
where
0=A(F+2a)+(2a+&),=B(a
andy+22=0.(Coll. Exam.)
42. Sixequal uniform rodsform aregular hexagon loosely jointedattheangular
points:ablow isgiven atright angles tooneofthem atitsmiddlepoint, shew that the
opposite rodbeginstomove withT]oofthevelocityoftherodstruck.
(Camb. Math.Tripos, 1882.)
176 TheSoluble Problems ofRigid Dynamics [OH.vi
43.Abodyatrest,withonepoint fixed,isstruck :shew that theinitial axis of
rotation ofthebodyisthediametralline,with respecttothemomentalellipsoidat0,of
theplaneoftheimpulsive couple acting onthebody.
44.The positiveoctant oftheellipsoid^72/a2+3/2/62+22
/62=lhastheoriginfixed.
Shew that ifanimpulsive coupleintheplane
.-
ba2\ba/c
actupontheoctant,itwillbegintorevolve about theaxis ofz.(Coll. Exam.)
45.Anellipsoidisrotating about itscentre withangular velocity (&lt;BI,&&gt;2,ws)referred
toitsprincipal axes;thecentre isfreeandapoint (#,y,z)onthesurface issuddenly
broughttorest. Find theimpulsivereaction atthatpoint. (Coll. Exam.)
46.TwoequalrodsAB,BCinclined atanangle aaresmoothly jointedatB
;Ais
made tomoveparalleltotheexternal bisector oftheangleABC :prove thattheinitial
angularvelocities ofAB,BCareintheratio
2+3sin25:2-15sin|.(Coll. Exam.)
2t 2*
47.Auniform cone isrotating withangular velocityo&gt;about agenerator whensuddenly
thisgeneratorisloosed andthediameter ofthebasewhich intersects thegeneratorisfixed.
Prove thatthenewangular velocityis
where histhealtitude, athesemi-vertical angle, andktheradius ofgyration about a
diameter ofthebase. (Coll. Exam.)
48.Aroughdisccanturnabout anaxisperpendiculartoitsplane, anda1ough
circular cone rests onthediscwith itsvertex justatthe axis. Ifthediscbemade
toturnwith angular velocity Q,shew that thecone takes anamount ofkineticenergy
equalto
|Q2/{cos2a/J+sin2
/{7}. (Coll. Exam.)
49.Oneendofaninelasticstringisattached toafixedpointandtheother toapoint
inthesurface ofabodyofmass M.Thebodyisallowed tofallfreely undergravity
without rotation. Shew thatjustafter thestring becomestight thelossofkineticenergy
dvietotheimpactis
where Vistheresolvedvelocityofthebodyinthedirection ofthestring just before
impact, thestring onlytouching thebodyatthepointofattachment, (I,m,n,A,p,v)are
thecoordinates ofthestringattheinstant itbecomestight, andA,B,Caretheprincipal
moments ofinertia ofthebody with respecttoitsprincipalaxes atitscentre ofinertia.
(Coll. Exam.)
CHAPTER VII
THEORY OFVIBRATIONS
76. Vibrations aboutequilibrium.
InDynamics wefrequentlyhave todealwithsystemsforwhich there
exists anequilibrium-configuration,i.e.aconfigurationinwhich thesystem
canremainpermanentlyatrest :thus inthecaseofthespherical pendulum,
theconfigurationsinwhich thebob isverticallyover orverticallyunder the
pointofsupportareofthis character. If(q1}q2,...,qn)arethecoordinates
ofasystem andLitskineticpotential,and if(1? 2,..., n)arethevalues of
thecoordinates inanequilibrium-configuration,theequationsofmotion
dfdL\ dLA
"7-,Up- -3-=(r=l, 2,...,w)at\oqrjoqr
must besatisfiedbythesetofvalues
ji=0,#2=0, ...,#n=0,^=0,#2=0,...,gn=0,ql=al,
&lt;/2=or2,...,qn=an.
The values ofthecoordinates inthevariouspossible equilibrium-con
figurationsofasystemaretherefore obtained bysolvingforqltqz,...,qnthe
equations
|=(,.1,2,. ..,),
inwhichql}q2,...,qnaretobereplaced byzero.
Inmany cases, ifthesystemisinitially placednearanequilibrium-con
figuration,itsparticles having verysmall initial velocities, thedivergence
from theequilibrium-configurationwillnever becomevery marked, the
particles always remaininginthevicinityoftheiroriginal positions and
neveracquiring largevelocities. Weshallnowstudy motions ofthistype*;
theyarecalled vibrations about anequilibrium-configuration^.
*Morestrictly speaking, westudyinthischapter thelimiting form towhich thistype of
motion approximates when theinitial divergence from astate ofrestintheequilibrium-configu
ration tends tozero;thestudyofthemotions which differ byafinite, though notlarge, amount
from astate ofrestintheequilibrium-configurationisgiven later inChapter XVI :thediscussion
ofthepresent chapter mayberegarded asafirstapproximation tothat ofChapter XVI.
tThetheoryofvibrations hasdeveloped from Galileo sstudy ofthesmall oscillations ofa
pendulum. Inthe firsthalf oftheeighteenth century thevibrations ofastretched cordwere
investigated byBrook Taylor, DAlembert, Euler, andDaniel Bernoulli, thelast-named ofwhom
in1753enunciated theprincipleoftheresolution ofallcompound typesofvibration intoinde
pendent simple modes. Thegeneral theoryofthevibrations ofadynamical system with afinite
number ofdegrees offreedom wasgiven byLagrange in1762-5 (Oenvres,i.p.520).
w.D. 12
178 Theory ofVibrations[CH.vn
Inthepresent workweareofcourse concernedonlywith thevibrations ofsystems
which have afinitenumber ofdegreesoffreedom;thestudyofthevibrations ofsystems
which haveaninfinite number ofdegreesoffreedom, which ishere excluded,willbefound
intreatises ontheAnalytical TheoryofSound.
Weshallsupposethatthesystemisdefinedbyitskineticenergy Tand
itspotential energy F,andthatthepositionofthesystemisspecified bythe
coordinates(qltq2,,..,q n)independentlyofthetime, sothatTdoes not
involve texplicitly:weshall alsosupposethatnocoordinates have been
ignored;thekineticenergy Tistherefore ahomogeneous quadraticfunction
of
&lt;?i,^2. t^n,with coefficientsinvolving qltq2,...,qninanyway.There
isevidentlynoloss ofgeneralityinassumingthat theequilibrium-con
figuration correspondstozerovalues ofthecoordinatesqltq.2&gt;...,q n;sothat
&lt;?i* &lt;?*&gt; 9 9i&gt; &lt;?t&gt; &gt;9nareverysmallthroughoutthemotion considered.
The coefficients ofthesquares andproductsofq1}q2,...,qninTare
functions ofqltq.2,...,qn:ashowever allthecoordinates and velocities are
small, wecaninapproximatingtothemotion retainonlytheterms oflowest
order inT,and socanreplaceallthese coefficientsbytheconstant values
whichtheyassume whenql,q.2&gt;...,qnarereplaced byzero. The kinetic
energyistherefore forourpurposesahomogeneous quadraticfunction of
&lt;jn i2,&gt;??iwith constant coefficients.
Moreover, ifweexpandthefunction VbyTaylorstheorem inascending
powersofql,q2,...,qnthetermindependentofqlyq.2,...,qncanbeomitted,
since itexercises noinfluence ontheequationsofmotion;andthere areno
dVterms linear inq1}qz,...,qn,since ifsuch terms existed thequantities-
dqr
would notbezero intheequilibrium position,astheymust be.Theterms
oflowest order inVaretherefore thetermsquadraticinql}q2,...,q n.
Neglectingthehigherterms oftheexpansionincomparison with these,
wehave therefore Vexpressedasahomogeneous quadratic form inthe
variablesqltq.2,...,qnwith constant coefficients.
Thus theproblem ofvibratorymotions about aconfiguration ofequilibrium
dependsonthesolutionofLagrangian equations ofmotion inwhich thekinetic
andpotential energiesarehomogeneous quadratic formsinthevelocities and
coordinatesrespectively,with constantcoefficients.
77.Normal coordinates.
Inorder tosolve theequationsofmotion ofavibrating system, wewrite
theexpressionsforthekinetic andpotential energiesintheform
T=|(anqf+a2.2q./+...+annqn2+2al2q,q2+2alsqlq3+...+ 2an_
1&gt;qn-iqn),
76,77] Theory ofVibrations 179
oftheseTis(26)apositivedefinite form;andthedeterminant formed
ofthequantitiesarsisnotzero (sinceifthis condition isnot satisfied,
Twilldependonlessthannindependent velocities). Theequationsof
motion are
d/dT\ 8F/ -io \-o-i, 2,....),
ifachangeofvariables ismade, such thatthenewvariables
(&lt;?/,q2,...,q n)
arelinear functions of(qltqa,...,q n),thenewequationsofmotion willbe
(]b IUJ-\"Of/ ~t Ck \
-J-.brri)=-;, (r=l, 2,...,),
c\oqrj oqr
andtheseequationsareclearlylinear combinations oftheoriginal equations.
Supposethen* that theoriginal equationsofmotion aremultiplied
respectively byundetermined constants m,,m.2,...,mn,andaddedtogether.
Theresulting equationwillbeoftheform
where Q=h1q1+h^q2+...+hnqn,
providedtheconstants mltra2,...,mn,hl}ha,...,hn,Xsatisfytheequations
7 "\/ II \ "\/
~i~tinn^^ii^~^\^m ^^i ~i^/i2^^2 *~ *^nH***fn,)^=A/t7j,.
TheseequationscancoexistonlyifXisarootofthedeterminantalequation
ftjiA/^ji&gt; Gfi2X Oj2 , &gt;flinA/ Omi
a.21X62i,a22X622)..., 2riX b.2r
bnl ,,b
Moreover, ifX:isanyrootofthisequation, wecandetermine from the
preceding equationsapossiblesetofratios form^m2,...,mn,hl,h2,...,h n;
these ratiosmay,incertain cases, bepartly indeterminate, butinallcases at
leastonefunction Qcanbeobtained inthisway, satisfyingtheequation
+U&gt;=o.
Now letalinearchangeofvariables beeffected sothatthequantity Q
sodetermined isoneofthenew variables :there willbenoambiguityin
Thismethod ofproofisduetoJordan, Comptes Rendus, LXXIV.(1872) p.1395.
122
180 Theory ofVibrations[OH.vn
denotingthenewvariables byq1}q2,...,qn\weshall takeqtobeidentical
with Q,sothattheaboveequationsaresatisfied bythevalues h-L=\,A2=0,
...,hn=0.Since theformTisapositivedefinite form, the coefficients
"22, 33&gt; ,annofthesquaresofqz,q3)...,qnwillnotbezero: soinstead
ofq2,q3, ,qnwecanagaintakenew variablesrespectively equalto
.^12 ^is,**in
q*+ft.&+?i,..,2+?i-
1*22 1*33"Tin
Bythischangeofvariables theterms inq^, q^q z,...,q^qnareremoved from
T :sowecanassume thata21,a31,...,amarezero.
Nowintroducingtheconditions hl=\,h2=0,/i3=0,...,hn=0,a21=0,
...,anl=intheequationswhich determine mltm2,...,mn,hlth2,...,hn,X,
weobtain thevalues
m1=l/an,ra.2=0,m3=0,...,mn=0,
611=Xiu, fea=0, 631=0,...,6M1=0.
Itfollows thattheequation
cfia
hastheform -+\qi=0,.
dt\dqj
+\qi
d/dT\ dV
ji(o^~ )"~*5~~ (**"*, o
&gt; while theequations ji(o^~ )"~*5~~dt\dqrJ oqr
d/dT \dVhave theform3-=T-=^ (r=2,3,...,),
CV9^r/ 9^r
where T=T-a nq*,V=V-^a^q*,
sothatTandFdonotinvolveq^andqlf
This lastsystemofequations mayberegardedasthesystemofequations
correspondingtoavibrational problemwith (n 1)degreesoffreedom.
Treating them inthesame manner, wecan isolate another coordinateq2
such that if
T"=T-lavtf,V"-F-faoKqf
(where X2and a%,arecertainconstants), then T"and V"donotinvolveq2or
q2,andthecoordinatesq3,q4,...,qnaredetermined bytheequationsof
avibrational problemwith(n 2)degreesoffreedom, inwhich thekinetic
andpotential energiesarerespectivelyT"and V".
Proceedinginthisway,weshallfinallyhave thevariables chosen sothat
thekinetic andpotential energiesoftheoriginal systemcanbewritten in
terms ofthenewvariables intheform
T=%(angi2+22922+...+annqn*),
V=i(&i2i2+/3*q z*+...+&m?2
),
where an,a^,...,, Ai. ^22, ,Pnnareconstants.
77] Theory ofVibrations 181
Iffinally wetake asvariables thequantities^anqi,Va^g,,....^a
instead ofql}q2,...,qn,thekinetic andpotential energiestaketheform
V=|(/ij^2+fJ,2q&lt;?+.
where pkstands forfikklakk-
Inthisreduction itisimmaterial whether thedeterminantal equationhas
itsroots alldistinct orhasgroupsofrepeatedroots. The final result canbe
expressed bythestatement thatifthekinetic andpotential energies ofa
vibrating systemaregivenintheform
V=...+annqn2+2a12^q2+...+2a, l_1)nqn-^qn\
...+bnnqn2+2612
&lt;7,q2+...4-2bn-i,nqn-iqn),
itisalways possibletofindalineartransformation ofthecoordinates such
that thekinetic andpotential energies, whenexpressedintermsofthenew
coordinates, have theform
=\/Mi2+^29V++Mns
,
where thequantities ^, /i.2)..., fjtnareconstants. These newcoordinates are
called thenormal coordinates orprincipalcoordinates ofthevibrating system.
Now itisawell-knownalgebraicaltheorem thattheroots ofthedetermi
nantalequation
bln
2A,=0
aniA,oni.................. annA,onn
arethevalues ofXforwhich theexpression
(an\-6n)q*+(a, 2X-622) q&lt;?+...+(ann\-bnn)qn2+2(au\-
canbemade todependonlessthannindependentvariables (whichwillbe
linear functions ofq1}q.2,...,qn).Since this isapropertywhichpersists
through anylinearchangeofvariables, weseethatthedeterminantalequation
isinvariantive,i.e.ifg/,q2f
,...,qnareanynindependentlinear functions of
&lt;?i,92,,qn,and ifTandVwhenexpressedinterms ofq^,q2,...,qntake
theform
T=\ qi2+a*q^++2a12?/q,+...),
182 Theory ofVibrations[OH.vii
then theroots ofthenewdeterminantalequation a,./X &,./=0arethe
same astheroots oftheoriginal determinantalequation arg\br^=0.
Butwhen thekinetic andpotential energieshavebeenbrought bythe
introduction ofnormal coordinates totheform
thedeterminantalequationis
=0,
soitsroots are^ ,//,2,...,//,.Itfollows that theconstants ^,/JLZ,...,pn,which
occur asthecoefficients ofthesquares ofthenormal coordinates inthepotential
energy,arethenroots (distinct orrepeated) ofthedeterminantalequation
|ars\brs
]|=0,where an,a12,...,bn,612,...arethecoefficientsintheoriginal
expressions forthekinetic andpotential energies.
Ltwillbeseenthattheproblemofreducing thekinetic andpotential energiestotheir
expressionsinterms ofnormal coordinates isessentiallytheproblemofsimultaneously
reducing each oftwogiven homogeneous quadratic expressionsinnvariables toasumof
squaresofnnew variables :thefactthatTisafunction ofthevelocities whileVisa
function ofthecoordinates doesnotaffect thequestion,since theformulae oftransforma
tion forthevelocitiesjl5j2,
&gt;^narethesame astheformulae oftransformation forthe
coordinatesqi,q2,...,qn.
Itmight besupposed from theforegoing that itisalways possible totransform
simultaneously each oftwogiven homogeneous quadratic expressionsinnvariables toa
sum ofsquares ofnnewvariables; butthis isnotthecase;forexample,itisnotpossible
totransform thetwoquadratic expressions
ax2+bxy+az2and
2and ototheforms
where
,77,farelinear functions ofx,y,z.
Theconditions which must besatisfied inorder thattwogiven quadratic expressions
maybesimultaneously reducible totheform
77,78] Theory ofVibrations 183
are,infact,thattheelementarydivisors (Elementartheiler) ofthedeterminant
j|ars\brs \\
shall belinear*. Ifhowever oneofthetwogiven forms isadefiniteform(aswesawwas
thecasewith thekinetic energyinthedynamical problem),theelementarydivisors are
always linear, andthesimultaneous reduction tosums ofsquaresistherefore possible;
thisexplains thecircumstance thatthereduction canalways beeffected inthedynamical
problem ofvibrations.
Theuniversalpossibilityofthereduction tonormal coordinates fordynamical systems
was established byWeierstrass in18581;previouswriters (following Lagrange)had
supposed that incases where thedeterminantal equation hadrepeatedroots asetof
normal coordinates would notexist, andthatterms involvingthetime otherwise than in
trigonometric andexponential functions would occur inthefinal solution oftheequations
ofmotion.
78.Sylvesters theorem onthereality oftheroots ofthedeterminantal
equation.
Wehave seen intheprecedingarticle thatbyintroducing new variables
which arelinear functions oftheoriginal variables, itisalways possibleto
reduce thekinetic andpotential energiesofavibrating systemtotheform
iq+Ma+
Thequestionarises astowhether thistransformation isreal, i.e.whether
the coefficients m1}m2,...,mn,hlyh2,...,hnwhich occur inthetrans
formation arerealorcomplex. Sijice these coefficients aregiven bylinear
equations whose coefficients, withthepossible exceptionoftheroots Xj ,A,2,...,\n
ofthedeterminantalequation,arecertainly real,thequestion reduces toan
investigationoftherealityorotherwise oftheroots oftheequation
au\b ua12X-&i2 ...... amX bln=0;
ttojA,b.2l ooX^ ...... a.2n\b2n \
am^~bnlan2\bn.2 unn\bnn
itbeingknown thatthequantities arsand brsareallreal,andthat
Oii^i2+a^q 22+...+annqn2+2awg1ga+...+2a, l_
]&gt;ngn_1gn
isapositivedefinite form.
LetAdenote| thedeterminant\\arg\brs ,and let Aj.denote the
determinant obtained from itbystrikingoutthe firstrowand firstcolumn;
letA.,denote thedeterminant obtained fromAbystrikingoutthe firsttwo
*Cf.Muth streatise onElementartheiler (Leipzig, 1899);orBocher sIntroduction toHigher
Algebra (New York, 1907).
tCf.Weierstrass Collected Works, Vol. i.p.233.
Thefollowing proofisduetoNanson, Mess, ofMath. xxvi.(1896), p.59.
184Theory ofVibrations[CH.vii
rowsand firsttwocolumns, and soon.Then inanysymmetrical deter
minant, say
,where arg=agr,
itisknown that
9a12/
andhence if^vanishes thequantities Dand5-must have opposite0*u OOufa*
signs;thuswehave theresult that intheseries ofquantities
A,AlfA2,...,An (whereAn=1),
ifanyonemember oftheseries vanishes foragivenvalue ofX,thetwo
adjacent members must haveopposite signsforthat value ofX.
LetArdenote thedeterminant formed fromArbyreplacingXbyunity
andeach ofthequantitiesbrsbyzero, sothatAristhecoefficient ofthe
highest powerofXinAr.Since
isapositivedefinite form,Arispositiveforallvalues ofrfrom ton.
Thus thecoefficients ofthehighest powersofXinthefunctions A,A1;...,An
are allofthesamesign ;andtherefore asXincreases from ooto+oc,
these functions losenchangesofsign.
Now sinceAnisnotzeroandAr_a,Ar+1haveopposite signswhen A,.
vanishes, itfollows thatthefunctions A,A1;A2,...,Ancannot lose orgaina
changeofsignexcept whenXpasses througharoot ofA.But asXpasses
from ooto -foo
,thefunctions losenchangesofsign;andhence the
nrootsofthedeterminant Aare allreal. Thetransformationtonormal
coordinates istherefore always arealtransformation*.
Moreover, since achangeofsignislostinthepairA,Aj ,every time thatX
passes througharoot ofA,itisevident that Ajmustchange signwhenX
increases from oneroot ofAtotheconsecutive root,andhence that the
nroots ofAareseparated bythe(nl) roots ofA^similarly theroots of
each ofthefunctions A,,areseparated bytheroots ofthefunction A,.+1.
NowAnhasnoroots :and ifAn_jhasthesamesignatX=asatX= oo,
theroot ofthefunction An_!willnotbenegative.Ifmoreover An_2has
thesamesignatX=asatX= oo,neither oftheroots ofAn_2willbe
negative:for ifthis condition issatisfied, An_2must have either two
negativeroots ornonegative roots, and there cannot betwonegative
roots since there isnonegativerootofAn_jtoseparatethem.Similarlyin
*
Sylvester, Phil.Mag. (4)iv.(1852), p.138: Coll. Papers,i.p.378.
78,79] Theory ofVibrations
generalthecondition thatnone ofthefunctions intheseries A,AlsA2,...,An
shall have anegativeroot isthat each ofthefunctions must have the
samesignatX=asatA,=-oo .Hence thecondition tobesatisfied
inorder that alltheroots ofAmaybepositiveisthat each quantityA,,
shall have atX= thesamesignas(-l)n~r
,i.e.that each ofthe
determinants
shall bepositive. Butthese arethewell-known conditions thatthequadratic
form
Ai
&lt;?i2+b^q?++bnnqn2+Zb^q* +...+2&n_lingn_1gn
shall beapositivedefinite form. Hencefinallythecondition that thedeter-
minantalequationIars\brs\\= shall have all itsrootspositiveisthat
thequadratic form
bnnq n_
1&gt;nqn_lq
shall beapositive definite form,i.e.that thepotential energyinthevibratory
motion shall beessentially positive.
79. Solutionofthedifferential equations ;theperiods; stability.
Inorder toexpresstheconfigurationofanyvibrating systeminterms of
thetime, we firstdetermine thenormal coordinates ofthesystem,and
expressthekinetic andpotential energiesinterms ofthem, sothat these
take theform
where(ql}q2,...,q,i)arethenormal coordinates, and(Xj,A, 2,...,\ n)arethe
roots ofthedeterminantalequation ||ars\brs\\=
;thesequantities
(A,!,X&gt;,...,\n)havebeenshewn inthe last article tobeallreal.
TheLagrangian equationofmotion foranycoordinateqr,namely
isthereforedt\dq=__
dqr dqr
r=0.
The solution ofthisequationis
.rt+Br) ,ifX,.ispositive, */ j.
,ifX,.iszero,
+Bre~~rt
,ifX,.isnegative,
where ineach caseArandBrdenote constants ofintegration.
186 Theory ofVibrations[CH.vu
Itappears from theseequationsthat ifallthenormal coordinatesexcept
one,sayqr,areinitially zero,and iftheconstant \.correspondingtothe
non-zero coordinate ispositive,thenthecoordinates(qi,q 2, ,qr-i,q r+i,&gt;&lt;Jn)
willbepermanently zero,andthesystemwillperformvibrations inwhich
thecoordinateqrisalone affected. Moreover theconfigurationofthe
systemwillrepeatitself after aninterval oftime2?r/Vx,.. This isusually
expressed bysayingthat eachofthenormal coordinates correspondstoan
independent modeofvibrationofthesystem, providedthecorresponding
constant \rispositive;and theperiod ofthisvibration is2?r/Vx,..
Moreover,ifthesystembereferred toanyother setofcoordinates which
arenotnormal coordinates, these coordinates arelinear functions ofthe
normal coordinates;anjithenormal coordinatesperformtheir vibrations
quite independentlyofeach other;.thuseveryconceivable vibration ofthe
system mayberegardedasthesuperpositionofnindependentnormal
vibrations. This isgenerallyknown asDaniel Bernoulli sprinciple ofthe
superposition ofvibrations*.
Ifthequantities (Xj,\2,...,X n)arenot allpositive,itappearsfrom the
above solution that those normal coordinatesqrwhichcorrespondtothe
non-positiveroots X,.willnotoscillate about azerovaluewhen thesystemis
slightlydisturbed from astate ofrest initsequilibrium position,but will
increase soastoinvalidate theassumptionmade attheoutset ofthework,
namelythat thehigher powersofthecoordinates canbeneglected.In
thiscase therefore, there willnotbeavibration atall,andtheequilibrium
configuration.issaid tobeunstable. Ifhowever the initial disturbance is
such that these normal coordinates whichcorrespondtonon-positiveroots
Xrarenotaffected, thesystemwillperformvibrations inwhich therest
ofthenormal coordinates oscillate about zero values.
The normal modes ofvibration, whichcorrespondtothose normal
coordinates forwhich thecorrespondingroot X,.ispositive,aresaid to
bestable. Iftheconstants Xrareallpositive,theequilibrium-configuration
asawhole issaid tobestable. The condition for stabilityoftheequi
librium-configurationistherefore, bythetheorem ofthe last article, that
thepotential energy ofthevibrating systemshall beapositive definite form.
This result might havebeen expectedfrom aconsideration oftheintegralofenergy ;
forthisintegralis
T+V=h,
whereTandFarethequadraticforms which represent thekinetic andpotential energies,
andwhere hisaconstant. Thisconstant hwillbesmall iftheinitial divergence from the
equilibriumstate issmall. ButT7isapositivedefinite form;and ifVisalsoapositive
definite form,wemust haveTandVeach lessthanh,soTandVwillremain small
throughoutthemotion :themotion willtherefore never differ greatlyfrom theequilibrium-
configuration,i.e. itwillbestable.
*Histoire deVAcademic deBerlin, annee 1753, p.147.
79,80] Theory ofVibrations 187
80.Examples ofvibrations aboutequilibrium.
We shallnow discuss anumber ofillustrative cases ofvibration about
equilibrium.
(i)Tofindthevibration-period ofacylinder ofanycross-section which canrollonthe
outsideofaperfectly rough fixed cylinder.
Let sbethearcdescribed onthefixedcylinder bythepointofcontact,sbeing
measured from theequilibrium position ;letpandpbetheradii ofcurvature ofthe
cross-sections ofthefixedandmoving cylinders respectivelyatthepoints which arein
contact intheequilibrium position ;pandpbeing supposed positive when thecylinders
areconvex toeach other :letMbethemass ofthemoving cylinder, Mk* itsmoment of
inertia about itscentre ofgravity, and cthedistance ofthecentre ofgravity from the
initialposition ofthepointofcontact inthemoving cylinder.
Ifadenotes the initial angle between thecommon normal tothecylinders andthe
vertical, then a+s/pistheangle between thecommon normal attime taridthevertical,
a+s/p+s/pistheanglemade with theverticalbythelinejoiningthecentre ofcurvature
ofthemoving cylinder with theoriginal pointofcontact inthemoving cylinder, and
s/p+s/pistheanglemade with thevertical bythelinejoining thelast-namedpointto
thecentre ofgravityofthemoving cylinder. Theangular velocityofthemoving cylinder
istherefore
I 1
..,.,.. \P P
soitskineticenergyis
ppThepotential energyis
VMgxheightofthecentre ofgravityofthemoving cylinder above some fixedposition
=Mg\(p
Neglectings3thisgives(p+p)cos(o+-] -pcos(a+-+J+ccos [-+
PP/ \Pp
PP \PP
TheLagrangian equation ofmotion,
dfdT\dT
dt\di
gives Jf(#+c2)(1+-- .- -
PP/ (PP \PP
andthevibrations arethereforegiven bytheequation
whereAand eareconstants ofintegration tobedetermined bytheinitialconditions, and
Xisgiven bytheequation
V9 ff (PP }X-r~5{ ,COSa C[.K+C2
(p+p }Thevibration-periodis27T/X.
(ii)Tofindtheperiods ofthenormal modesofvibration aboutanequilibrium-configura
tionofaparticle moving onafixed smoothsurface undergravity.
Thetangent-plane tothesurface atthepoint occupied bytheparticleinthe
equilibrium-configuration isevidently horizontal :take asaxes ofxandythetangents to
188 Theory ofVibrations[OH.vn
thelines ofcurvature ofthesurface atthispoint, andasaxisofzalinedrawnvertically
upwards:sothattheequationtothesurface isapproximately
whereplandp2denote theprincipalradii ofcurvature, measuredpositively upwards.
The kinetic energy andpotential energyareapproximately
T=\m(xi
-\-i/2
} (whereinisthemass),
and V=mgz
&y*
Itisevident from these expressionsthatxandyarethenormal coordinates :the
equations ofmotion are
Pi P2
andtheperiodsofthenormal modes ofvibration aretherefore
9^-fl 1anH 9ZiTT\IclIlLl -.
(iii) ^oymc?zAenormal modesofvibration ofarigid body,oneofwhosepointsisfixed,
andwhich isvibratingabout aposition ofstableequilibriumunder theaction ofanysystem
ofconservativeforces.
Take asfixed axes ofreference OXYZ theequilibrium positionsoftheprincipal axes of
inertia ofthebodyatthefixedpoint;themovingaxes willbetaken asusual tobethese
principalaxes ofinertia. We shall supposethepositionofthebodyatanyinstant
defined bythesymmetrical parameters (, ij,x)of9;weshall regard ,77,asthe
independentcoordinates ofthesystem, xbeingdefined interms ofthem bytheequation
Thecomponentsofangular velocityofthebody about themoving axes are(16)
Onaccount ofthesmallness ofthevibration, weregard ,?;,fassmallquantitiesof
thefirstorder;xtherefore differs from unity byasmall quantityofthesecond order, and
sowehave, correctlytothe firstorder ofsmallquantities,
andthekinetic energyofthebody, which isgiven bytheequation
where A,B,Caretheprincipal moments ofinertia atthepointofsuspension, canbe
written
Thepotential energyissome function ofthepositionofthebody, andtherefore ofthe
parameters (, r;, );letitbedenoted byV(, 77,f).
80] Theory ofVibrations 189
Since zerovalues of(|, 77, )correspondtotheequilibrium position, there willbe
noterms linear in(, 77,f)whenFisexpandedinascending powersof(, 77,f):thelowest
terms aretherefore ofthesecond order;neglectingterms ofhigher order, wecantherefore
write
V=a?+b^+o?+2fyC+2g&+Zhfa
where a,b,c,f,g,hareconstants.
Theproblemofdeterminingthenormal coordinates istherefore thesame asthat
ofreducing thetwoquadratic expressions
totheform
where(#,y,z)arelinear functions of(, 77, ).
Now theequation,referred tothefixed axes, ofthemomentalellipsoidinitsequi
libriumpositionis
consider inconnexion with thisthequadric whose equationis
which weshall callthe"
ellipsoidofequal potential energy"
;anddetermine thecommon
setofconjugate diameters ofthesequadrics.Let(X\Y,Z)bethecoordinates, referred
totheseconjugate diameters,ofapoint whose coordinates referred tothefixed axes
are(X,Y,Z\and lettheequations connecting (X ,Y,Z}and(X,J7
,Z)be
Bythistransformation theequationsofthequadricsarereduced totheform
X^+b^ +CjZ2=1,
andtherefore thetransformation whichgives thenormal coordinates inthedynamical
problemis
Itfollows that inanormal mode ofvibration, saythat inwhich xalonevaries, the
quantities (, 77,f)willbepermanentlyintheratio
Butfrom thedefinitions of 9itisevident that,r;, are,tothe firstorder ofsmall
quantities, proportionaltothedirection-cosines ofthelineabout which therotation
oftherigidbody takesplace, andconsequentlythenormal mode ofvibration ofthe
rigidbodyconsists ofasmall oscillation about alinewhose equationis
X :Y :Z=li:12:/,,
i.e.about theline
r=o,zr=o,
which isoneofthecommonconjugate diameters ofthetwoquadrics.
190 Theory ofVibrations[CH.vn
Hencefinally wehave theresult that thenormal vibrationsofthebodyaresmall
oscillations about thecommonconjugatediametersofthemomentalellipsoid and theellipsoid
ofequal potential energy.
(iv) Tofindthenormal coordinates and theperiods ofnormal vibration inthesystem
ofthreedegrees offreedom forwhich
F=i{
where aissmall incomparisonwithpandq;and toshew thatifsuchasystembelet
gofromrestwithyand zinitially zero, thevibration inxwillhavetemporarilyceased
afteratimeirp(qz-jo2
)/a2
,andthat there willthen beavibrationofthesameamplitudein
yastheoriginal onewasinx.(Coll. Exam.)
Theform ofthekinetic andpotential energies suggests thetransformation
whichgives
(f-
\7=
.
Thevariable77istherefore anormal coordinate :toreduce theremaining terms inthe
kinetic andpotential energiestosums ofsquares, wewrite
andthenwehave
The variables?/, &lt;^&gt;,^aretherefore thenormal coordinates.
Supposethatinitially wehave
x=
lc,y=0,z=0,
z=0,^=0,2=0,
andsupposethatkissosmall that itsproduct with other smallquantities canbe
neglected. Then tothisdegreeofapproximation wehaveinitially
r,=U,&lt;f&gt;=U,f=0.
Thevibrations ofthenormal coordinatesTJand&lt;aretherefore given bytheequations
rj=kcospt,
I=1COS
The lastequationcanbewritten
4.-Ucos[pt(l----jL-Jl,L IjrW-tfU
or
a2t a-t
(f&gt;=Mcosptcosr-7.r+ksinptsin
p(qi-p-)~
80,81] Theory ofVibrations 191
Themotion cantherefore beapproximately represented initially by
T)=kcospt, 4&gt;=^kcospt,
or
x=kcospt,y=0.
After aninterval oftimeTrp(q2p2
)/a?,themotion isapproximately represented by
?7=\kcospt, &lt;f)=l;kcospt,
or
#0,y~ kcospt;
which establishes theresult stated.
81.Effect ofanew constraint ontheperiods ofavibrating system.
We shallnow consider the effectproducedontheperiodsofnormal
vibration ofadynamical systemabout aconfigurationofstableequilibrium
when thenumber ofdegreesoffreedom ofthesystemisdiminishedbythe
introduction ofanadditional constraint
Supposethat theoriginal systemisspecifiedinterms ofitsnormal
coordinates(q1,q,...,qn),sothat thekinetic andpotential energies have
theform
and lettheadditional constraint beexpressed bytheequation
Sinceql,
&lt;?2 &gt; &gt;&lt;?naresmall, wecanexpandthefunction /inascending
powersofql}q.2,...,qn,andretainonlythe firstterms oftheexpansion: we
canthusexpresstheconstraintbytheequation
where A,, ...,Anareconstants. Astheequilibrium-configurationissupposed
tobecompatiblewith theconstraint, there willbenoconstant term.By
means ofthisequation wecaneliminateqn:wethushave
V=\X.V++^n-i /n-!+ (A ,9l+ ...+A_,qn^y.
TheLagrangian equationsofmotion oftheconstrainedsystemarethere
forethe(n 1)equations
Ar.
2
I*
(r=l,2,...,n-1),
qr+\r*qr+f*Ar=(r=I,2,...,n-1)
192Theory ofVibrations[CH.vn
where
1 X-
P=
-T--. i(A&++-4_!&lt;/_,) +-j-iCAtfi +...+^-i^n-i)^ln-d.n~
sotheequationsofmotion oftheconstrainedsystemcanbewritten inthe
form ofthenequations
qr+Vgv+pA r=(r=1,2,...,n),
where//,isundetermined.
Now consider anormal mode ofvibration ofthemodifiedsystem,defined
byequations
(/!=
!cos\t, qo=2cos\t,...,qn=a.ncos\t,//,=vcos\t.
Substitutingintheequationsofmotion, wehave
ar(X,.2-X2
)+vAr=(r=l, 2,...,n).
Substitutingthevalues ofa1,a.
2&gt;...,angiven bytheseequationsinthe
equationA^+A2a.2+...+An*n=0,
wehave
A*_AJ_ AJ_.
\i&gt;-VV-V^n"-^
Thisequationin\-has(w 1)roots, which from theform oftheequa
tion areevidently interspaced between thequantities Xf,A22
,...,XH2
:the
quantities 2?r/X correspondingtothese roots aretheperiodsofthenormal
modes ofvibration oftheconstrainedsystem, and ittherefore follows that
the(n l)periods ofnormal vibrationoftheconstrainedsystemarespaced
between thenperiods oftheoriginal system.
82.Thestationary characterofnormal vibrations.
We shall next consider the effect ofaddingconstraints toadynamical
systemtosuchanextent thatonlyonedegreeoffreedom isleft tothe
system. Let(q1}q2,....qn}bethenormal coordinates oftheoriginal
system;theconstraintsmay,asinthe last article, berepresented bylinear
equations between these coordinates, andcantherefore beexpressedinthe
form
gi=/*i?i&=Wl,,q,i=pnq,
where/^1,/i2,..., fj.nareconstants andqisanew variable which maybe
taken asdefiningtheconfigurationoftheconstrainedsystemattime t.
Letthekinetic andpotential energiesoftheoriginal system be
V=
81-83] Theory ofVibrations 193
so27T/XJ, 27T/X 2,...,2TT/\ nare itsperiodsofnormal vibration: thekinetic
andpotential energiesoftheconstrainedsystemarethen
V=i(XV+V^2+.+xn&gt;n2
)f.
Theperiodofavibration oftheconstrainedsystemistherefore2-Tr/X,
where Xisgiven bytheequation
_
Iftheconstraints arevaried, thisexpressionhasastationaryvaluewhen
(n 1)ofthequantities /i1}/u2, ,
f*&gt;narezero :thisstationaryvalue isone
ofthequantitiesXa2
,X22
,...,Xn2
:andthuswehave thetheorem thatwhen
constraints areputonthesystemsoastoreduce itsnumberofdegrees of
freedomtounity,theperiod oftheconstrainedsystemhasastationaryvalue
forthose constraints which make thevibration tobeanormal vibrationofthe
unconstrainedsystem.
83. Vibrations aboutsteadymotion.
Atypeofmotion whichpresents many analogieswith theequilibrium-
configurationisthatknown asthesteady motion ofsystems whichpossess
ignorablecoordinates: this isdefined tobeamotion inwhich thenon-
ignorable coordinates ofthesystem have constant values, while thevelocities
correspondingtotheignorable coordinates have alsoconstant values.
Oneexampleofasteady motion isthat ofthetop,discussed in 72;asanother
example wemaytake thecase ofaparticle which isfree tomove inaplane and is
attracted byafixed centre offorce, thepotential energy depending onlyonthedistance
from thecentre offorce; forsuch aparticle, acircular orbit described with constant
velocityisalwaysapossible orbit, andthis isaform ofsteady motion, since theradius
vector isconstant andtheangular velocity correspondingtotheignorable coordinate 6
isalsoconstant.
Inmany cases, ifasystemisinitiallyinastate ofmotiondiffering only
slightlyfromagivenform ofsteady motion, thedivergence from thisform of
motion willneversubsequently becomeverymarked;weshallnowconsider
motions ofthiskind,which arecalled vibrations aboutsteadymotion.
Thesteady motion issaid tobestable* ifthevibratory motion tends to
acertainlimiting form,namelythesteady motion, when the initial disturb
ancefromsteady motion tends tozero.
Let
(&gt;!, j&gt;2,...,pk)betheignorable and(qlt&,..., qn)bethenon-ignorable
coordinates ofthesystem. Correspondingtotheignorable coordinates, there
willbekintegrals
dL
*This definition isduetoKlein andSommerfeld.
W.D.
194 Theory ofVibrations [OH.vn
where &,/32, &gt;ftkareconstants. We shall supposethat these constants
have thesame value inthevibratorymotion asintheundisturbed steady
motion ofwhich itisregardedasthedisturbed form; this ofcourse only
amounts tocoordinatingeachvibratorymotion tosomeparticular steady
motion.
Wesupposethesystem conservative, with constraints independentofthe
time;letitskineticenergybe
nn nk kk
T=\2,2ayfay+22byqipj+b22
where thecoefficientsa#,by,cv-arefunctions ofqltqz....,qn.
Theintegrals correspondingtotheignorablecoordinates are
pi+2b{jqi=fy (j=1,2,...,k).
LetCijbetheminor ofcy-inthedeterminant formed ofthecoefficients
Cy,divided bythisdeterminant; thensolvingthe lastequationsforthe
quantities pr,wehave
]jr=2Cm(Ps2bigqi).
s I
Substitutingforpi,pz,...,ptintheaboveexpressionforT,andutilising
thepropertiesofminors ofdeterminants, wehave
T=i2(a*,-2Clsbubjs)qiqj+^2Cufrfr.
i,j I,s I,s
Nowperformtheprocessofignorationofcoordinates. LetRbethe
modified kineticpotential,so
R=T-V- 2pr/3r
=\2(ay-2Cubabjg) qiqj+2Crs@rblsqi-$2C&&&-V.
i,j I,s l,f,s l,s
Wecanwithout lossofgenerality supposethatthevalues ofqltq2,...,qn
inthesteadymotion areallzero. Ifthen thecoefficients inRareexpanded
inascending powersofq-i, q.2,...,qnbyTaylorstheorem, and allterms inthe
expressionofRthus obtained which areabove theseconddegreeinthe
variablesqi,qz,...,qn,qi,qz,...,qnareneglectedincomparisonwith the
terms oftheseconddegree,weobtain forRanexpression consistingofterms
linear andquadraticinql}qz,...,qn,ql}q2,...,qn.Now theterms which
arelinear inq^,qz,...,qnandindependentofq1;q2,...,qndisappearauto
maticallyfrom theequationsofmotion
dfdR\ dR A N
-r.(^)-a=(r-1, 2,...,n),dt\dqj dqr
andthese terms cantherefore beomitted. Moreover, since theequationsare
satisfied bypermanentzerovalues ofq^q2,...,qn,itisevident thatnoterms
83,84] Theory ofVibrations 195
linear inq1}q2,...,qnandindependentofql,q2,...,qncanbepresentinR.
Itfollows that theproblem ofvibrations aboutsteadymotion dependsonthe
solutionofLagrangian equations ofmotion inwhich thekineticpotentialisa
homogeneous quadratic function ofthevelocities andcoordinates, with constant
coefficients.
Thedifference between vibrations aboutequilibriumandvibrations about
steadymotion consists inthepossible presenceinthelatter case ofterms of
thetype qrqs(i.e.productsofacoordinate andavelocity)inthekinetic
potential.These arecalledgyroscopicterms. The vibrations aboutsteady
motion ofasystemareinfactthesamethingasthevibrations about
equilibriumofthereduced ornon-natural(38)systemtowhich theproblem
isbrought byignorationofcoordinates.
Theequationsofmotion forthevibrating systemaretherefore
dfiR\dR
-nlo-r- -5=(r=l, 2,...,w),dt\dqrjdqr
whereRcanbewritten intheform
R=i2arf!qrqs+2&.,gr
&lt;/+2jrsqrqs (r,s=1,2,...,ri),
r,s r,s r,s
andwhere =a,,.,$n=/3sr ,
butwhere yrsisnotingeneral equaltojsr.Theequationsofmotion inthe
expandedform are
(11ql-&1qi+12#a+(72!-Tia)J2-&292+13&+(731-
7l3&gt;&~$^3
j2i&lt;/i+(712~721)qi~0*qi+&&-j3vq z+a,3q3+(y3,-yzi)q,-/3&q3
|etc.
These arelinearequations withconstant coefficients, which areofthesame
generalcharacter asthecorresponding equationsinthecaseofvibrations about
equilibrium ;theydifferonlyinthepresenceofthegyroscopic terms, which
involve the coefficients(7^. 7^).Thepresenceofthese terms makes it
impossibletotransform thesystemtonormalcoordinates*; butasweshall
nextsee,themain characteristic ofvibrations aboutequilibriumisretained,
namelythatanyvibration canberegardedasasuperpositionofnpurely
periodic vibrations, which weshall call(asbefore) thenormal modes of
vibration ofthesystem.
84.Theintegration oftheequations.
Weshallnowshewhowthenature ofthevibrations canbedetermined,
byintegrationoftheequationsofmotion.
That istosay,impossible totransform thesystem tonormal coordinates byapoint-trans
formation:itispossible toeffect thetransformation tonormal coordinates byacontact-trans
formation, andthis isactually done inChapter XVI.
132
196 Theory ofVibrations [OH.vn
Itwillbeconvenient first totransform them intoasystemofequations
each ofthe first order. LetRdenote themodified kineticpotentialofthe
system,sothat inthevibratory problem Risahomogeneous quadratic
function ofq1}q2,...,qn,ql,qz,...,qn-Write
^R-&lt;V-1 2^
&lt;5~T~==Qn+T v"
&gt;*/&gt;
sothatqn+i,qn+2, &narelinear functions ofq1}q2,...,qnand viceversa:
theequationsofmotion canbewritten
=(r=l2n) ^n+r
dqr
Now ifBdenote anincrement ofafunction ofthevariablesqltqz,...,qn,
qn+i,---,qzn,duetosmall changesinthese variables, wehave
8R=
]
(^Bqr+ -.
&&lt;]&gt;,
r=i\oqr-
oqr
n2/*^ S^"\
\qii-\-roqr~Tqn.^-roqr)
/n \ n=SSqn+rqr}+S(qn+r&qrqr$qn+r)-
\r=1 r=l
n
LetthequantitySqn+rqrR,
whenexpressedasafunction ofql}q2,...,qzn ,bedenoted byH,sothatHis
aknown homogeneous quadraticfunction ofthevariablesq1}qz,..-,q 2n ,the
lastequationcanbewritten
andtherefore* theequations ofmotion, which consistedoriginally ofnequations
eachofthesecond order, canbereplaced byasystem of2nequations,eachof
thefirstorder, namely
dH dH/no \
9=^0n+r=-g-(r-1,2,...,),
oqn+r oqr
theindependentvariablesbeing ql,q2,...,q2n.
Weshallnowshew that thefunction H,which hasreplaced Rasthe
determiningfunction oftheequations, representsthesum ofthekinetic and
potential energiesofthedynamical systemconsidered.
ForRcontains terms ofdegrees 2,1,and inthevelocities, and
*This transformation isreally acase oftheHamiltonian transformation given later in
Chapter X.
Theory ofVibrations 197
isequivalenttotwice theterms ofdegreetwotogetherwith theterms of
degree one,byEuler stheorem;itfollows thatH,beingdefined as
vdRT? 2qr^-R,r=\ oqr
willbeequaltotheterms ofdegreetwointhevelocities inR,togetherwith
theterms ofzerodegreeinRwith theirsigns changed:oncomparingthe
expressionsforTandRgivenonpage 194, itfollows that
H=T+V,
soHisthetotalenergy ofthedynamical system, expressedintermsofthe
variablesqltqz,...,q.M.
Inthecase ofvibrations about anequilibrium-configuration,wehave
seen that thecondition forstabilityisthat thepotentialaswell asthe
kineticenergyshall beapositivedefinite form;weshallnowmake asimilar
assumptionforthecase ofvibrations aboutsteady motion, namelythat the
totalenergyHisapositivedefinite forminthevariablesq1}q2,...,gwj n
thisassumption weshallshew that thesteady motion isstable, andinfact
thattheequationsofmotion
dqrdffdqn+r dH
-rr=5-
,-^f^=^(atoqn+r dtdqr
canbeintegratedinthefollowing way*.
Consider thesetoflinearequationsinthevariablesqltqz,...,q^n,
dH( qi,q2,...,q 2n)\
Sqnj-r+ ~ ~-yr
(r-1,2,...,);
ifwedenote thedeterminant ofthesystem by/(s), andtheminor ofthe
element intheXthrowand/ithcolumnby
f(s) (X, /*=!,2,...,2n),
theexpressionofqltq2,...,q^interms ofylty9,...,ymisgiven bythe
equations
andthedegreeoff(s)insis2n,while thedegreeoff(s)^isnotgreater
than(2n-l).
Inorder tosolve theequationsofmotion, considerexpressionsfor
q\,q?, -,q.2noftheform
*Themethod ofintegration which follows isduetoWeierstrass, Berlin.Monatsberichte, 1879.
198 Theory ofVibrations[CH.vn
where theintegrationistaken round alargecircleCwhich encloses allthe
roots oftheequation f(s)=0.These values ofq1}q2,...,q 2nwillsatisfy
theequationsofmotion, providedtheequations
,,
(r=l2...n)
dpn+r
aresatisfied. Iftherefore pl9p2,...,p2narepolynomialsin5sochosen that
theexpressionsinbrackets under theintegral signvanish when sisequalto
oneoftheroots oftheequation f(s)=0,theseequationswillbesatisfied,
since theintegrandswillthenhavenosingularitieswithin thecontour C*.
Itfollows thatPi,j}.2,",pzn must beasetofsolutions oftheequations
lie ,....gn _~r o
Pr
when sisaroot oftheequation f(s)=
;thiscondition issatisfied bythe
expressions
P*(s)=I/(*)I F+o2/(5) 2M+...+a2nf(s}. 2n&gt;&gt;l (^=1,2,...,2n),
where a:,a2,...,a^arearbitraryconstants.
Theequationsofmotion aretherefore satisfied bythevalues
&lt;?M=coefficient of1/5intheLaurentexpansion-|-inpositiveandnega
tivepowersofsoftheexpression
es(t-t )
{Oi/()m +Ot/(*). ++t&gt;mf(*)m,t] -77-7- (p=1,2,..., 2?i).7v5^
Now oninspectionofthedeterminant/(s)weseethatminors ofthe
types
(X&lt;H* (#*!, 2,...,)
areofdegree (2?i 1)ins,andtheother minors areofdegree (2n 2)ins;
sothecoefficient of1/5intheLaurentexpansionoff(s)\n/f(s)iszero unless
\=n+p,orfj,=n+\;intheformer case itis 1,andinthelatter case it
is1.Hence ontakingt=t,weseethatthequantities
ttj ,OF-2 ,...,dzn
arerespectivelythevalues of
atthetime t .
*Whittaker andWatson, ACourse ofModernAnalysis,5-2.
t76id. 5-6.
Je*-84] Theory ofVibrations 199
Iftherefore wewrite
(f)()A/x=coefficient ofl/sintheLaurent expansionof ..
and ifft,&gt;,...,ftarethevalues offt,%...,22respectively corresponding
toanydefinite value toft,wehave
H
^=2{ft,+a&lt;MO,M-
Inorder toevaluate thequantities &lt;f&gt;(t)^,itisnecessarytodiscuss the
nature oftheroots ofthedeterminantal equation f(s)=
;letki+l, where
kand Iarerealand idenotes \/-l, beanyroot ofthisequation;then
the2nequations
n ,7\ .9j^(?i&gt; ?,&gt;&n) A)
(ki+I)qn+a+-
(-1.2,....)
canbesatisfied byvalues ofq1}q^, ...,q^which arenot allzero. Leta
systemofsuch values be
1+7i, 2+M?2&gt; ,&n+^2i ,
where %1,gz,...,%zn ,rji,T), ,^2iarerealquantities.Then ifwewrite
dH(q l&gt;q2,...,q 2n)_o7-"
Wi&gt; &&gt; &lt;12n)n&gt;
wehave, onseparatingthelastequationsintotheir realandimaginary parts,
+ +,-^n+.=
0|
+-^a+Atya=
i
(a=1;2,. .,W).
+a=
a=
ButsinceHishomogeneousandofdegreetwoinitsarguments, wehave
2tf(&, |a,-.,)=2fxfld!, -..,f)A,
A=l
andusingthe firsttwoofthepreceding equationsthisgives
,&,.... )=AS
(A)
I
Similarly 2H(77,,77., ,...,77^)=A;2(.??+-
i;an+a ).
a=l
Moreover onmultiplyingthe first ofthepreceding equations by t)aandthe
second by r)n+a,adding, andsummingforvalues ofafrom 1ton,wehave
2 n
X=l a=l
andsimilarly
2/1 71
200 Theory ofVibrations[CH.vn
Since theleft-hand sides oftheseequationsareequal, wemust have
2( =0.
Butfromequations (A)weseethat, asHisapositivedefinite form, neither
n
knor2(fa^n+a yaZn+a) canbezero;wemust therefore have Izero; and
sotheequation f(s)=haseachofitsrootsoftheform ik,where kisareal
quantity different fromzero.
Weshall nextshew that inthecase inwhich theequation f(s)=has
aJ-tupleroot s,each ofthefunctionsf(s)\nisdivisibleby(ss)i~l
.
For let Cj,c2,...,c2nbeasetofdefinite realquantities;definequanti
tiesq1}q2,...,q2nbytheequations
Sqn+a+H((fr, q.2,...,&lt;?2Tl)a=Ca
-sq a
sothatwehave(a=l,2, ...,n)...
(/=!, 2,..., 2n).
Lets-iibeanyroot oftheequation f(s)=Q,and letmbethesmallest
positive integerforwhich allthefunctions
(s Sji)mf.
arefinite forthevalue s^iofs.When sistakensufficientlynear sxi,wecan
expand q^inaseries oftheform
(&lt;7M+h^i) (s s^i)""1+((//+hpi)(ssii)~m+l+...,
where
&lt;jrM,h^,g^,h^,...denote realconstants; andwecansupposethe
quantitiesc:,c2,-.,c.2nsochosen thatthequantities g^andAMarenotzero.
Substitutingthisvalue ofq^inequations (B),andequatingthecoefficients
of(s Sii)~m
,wehave
H(gi,g2,...,gzn)a Sihn+a=
H(gl,g2&gt;...,gm)n+a+sji*=
TT/I T T\ /\
andonequatingthecoefficients of(ss1t)~m+1
,wehave
(0whenm &gt;1
[0whenm &gt;1
[cn+awhenm=
w*=o
la=0(C),
(a=1,2,...,)(D).
84] Theory ofVibrations 201
NowbyEuler stheorem onhomogeneousfunctions wehave
Zn
2H(g 1}g2,...,gm)=2yJHfr, gz,...,g^)\,
A=l
orby(C),n%H(gl;gs, ...,g2n)=s,2(gahn+a-hagn+a ),
a=l
andsimilarlyn2H(/*!, 7*3,...,hm)=Si2(gjin+*-hagn+a ),
a=l
n
fromwhich itisevident that2(gahn+a hagn+a)isnotzero.
o.=l
Moreover, the firsttwoofequations (C)give
2n w
2hiH(g l)gi,...,gm)i+8i2(hjin+a-hahn+a)=Q(E),
A=l a=l
andthelasttwoofequations (C)give
2n n
2g^H(h, ,A.,...,Aan)A-
!S(gagn+-ggn+)=(F).
A.=l a=l
Butfrom the firsttwoofequations (D),whenm &gt;1,\vehave
2 n n
2hi,H(g1,g2,...,g 2n)\-s l2(hahn+aL-hahn+ai)-2(gahn+a-hagn+a)=
\=1 a=l a=l
(G),
andfrom thelasttwoofequations (D)wehave
Zn n n
2gjl(&,k{&gt; &gt;..,h^}),+sl2(gagn+a-gagn+a)+2(gahn+a-hagn+a)=
X=l a=l a=l
(H).
Also since .STishomogeneousoftheseconddegreeinitsarguments, we
have theidentities
2n Zn
2h^H(g,,g 2,...,gzn)\=2#*# (A/,V, ,^//)A (K)A=l X=l
I
2w 2n
and 2gJH Qh,h2,...,A2n)A=2h^H (g,,g2f
,...,gm\ (L).A=l A=l
Fromequations (E),(H),(K)wehave
n n n
2(gjin+a-h agn+a)=sl2(ha.hn+a-haihn+a)-s l2(gagn+a-gagn+a ),
o=l&lt;x=l a=l
andfromequations (F),(G),(L)wehave
n n n
2(gahn+a-hagn+a)=-sl2(hahn+a-hahn+a)+sl2(gagf
n+*~gagn+*).a=l a=l a=l
Comparingtheseequations, wehave
n
2(gahn+ai-hagn+&lt;1)=0,
202Theory ofVibrations[CH.vn
which iscontrarytowhat hasalready beenproved. Theassumptionthatm &gt;1,which wasused inobtaining equation (G),must therefore befalse;mmust therefore beunity, andconsequently when f(s)isdivisibleby(s-s^if,
eachofthefunctions f(s)^isdivisibleby(s-s^i)k-\
Now letSj ,s2,...,srbethemoduli ofthedistinct roots oftheequation/(s)=0,
sothatthefunctionsf(s)^/f(s)areinfiniteonlyfors= s^, s2i,..., sri;
thendenotingthe coefficient of(s Spi)1intheLaurentexpansionof
/()W/(*)inpowersof(s-spi)by
(X,fi)p+i(X, fj,)p,
where(X,/i)pand(X,/*)/arereal,andobservingthat theonly polesofthe
functionf(s)^/f(s)arethepointss= spi,andthat these aresimple poles,
wehave
(X,n)p+i(\M(\,f*)-i\,n
s-si
andtherefore
&lt;f&gt;(t)^isthecoefficient of1/5intheLaurentexpansionof
e&lt;-)f [(X?/*)P+i(\rip
,(\rip~i(\AQpl
p=i ( sSpi s+Spi j
inpowers ofs.
Butthecoefficient ofI/sintheLaurentexpansionofe8(t~^]
f(sspi)is
-&lt;o)i
?an(jt^ecoefficient ofl/sintheLaurentexpansionofes{t-t)
/(s+spi)
ise~Sf&gt;(t~t
&lt;&gt;)l
;wehave therefore
=2S{(X, /i)pcossp(t-t)-(X,fi)pfsinsp(-
)},P=I
and sofinally
nr
qn=222[&+.{(,AO PcosSp (*-*&lt;&gt;) -(a,M)Psin5P(-^)}a=lp=l
-^a{(n+a,/i)pcossp(i-
)-(n+a,/x)psinsp(t-1)}]O=1,2,...,2w).
T/itsformula constitutes thegeneralsolutionofthedifferential equations of
motion. Hencefinally weseethatwhen thetotalenergy ofasystem vibrating
about astateofsteady motion isapositive definite form,thevibratorymotion
canbeexpressedintermsofcircularfunctions of t,and thesteadymotion is
stable; theperiods ofthenormal vibrations areZTT/S!, 27r/s 2,...,where is1}
is.2,...aretheroots ofthedeterminantalequation f(s)=0,whose order ins2
isequaltothenumberofnon-ignorable coordinatesofthesystem.
Theaboveinvestigationisvalidwhether thedeterminantalequationhas
repeatedroots ornot.
Between thecoefficients(X, p.}p,(X, /x)p,there exist therelations
(^M)P=-
(p-,x)P,(x,/i)p =(M&gt; ^)p t
andsoinparticular (X,X)p=0.
84,85J Theory ofVibrations 203
These relations follow from equationswhich Cinvirtue oftheirdefinitions)aretrue for
/()&gt;/(*)*! namely
/(*)-/(-),
Example.Ifthenumber ofdegreesoffreedom ofthesystem,afterignorationofthe
ignorable coordinates,iseven, shew thatwhen theignorablevelocities arelarge (e.g.if
theignorablecoordinates aretheangles through which certainfly-wheelshave rotated,
thiswouldimplythat thefly-wheelsarerotating very rapidly),half theperiodsof
vibration areverylongandtheother halfarevery short, theonesetbeing proportional
totheignorablevelocities andtheother setbeing inversely proportionaltothese
velocities.
ItwaspointedoutbyPoincare* that thediscussion ofstability bythe
method ofsmall oscillations doesnottakeaccount ofsome features which are
likelytobepresentinactualproblems. Thusf, consider aparticlemoveable
ontheinner surface ofasphericalbowlwhich rotates with constantangular
velocityabout itsvertical diameter. Ifthebowl beperfectly smooth, the
equilibriumoftheparticleinthelowestpositioniscertainly stable, the
rotation ofthebowl havingnoeffect on it.But ifthere betheslightest
friction between theparticleandthebowl, and iftheangular velocityofthe
bowl exceeds acertain value, theparticlewillwork itswayoutwards in
aspiral pathtowards thepositioninwhich itrotates with thebowl likethe
bobofaconicalpendulum.
85.Examples ofvibrations aboutsteadymotion.
Anumber ofillustrative cases ofvibration about astate ofsteadymotion
willnowbeconsidered.
(i)Aparticleisdescribingthecircle r=a,z=b,inthecylindrical field offorcein
which thepotential energyisF=((r, 2),where r2=#24-y2
,itbeing giventhatclV/dzis
zerowhenr=a,z=b.Tofindtheconditions forstability ofthemotion.
Ifwewrite x=rcos8, y=rsir\8,
wehave forthekinetic andpotential energiesoftheparticle, whose mass willbedenoted
bym,
Theintegral correspondingtotheignorablecoordinate 6ismr26=k,where kisa
constant. Themodified kinetic potentialafterignorationof6istherefore
R=T-V-W
*ActaMath. vn.(1885), p.259.
tThis illustration isduetoLamb, Proc. Roy. Soc.LXXX.(1908), p.168.
204Theory ofVibrations[CH.vn
Forthesteady motion wemust have
thelatter condition issatisfied byhypothesis, andtheformergives k2=ma3
c(f&gt;/da. We
have therefore
is2-
&lt;r,z-^-.
Writingr
andneglecting terms above theseconddegreeinpandf,wehave
3 \
0aa+-
(Pa-
Asnoterms linear inporfoccur, this isessentially thesame asaproblemofvibrations
about equilibrium, andthecondition forstabilityis(79)that
shall beapositivedefinite form,i.e.that
3\
a+-(f)a)&lt;f&gt;bb~
&lt;t&gt;2
aband(pbba/
shall both bepositive. These aretherequiredconditions forstabilityofthesteady
motion.
Corollary.Ifaparticleofunitmass isdescribingacircular orbit ofradius aina
plane about acentre offorce atthecentre ofthecircle, thepotential energy being &lt;p(r)
where risthedistance from thecentre, themodified kineticpotentialis
(3\
&lt;aa+-&lt;M,a/
wherer=a+p,sothecondition forstabilityis
3
&lt;Paa+a&lt;P*&gt;
andtheperiodofavibration about thecircular motion is
3
(ii)Tofind theperiod ofthevibrations aboutsteadycircular motion ofaparticle
moving undergravity onasurface ofrevolution whose axis isvertical.
Letzf(r)betheequationofthesurface, where(z,r,ff)arecylindricalcoordinates
with theaxisofthesurface asaxis ofz.Iftheparticleisprojected alongthehorizontal
tangenttothesurface atanypoint withasuitable velocity,itwilldescribe ahorizontal
circle onthesurface with constantvelocity. Letabetheradius ofthecircle;weshall
takethemass oftheparticletobeunity,asthisinvolves nolossofgenerality.
The kinetic potentialis
The integral correspondingtotheignorablecoordinate 6isr2d=k,andthemodified
kinetic potentialofthesystemafter ignorationofQistherefore
r}}-gf(r)-F/2r2
.
85] Theory ofVibrations 205
Theproblemisthusreduced tothat offindingthevibrations about equilibriumofthe
systemwithonedegreeoffreedom forwhichRisthekineticpotential. Thecondition for
equilibriumis
(d/)=0,orV=ga\f (a\
\or lr=a ,
and this gives
R=ir*{1+/2(r)}-gf(r) -ga?f (a)/2r2
.
Writing r=a+p,where pissmall, andexpandinginpowersofp,wehave
Theequationofmotion
&lt;^/ _
dt\df&gt; dp
istherefore p{l+/2
(a)}+0p{/"()+|/()]=0,
andthecondition forstabilityis
r&lt;
theperiodofavibration being
27T
Tg
Example.Ifthesurface isaparaboloidofrevolution whose axis isvertical and
vertex downwards, shew that thevibration-periodis
where Iisthesemi-latus rectum oftheparaboloid.
(iii)Todetermine thevibrations about steadymotion ofatoponaperfectly rough
plane.
LetAdenote themoment ofinertia ofthetopabout alinethroughitsapexperpen
dicular toitsaxisofsymmetry,and let6denote theanglemade bytheaxiswith the
vertical,Mthemass ofthetop,andhthedistance ofitscentre ofgravity from itsapex:
thenwehave seen(71)that after ignoringtheEulerian angles (pand^,theangleis
determined bysolvingthedynamical systemdefined bythekineticpotential
where aandbareconstants dependingontheinitial circumstances ofthemotion.
Let a,nbethevalues of6and
&lt;j&gt;respectivelyinthesteady motion,so(72)
wehave
Anzcosa+Mgk=bn,
Ansin2a=ab cos a.
Todiscuss thevibratorymotion ofthetopabout thisform ofsteady motion, wewrite
e=a+xwhere xisasmall quantity, andexpandRinascending powersofx,neglecting
powersofxabove thesecond andeliminatingaand bbyuseofthelasttwoequations ;
wethus obtain forRthevalue
R^AJP-lAx* {n2sin2a+(ncosa-MghjA n)2
}.
206 Theory ofVibrations[OH.vn
Theequationofmotion forxistherefore
x+{n2sin2a+(ncosa-Mgh/Anf]x=0.
Asthecoefficient ofxispositive,thestateofsteady motion isstable;and theperiod
ofavibration is
27T{*-2Mghcosa/A+J*gih*IA*n*}~t.
(iv) Thesleeping top.
Ifweconsider thatform ofsteadymotion ofthetopinwhich aiszero, sothat
theaxisofthetopispermanentlydirectedvertically upwards, thetoprotating about this
axiswithagiven angular velocity,themethod ofthepreceding example must bemodified,
sincenowtheform ofsteady motion inwhich aisasmall constant istoberegardedasa
vibration about thetypeofmotion inwhich aiszero :sothatwemaynowexpecttohave
twoindependent periodsofnormal vibration, theanaloguesofwhich intheprevious
examplearetheperiodofthesteady motion andtheperiodofvibration about it.
Asin71,thekinetic andpotential energiesofthetopare
T=\4&lt;92+M(/&gt;2sin2
&lt;?+|tf(^+
&lt;j&gt;cos
&lt;9)2
,
V=Mghcos6.
Theintegral correspondingtotheignorablecoordinate ^is
6=^(^+cos
&lt;9),
andhence afterignorationof^weobtain forthekineticpotentialofthesystemthevalue
R=\Afr+%A&lt;&sin26+b$cos6-Mghcos6.
Inthetwolastterms wecanreplacecos6by(cos61),since theterms
b&lt;j)andMgh
thusaddeddisappearfrom theequationsofmotion.
As &lt;isnotasmall quantity throughoutthemotion, wetake ascoordinates inplace of
6and
&lt;f)thequantities and77,where
From these equations, neglectingterms above theseconddegreein,77, ,rj,wehave
andsowehave
&-lAt*
Theequations ofmotion are
_ _
"
dt
bf,-Mg
(Arj-b-Mghr,=0.
IfSTT/Xistheperiodofa.normal vibration, onsubstituting =7
,r)KeKinthese
differential equations andeliminating JandKweobtain theequation
-A2/I-Mghib\ =0,
ib\ -\2AMg,
or(X2A+Mgh)2-62X2=0.
Thetworoots ofthisquadraticinX2givethevalues ofXcorrespondingtothetwo
normal vibrations :wehave therefore todetermine thenature ofthese roots.
85,86] Theory ofVibrations 207
Thesolution ofthequadraticis
Thevalues ofXaretherefore realornotaccordingasb2isgreater orlessthan4AMgh.
Intheformer casethesteady spinning motion round thevertical isstable :inthelatter
case, unstable.
Itmust notbesupposed, however, that intheunstable case theaxis ofthetop
necessarily departs veryfarfrom thevertical: allthat ismeant bytheterm "unstable"
isthatwhen b2
&lt;.4AMghthedisturbed motion does not,asthedisturbance isindefinitely
diminished, tend toalimiting form coincident withtheundisturbed motion.
Asamatter offact,ifb2-4AMgk, though negative,isvery small,itispossible forthe
axisofthetopinits "unstable" motion toremainpermanentlyclose tothevertical :but
inthiscasethemaximumdivergence from thevertical cannot bemadeindefinitely small
(foragiven value of6)bymakingtheinitial disturbanceindefinitely small*.
86. Vibrationsofsystems involving movingconstraints.
Ifadynamical systeminvolves aconstraint which varies with thetime
(e.g.ifoneoftheparticlesofthesystemismoveable onasmooth wire or
surface which ismade torotateuniformlyabout agiven axis), thekinetic
potentialofthesystemisnolonger necessarily composedofterms ofdegrees
2and inthevelocities;terms which arelinear inthevelocities mayalso
occur. Theequationswhich determine thevibrations ofsuch asystemwill
therefore ingeneralincludegyroscopic terms, evenwhen thevibration is
about relativeequilibrium:thesolution canbeeffected bythemethods above
developedfortheproblemofvibrations aboutsteadymotion. Thefollowing
examplewillillustrate this.
Example.Tofindtheperiods ofthenormal vibrationsofaheavy particleabout its
position ofequilibriumatthelowestpoint ofasurface which isrotatingwith constant
angular velocityu&gt;about avertical axisthroughthepoint.
Let(.v, ?/,z)bethecoordinates oftheparticle,referred toaxeswhich revolve with the
surface, theaxes ofxandybeingthetangentstothelines ofcurvature atthelowest
point, andtheaxis ofzbeingvertical. Lettheequation ofthesurface be
i2 2
z=~+~-+terms ofhigher order.
%&gt;i 2p2
Thekinetic andpotential energiesoftheparticle are
V=mgz.
Thekinetic potentialofthevibration-problemistherefore
(y&y2\
5T-+j- )/Pi ^Pz/
*Adiscussion ofthestability ofthesleeping topisgiven byKlein, Ball.Amer. Math. Soc.in.
(1897), pp.129132, 292.
208 Theory ofVibrations [CH.
Theequationsofmotion are
_._ = ~
cy
Pi
Iftheperiodofanormal vibration is27T/X,wehave (substituting XAe, y=BelXin
thedifferential equations, andeliminating AandB)
-2wiX =0,
or (X2+2-g/pi) (X2+o&gt;2-glpz}-4X22=0.
Theroots ofthisquadraticinX2determine theperiodsofthenormal vibrations.
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Aparticlemoves onacurve which rotates uniformlyabout afixed axis, the
potential energy V()oftheparticle depending onlyonitspositionasdefined bythe
arc s.Shew that theperiodofavibration about apositionofrelative restonthe
curve is
dVd,
where risthedistance oftheparticlefrom theaxis.
2.Determine thevibrations ofasolid horizontal circular cylinder rollinginside a
hollow horizontal circular cylinderwhose axis isfixed, shewingthat thelengthofthe
simple equivalent pendulumis(b-a)(3M+m)l(2M+m);where bistheradius andJ/the
mass, oftheoutercylinder,andaistheradius andmthemass, oftheinner cylinder.
(Coll. Exam.)
3.Athin hemisphericalbowl ofmassMandradius aisonaperfectly rough
horizontalplane,andaparticleofmassmisincontact with theinner surface ofthebowl,
supposedsmooth. Shew thatwhen thesystem performssmall oscillations, themotion of
theparticleandthecentre ofgravityofthebowl beinginoneplane,theperiodsofthe
normal vibrations are2^/^X7 and2^/^X3,where AtandX2aretheroots oftheequation
ma\g-(g-aA)(\g-%aA)M= 0. (Coll.Exam.)
4.Astringoflength4aisloaded atequalintervals with three weights m,Mandm
respectively, and issuspendedfromtwopointsAandBsymmetrically.Shew that ifM
performsmall vertical vibrations, thelengthofthesimple equivalent pendulumis
acosacosftsin(a-
ft}cos(a-0)
sinacos2a+sinftcos2
ft
where aandftaretheinclinations ofthepartsofthestringtothevertical.
(Coll. Exam.)
5.Auniform barwhose lengthis2aissuspended byashort string whose lengthisI;
provethat thetime ofvibration isgreater than ifthebarwere swingingabout one
extremityintheratiol+9/32a:1nearly.(Coll. Exam.)
vn] Theory ofVibrations 209
6.Anelliptic cylinderwithplane ends atright anglestoitsaxisrestsupon twofixed
smoothperpendicular planes which areeach inclined at45tothehorizon. Shew that
there aretwostable configurations andoneunstable, andthat intheformer casethe
length oftheequivalent pendulumis
ab(a2+62)/2V2(a-6)2(a+6),
aandbbeing thelengthsofthesemi-axes.(Coll. Exam.)
7.Arough circularcylinderofradius aandmassmisloaded sothat itscentre of
gravityisatadistance hfrom theaxis,and isplaced onaboard ofequal masswhich
canmove onasmooth horizontalplaneiIfthesystemisdisturbedslightly when ina
position ofstableequilibrium, shew thatthelengthofthesimple equivalent pendulumis
k2lh+\(a-h}2
/k,wheremk1isthemoment ofinertia ofthecylinder about ahorizontal
axisthroughitscentre ofgravity. (Coll. Exam.)
8.Oneendofauniform rodoflengthbandmassmisfreely jointedtoapointina
smooth vertical wall;theother end isfreely jointedtoapointinthesurface ofauniform
sphere ofmassMandradius awhich restsagainstthewall. Shew thattheperiod ofthe
vibrations about thepositionofequilibriumisZTT/JO,where
p2(sin sin2
(a-
/3)+|cosasin(a-/3)+fsin/3cos2
/3}=--?--(asinacos2a+bsin/3cos2
/3),
aand/3being given bytheequations
asina+bsin/3-a=0,
(m+M)tanft-Mtana=0.(Coll.Exam.)
9.Athin circularcylinder ofmassMand radius brests onaperfectly rough
horizontalplane, andinside itisplacedaperfectly rough sphereofmassmandradius a.
Ifthesystem bedisturbed inaplane perpendiculartothegeneratorsofthecylinder,find
theequations offinite motion, anddeduce two firstintegrals ofthem;and ifthemotion
besmall, shew thatthelengthofthesimple equivalent pendulumis
l4M(b-a)/(WM+7m.).
(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1899.)
10.Asphereofradius cisplaced upon ahorizontalperfectly rough wire inthe
form ofanellipse ofaxes 2a,2b.Prove thatthetime ofavibration undergravity about
theposition ofstableequilibriumisthat ofasimple pendulumoflengthIgiven by
whereF=2c2
/5andd2=c2-62
.(Coll. Exam.)
11.Arhombus offourequal uniform rods oflength afreely jointed togetherislaid
onasmooth horizontalplane with oneangle equal to2a.Theopposite corners are
connected bysimilar elasticstringsofnaturallengths 2acosa,2asin a.Prove that if
onestringbeslightly extended andtherhombus leftfree, theperiods during which
thestrings areextended inthesubsequent motion areintheratio
(cosa)$:(sina)^. (Coll. Exam.)
12.Aparticleofmassmisattachedbynequalelasticstringsofnaturallength ato
thefixed angular pointsofaregular polygonofnsides, theradius ofwhosecircumscribing
circle isc.Shew that iftheparticle beslightly displaced from itsequilibrium positionin
theplaneofthepolygon,itwillexecute harmonic vibrations inastraight line,thelength
ofthesimple equivalent pendulum being 2mgac/n\ (2c-a),and that forvibrations
perpendiculartotheplaneofthepolygon, thecorresponding lengthwillbemgacjriX (c-a),
Xbeing themodulus ofeachstring. (Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1900.)
w.D. 14
210 Theory ofVibrations[en.
13.Theenergy -equationofaparticleis
f(x)x2=
2&lt;f)(x)+constant,
andaisavalue ofxforwhich
&lt;$&gt;(x~)iszero. If &lt;&lt;2p)(x)isthe first derivative of
&lt;j&gt;(x)
which doesnotvanish forx=a,shew thattheperiodofavibration about theposition ais
4r
(i/2/&gt;) fr
(2/&gt;)/ra
hv1F(1/2/3+^) ( 4/30(2p)(a)
where histhevalue of(x-a)correspondingtotheextremedisplacement. (Elliott.)
]4.Aconehas itscentre ofgravityatadistance cfrom itsaxis,there beinginother
respectstheusual kinetic symmetryatthevertex. Ifthecone oscillates onahorizontal
plane andtheplane beperfectly rough, shew that thelength ofthesimple equivalent
pendulumis
(cosa/Me)(Asin2a+Ccos2
a),
whereas ifthisplane beperfectly smooth, thelengthis
(cos a/Me)(sin2a/A+cos2a/C). (Coll. Exam.)
15.Anumber ofequal uniform rodseach oflength 2aarefreely jointedatacommon
extremity andarrangedatequal angularintervals liketheribsofanumbrella. Thiscone
ofrods isputoverasmooth fixed sphereofradius6,each rodbeingincontact withthe
sphere, andrests inequilibrium. Shew that,ifthesystem beslightlydisturbed sothat
thehinge performsvertical vibrations about thepositionofequilibrium, theirperiodis
l+3sin2a\4 /wsm a.1+2 sin2a,
where sec3asina=a/6. (Camb. Math. Tripos, PartI,1896.)
16.Aheavy rectangular board issymmetrically suspendedinahorizontalposition
byfourlightelasticstrings attached tothecorners oftheboard andtoafixedpoint
vertically above itscentre. Shew thattheperiodofthevertical vibrations is
^WM)
where cistheequilibriumdistance oftheboard below thefixedpoint,aisthelengthof
asemi-diagonal, =(2+c2
)2,andXisthemodulus.(Coll. Exam.)
17..Aheavy lamina hangsinequilibriuminahorizontalposition suspended bythree
vertical inextensiblestringsofunequal lengths. Shew that thenormal vibrations are
(1)arotation about either oftwo vertical lines inaplane through thecentroid, and
(2)ahorizontal swing paralleltothisplane. (Coll. Exam.)
18.Auniform rodoflength 2aisfreely hingedatoneend, attheother endastring
oflengthbisattached which isfastened atitsfurther endtoapoint onthesurface ofa
homogeneous sphereofradius c.Ifthemasses oftherodandsphereareequal,findthe
motion ofthesystem whenslightlydisturbed from thevertical, andshew that the
equationtodetermine theperiodsis
2a6c/x3-gp?(66c+19ca+5a6)+g2n(35a+156+2k1
)-g3=0.
(Coll. Exam.)
19.Auniform wire,intheshapeofanellipseofsemi-axesa,6,restsuponarough
horizontal planewith itsminor axis vertical andaparticleofequal mass issuspended by
afinestringoflengthIattached tothehighest point.Ifvibrations inaverticalplane
beperformed, provethat their periodswillbethose ofpendulums whose lengthsarethe
value ofxgiven bytheequation
{x(36-2a2/6)+562+i?}(x-l)+462/=0,
where kistheradius ofgyrationabout thecentre ofgravity. (Coll. Exarn.)
vn] Theory ofVibrations 211
20.Afineinextensiblestring has itsends tied totwo fixedpegsinahorizontal
linewhose distanceapartisthree-quarters ofthelength ofthestring. Thestring
alsopasses through twosmall smoothrings which arefixed totheends ofauniform
straightrodwhoselengthishalf that ofthestring. The rodhangsinequilibrium
inahorizontalposition and receives asmall disturbance intheverticalplaneofthe
string. Shew thatinitiallyitsnormal coordinates interms ofthetime areLcos(pt+a)
andMcosh(qt+fi),wherep2andq2aretheroots oftheequation
yA_^9X2_3ff*=o.(ColLExam .)4a 4a-*
21.Aheavyuniform rodoflength 2a,suspended from afixedpoint byastring
oflength b,isslightly disturbed from itsverticalposition. Shew thattheperiodsofthe
normal vibrations areI2nlp land27r/p 2,wherepi2and
p&gt;22aretheroots oftheequation
abp*-(4a
22.Acirculardisc,mass M,isattached byastring from itscentre Ctoafixed
point0.Aparticle ofmassmisfixed tothedisc atapointPontherim. Find the
equations ofmotion onaverticalplaneinterms oftheangles 6and whichOCandCP
make with thevertical, andprove that ifthesystem vibrates about theposition of
equilibrium theperiodsinthese coordinates aregiven bytheequation
(M+m)(p~a-g]{(M+2i)cp2-2mg]=2m2cap\
where aisthelength ofthestringOCand ctheradius ofthedisc.(Coll. Exam.)
23.Ahemispherical bowl ofradius 2brestsonasmooth table with theplane ofits
rimhorizontal;within itandinequilibriumliesaperfectly rough sphereofradiusb,and
massone-quarterofthat ofthebowl.Aslight displacementinaverticalplane con
taining thecentres ofthesphere andthebowl isgiven:prove that theperiods ofthe
consequent vibrations are2ir/pi and2ir/p z,wherep^andp%2aretheroots ofthe
equation
1566%2-2606a^+75#2=0.(Coll. Exam.)
24.Auniform circular disc ofmassmandradius aisheld inequilibrium ona
smooth horizontalplane bythree equalelasticstringsofmodulusX,naturallength1and
stretchedlengthI.Thestrings areattached tothediscattheextremities ofthree radii
equally inclined tooneanother andtheir other ends areattached topoints oftheplane
lying ontheradiiproduced. Shew thattheperiods ofvibration ofthediscare
J)}and
where /i=2m^ /3X. (Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1898.)
25.Aparticleisdescribing acircle under theinfluence ofaforce tothecentre
varyingasthenthpower ofthedistance. Shew that thisstate ofmotion isunstable ifn
belessthan-3.
r
Shewthat,iftheforcevaryase"/r2
,themotion isstable orunstableaccordingas
theradius ofthecircle islessorgreater than a.(Coll. Exam.)
26.Aparticle moves infreespace under theaction ofacentre offorcewhich varies
astheinverse square ofthedistance andafield ofconstant force :shew thatacircle
describeduniformlyisapossible state ofsteady motion, butthis willbestableonly
provided thecircle asviewed from thecentre offorceappearstolieonaright circular
conewhose semi-verticalangleisgreater thanarccosj. (Coll. Exam.)
142
212 Theory ofVibrations [CH.
27.Aparticledescribes acircle uniformlyunder theinfluence oftwocentres offorce
which attract inverselyasthesquareofthedistance. Prove thatthemotion isstable if
3cosecos&lt;&lt;1,where 6and
&lt;f&gt;aretheangleswhich aradius ofthe circle subtends
atthecentres offorce. (Camb.Math. Tripos,PartI,1889.)
28.Aheavy particleisprojected horizontallyontheinterior ofasmooth conewith
itsaxis vertical andapexdownwards; the initial distance from theapexiscandthe
semi-vertical angleofthecone isa.Find thecondition thatahorizontal circle should be
described; andshew that thetime ofavibration about this steadymotion isthat
ofasimple pendulumoflength ^cseca. (Coll. Exam.)
29.Acircular dischasathinrodpushed throughitscentre perpendiculartoits
plane,thelengthoftherodbeing equaltotheradius ofthedisc;provethatthesystem
cannot spinwith therodvertical unless thevelocityofapointonthecircumference
ofthedisc isgreaterthan thevelocity acquired byabodyafter falling from rest
vertically throughtentimes theradius ofthe disc. (Coll. Exam.)
30.Prove that forasymmetrical topspinning uprightwith sufficient angular
velocityforstability,thetwotypesofmotion, differing slightlyfrom thesteadymotion
intheupright position,which aredetermined bysimpleharmonic functions ofthetime,
arethelimits ofsteadymotions with theaxisslightlyinclined tothevertical, andthat
theperiodofthevibrations isthelimitingvalue ofthatwhich correspondstosteady
motion inaninclined positionwhen theinclination isindefinitelydiminished.
(Coll. Exam.)
31.Oneendofauniform rodoflength2awhose radius ofgyration about one
end iskiscompelledtodescribe ahorizontal circle ofradius cwithuniform angular
velocityw.Prove thatwhen themotion issteadytherod lies intheverticalplane
throughthecentre ofthecircle andmakes anangleawith thevertical given by
w2(k2+accoseca)=ayseca.
Shew that theperiodsofthenormal vibrations are27r/\i, 27r/X 2,where Xl5X2arethe
(FX2sina-
a&gt;2ac) (2X2sina-
a&gt;2ac-
a&gt;2&2sin3a)=4a&gt;24X2sin2acos2a.
(Camb.Math. Tripos,PartI,1889.)
32. Investigatethemotion ofaconical pendulumwhen disturbed from itsstate of
steadymotion byasmall vertical harmonic oscillation ofthepointofsupport. Canthe
steadymotion berendered unstable bysuchadisturbance? (Coll. Exam.)
33.Themiddle pointofonesideofauniform rectangleisfixedandthelinejoining
ittothemiddle pointoftheoppositeside isconstrained todescribe acircular cone
ofsemi -angleawith uniform angular velocity. The rectangle being otherwise free,
find thepositionsofsteadymotion andprovethat thetime ofavibration about the
positionofstable steadymotion isequaltotheperiodofrevolution divided bysina.
(Coll. Exam.)
34.Asolid ofrevolution, symmetricalabout aplane throughitscentre ofgravity
perpendiculartoitsaxis,issuspendedfrom afixed pointbyastringoflengthbwhich is
attached tooneend oftheaxis ofthe solid,this axisbeingoflength2a.Themass
ofthesolid isM,and itsprincipalmoments ofinertia atitscentre ofgravityare
(A,A,C}.Ifthesolid isslightlydisturbed from thestate ofsteadymotion inwhich the
string and axis arevertical, andthebodyisspinningonitsaxiswithangular velocity ,
shew thattheperiodsofthenormal vibrations are^irlp land
27r//&gt; 2,wherep^andp22are
theroots oftheequation
HaPgp*-=(g-fy2
)(Mag+Cnp-Ap*}.
vn] Theory ofVibrations 213
35.Asymmetrical topspins with itsaxisvertical, thetipofthepegrestingin
afixed socket. Asecondtop,alsospinning,isplaced onthesummit ofthefirst, thetip
ofthepegrestinginasmall socket. Shew thatthearrangementisstableprovidedthe
equation
(Mcgx*+CQx+A){(Mc1+MK)gx*+CQx+(A+Mh?}}=J/2AV)
has allitsroots real;fl,iibeingthespinsoftheupper andlowertops respectively,
M,Mtheir masses, C,Ctheirmoments ofinertia about theaxis offigure, A,Aabout
perpendiculars throughthepegs, c,cthedistances ofthecentroids from thepegs,andh
thedistance between thepegs. (Camb. Math. Tripos, PartI,1898.)
36.Ahomogeneous body spins onasmooth horizontalplaneinstablesteady motion,
withangular velocity wabout thevertical through thepointofcontact andthecentre of
gravity. Thebodyissymmetrical about each oftwoperpendicular planes through the
vertical. Theprincipalradii ofcurvature atthevertex onwhich itrests arepi ,p2;the
moments ofinertia about theprincipalaxesthrough thecentre ofgravity (parallel tothe
lines ofcurvature) arerespectively Aand,and thatabout the vertical isC.The
heightofthecentre ofgravity about thevertex isa=al+pl=a.2+p2;andXw2isthe
weightofthebody.
Shew thatthefollowing conditions must besatisfied :
(i)
(ii)
(iii)Thevalue ofXmust not liebetween thetwovalues
(A+B-C]\JB{M+ 2(A-Cf)YJA[a.2B4-av(E-
ifthetworadicals intheexpression areboth real.
(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1897.)
CHAPTER VIII
NON-HOLONOMIC SYSTEMS. DISSIPATIVE SYSTEMS
87.Lagranges equationswithundeterminedmultipliers.
Wenowproceedtotheconsideration ofnon-holonomic dynamical systems.
Inthesesystems,aswasseen in 25,thenumber ofindependentcoordinates
(&lt;?i&gt; &lt;?2,&gt;In)requiredinorder tospecifytheconfigurationofthesystemat
anytime isgreaterthan thenumber ofdegreesoffreedom ofthesystem,
owingtothefactthat thesystemissubjecttoconstraints which willbe
supposedtodonowork, andwhich areexpressed byanumber ofnon-
integrable*kinematical relations oftheform
Alkdq1+A2kdq2+...+Ankdqn+Tkdt=(k=l,2, ...,m),
where An,A12,...,Anm ,7\,T2,...,Tmaregivenfunctions ofq1}
q%, iQn&gt;t.
Themost familiar exampleofsuchasystemisthat ofabodywhich isconstrained to
rollwithoutsliding onagivenfixed surface :thecondition thatnosliding takesplaceis
expressed bytworelations ofthetype givenabove. Astillsimpler exampleisthatof,a
vertical wheel with asharp edgewhich rolls onahorizontal sheet ofpaper,asinthe
integraphofAbdank-Abakanowicz andtheintegratorofPascal :thewheel movesonlyin
itsowninstantaneous plane,thefriction atthesharp edge preventingitfromslipping
sideways.If(x,y}aretherectangularcoordinates ofitspointofcontact with the
paper, and$theazimuth ofitsplane, wehave inthiscasethenon-holonomicequation
ofcondition
dytan
&lt;p.dx=0.
Thenumber ofkinematical relationsbeing m,thesystemwillhave
(nm)degreesoffreedom;itisnotpossibletoapply Lagrangesequations
directlytosuchasystem,butanextension oftheLagrangian equationswill
nowbegivenwhich willenable ustodiscuss themotion ofnon-holonomic
systemsinawayanalogoustothatpreviously developedforholonomic
systems.
Consider then anon-holonomicsystem,whoseconfigurationatany
instant iscompletely specified byncoordinatesql}q2,...,qn;letthe
kinetic energybeT,and letthekinematical conditions due tothenon-
holonomic constraints beexpressed bytherelations
A.kdq,+A^dq 2+...+Ankdqn+Tkdt=(k=1,2,...,m).
*Ifthese relations were integrable,itwould bepossibletoexpress some ofthecoordinates
(&lt;?i&gt;92&gt;11n)iQterms oftheothers, andthencoordinates would therefore notbeindependent:
which iscontrarytoourassumption.
87] Non-holonomicSystems. Dissipative Systems 215
Now itisopentouseithersimplytoregard thesystemassubjectto
these kinematical conditions, orinplaceofthese toregardthesystemas
acted onbycertain additional external forces, namelytheforces which have
tobeexertedbytheconstraints inorder tocompelthesystemtofulfil the
kinematical conditions; weshall forthepresenttake thelatterpointof
view. Let
Qi8qi+Q*Bq t+...+Qn*q*
bethework done onthesystem bythese additional forces inanarbitrary
displacement (Sq^ 8q2,...,Sqn)(whichisnownotrestricted tosatisfythe
kinematicalconditions), and let
Ql8q 1+Q2Sq2+...+QnSqn
bethework done onthesystem bytheoriginalexternal forces inthis dis
placement. Since thesubstitution ofadditional forces forthekinematical
relations hasmade thesystem holonomic, wecanapplytheLagrangian
equations ;wehave therefore
dd
astheequationsofmotion ofthesystem.
The forces
Q/&gt;Qz,&gt;Qnareunknown :buttheyaresuch that, inany
displacementconsistent with theinstantaneous constraints, theydonowork.
Itfollows thatthequantity
Qidq l+Q2dq2+...+Qndqn
iszero for allvalues ofthe ratiosdq l:dq 2:... :dqnwhichsatisfythe
equations
A*dq l+Atitdqa+...+Ankdqn=0;
hence wemust have
Qr=\An+\a4+...+\mArm (r=1,2,...,n),
where thequantities \l}\2,...,\mareindependentofr.Wethushave
altogetherthe(n+m)equations
ddT\ dT
^ifcffi+A2kq2+...+Ankqn+2^=(k=l,2, ...,m),
and these aresufficienttodetermine the(n+m)unknownquantities
&lt;1\,fc,&gt;qn,^i, )u&gt; ,X.Theproblemisthusreduced tothesolution
ofthis setofequations*.
Theextension ofLagrangesequations tonon-holonomic systemsisduetoFerrers, Quart.
Journ. Math. xn.(1871), p.1 :C.Neumann, Leipzig Berichte, XL.(1888), p.22:andVierkandt,
Monatshefte furMath. u.Phys. in.(1892), p.31.
216 Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems [CH.vin
88.Equations ofmotionreferredtoaxesmovinginanymanner.
Themethodgivenintheprecedingarticledepends essentiallyonthe
reduction ofthenon-holonomicsystemtoaholonomicsystem byintroducing
theforces due tothenon-holonomic constraints. Inpractice,this isoften
mostconvenientlydonebyforming separatelytheequationsofmotion of
each ofthebodies ofthesystem.Itismoreoverfrequently advantageous
touseaxes ofreference which arenotfixed either inspaceorinthebody,
andweshallnow findtheequationsofmotion ofarigid bodyreferred to
axeswhich have theiroriginatthecentre ofgravityofthebody,andare
turningabout itinanymanner*.
LetGbethecentre ofgravityofthebody,and letGxyzbethemoving
axes. Let(u,v,w)bethecomponentsofvelocityofthecentre ofgravity
resolvedparalleltothese axes,and let(0l,0&lt;2,#3)bethecomponentsof
angular velocityofthesystemofaxesGxyzresolvedalongtheaxesthem
selves; further let
(&&gt;j,w2,&&gt;3)bethecomponentsofangular velocityofthe
body,resolvedalongthesame axes. Then(64)themotion ofGisthesame
asthatofaparticleofmassM,equaltothat ofthebody,acted onbyforces
equaltotheexternal forces which actonthebody (includingallforces of
constraint, exceptthemolecular reactions between theconstituentparticles
ofthebody);let(X,Y,Z)bethecomponents paralleltotheaxesGxyzof
these external forces.
ThecomponentofvelocityofGparalleltoGx isu,andconsequently
(17)thecomponentofitsacceleration inthisdirection isuv03+wQ2;we
have therefore theequation
which canbewritten
whereTdenotes thekineticenergyofthebody, expressedinterms of
(u, v,w, a&gt;!,&lt;w2&gt;&&gt;3);andsimilarequationscanbeobtained forthemotion
ofGparalleltotheaxesGyand Gz.
Consider next themotion ofthebodyrelative toG,which(64)is
independentofthemotion ofG;from 62,63,weseethat theangular
momentum ofthebodyabout theaxisGx isdT/dwi,sothat therate of
increase ofangular momentum about anaxis fixed inspace and in
stantaneously coincidingwithGx is
Af^.\-B 9
*Intheapplicationsofthismethod, theaxes areusually chosen subject tothecondition
thatthemoments andproductsofinertia ofthebody with respecttothem donotvary;butthis
condition isnotessential.
88,89]Non-liolonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems217
IfL,M,Ndenote themoments oftheexternal forces about theaxes
Gxyz,wehave therefore(40)
d dT dT_
25=**j
andtwosimilarequations.
Hencefinallythemotionofthebodyisdetermined bythesixequations
l*.(W\-aW ffd_T_Y d_fdT^_.dT,dT r
dt\du)
d.(W\_dt
dt\dw/2duldv dt\dwj2
9o&gt;i3h
Itwillbeobserved thatthese arereally Lagrangian equationsofmotion
interms ofquasi-coordinates,andcould havebeen derived byuseofthe
theorem of 30.
Example.Iftheoriginofthemovingaxes isnotfixed inthebody,let(w1}u2,a)
bethecomponentsofvelocityoftheoriginofcoordinates, resolvedparalleltothe
instantaneous positionoftheaxes; let(0l5 2,3)bethecomponentsofangular velocity
ofthesystemofaxes, resolved along themselves;let(vi,v2,v3)bethecomponentsof
velocityofthatpointofthebody which isinstantaneouslysituated attheoriginof
coordinates; and let
(&&gt;!,o&gt;2,o&gt;3)bethecomponentsofangular velocityofthebody,also
referred tothemovingaxes. Shew that theequationsofmotion canbewritten in
theform
tfiJ^-^W+e^X,
(VL\-fi^J+eM=dt\c
dT
^OV 00)2dT7-
5
00)3
dT .dT .dT+u3-0!^+3JT-=.
s OVi Oo&gt;3 Oo&gt;i
dT dT dT dT
where(JT,F,Z,Z,J/,^)arethecomponents andmoments oftheexternal forces with
reference tothemovingaxes.
89.Applicationtospecialnon-holonomic problems.
Weshallnowconsider someexamplesillustrative ofthetheoryofnon-
holonomicsystems.
Example1.Sphere rollingonafixed sphere.
Let itberequiredtodetermine themotion ofaperfectly rough sphereofradius aand
mass TOwhich rollsonafixedsphereofradius6,theonlyexternal force being gravity.
218 Non-JwlonomicSystems. Dissipative Systems [CH.vm
Let(b,0, &lt;)bethepolar coordinates ofthepointofcontact, referred tothecentre of
thefixedsphere, thepolar axisbeingvertical. Wetakemoving axesGABC, whereGis
thecentre ofthemoving sphere,GC istheprolongationofthelinejoining thecentres of
thespheres, GA ishorizontal andperpendiculartoGC,andGB isperpendiculartoGA
andGC,inthedirection of6increasing.
With these axeswehave, inthenotation ofthelastarticle,
0i=-P, 0-2=-&lt;j&gt;si"0, 03=cos0,
{5
and ifF,Fdenote thecomponentsoftheforce atthepointofcontactparalleltoGA
andGBrespectively, wehave
X=F, Y=mgsm0 +F,
L=Fa,M=-Fa, N=0.
Theequations ofmotion ofthelastarticle become therefore
m(uv03)=F=fam(o&gt;2 lw3+3i),
in(v-{-u0s) mgsin=F1=gam(o&gt;j 3 a&gt;2+0201s),
0)3"*"C/2O)l~|~UIO)2w.
Moreover, thecomponents paralleltotheaxesGA,GBofthevelocityofthepointof
contact areu ao&gt;2andv-fao)t,andconsequently thekinematical equationswhichexpress
thecondition ofnoslidingatthepointofcontact are
Eliminating F,F,a^,o&gt;2,wehave
|-t703-f0i3=0,
&lt;v+u0 3fa02(&gt;) 3J*-gsin$=0,
I0)3=0.
The lastequation givesa&gt;3=n,where nisaconstant; whilesubstitutingforu,v, 1} 2,
inthe firsttwoequations their values interms of0,6,0,wehave
( d
(a+b}-r(0sin0)+(a+6)0&lt;f&gt;cos-fanf&gt;=0,dt
(a+b]0-(a+b)&lt;p?cos0sin +%an&lt;f&gt;sin0-%gsiu=0.
Theformer ofthese equations canbeintegratedatonce after multiplying throughout
bysin0,andgives
(a+6)0sin2$+fcmcos0=k,
where kisaconstant. Moreover, multiplyingthesecond equation throughout byand
the firstequation by (/&gt;sin0,andadding, weobtain anequation which canbeatonce
integrated, giving
n2^+-2- cos=h,
where hisaconstant;this isreallytheequationofenergyofthesystem.
Eliminating between these twointegral equations, wehave
(a+fe)2sin2
.&=-(k-fancos(9)2-^-g(a+b)sin2cos+h(a+6)2sin2
;
andonwriting cos#=#,thisequation becomes
89] Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems219
Thecubic polynomialinxontheright-handsideofthisequationispositive when
x=+oc,negative when#=1, positiveforsome realvalues of6,i.e.forsome values ofx
between -1and 1,andnegative when#=-1;ithastherefore oneroot greater than
unity, andtworoots between 1and-1;weshall denote these rootsby
coshy,cos/3,cosa,
where cosj3&gt;cosa;andwethenhave
(t+f)=j{(x-coshy)(x-cos|8)(x-cosa)}
J \7a+b)
where eisaconstant ofintegration.
Writing
.14a+b 7A(a+6)2+^a
,+i(coshy +cos/3+cosa)=-*+3,v(a+6)
theequation becomes
or 2=
where thefunction isformed withtheroots
e2~14(a+6){CS/3"
30&lt;7(a+i) J
thesequantities e^e2,e3areallreal,andsatisfytherelations
ei+62+63=0,el&gt;e 2&gt;e3.
Now a*isreal forrealvalues oftand(since xisreal)liesbetween cosaandcos3 ;
sozisrealand liesbetween ezand e3;hence theimaginary partoftheconstant einthe
argumentofthe^-functionisthehalf-period correspondingtotheroot e3,which weshall
denote by&lt;B;therealpartofemaybetaken tobezerobysuitably choosingtheorigin
oftime :andtherefore wehavefinally
14&lt;
Thisequation gives thevariable interms ofthetime :theother coordinate
(/&gt;ofthe
centre ofthemoving sphereisthen obtained byintegratingtheequation
thisintegration canbeeffected byaproceduresimilar tothatused(72)toobtain the
Eulerian angles which define thepositionofatopspinningonaperfectly rough plane.
Example2.Arough sphererolls incontact with theoutside ofafixed rough sphere,
undergravity;ifz2,z3bethegreatest andleast heightsofitscentre, duringthemotion,
and zbetheheight atatime tfromaninstant when zwasequalto22,provethat
(*2~z} [|f&gt;(0-e2]=(*2~23) (&lt;?i-e2),
where el,e2,e3(=-el-e2)arerealquantitiesindescendingorder ofmagnitude.
(Coll. Exam.)
220 Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems [CH.vm
Example3.Sphere rollingonamoving sphere.
Consider nowthemotion ofarough sphereofradius aandmassmwhich rollsunder
gravity onanother sphere,ofradius bandmassM,thelatter sphere beingfreetoturn
about itscentre 0,which isfixed.
Let(6,0)bethepolarcoordinates ofthepointofcontact referred toaxes fixed inspace
with thefixed centre asorigin,theaxisfromwhich 6ismeasured beingvertical.
Toobtain theequationsofmotion ofthespheiem,wetake(asinthelastexample)
moving axesOABC ofwhichGC istheprolongationofthelineOGfjoiningthecentres of
thespheres, andGA ishorizontal. Let(01,$2,3)denote thecomponents ofangular
velocityofthecoordinate-systemresolved alongitsownaxes,and let(wj,o&gt;2,^3)denote the
components ofangular velocityofthespheremalongthesame axes. Then, asinthelast
example, wehave
T=\111UZ+V-+W2+ ((Bj2+(B22+0&gt;32
) ,
and ifF,Fbethecomponentsoftheforceacting onthespherematthepointofcontact
paralleltoOAandGBrespectively, wehave
L^Fa,M=-Fa, N=Q,
sotheequationsofmotion become
(1)3+^3Wi).................. (1),
(02+62013).................. (2),
a)3-
&lt;92an+0j0)2=...................................................... (3).
Todetermine themotion ofthesphere M,wetakemoving axesparalleltotheaxes
(JABC, butwith theiroriginat0;let(Q1?Q2,Q3)denote thecomponentsofangular
velocityofthesphere resolvedalongthese axes. Then forthesphereMwehave
and itsequationsofmotion are
3)=F .............................. (5),
Q3-(92Qi+&lt;9iQ 2=0 ................................. (6).
Theconditions ofnoslidingatthepointofcontact are
u-aa&gt;2=bQ2,v+aa&gt;l=-bQl..............................(7).
Inorder tosolve this setofequations wemultiply equations (3)and(6)byaand b
respectively, andadd;thus, using (7),wehave
aw3+bQs+u&i+v6%=0,
or ai&gt;3-f&Q3=0.
Integrating, wehave
a&lt;a3+bQ3=an, where nisaconstant.
89,90]Non-holonomic Systems. Diasipative Systems221
Moreover, from equations (4)and(7)wehave
-fM(u-
ao&gt;2-b6iQ 3-3v-6zaa&gt;^=F.
Eliminating ^and o&gt;2+ #30&gt;ibetween thisandequations (1),wehave
...
(u-63v)=
d ..,Nrnr1
Similarly from equations (5)and(7),wehave
M(-va&iud3+0.0%&lt;w2+b62Q3)=F .
Eliminating Fand^-#3co2between thisandequations (2),wehave
,..b(M+ni).,
f-(v+M03)=andz+L
2j/9sin6,
5(M+m}qsin d an2M . .
(9cos&lt;9- .- _*-rr=----r.r-rr.4&gt;sme.........(B). or (9-&lt;i2sin
Now theequations (A)and(B),fromwhich 6and$aretobedetermined interms oft,
areofessentiallythesame character astheequationsfound forthedetermination of6
and intheprevious example:theformer equations beinginfactderivable from the
present onesbymakingMvery large comparedwith m.Theintegration therefore
proceeds exactlyasintheformer case.
Example4.Auniform sphererolls onaperfectly rough horizontalplane, under
forces whose resultantpasses throughitscentre. Shew that themotion ofitscentre
isthesame asthatofaparticleacted onbythesame forces reduced intheratio 5 :7.
Example5.Form theequationsofmotion ofaperfectly rough sphere rolling under
gravityinside afixedrightcircularcylinder,theaxisofwhich isinclined tothevertical at
anangle a;andshew that,ifthespherebesuch that&2=^a2
,abeingitsradius andk
theradius ofgyration about anydiameter, and ifitbeplacedatrestwith theaxial plane
throughitscentre making anangle /3with the vertical axialplane,thevelocityof
thecentreparalleltotheaxis,when thisangleis6,is
{sin\6arccosh(cos6seci/3)+cosi(9arccos(sin\dcosecA/3)},
where b+aistheradius ofthecylinder. (Camb. Math. Tripos, PartI,1895.)
Forother examplescf.Woronetz, Math. Ann. LXX.(1911), p.410.
90. Vibrationsofnon-holonomicsystems.
We shall next consider thesmallvibratorymotions ofanon-holonomic
system:itwillappearthat sofarasvibrations aboutequilibriumarecon
cerned, thedifference between holonomic andnon-holonomicsystemsis
unimportant.
Forconsider thevibrations aboutequilibriumofanon-holonomicsystem
withnindependentcoordinates and(nm)degreesoffreedom, inwhich
theconstraints areindependentofthetime. LetTbethekinetic andVthe
potential energy,sothat forthevibrational problem Twillbesupposedtobe
ahomogeneous quadraticfunction of(qltq,...,qn),andFtobeahomogeneous
222 Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipatlve Systems [CH.vui
quadraticfunction of(ql,q.2,...,q n],the coefficients inboth cases being
constants. There aremequationsofthetype
Alkq!+Aaq*++Ankqn=(=1,2,..., m),
whichexpressthenon-holonomic constraints :andtheequationsofmotion
are(87)
d/?T\ dV
-r.(^- }=-^-+\jA n+\zAr2+...+\mArm(r=l, 2, ...,&gt;at\cqrj oqr
From theseequationsitisevident that\l}X2,...,\mareingeneralsmall
quantitiesoftheorder ofthecoordinates;andtherefore forthevibrational
problem onlytheconstantpartsof^.n,A12,...,Anmneedbeconsidered. The
vibrational motion istherefore thesame asifthecoefficients An,A12,...,Anm
were constants independentofthecoordinates;butinthiscasetheequations
Alkql+Askq2+...+Ankqn=Q (k=I,2,...,i)
canbeintegrated;infact,they give
Alkql+A^q, +...+Ankqn=(A=1,2,...,m),
theconstants ofintegration beingzerosince thevalues
qi=0,q2=0,...,qn=
representapossible positionofthesystem.
Itfollows thatthevibratorymotion ofthegivennon-holonomic systemis
thesame asthat oftheholonomic systemforwhich theequationsofcon
straint areexpressibleintheintegratedform
Alkql+A2kq.2+...+A nkqn=(k=1,2,....m) ;
wecantherefore determine thevibrations byusingthese equationstoelimi
natemofthecoordinates(ql}qz,...,q n)fromTandV;weshall thenhave
aholonomicsystemwith(nm)degreesoffreedom, thekinetic andpotential
energies being expressedinterms of(nm)coordinates andthecorre
spondingvelocities :thevibrations ofthissystemcanbedetermined bythe
usualmethod described inthepreceding chapter.
Asanexample, weshall consider thefollowing problem*.
Aheavy homogeneous hemisphereisrestinginequilibriumonaperfectly roughhorizontal
planeitith itsspherical surface downwards. Asecond heavy homogeneous hemisphereis
restinginthesamewayonaperfectly rough plane face ofthefirst,thepoint ofcontact
beinginthecentreoftheface.Theequilibrium being slightly disturbed,itisrequired
tofindthevibrations ofthesystem.
Take asaxes ofreference
(1)Arectangularsetofaxes
Z&gt;&gt;xyzfixed intheupper hemisphere,theorigin being
itscentre ofgravityZ2.
*Due toMadame Kerkhoven-Wythoff, Nieuw Archiefvoor Wiskunde, Deel iv.(1899).
90] Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems 223
(2)ArectangularsetofaxesZl^^fixed inthelower hemisphere, theorigin being
itscentre ofgravity Z\.
(3)Arectangularsetof-axesRlmn fixed inspace, theoriginRbeing theequi
libriumpositionofthepoint ofcontact ofthelowerhemisphere andtheplane.
Wefurther define these axesbysupposing that intheequilibrium position theaxes
Z&lt;iZ,Z\,andRnarevertical and thereforecoincident, while theaxesZzx,Z^,Rl
areparallel, theaxesZzy,Z^,andRmbeingtherefore alsoparallel.
Suppose that attime tthecoordinates ofapoint referred tothese different sets
ofaxes areconnected bytheequations
=a+n
The24coefficients inthese transformation-formulaecompletely specifythepositionof
thesystematanyinstant. Ashowever thesystem hasonlysixdegreesoffreedom, there
must be18equations connecting these coefficients ortheir differentials. Ofthese, 12are
theordinary conditions ofthetypes
whichexpress theorthogonal character oftheaxes;theremaining 6aretheconditions of
contact androlling, which weshallnow find.
LetRl,R2betheradii ofthelower andupper hemispheres respectively, and/j,12
thedistances ofthecentres ofgravity from their plane faces, soli=%Ri,^2=f#2-The
coordinates ofthepointofcontact oftheupper hemisphere with thelower are
x2=-lizyi,yi=-Rtf*, zzh-R-iyz t
theconditions that thispointshallbeatrestrelative tothelowerhemisphere are
=0.
The lastofthese equations gives 7+^273=0,which isthedifferentiated form ofthe
equation
^-7-73^2= -RZ,
anequation whichexpressesthecondition ofcontact ofthetwohemispheres:while
the firsttwooftheequations give
a-atR2y^-azR^y-i+a3(^2-R-zy^=0,
-0!Rayi-&RW+/33(12--R2y3,=0,
andtheseexpress thecondition ofrollingoftheupperonthelowerhemisphere. These
equations giveasafirstapproximation
224 Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems [CH.vm
andtherefore onintegration
Similarlythecondition ofcontact ofthelower hemisphere andthehorizontalplaneis
andtheconditions ofrolling are
Wehave thusnowobtained the18equations connecting the24coefficients:taking
a2)/3s?y\ia
2&gt; ^3&gt;ciasthe6independentcoordinates ofthesystem, andsolvingfor
theother 18coefficients interms ofthese,wefindwith thenecessary approximation
-l-$(a22+71- ),
3=-yi-
=1-
n .-/sip,
U=i-i(yi2+332
).
Thepotential energyofthesystemis
F=J/j^c+M2g(c+cia+c2/3+c3y),
or,retaining onlysmallquantitiesofthesecond order,
IfnowweexpressthecoordinatesI,m,nofany particleoftheupperorlower
hemisphereinterms ofitscoordinates relative totheaxesZ2xyzandZl^respectively,
andform thesumi2m(P+m2+h2
)foreachhemisphere, neglectingterms above thesecond
order ofsmallquantities, andrememberingthat theprincipal moments ofinertia of
ahemisphereofmassMandradiusRatitscentre ofgravityare%MR2
,
R*,wefindforthekinetic energyofthesystemthevalue T,where
^^^^
+C!2{^Wi+l/2(1J7? 22+f^2+^
Theequationsofmotionevidently separateintothree distinctsets, consistingof
(i)Equationsforthecoordinates a2anda2:these coordinates giverisetonoterms
inF,anddonotcorrespondtovibrations inthestricter sense;infact,theequilibrium
isnotdisturbed ifeither ofthehemispheresisturned through anyangleabout itsaxisof
revolution. Wecanthereforeneglecttheseequations.
(ii)Equations involvingthecoordinates b3and3.
(iii)Equationsforthecoordinates c1andyl;these areexactlythesame asthe
equationsfor63and/33,soweneed consideronlythe latter.
90] Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems225
Theequationsfor63andj33are,inextenso,
+g(|RM-^2J/2)63-1^2^2/3
3-|^3 +^/33=0.
Thecorresponding determinantal equationforX,whereSTT/V/Xisaperiod,is
=0.
This isaquadratic equationinX :itiseasily found that itsroots arepositiveif
and this istheconditionforstability oftheequilibrium.
Thevibrations ofnon-holonomicsystemsabout astate ofsteadymotion
aremostconvenientlydiscussed byuseoftheequationsofmotiongiven
in 88.Themethod willbeillustrated bythefollowing example.
Example. Asolidofrevolution hasanequatorial plane ofsymmetry, and isrolling
withangular velocity nround itsaxis insteady motion onaperfectly roughhorizontal
plane,theequatorial plane ofthesolidbeingvertical. Thismotionbeing slightly disturbed,
tofindtheperiod ofavibration.
LetGbethecentre ofgravityofthesolid, and let(C,A)beitsmoments ofinertia
about theaxisandabout alinethrough Gperpendiculartothe axis. Take asmoving
axes ofreferenceGxyz, where Gzistheaxisofthesolid,Gyisperpendiculartotheplane
through Gzandthepointofcontact(soGyishorizontal), andGx isnormal totheplane
Gt/z. LetF,F,Rbethecomponentsoftheforceacting onthesolid atthepoint
ofcontact,Fbeingintheplane Gxz,Fbeing paralleltoGy,andRbeing normal tothe
plane. Let(6l,2,#3)and(wj,w2,co3)denote asusual thecomponentsofangular
velocityoftheaxesand ofthebody respectively, and let(u,v,w)bethecomponents of
thevelocityofG,paralleltothemovingaxes. Further,letpbetheradius ofcurvature
ofthemeridian ofthesolid attheequator, atheradius ofitsequatorial circle, 6the
anglemade byGzwith thevertical, and theangle between Gyand itsundisturbed
direction. Thenwehave
di=
o&gt;!=-
4&gt;sin6,$2=co2=#,#3=$cos#,
andthekineticenergyis
T=$M(u2+v2+708)+1A
(a&gt;!2+co22
)+\&lt;7o&gt;32
.
Theequationsof18thereforegive,ifPisthepoint ofcontact, PATtheperpendicular
from thispoint ontheaxis,andGNtheperpendicular fromGonthehorizontalplane,
M(u-w93+w62}=Fuo6-(R- Mg)sin6,
ai-Ato&lt;i0 3+Cas6Z=-F .GK,
2-
&lt;7co36^+A^e-^-F.GN-R. XP,
.3 =F.PK.
Intheseequations, (rAandj!\Tare measuredpositively paralleltothepositive direction
oftheaxisofzandthehorizontalprojection ofthisdirectionrespectively.
w.D. 15
226 Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems [CH.vm
Theconditions ofnoslidingatPare
sin6GN. o&gt;2=0,
.O! =o,
andthecondition ofcontact ofthebodyandplaneis
wcos6-11sin6=
-^(-OKcos+PKsin6).
These equations determine themotion inthegeneral case,when thedisturbance from
steady motion isnotsupposedtobesmall. When this latterassumptionismade,
wehave
wherex,"&, *)aresmall; andF,F,u,w,wj,o&gt;2,QI,#2,$3aresmall, whileRisnearly
equaltoMg. Moreover wehaveNP=(p-a)x-Theequations therefore become
M(u+an63)=-R+Mg,
Mr, =F,
=0,
Cw =Fa,
waa&gt;2 =0,
,77+atzr =0,
whereo&gt;i=6l=^ W2=#2=x&gt; QZ=-
Eliminating F,F,R,andreplacing61,62,3,a&gt;1}o&gt;2bytheirvalues, theequations
become
=0,
JCw
w =ax,
=-aw.
From thethirdand fifth ofthese equations weseethatwand)arezero,andtherefore
orand77areconstants. Theother three equations give,oneliminating w,
andtherefore theequationforthedetermination ofxi-s
A(A+Ma2
)x+{MgA (P-a)+Cn*(C+Ma2
)}x=
;
thisequationshews thattheperiodofavibration is
2?r
(MgA (p-a)+Cn2(C+Ma2
))
91. Dissipative systems ;frictional forces.
Wenowproceedtotheconsideration ofsystemsforwhich theprincipleof
conservation ofdynamical energyisnotvalid, theenergyofthesystem being
90,91]Non-holonomicSystems. Dissipative Systems 227
continually changedintosome other form(e.g.heat) which isnotrecognised
indynamics. Weshall firstconsiderfrictional systems.
Iftworigidbodies which arenotperfectly smooth areincontact, the
reaction between them atthepointofcontact mayberesolved intoacom
ponent alongthecommon normal totheir surfaces atthepoint,which is
called thenormalpressure, andacomponentinthecommontangent-plane,
which iscalled thefrictional force. The frictional force isdetermined by
thefollowing law*, which hasbeen establishedexperimentally:Thebodies
will notslide oneach other, providedthefrictional force required forthe
prevention ofslidingdoes notexceed/j,times thenormalpressure, where/A
isaconstant called the"
limiting coefficient offriction"ivhichdepends only
onthematerialofwhich thesurfacesincontact arecomposed. Ifonthe
otherhand thefrictional force requiredtoprevent slidingisgreater thanfj,
times thenormalpressure,there will beslidingatthepoint ofcontact, and
thefrictional forcecalled intoplaywill be/*times thenormalpressure.
Painleve haspointed outthatthefourhypotheses (1)thattheabove laws offriction
hold, (2)thatthere existrigid bodies, (3)thatthenormalpressure between bodies cannot
benegative, (4)that allaccelerations andtensions arefinite takentogether lead insome
cases tocontradictions ofthefundamental laws ofdynamics. Foradiscussion onthis
subject,cf.Comptes Rendus, CXL.(1905), pp.635, 702,847: ibid. CXLI.(1905), pp.310,401,
546; Zeitschrift furM.u.P.LVIII.(1909), p.186.
Thefollowing examplesillustrate themotion ofsystems involving
frictional forces.
Example1.Motionofaparticleonarough fixedplanecurve.
Consider themotion ofaparticle which isconstrained tomove onarough fixed tube
ofsmallbore,intheform ofaplane curve, under forces whichdepend solely onits
positioninthetube. Letf(s)andg(s)denote thecomponents offorceperunitmass
acting ontheparticleindirection ofthetangent andnormal tothetube,where sisthe
distance oftheparticle fromsome fixedpoint ofthetube,measuredalong thearcinthe
direction inwhich theparticleismoving ;and letRbethenormal reaction perunitmass,
andpthecoefficient offriction.
Since thecomponentsofacceleration oftheparticle along thetangent andnormal are
vdv/ds andv2
/p,where visthevelocityoftheparticle andptheradius ofcurvature ofthe
tube,wehave
S-/0-tt
Eliminating R,wehave
dv* 2u__+JV=2
Integrating, wehave
where
(f&gt;=$ds/p, and cisaconstantdepending ontheinitial circumstances ofthemotion.
Thediscovery that the friction isproportional tothenormalpressure wasmade by
G.Amontons, Paris Mem., annee 1699, p.206.
152
228 Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems [CH.vm
Theright-handside ofthisequationisaknown function ofs,say=F(s). Then
wehave
v2
sotherelation between sand tis
tt-t=/{F(s)}~2ds.
Thisequation represents thesolxition oftheproblem.
Example2.Acircularhoop ofmassMstands onrough ground, andaparticle of
massmisattached totheendofthehorizontal diameter. Tofindwhether thehoopwill roll
orslide.
Letusinvestigate therolling motion, assumedpossible, andsodetermine whether the
frictionrequiredtoproducethismotionis,orisnot,greater thanthemaximum friction
actually available,i.e.p.times thecorresponding normalpressure. Let6betheangle
turnedthrough bythehoopfrom thecommencement ofthemotion, and letxandybe
thecoordinates ofthecentre ofgravityofthesystem,referred tohorizontal andvertical
(downward) axesthroughitsown initialposition,sothat
amati a\ maax=a6 ,f (1cos#), y= ,, sin6.M+m^9M+m
where aistheradius ofthehoop.
Thekinetic andpotential energiesare
T=Ma2ft+ma?ft(1-sin0),
V=mgasin6.
TheLagrangian equationofmotion istherefore
-T-[22
{M+m(l-sin0)}]+ma2ftcos=mgacos0.
Cvt
Fortheinitialmotion,thisequation gives
soinitially wehave
ma_/J-7nf__ _ftA ~ ~
But ifFbethefrictioual forceandRthenormalpressure, wehave
F=(X+m), R=(M+m)(
soinitially wehaveF x m(M+m)
R-y+g2
Thehoopwilltherefore rollorslideaccordingasthecoefficient offriction isgreater or
lessthan
m(M+m)
Example3.Aparticle moves undergravity onarough cycloid whoseplaneis
vertical andwhose base ishorizontal :ifbetheinclination ofthetangentatanypoint
tothehorizontal, sothattheequationofthecycloid canbewritten
s=4asin
&lt;,
and iftan ebethecoefficient offriction, shew thatthemotion isgiven bytheequation
tar
ce
where cisaconstant.
91,92]Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems 229
92.Resisting forces dependingonthevelocity.
Adifferenttypeofdissipative systemisillustratedbythemotion of
aprojectileinthe air,astheresistance oftheairdependsonthevelocityof
theprojectile. Nogeneralrulecanbeformulated forthesolution ofprob
lemsinvolvingforces ofthiskind :acase ofpractical interest, however,
namelythemotion ofaprojectileunder theinfluence ofgravityaridofa
resistance varyingassomepoweroftheprojectilesvelocity,canbeintegrated
inthefollowingmanner.
Forlow velocities (below lOOft./sec.) theresistance oftheairtoaprojectileisnearly
proportionaltothesquareofthevelocity.Forhighvelocities(say2000 ft./sec.) the
resistance isapproximatelyalinear function ofthevelocity.
Attime tletvbethevelocityoftheprojectile,kvntheresistanceper
unitmass, 6theinclination ofthepathtothehorizontal, andptheradius of
curvature ofthepath.Thecomponentsofacceleration oftheprojectile
alongthetangentandnormal toitspatharevdv/ds andv-/p;andhence the
equationsofmotion are
(vdv/ds=gsin6kvn
,
\v2
/p=gcos 6.
Dividingthe firstequation bythesecond, weobtain
1dvtan6 k
v"+~ld0 ti"~=
gcos0
d(1\1d nk
or-T7jI-^+-=-(nlogsec0)= sec0.dv\vnjvndog
Integrating,wehave
(I/Osecn+Constant =-(nk/g)fsecn+10d0.
Thisequation givesvinterms of0.Toobtaint,theequationv2=pgcos
gives
gt=Ivsec0d0,
andasvisaknown function of0,thisequation givestasafunction of0.
Therectangularcoordinates (x,y)oftheparticlecannowbefound from the
equations
x=Ivcos0dt, y
Thesolution oftheproblemisthusreduced toquadratures.
Resistingforcesproportional respectivelytov,vz
,andav+bvzwere consideredby
Newton, Principia, Book n.1,2,3.Thecase ofaresistance proportionaltoanypower
ofthevelocity wasthenexamined byJohn Bernoulli* in1711.
*Opera,i.p.502.
230 Non-holonomicSystems. Dissipative Systems [CH.vm
DAlembert*shewed that ifgudenotes theratio oftheresistance tothemass ofthe
projectile,theintegration canbeeffected inthefourcases
u=a+bvn
,
u=a+blogv,
u=a(log v}n+Rlogv+b,
wherea,b,narearbitrary constants andRisanother constant depending onthem.
Siaccit obtained manymore integrable cases, ofwhich thefollowing maybe mentioned :
[ {du du
logIvdu ^c I -icr j.- -r-+C, 8
J^
Jl+a(u-\}cl+b(u+l)c
where a,b,c,Carearbitrary constants :thisequationdefines vinterms ofu,the
number ofterms involved beingfinitewhen cisrational.
Poisson pointed outin1806J that thetheoryofsingularsolutions ofdifferential
equations hasapplicationsinDynamics, notablyinthecaseofaparticle under aresisting
force. Ifaparticleismovinginastraightlineunder aresistingforce varyingasthe
squarerootofthevelocity,theequationofmotion is
dv/dt=av2.
The initialvelocity beingc2
,themotion isrepresented bythegeneral integral
v=(c^at)z
solongast&lt;2c/a,afterwhich itisrepresented bythesingularsolution v=0.
Example1.Aheavy particlefallsvertically from rest attheorigininamedium
whose resistance variesdirectlyasthevelocity. Shew that thedistance traversed
intime tis
9*ff,9e-*t, --
1--
5KPHI?
where pvistheresistance perunitmass.
Example2.Aheavy particlefallsvertically from rest attheorigininamedium
whose resistance varies asthesquareofthevelocity:shew thatthedistance traversed in
time tis
-logcosh(Jgii. t),
wherep.v2denotes theresistance perunitmass.
93.Rayleigtis dissipation-function.
When asystemissubjecttoexternalresistingforces which aredirectly
proportionaltothevelocities oftheirpointsofapplication,itispossibleto
expresstheequationsofmotion ofthesystemingeneralcoordinates interms
ofthekinetic andpotential energiesandofasingle new function.
For lettheenergylosttothesystem bytheaction oftheresistingforce
which isappliedtoaparticleraofthesystem, whose coordinates are(x,y,z),
inanarbitrary displacement (Sac, By,Bz)be
kzz8z,
*Traite deVequilibreetdumouvement desfluides, Paris, 1744.
tComptes Rendus, cxxxn.(1901), p.1175.
IJournal deVEcolePolyt.vi.(Cahier 13), p.60.
92,93]Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems 231
where kx,kv,kzarefunctions ofx,y,zonly. Theequationsofmotion ofthe
typical particlerawilltherefore be
(mx=kxx+X,
&lt;my=-k,Jy+Y,
\mz=kzz+Z,
where X,Y,Zarethecomponentsofthetotal force(external andmolecular)
ontheparticle, excepttheforce ofresistance.
Now letafunction Fbedefinedbytheequations
where thesummation isextended over alltheparticles ofthesystem;so
that F,which iscalled thedissipation-function, represents halftherate at
whichenergyisbeinglosttothesystem bytheaction oftheresistingforces;
and let(qltq.2,...,qn)becoordinatesspecifyingtheconfigurationofthe
system.
Multiplyingtheequationsofmotion oftheparticlerabydx/dq r,dy/dq r,
dz/dq r,respectively, andsummingforalltheparticlesofthesystem, wehave
dx
,..dy ,..dz\ ^/,.dx dy dz\
&gt;+y^-+z==-S(kxx=--hkvy^- -fk,z~
}
dqry
dqrdqj \x
dqryy
dqrT
dqj
-.^-^ s .
oqr dqr dqrj
Asin26,wehave
.dx..dy .,dz\ d/dT\ dT
;^+y^-+^r-= --^ ,dqr*oqrdqjdt\dqrjdqr
whereTisthekineticenergy;and
-a--*5--
"^, r&gt;
oqr dqr dqrj
whereQ^+Q28q2+...+QnSqndenotes thework donebytheexternal
forces(excludingtheresistances)inanarbitraryinfinitesimaldisplacement:
whilewehave
&+M
oqr d
_dF
dqr
Itfollows that theequations ofmotionofthesystemintermsoftheco
ordinates(qltq2,...,qn)canbewritten intheform
ddT\dTdF
232 Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems [CH.vm
Example.Iftheresistingforces dependontherelative (asopposedtotheabsolute)
velocityoftheir pointsofapplication,sothattheforces actingontwoparticles (x^yt,zt)
and(#2
&gt;3/2?gz)have thecomponents
-kx(xi-x& -kv(yi-fa\ -*,(*i -z)
and
-**(#2-*l)&gt; -*(&-&) -*(*2-*l)
respectively,shew that, theequationsingeneralcoordinates canbeformed with the
expression
\2{kx(x,-xtf+ky(ft-ytf+*,fr-z,)2
}
asadissipation-function.
94. Vibrations ofdissipative systems.
Ifadynamical systemisspecified byitskinetic energy function, potential
energy function, anddissipation function, methods similar tothose of
ChapterVIIcanbeappliedinorder todetermine thenature ofthesmall
vibrations ofthesystemabout anequilibrium-configuration.
Forsimplicityweshall consider asystemwithtwodegreesoffreedom.
Asin 76,wefindthat forthevibrational problemthekineticenergyand
dissipationfunction canbetaken ashomogeneous quadraticfunctions ofthe
velocities, andthepotential energyasahomogeneous quadraticfunction of
thecoordinates, thecoefficients inthese functions beingconstants. Taking
ascoordinates those variables which would benormal coordinates ifthere
werenodissipation function, wecanwrite these three functions intheform
where\andX2willbesupposed positive,sothattheequilibriumwould be
stable ifthere werenodissipativeforces.
Theequationsofmotion are
drtT\dT+W+d_V=(r=l,2),dt\dqj dqrdqr9&lt;?-
or q\+aql+hq^+\lq}=0,
&lt;/2+
A&lt;jl+&?2+^2?2=0.
Ifweattempttofindaparticularsolution oftheseequationsintheform
onsubstitutingthese values inthedifferential equationswehave
A(p*+ap+XO+Bhp=0,
Ahp+B(p*+bp +
X&gt;)=0,
fromwhich itfollows thatpmust bearootoftheequation
(p2+ap+\0(p2+bp+X2)-A2?2=0.
93,94]Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems233
Weshallsupposethedissipativeforces tobecomparatively small, sothat
squaresofthequantities a,h,bcanbeneglected;onthissupposition,the
roots ofthelastequationarereadilyfound tobe
Correspondingtotherootp^wehave, from thesecond oftheequations
connecting AandB,
B_ihVXj
Aparticularsolution ofthedifferential equationsisthereforegiven by
^=(Xj-X2)e~^at
(cos N/X]t+isinx/Xjtf),
fa=h*J\le~^at
(icos VXxi-sinVx^),
andasecondparticularsolution isobtained bychangingito iinthese
expressions.Itfollows thattwoindependentrealparticularsolutions ofthe
differential equationsare
r
x=(Xj-X2)e~^atcosVXjtf f(?!=(Xj-X2)e~^atsinVx^,
and -{=hVX.e~talnns v"X .f
andtherefore themostgeneralrealsolution involvingePitis
(qt=(Xj-X2)Ae~$atsin(\/M+e),
sn
where -4and earerealarbitraryconstants. Thisrepresentsoneofthenormal
modes ofvibration ofthesystem. Addingtothisthecorrespondingsolution
inep
**,wehavefinallythegeneralsolution ofthevibrationalproblem, namely
1=(\-X2)Aeatsin(\/M+e)+Axa5e~ sin2++7
sinVx^++e+(X2-X:)Be~btsin(*/\ 2t+7),
where -4, -B, &lt;;,7arefourconstants which must bedetermined from the
initial circumstances ofthemotion.
Nowwesupposethedissipativeforces such thatenergyisbeingcon
tinuallylosttothesystem,sothatFisapositivedefinite form, andtherefore
aand 6arepositive. The lastequationstherefore shew thatthevibration
graduallydiesaway,onaccount ofthepresenceofthefactors e~^atand e^1
:
theperiodsofthenormal vibrations are(neglecting squaresofu.h,6)the
same asifthedissipativeforces were absent;and inanormal vibration, the
amplitudeofoscillation ofoneofthecoordinates issmallcomparedwith the
amplitudeofoscillation oftheother coordinate, while thephasesofthe
vibration inthetwocoordinates atanyinstant differ byaquarter-period.
234 Non-1 lolonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems [CH.vm
Asimilaranalysisleads tocorrespondingresults forsystemswithmore
thantwodegreesoffreedom;supposingthatthedissipativeforces aresmall
andthatthedissipationfunction andpotential energyarepositivedefinite
forms, wefindthat theperiodsofthenormal vibrations are(neglecting
squaresofthe coefficients inthedissipation function)unaltered bythe
presenceofthedissipative forces, butthatthevibrationgraduallydiesaway:
and if(qltq2,...,qn}arethenormal coordinates ofthesystemwhen the
dissipativeforces areabsent, there isanormal vibration ofthesystemwhen
thedissipativeforces arepresent,inwhich theamplitudeofthevibrations in
&lt;?2, q-s,,qnissmall comparedwith theamplitudeofthevibration inq1}
andthephaseofthevibrations inq2,q3,...,qndiffers byaquarter-period
from thephaseofthevibration inqlf
Example.Discuss thevibrations ofasystem which isacted onbyperiodicexternal
forces which have thesame periodasoneofthenormal modes offreevibration ofthe
system ;shewing theimportanceofdissipativeforces (evenwhere small)inthis case.
95.Impact.
Another mode inwhichenergy maybelost* toadynamical systemisby
the collision ofbodies which belongtothesystem;acollisiongenerally
results inadecrease ofdynamical energy.
Theanalyticaldiscussion ofcollisions isbased onthefollowing experi
mentallaw-f-. When twobodies collide, thevalues oftherelativevelocity ofthe
surfacesincontact (estimated normallytothesurfaces)atinstants immediately
beforeandimmediately aftertheimpactbearadefiniteratio toeach other :
thisratiodepends onlyonthematerialofwhich thebodies arecomposed.
This ratio will ingeneralbedenoted bye.When eiszero, thebodies
aresaid tobeinelastic.
Thegeneral problemofimpactreduces therefore toaprobleminimpulsive
motion inwhich theunknownimpulsiveforce atthepointofcontact ofthe
bodies istobedetermined bythecondition that thechangeinrelative
normalvelocityofthebodies satisfies theabove law.
96.Lossofkinetic energyinimpact.
Weshallnow findthe lossofkinetic energywhen twoperfectlysmooth
bodies impingeoneach other.
Letmtypifythemass ofaparticleofeither body,and let(u,v,w)and
(u, v,w)denote itscomponentsofvelocitybefore and after theimpact,and
*I.e.losttothesystemconsidered asadynamical system:theenergyisnotannihilated, but
appearsinsome other manifestation, e.g.heat.
tThelaws ofimpact were discovered in1668 byJohn Wallis(Phil.Trans. No.43,p.864)
andChristopher Wren (ibid. p.867).
94-97] Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems 235
let(U,V,W)bethecomponentsofthetotalimpulsiveforce(external and
molecular) onthisparticle. Theequationsofimpulsivemotion(35)give
m(uuti)=U, m(v-v)=V, m(w-w)=W.
Multiplyingtheseequations by(u+eu9),(v+evQ),(w+ewQ)respectively,
adding, andsummingforalltheparticlesofboth bodies, wehave
2w{(u-
-MO)(u+eu)+(vv)(v+evn)+(w-w}(w+ew)}
=${U (u+eu)+V(v+ev)-fW(w+ew)}.
Now sofarasmolecularimpulsesareconcerned, wehave
2(Uu+Vv+Ww)=0,and2(Uu+Vv+Ww)=0,
since theimpulsiveforces whichcorrespondtoeach other invirtue ofthelaw
ofAction andReaction willgivecontributions tothesesums whichmutually
destroyeach other.
Also, since thepartof(u+eu)due tothenormalcomponentofvelocity
hasthesame value foreach oftheparticlesincontact atthepoint where
theimpact takesplace (invirtue ofthelawofimpact)itfollows that
theimpulsiveforce between thebodies does notcontribute tothesum
%U(u+eu,),andsimilarlydoes notcontribute tothesums^V(v+ev ]
and2TF(w+ew).
Wehave therefore
2{U(u +eu)+V(v+ev)+W(w+ew)}=0,
andconsequently
2m{(u-M)(u+eu)+(v-v)(v+ev)+(w-w)(w+ew)}=0,
or
Thisequation canbeexpressed bythestatement that thekineticenergy
lostintheimpactis(1 e)/(l+e)times thekineticenergy ofthatmotion
which would have tobecompoundedwith themotion attheinstantbeforethe
impactinorder toproduce themotion attheinstantaftertheimpact.
97.Examples ofimpact.
Theimpulsive changeofmotionconsequentonthecollision oftwo free
rigidbodies inspace canbemostsimply determinedbythefollowing
considerations.
Themotion ofeachbodybefore orafterimpactisspecified bysix
quantities (e.g.thethreecomponentsofvelocityofitscentre ofgravity and
thethreecomponentsofangular velocityofthebodyabout axesthroughits
centre ofgravity). The totalnumber ofequations requiredtodetermine the
236 Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems [OH.vm
impulsive changeofmotion istherefore twelve. Ofthese, sixareimmediately
furnishedbythecondition that theangular momentum ofeachbodyabout
anyaxisthroughthepointofcontact isunchanged (since theimpulsiveforces
actatthispoint);anotherequationisobtained from thecondition that the
momentum ofthesysteminthedirection normal tothesurfaces incontact
isunchanged (since thenormalimpulsiveforces onthetwobodies atthe
pointofcontact areequal andopposite), andanotherbytheexperimental
lawofimpact.Ifthebodies areperfectly smooth, theremainingfour
equationscanbederived from thecondition that thelinearmomentum of
eachbodyinanydirectiontangentialtothesurfaces incontact isunchanged
(since there isnotangential impulseifthebodies aresmooth):ifonthe
other hand thebodies areperfectlyorimperfectly rough,thecondition that
thelinear momentum ofthesysteminanydirectiontangentialtothe
surfaces incontact isunchanged givestwoequations;ifthebodies are
perfectly rough,thecondition that therelativevelocityofthebodies in
anytangentialdirection after theimpactiszerogivestheother two :while
ifthebodies areimperfectly rough,thecoefficient offriction between the
surfaces incontactbeing y-t,theremainingtwoequationsaregiven bythe
conditions that
(a)therelativevelocityinanytangentialdirection iszero after the
impact, providedthetangential componentoftheimpulse requiredforthis
does notexceed//,times thenormalcomponentoftheimpulse;
(/3)ifthelastcondition isnot satisfied, there isatangential impulse
equalto//,times thenormalimpulse between thebodies.
Inallcases, therefore, therequiredtwelveequationscanbefound.
Ifthemotion takesplaceinaplane,orifoneofthebodies isfixed, this
procedureisstillvalid aftermakingsome obvious modifications.
Thefollowing examplesillustrate theseprinciples:
Example1.Aninelasticsphere ofmassmfalls withvelocity Vonaperfectly rough
inelastic inclinedplane ofmassMandangle a,which restsonasmooth horizontalplane.
Sheiv that theverticalvelocity ofthecentreofthesphere immediately after theimpactis
Fsin2a n,.
r-=- . (Coll. Exam.)omsin*a
LetUbethevelocityoftheplaneafterimpact, uthevelocityofthesphere parallelto
andrelative totheplane,&lt;Btheangular velocityofthesphere,aridaitsradius.
Theequationofhorizontal momentum gives
TO(ucosa-U~)=MU.
Thekinematical condition atthepoint ofcontact isacau.
Thecondition that theangular momentum ofthesphere about thepointofcontact
shall bethesame before andafterimpactis
mVasina=gma-o&gt;+ma(u7cosa).
97] Non-liolonomicSystems. Dissipative Systems 237
These threeequations give,oneliminatingeoandU,
5(M+m) Fsin2a~
~1M+-2m+5msin*a
which istheresult stated.
Example2.Asphere ofradius arotatingwithangular velocityQ,about anaxis
inclined atanangleatothevertical andmoving,intheverticalplane containingthat axis,
withvelocity Vinadirection making anangleawith thehorizon, strikes aperfectly rough
horizontalplane. Iftheplanebetangentialltj inelastic, findtheangle which thevertical
plane containingthenew directionofmotion makes with theold.
Takerectangular axesOxyz, where isthepointofcontact, Ozisvertical, andyOzis
the initialplaneofmotion; and let
o&gt;!and o&gt;2bethecomponentsofangular velocity
about OxandOyrespectivelyafter theimpact, andMthemass ofthesphere.
Equating theinitial and finalangular momenta about Ox,wehave
MaFcos a=
|-Ma2
a&gt;i.
Equating theinitial and finalangular momenta aboutOy,wehave
|Ma2Qsina=IJ/a2co2.
Thetangent oftheinclination ofthenewplaneofmotion totheplane yOzis(on
account oftheperfect roughnessoftheplane) 0)2/0)!, andthis isthereforeequalto
\Ma?Q.sina
MaVcosa
orfa(Q/F)tan a.
Example3.Aperfectly roughcircular discofmassMandradius cimpinges upon
arodofmassmandlength 2acapable ofturning freelyabout apivotatitscentre.If
thepoint ofimpactisdistant bfromthecentre oftherod,and thedirectionofmotion ofthe
centreofthediscmakesangles a,ftwith therodbefore andafter collision, shew that
2(3Mb2+ma2
)tan/3=3(ema2-3Mb2
)tan a.(Coll.%Exam.)
LetFdenote the initialvelocityofthedisc,and letvdenote itsfinalvelocity andQ
itsfinalangular velocity.
Since there isnoslidingatthepointofcontact, wehave
vcos
j
Denoting bycothe final angular velocityoftherod,andby/thenormalimpulse
between therodanddisc, theequationofthemotion oftherod is
Ib=\ma2
u&gt;.
Theequationofimpulsive motion ofthediscinthedirection normal totherod is
M(vsin(i+^sina)=7,
andthelawofimpact gives therelation
vsinft+ 6o&gt;=eVsina.
Equating theinitial and finalangular momenta ofthediscabout thepointofcontact,
wehave
Fcos a=vcosft-\cO.
Eliminating v,Q,/,o&gt;from theseequations, wehave
2tanft(3Mb2+ma2
)=3tana(mea2-
which istheresult stated.
238 Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems [CH.
Example4.Acircularhoop,inmotion without rotation initsownplane, impingesona
rough fixed straight-edgedobstacle intheplane.Thevelocity ofthecentreofthehoop
before impactisV,inadirection making anangleawith theedge,and thecoefficient
offrictionisp..Tofindtheimpulsive change ofmotion.
Letuand vdenote thecomponentsofvelocityofthecentre ofthehoopafter the
impact, parallel andperpendiculartotheedge,and let cobetheangular velocity,Mthe
massandatheradius ofthehoop.
Equatingtheangular momenta about thepointofcontact before andafter theimpact,
wehave
-Ma-&lt;a+Mau=MVacosa.
Thelawofimpact givestheequation
Since theplaneisrough, u+a&lt;o iszero after theimpact, providedthe frictional
impulse requiredforthisdoes notexceed/xtimes thenormal impulse:but ifthis
condition isnot satisfied, thefrictional impulseisp.times thenormalimpulse.
LetFbethefrictional andRthenormal impulse:thenwehave
M(u- Fcosa)= -F,M(v+7sina)=-ft,Ma?v=-aF.
Wehave therefore R=M(\+e)7sina,
and ifu+aa&gt;iszero,weshallhave
Thequantityu+awwilltherefore bezero after theimpact, provided
and ifp.doesnotsatisfythisinequality, weshallhave
F=pM(l+e)7sino.
Thusfinally,if/x^cota/2(l+e),themotion isdetermined bytheequations
while ifp.&lt;cota/2(1+e),themotion isdetermined bytheequations
7sina.
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Aperfectly rough sphereofradius aismade torotate about avertical diameter,
which isfixed, with aconstant angular velocityn.Auniform sphereofradius bis
placedonitatapointdistant aafrom thehighest point: investigate themotion
anddetermine inanypositiontheangular velocityofthesphere. Shew that thesphere
willleave therotating sphere when thepointofcontact isatanangulardistance 6from
thevertex, where
10 4a2w2sin2a
COS=^ ^--
JT-
.
17 119(a+o)g
(Camb.Math. Tripos, Part I,1889.)
2.Arough sphereofradius arollsunder gravityonthesurface ofacone ofrevolution
which iscompelledtoturnabout itsvertical axis with uniform angular velocity n,
itsvertex being uppermost;ifabethesemi-vertical angleofthecone,rsinabethe
distance ofthecentre ofthespherefrom theaxis ofthecone,^betheangle turned
vm] Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems 239
through, relativelytothecone,bythevertical plane containingthecentre ofthesphere,
and o&gt;3betherateofrotation ofthesphere about thecommon normal, prove that
,14cosa
(1^ Qn}r-=A,
where A,B,(7aredeterminate constants. (Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1897.)
3.Ahomogeneous solid ofrevolution of.massMwith aplane circular base of
radius crollswithoutslipping with itsedgeincontact with arough horizontalplane.Shew that6, o&gt;,Oaredeterminedbytheequations
Mac~(acos26)-Mc*& cos26=(C+J/c2
)cos6^,
{A(C+Mc2
)-M*a?#}~(acos26)+C(C+Mc2
)o,cos6-MacCacos2=0,
(-4+Me2
)&+AQ?cos26-ZMacvQ. cos6+(C+Me2
)or+2% (asin&lt;9+ccos
&lt;9)=Constant,
where 6istheinclination oftheaxisofthebodytothehorizon, Qtheangular velocity of
theverticalplane containingitsaxis,o&gt;theangular velocityofthebody about itsaxis,Athemoment ofinertia ofthebody about adiameter ofitsbase,Cthemoment of
inertia ofthebody about itsaxisandathedistance ofthecentre ofgravity from the
base -(Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1898.)
4.Awheel with 4spokes arranged symmetricallyrollswith itsaxishorizontal ona
perfectly rough horizontalplane.Ifthewheel andspokes bemade ofafineheavy wire,
prove thatthecondition forstabilityis
3
where aistheradius ofthewheel andVitsvelocity. (Coll. Exam.)
5.Abodyrollsundergravity onafixed horizontalplane.Ifthisplane betaken as
planeofyz,shew that
2m{(y-.yA)z- (z-zA)y}=Constant,
where(x,y,z)arethecoordinates ofaparticlemand(.r^,yA,ZA)ofthepoint ofcontact,
andthesummation isextended over i\lltheparticles ofthebody. (Neumann.)
6.Oneportion ofahorizontalplaneisperfectly smooth aridtheotherportionis
perfectly rough. Auniformheavy ellipsoid ofsemi-axes(a,b,c)has its6-axis vertical and
moves withvelocityvinthedirection ofitsa-axisalong thesmoothportionoftheplane
towards therough. Shewthat,if
theellipsoidwillreturn tothesmoothportion, kbeing theradius ofgyration about
thec-axis, andthatthemotion willthen consist ofanoscillation about asteadystate of
motion.*
Inthespecial casea=26,shew that after thereturn oftheellipsoid tothesmooth
portion, the6-axis cannever make anangle with thevertical which isgreater than
arctanVf(Coll. Exam.)
240 Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems [CH.
7.Ashell intheform ofaprolate spheroidwhose centre ofgravityisatitscentre
contains asymmetrical gyrostat,which rotates withangular velocitytoabout itsaxisand
whose centre and axis coincide with those ofthespheroid. Shew that inthesteady
motion ofthespheroidonaperfectly roughhorizontal plane, when itscentre describes
acircle ofradius cwithangular velocity Q,theinclination aoftheaxistothevertical
isgiven by
{Mbc (acota+6)-Abcosa+C(asina+c)}O2+CbaQ-Mgb (a-bcota)=0,
whereMisthemass oftheshellandgyrostat, Athemoment ofinertia oftheshelland
gyrostat together about alinethroughtheir centre perpendiculartotheir axis, (?,C
those ofthe shellandgyrostat respectivelyabout the axis, athedistance measured
paralleltotheaxis ofthepointofcontact oftheshellandplanefrom thecentre and
bitsdistance from the axis. (Camb.Math. Tripos,PartI,1899.)
8.Auniform perfectly rough sphereofradius astartingfrom rest rollsdown under
gravitybetween twonon-intersecting straightrods atright anglestoeach other whose
shortest distance apartis2candwhich areequallyinclined atanangleatothevertical.
Ifpo,poaretheoriginaldistances ofthepointsofcontact from thepointswhere the
shortest distance intersects therodsandp,ptheir distances atasubsequenttimewhen
thevelocityisV,shew that
*--/ __ .,.i6c4(p*-
andthat
(Camb. Math. Tripos,PartI,1889.)
9.Aparticle moves undergravityonaroughhelixwhose axis isvertical. Ifabethe
radius andytheangleofthehelix, shew that thevelocityvandarcdescribed scanbe
expressedinterms ofaparameter6bytheequations
_cc = cosy.._
y+2siny)}
10.Aparticleisprojected horizontally withvelocity usoastoslideonaroughinclined
plane. Investigatethemotion.
Prove that if
2^2p,cota&gt;l,
theparticle approaches asymptoticallyalineofgreatest slopeatdistance
u2
2p,cosa
g 4/x2cos2a-sin2a
wherep,isthecoefficient offriction, andaistheinclination oftheplane.
(Coll. Exam.)
11.Arough cycloidaltubehas itsaxis vertical andvertex uppermost.Ifabethe
radius ofthegeneratingcircle andaparticlebeprojectedfrom thevertex withvelocity
\/4agsina,shew that itwillreach thecuspwithvelocity equalto
[4a ffcos2a(1-2sina~(Jir~a)tana
}]*,
where aistheangleoffriction. (Coll. Exam.)
vm] Non-1 lolonomic Systems. Dissipative Si/stenis241
12.Aheavyrodoflength2ismovinginaverticalplanesothatoneend isincontact
witharoughvertical wallandtheother endmoves alongtheground supposedtobeequally
rough;andthecoefficient offriction foreach oftheroughsurfaces istan e.Shew thatthe
inclination oftherodtothevertical atanytime isgiven by
0(&2+a2cos2f)-a2(92sin2e==a#sin(0-2f). (Coll. Exam.)
13.Athinsphericalshell restsupon ahorizontal plane andcontains aparticleoffinite
masswhich isinitiallyatitslowestpoint. The coefficient offriction between theparticle
andtheshell isgiven, thatbetween theshellandtheplane being practicallyinfinite.
Motion intwodimensions issetupbyapplyingtotheshellanimpulse whichgivesitan
angular velocityQ.Obtain anequationfortheangle through which theshell hasrolled
when theparticle beginstoslip. (Coll. Exam.)
14.Acircular disc ofradius aisplacedinaverticalplane touching auniform rough
(ft.)board which canturnfreely about ahorizontal axis intheuppersurface oftheboard
throughitscentre ofgravity,thepointofcontact ofthediscbeingatadistance bfrom
this axis.Astring, paralleltothesurface oftheboard, isattached tothepointofthe
discfurthest from theboard andtoanarmperpendiculartotheboard attheaxis,and
rigidly connected totheboard. Thecentre ofgravityoftheboard andarm liesinthe
axis. Thesystemstarts from rest inthat positioninwhich thecentre ofthedisc liesin
thehorizontal plane through theaxis. Shew thatslippingwilltakeplace between thedisc
andtheboard, when theboard makes anangle Qwith theverticalgiven by
tan=
whereAisthemoment ofinertia oftheboard about theaxisdivided bythemass ofthe
disc.(Coll. Exam.)
15.Ahoopisprojected withvelocity Vdown aplaneofinclinationa,thecoefficient
offrictionbeing p(&gt;tana).Ithasinitially suchabackwardspinOthat after atime^it
starts moving uphill andcontinues todosoforatime t2,after which itoncemore
descends. Shewthat,ifthemotion takeplaceinaverticalplane atright angles tothe
given inclinedplane, then
(ti+t2)ffsina=aQ.-V.(Coll. Exam.)
16.Aringofradius aisfixedonasmooth horizontal table;asecondringisplaced
onthetable inside the firstand incontact withit,and isprojected withvelocityT7
,but
withoutrotation,inadirectionparalleltothetangentatthepointofcontact. Find the
time thatelapses beforeslippingceases between theringsifthecoefficient offriction
between them isp,andprovethatthepointofcontact willinthistime describe anarc
oflength (alog2)//*.
Discuss themotion that willensue ifatthemomentslipping ceases thefixedringbe
released and leftfree tomove, andprove thatduring thetime thattheinner rin- rolls
halfround theouter onethecentre ofthelatter willbedisplaced adistance
where m,Marethemasses oftheinner andouterringsandbistheradius oftheinner
ring- (Camb. Math.Tripos, PartI,1900.)
17.Inthevertical motion ofaheavy particle descendinginamedium whose resistance
varies asthesquare ofthevelocity, shew thatthequantity
-ka.
e+e
where kv2istheresistance, andaand/3arethedistances described intwosuccessiveequal
intervals roftime, depends onlyonTand isindependentoftheinitialvelocity.
(Coll. Exam.)
w.D.16
242 Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems [OH.
18.Prove thataheavy particle,letfallfrom rest inamedium inwhich theresistance
varies asthesquareofthevelocity,willacquireavelocity Uta.nh(gt/U),anddescribe
aspaceU2logcosh(gtjU)lginatimet,whereUdenotes theterminal velocityinthe
medium.
Shew alsothat,forthecomplete trajectoryofaprojectileinsuch amedium, theangle6
between theasymptotesisgiven by
Uz
jT72=arcsinh cot6+cot6cosec0,
where Visthevelocity when theprojectilemoves horizontally. (Coll. Exam.)
19.Shew thatthehorizontal andvertical coordinates(x,y)ofaparticle moving under
gravityinamedium ofwhich theresistance isRsatisfytheequation
dx3v*cos3
(j)
vbeingthevelocity and theinclination ofthetangenttothehorizontal.
(Coll. Exam.)
20.Aparticleismoving, under gravity,inamedium inwhich theresistance
varies asthevelocity. Shew thattheequationofthetrajectoryreferred tothevertical
asymptoteandalineparalleltothedirection ofmotion when thevelocity was infinite, can
bewritten intheform
y=blog(xjo). (Coll. Exam.)
21.Prove that inthemotion ofaprojectile througharesisting medium which causes
aretardation kv3
,where kisverysmall andtheparticleisprojected horizontallywith
velocity F,theapproximate equationofthepathis(neglecting
2~.2-
theaxisofxbeinginthedirection ofprojectionandtheaxisofyverticallydownwards.
(Coll. Exam.)
22.Aparticlemoves inastraightlineunder noforces inamedium whose resistance
is(^_vslogs)/*,where visthevelocity and sthedistance from agiven pointintheline.
Shew thattheconnexion between sand tisgiven byanequationoftheform
where aand careconstants.
23.Aparticleismovinginaresisting medium under acentral attraction;shew that,
ifRbetheretardation duetotheresistance ofthemedium, andvthevelocity,therateof
descriptionofareasbytheradius vector tothefixed centre offorce varies as
,-f^ctt (Coll. Exam.)vJv
24.Prove that inaresisting medium, aparticlecandescribe aparabolaunder the
action ofaforce tothefocus which varies asthedistance, providedtheresistance at
apoint,where thevelocityisv,bek{v(v-v )fi;where visthevelocityatthevertex.
Determine k. (Coll. Exam.)
25.Aparticlemoves inaresisting medium under aforcePtendingtoafixed centre.
IfRbetheresistance, shew that
df7 &gt;odr\ _
-\Pp*-T-\=-2%2
,ds\*dp)
rbeingtheradius vector andptheperpendicularonthetangent.
vrn]Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems243
IfM=l/r,P=p.u2
,andR=kv2
,andweneglectPandhigher powers, shew that the
differential equationtothepathis
P^2~31,7ecu \ctu
\~ -i /
Abeing acertain constant. (Coll. Exam.)
26.Aparticleismoving under acentral force&lt;(?)repellingitfrom theorigin,in
aresisting medium which imposesaretardingforce equaltoktimes thevelocity.Prove
thattheorbit isgiven bytheequations
r-6=/ie~Jct
,r-^-kr A-;~3e~2fc*=((f),
where Aisaconstantquantity. (Coll. Exam.)
27.Aparticleismovinginacircle under aforce ofattraction toaninteriorpoint
varyingasthedistance;theresistance ofthemedium isequaltoitsdensity multiplied by
thesquareofthevelocity. Shew that thedensityatanypointisproportionaltothe
tangentoftheangle between thelinesjoiningittothecentre offorceandthecentre of
thecircle. (Coll. Exam.)
28.Arodoflength aisrotating about oneextremity,which isfixed, under the
action ofnoforces excepttheresistance oftheatmosphere. Supposingtheretarding
effect oftheresistance onasmall element oflength dxtobeAdx .(velocity)2
,shew that
theangular velocityatthetime tisgivenby11 Aa*.
whereMkzisthemoment ofinertia about thefixed extremity, andQisaconstant.
(Coll. Exam.)
29.Asmooth oval disc ofmass M,turning onasmooth horizontal table with
angular velocity butwithout anytranslationalvelocity,strikes asmooth horizontal rod
ofmassmatitsmiddlepoint.Prove that theangular velocityisdiminished in
theratio
where eisthecoefficient ofelasticity, xthedistance ofthecentre ofgravity from the
normal atthepointofimpact andktheradius ofgyrationabout avertical axisthrough
thecentre ofgravity. (Coll. Exam.)
30.Two rods, each oflengthaandmassTO,arejointed togetherattheirupper ends
andthesystemfallssymmetrically,with itsplane vertical, ontoasmooth inelastic
plane. Just before impactthejointhasavelocity Vandeach rodhasanangular
velocity 12,tendingtoincrease itsinclination atothehorizon. Shew thattheimpulse
between each rodandtheplaneis
m(P+c2sin2a)(F+aQcosa)/{2+c2+a(a-2e)cos2
a},
where cisthedistance ofthecentre ofgravityofeachrodfrom thejointandmk2isthe
moment ofinertia ofeachrodabout itscentre ofgravity. (Coll. Exam.)
31.Three equal uniform rodsAB,BC,CD,each oflength 2a,andhingedatBandC,
areinonestraightlineandmoving with agiven velocityinahorizontal planeat
right anglestotheirlengths. TheendsAandDmeet simultaneously two fixed inelastic
obstacles, reducing AandDtorest. Determine when theywillform anequilateral
triangle, andshew that 1oftheoriginal momentum isdestroyed bytheimpacts.
(Coll. Exam.)
162
244 Non-holonomic Systems. Dissipative Systems [CH.vm
32.Asmooth uniform cube isfreetoturnabout ahorizontal axispassing through
thecentres oftwoopposite facesand isatrestwithtwofaces horizontal;anequal and
similar cube isdropped withvelocity uandwithout rotation soastostrike theformer
along alineparalleltothefixed axisandatadistance cfrom thevertical plane containing
it,prove thattheangular velocity impartedtothelower cube is
(\+e)cu
where aistheinclination tothehorizon ofthelower face ofthefalling cube, 2aisthe
lengthofanedge, ktheradius ofgyration and ethecoefficient ofrestitution.
Find alsothemotion oftheupper cubeimmediatelyafter theimpact.
(Coll. Exam.)
33.Aperfectlyelastic circular discofmassMandradius cimpinges without rotation
upon arodofmassmandlength 2awhich isfreetoturnabout apivotatitscentre, the
pointofimpact beingatadistance bfrom thepivot. Prove that ifthecomponentofthe
velocityofthecentre ofthediscnormal totherodbehalved bytheimpact, Mb2=ma?,the
frictionbeingsufficient toprevent sliding. (Coll. Exam.)
34.Aperfectly rough sphereofradius aisprojected horizontally with avelocity V
from apointataheight habove ahorizontalplane. Thesphere has alsoinitially
anangular velocity Oabout itshorizontal diameterperpendicular totheplaneofits
motion. Shew that before itceases tobound ontheplaneitpasses over ahorizontal
distance
where eisthecoefficient ofelasticity, andthedistance isreckoned from the firstpoint of
contact.
Compare the final with the initial kineticenergy. (Coll. Exam.)
35.Ahomogeneouselastic sphere (coefficient ofelasticity e)isprojected against
aperfectly roughvertical wall sothat itscentre moves inaverticalplaneatright angles
tothewall. Ifthe initial componentsofthevelocityofitscentre areuand v,and
itsinitial angular velocity (Q)isabout anaxisperpendicular totheverticalplane, find
thesubsequent motion after impinging onthewall,andshew that ifitscentre returns
toitsoriginal positionthecoordinates ofthepoint ofimpact referred tothispoint are
,
g~
where aistheradius ofthesphere. (Coll. Exam.)
CHAPTER IX
THEPRINCIPLES OFLEAST ACTION ANDLEAST CURVATURE
98.Thetrajectories ofadynamical system.
The chiefobjectofinvestigationinDynamicsisthegradual changein
time ofthecoordinates(qltqa,...,qn)whichspecifytheconfigurationofa
dynamical system. When thesystemhasthree (orlessthanthree) degrees
offreedom, there isoften againinclearness whenweavail ourselves ofa
geometrical representationoftheproblem:ifapoint betaken whose rect
angular coordinates referred tofixed axes arethecoordinates(q1}q2,q3)of
thegiven dynamical system,thepathofthispointinspacecanberegarded
asillustratingthesuccessive states ofthesystem.Inthesamewaywhen
n &gt;3wecan stillregardthemotion ofthesystemasrepresented bythepath
ofapoint whose coordinates are(qltq2,...,qn)inspaceofndimensions;
thispathiscalled thetrajectoryofthesystem, and itsintroduction makes
itnatural tousegeometrical terms such as"intersection,""adjacent," etc.,
whenspeakingoftherelations ofdifferent states ortypesofmotion inthe
system.
99.Hamilton sprinciple, forconservative holonomicsystems.
Consideranyconservative holonomicdynamical system whoseconfiguration
atanyinstant isspecified bynindependent coordinates(q1}q.2)...,qn\and
letLbethekineticpotential which characterises itsmotion. Letagiven
arcABinspaceofndimensionsrepresent partofatrajectoryofthesystem,
and letCDbepartofanadjacentarcwhich isnotnecessarilyatrajectory:
itwould however ofcourse bepossibletomakeCDatrajectory bysub
jectingthesystemtoadditional constraints. Let tbethetime atwhich
therepresentative point (q1}q.2&gt;...,qn)occupies anyposition PonAB:we
shallsuppose eachpoint onCDcorrelated tosome value ofthetime, so
that there willbeapointQonCD(oronthearcofwhichCD isaportion)
whichcorrespondstothesame value tasPdoes. AsthearcCD is
described, thecorrelated value oftwillbesupposedtovary continuously
inthesame sense.Amoving point which describes thearcCDwillthere
forepassthrough positions correspondingtoacontinuoussequenceofvalues
ofqltqi,...,q n,t,andconsequentlytoeachpoint onCDthere willcorrespondasetofvalues ofq1}
q&lt;&gt;,...,qn.
246 ThePrinciples ofLeast Action[OH.ix
Weshalldenote by8thevariation bywhich wepassfrom apointofAB
tothatpointofCDwhich iscorrelated tothesame value ofthetime,and
shall denote byt,tltt+A,^+A^thevalues oftwhichcorrespondtothe
terminal points A,B,C,Drespectively,andbyLRthevalue ofthefunction
LatanypointRofeither arc.
Ifnowweform thedifference ofthevalues oftheintegral
F
((& q*,,qn,qi,q, iqn,t)dt,
takenalongthearcsABandCDrespectively, wehave
Ldt-
CDLdt=L&t1-L&t +SLdt
AB
,-LAA(o+ 64,+,,dt
.r= r
byLagrangesequations,
,dt
at\rmi
r=l r/s \r=l
But if(Ag r)Bdenote theincrement ofgrinpassingfromBtoD,wehave
andsimilarlyif(Agv)^denote theincrement ofqrinpassingfrom J.toC,
wehave 1
andconsequently
fLdt-
fLdt=S-^r-Agr
jcx&gt; J^# L*=I dq?
SupposenowthatCcoincides withA,andDcoincides with B,andthat
thetimes correlated toCandDare tandt,respectively,sothatA^,
Ag2&gt; ;A(?n,A,arezeroat^an(^-^ :then thelastequationbecomes
=0,
which shews that theintegralILdthasastationaryvalue foranypartofan
J
actual trajectory AB, ascomparedwith neighbouring pathsCDwhich have
thesame terminal pointsastheactualtrajectoryandforwhich thetimehas
thesame terminal values. This result iscalled Hamilton sprinciple*.
*Hamilton, Phil. Trans. 1834, p.307;ibid. 1835, p.95.
99,100] andLeast Curvature 247
Ifthekineticpotential Ldoes notcontain thetimeexplicitly, wecan
evidently replacethecondition that thetime istohave thesame terminal
valuesbythecondition thatthetotal time ofdescriptionistobethesame
ngZ
forABasforCD,since Sqr^-L,whichrepresents thetotalenergyof
r=lOqr
thesystem,isinthiscaseconstant.
Helmholtz, J.filrMath. c.p.151,remarked that theconditions forastationary
value of
2,..., n,ql,...,qn)+2~(f,-*r)ldt
rVr }
(where theqsand ffsareregardedasindependent variables) are
sothatweagain obtain Lagrangesequations.
100. Theprinciple ofLeast Actionforconservative holonomicsystems.
Suppose now that thedynamical system considered issuch that the
kineticpotentialdoes notinvolve thetimeexplicitly,sothat theintegral
ofenergy
4dLT I2qrr-L=hrl dqr
exists. TakingasbeforeABtobepartofatrajectory andCDtobepartof
anyadjacent arc,tothesuccessivepointsofwhich values ofthetime areso
correlated astosatisfy anequationoftheform
*dL-4r^~- L=h+AA,
r=l OQV
where AA isasmallconstant, wehave
.dL\fi.dL\ .2qr\dt- 2qr~}dt=ioqrJ JAB\r=\ dqJ
=
|(h+A/0dt- !hdt+!Ldt- tLdt
JCD JAB JCD JAB
=2
Iftherefore wesuppose thatCcoincides withAandDcoincides with B,
andthat A/& iszero,weshallhave
248 ThePrinciples ofLeast Action[on.ix
//n
"bL\
[2qr^-r\dthasastationaryvalueforany
\r=i oqr/
part ofanactualtrajectory,ascomparedwith neighbouring pathsbetween the
same terminiforwhich thetime iscorrelated tothecoordinates insuchaway
astosatisfythesameequation ofenergy.This iscalled theprinciple of
Least Action, theintegral
beingcalled theAction.
Innaturalproblems,forwhichListhedifference ofakineticenergy T,
homogeneousoftheseconddegreeinthe velocities, andapotential energy
F,independentofthevelocities, wehave(41)
andthestationary integralcantherefore inthiscasebewritten iTdt.
ThePrincipleofLeast Action originatedinMaupertuis attempt (Mem. deIAcad., 1744,
p.417)toobtain forthecorpuscular theoryoflight atheorem analogoustoFerrnat s
"
PrincipleofLeast Time."Maupertuis principle wasestablished byEuler (Addit. n.
p.309ofhisMethodus inveniendi lineascurvas, 1744)forthecaseofasingle particle under
acentralforce, andbyLagrange (Miscell. Taurin. II.(1760-1), Oeuvres,I.p.365) formuch
moregeneral problems.
Example1.Shew that theprincipleofLeast Action canbeextended tosystemsfor
which theintegral ofenergy does notexist,inthefollowing form. Lettheexpression
2qr~^r-Lbedenoted byh;then theintegralr=i vqr
n
.dL dh\ ,2qr+1-j-}dtc?rdt)
hasastationaryvalue foranypartofanactualtrajectory,ascompared with otherpaths
between thesame terminalpointsforwhich hhasthesame terminal values.
Example2.Ifadynamical system which possesses anintegralofenergyisreduced to
asystemoflower order asin42,shew that theprincipleofLeast Action forthe
original systemisidentical withHamilton sprincipleforthereducedsystem.
101. ExtensionofHamilton sprincipletonon-conservative dynamical
systems.
We shallnow extend Hamilton sprincipletoholonomicdynamical
systemsinwhich theforces arenolonger supposedtobeconservative.
n
LetTdenote thekineticenergyofsuch asystem, and let2Qr$qr
r=l-
denote thework done onthesystem bytheexternal forces inanarbitrary
displacement (Bqi,&q, ...,&qn),theequationsofmotion ofthesystemare
therefore
d/dT\ dT
-j.U-.--5=Qr (r=l, 2,..., ?i).dt\dqr/dqr
100-102] andLeast Curvature 249
Letadenote apartofatrajectoryofthesystem, and letftbeanadjacent
archavingthesame terminals, thetimes correlated tothepath /3atthe
terminalsbeingthesame asthevalues tand^ofthetime attheterminals
inthetrajectory a;then if8denotes thevariationbywhich wepassfrom a
positiononatothecontemporaneous position on/3,wehave
*/n\
(8r+
!,**)dt-
t,r=i(oqr
&lt;
=0.
This result
QrSqrdt
r=l
is(like thetheorem of 99,which isreallyaparticularcaseofit)known as
Hamilton sprinciple.
102. ExtensionofHamilton sprinciple andtheprinciple ofLeast Action
tonon-holonomicsystems*.
Weshallnowshew thatHamilton sprinciple, whensuitably formulated,
istrueeven fordynamical systems which arenotholonomic.
Consider anon-holonomic conservativesystem,inwhich thevariations
ofthencoordinates(ql}q2,...,qn)areconnectedbymnon-integrable
kinematicalequations
Altdq1+A&dq a+...+Ankdqn+Tkdt=(k=l, 2,...,m)
whereAu,A12,...,Anm ,Tl,...,Tm,aregiven functions ofql}q.2,...,q n:so
that ifLdenotes thekineticpotential, themotion isdetermined(87)by
thenequations
dfdL\ dL
dt(df r)~
dq~r=**An+**A&lt;*+~+^nA rm (r=1,2,...,n),
togetherwith theabove kinematicalequations; theunknownquantities
being
&lt;?i&gt; $2&gt;,&lt;Jn, ^-i, ^-2) ,^m-
LetABbepartofatrajectoryofthesystem, and letCDbeapath
derived fromABbydisplacements consistent with theinstantaneous kine-
*Cf.Holder, Gott.Nach. 1896, p.122,andVoss, Gntt.Nach. 1900, p.322.
ThePrinciples ofLeast Action[OH.ix
maticalequations,i.e.theabove kinematicalequationswith thetermsTkdt
omitted;thispathCDwillnotingeneralbeitself apathwhose continuous
description wouldsatisfythekinematical conditions, soCD isreallyakine-
matically impossible path.
Itmay naturally beaskedwhywedonottakeCDtobeakiriematically possible path:
theanswer towhichis,that inthatcasethedisplacementsfromABtoCDwould notbe
displacements consistent with thekinematical equations:forinnon-holonomicsystems,
iftwoadjacent possible configurationsaregiven, thedisplacement fromonetotheother
isnotingeneral apossible displacement ;there areinfinitely morepossible adjacent
positions than there arepossible displacements from thegiven position.
ProceedingasintheproofofHamilton sprinciple givenin|99,Bdenoting
asusual adisplacement from apointofABtothecontemporaneous pointon
CD,wehave
Ldt-l Ldt=LB^-LA&t -fPI(~Bqr+~Bqr]dtCD JAB Jttr=i\oq r oqr/
...+\mArm)Bqrldt.
)
Since thedisplacements obeytherelations
Alk8ql+A2kBq2+...+AnkBqn=0,
itfollows that theterms ofthetype\gArsBqrintheintegralannul each
other, sowehave
T TJ. T7 TAi TA/ -0\V44 ^.WfV*&lt; \cv 7,Left-
Z/&lt;ft=LjAj-L^A^o 4-2L.Bqr+ ,-
(.--Bqr\&lt;dt.
&gt;J^ Jfcr-ll0$r dt\dq rj1
]
From thispointtheproof proceedsasin99.Wethus obtain theresult
thatHamilton sprinciple appliestoeverydynamical system,whether holonomic
ornot.Ineverycase thevariedpathconsidered istobederived fromthe
actual orbitbydisplacements which donotviolate thekinematicalequations
representingtheconstraints; but itisonlyforholonomicsystemsthat the
varied motion isapossiblemotion;sothatifwecomparetheactual motion
withadjacentmotions whichobeythekinematicalequations ofconstraint,
Hamilton sprincipleistrueonlyforholonomicsystems.
Thesame remarksobviously applytotheprincipleofLeast Action, and
toHamilton sprincipleasappliedtonon-conservativesystems.
103. Are thestationary integralsactual minima ?Kineticfoci.
Sofarwehaveonlyshewn that theintegralswhich occur inHamilton s
principleandtheprincipleofLeast Action arestationaryforthetrajectories
ascomparedwithadjacent paths. Thequestion now arises, whetherthey
areactually maxima orminima.
102,103] andLeast Curvature 251
Weshall select forconsideration theprincipleofLeast Action, and for
convenience ofexpositionshallsupposethenumber ofdegreesoffreedom
inthedynamical systemtobetwo,themotionbeingdefinedbyakinetic
energy
T=^a n(ql,qz)q?+a12(ql,qs)q,qa
andapotential energy
Thediscussion canbeextended withoutdifficultytoHamilton sprinciple,and tosystems withanynumber ofdegreesoffreedom. Theprincipleof
Least Action, asappliedtotheabovesystem,is(100) thattheintegral
F
I(a
n&lt;?i2+2a, 2gr
152+
22&lt;7"2
)dt
J
hasastationaryvalue foranactualtrajectoryascompared with otherpaths
between thesame termini forwhich dtisconnected with thedifferentials of
thecoordinates bythesameequationofenergy
T+V=h.
This latterequation gives
or dt={2(h i/r)}~2(alldq12+2a1.2dq 1dq+a^dq^,
sothestationary integralcanbetaken tobe
whereq2stands fordq2/dq1;thisintegralistobetaken between terminals,
ateach ofwhich thevalues ofq1andq.2aregiven.
Writingthisequation
weshall discuss thediscrimination ofitsmaxima andminima(which was
first effectedbyJacobi) byamethodsuggested byCulverwell*.
Consideranynumber ofpaths adjacenttotheactualtrajectory. These
pathswillbesupposedtohave thesame terminals, and tobecontinuous,
but their directions mayhaveabrupt changesatanyfinite number of
points. Forsuch apathlet(qltq2+&q2)beapoint correspondingtoa
point (ft,ga)ontheactualtrajectory; weshallfrequentlywrite a&lt;for8q2,
where aisasmall constant theorder ofwhich determines theorder of
magnitudeofthequantities wearedealing with,and
&lt;/&gt;iszeroattheterminal
points.
*Proc. Lond. Math. Soc.xxm.(1892), p.241.
252 ThePrinciples ofLeast Action[CH.ix
Lettheexpansionofthefunction
f(q 1}qa+a&lt;f&gt;, g2+&lt;)
inascending powersofabe
let57denote thetermsinvolvingainthe firstdegreein
and let82/denote theterms ina2
.
When therangeofintegrationissmall, and itsterminals arefixed, the
value of &lt;atanypointislargecomparedwith thevalue of &lt;.Forsince
&lt;/&gt;
iszero attheterminals, wehave
..p
wherePandRdenote theterminals. Ifthereforeftbethenumerically
greatestvalue of
(f&gt;between PandR,itfollows that
&lt;f&gt;cannever exceed
(gKJZ) &lt;?i(p))/3, andconsequently bytakingtherange sufficientlysmall the
ratio of &lt;to
&lt;/&gt;canbediminishedindefinitely.
Thus iftherangeisvery small, themostimportantterm in82Iis
Un(j)2dq1;andasthesignofthis isalwaysthesame asthatofUn(thesign-
1
ofdqtistaken tobepositive), weseethat forsmallranges,/isamaximum
orminimumaccordingasUuisnegativeorpositive. Now
^\2J?
Un=~=(h-^(an+2alsqt+a^_q. 22)~*(ana^-a122
),
"
and this ispositive,since thekineticenergyisapositivedefinite formand
therefore ana&a122ispositive. Wethushave theresult thatforsmall
rangestheAction isaminimumfortheactualtrajectory.
Now consider anypointAonanactualtrajectory,and letanother actual
trajectorybedrawnthrough Amakingaverysmallanglewith the first. If
thisintersects the firsttrajectory again, sayatapoint B,then thelimiting
positionofthepointBwhen theanglebetween thetrajectoriesdiminishes
indefinitelyiscalled thekineticfocusofAonthe firsttrajectory,orthe
point conjugatetoA.
We shallnowshew that forfiniterangestheAction isaminimum,
providedthefinalpointisnotbeyondthekinetic focus ofthe initialpoint.
For letPandQbetheterminals;wehave seen that ifQisverynear
toP,thequantityS2/isalways positiveandoforder a2comparedwith the
value of/forthelimitsPandQ.Itistherefore evident that asweremove
103,104] andLeast Curvature 253
Qfurther from P,thequantity8-1cannot becomecapableofanegative
value until afterQhaspassed throughthepointforwhich B2Icanvanish
forasuitably chosen value of
(/&gt;.
Suppose then thatPBQisanarcofanactualtrajectory, Qbeingthe first
pointforwhich itispossibletodraw avaried curvePHQforwhich2/iszero;
weshallshew thatthevaried curvePHQ must itself beatrajectory. For if
itisnotatrajectory between twoofitsownpointsAandC(supposed near
eachother),letatrajectory ADC bedrawn between thesepoints. Then the
integral takenalongADC islessthan thattakenalongAHC, sotheintegral
takenalongPADCQislessthan thatalongPHQ, whichbyhypothesisis
equaltothatalongPBQ. Hence frlalongPADCQisnegative, andthere
foreQcannot bethe firstpointforwhich, asweproceed from P,thevariation
ceases tobepositive;which iscontrarytowhat hasbeenproved.Itfollows
thatPAHCQisatrajectory,andQisthekinetic focus ofP.Hence the
Action isatrueminimum, providedthat inpassing alongthetrajectorythe
final pointisreachedbeforethekineticfocus oftheinitialpoint.
Lastly weshall consider thecase inwhich thekinetic focus oftheinitial
pointisreached before wearrive atthefinalpoint. Suppose,withthenotation
just used, thattheinitial and finalpointsarePandR;and lettwopointsE
andFbetaken, theformer onthecurvePHQ andthelatter onthearcQR ;
thesepoints being taken soclosetogetherthatthetrajectory EGFjoiningthemgivesatrueminimum. Since theintegral takenalongEGF isless
than thatalongEQF,itfollows thattheintegral takenalongPEGFR isless
than thatalongPEQR ;butthelatter isequaltothatalongPBQR, since
bothintegralsareequalfromPtoQ;andtherefore theintegral alongPBQR
isnotaminimum;but itisnotamaximum, since theintegraltakenalong
anysmallpartofitisaminimum. Hence when thekineticfocus oftheinitial
pointisreachedbefore wearrive atthefinal point,theAction isneither a
maximum noraminimum,
Asimple exampleillustrative oftheresults obtained inthis article isfurnishedbythe
motion ofaparticle under noforces onasmoothsphere. Thetrajectories aregreat-
circles onthesphere, andtheAction takenalong anypath (whether atrajectoryornot)
isproportionaltothelengthofthepath. The kinetic focus ofanypointAisthe
diametrically opposite pointAonthesphere, since anytwogreat-circles through A
intersectagain atA .Thetheorems ofthis article amount therefore inthiscase tothe
statement thatanarcofagreat-circle joining anytwopointsAandBonthesphereis
theshortest distance fromAtoBwhen(and onlywhen) thepointAdiametrically
oppositetoAdoes not lieonthearc,i.e.when thearciuquestion islessthan half
agreat-circle.
104.Representation ofthemotionofdynamical systems bymeansof
geodesies.
TheprincipleofLeast Action leads toaninterestingtransformation of
themotion ofnaturaldynamical systems withtwodegreesoffreedom.
254 ThePrinciples ofLeast Action[CH.ix
Letthekineticenergyofsuch asystembe
and letitspotential energybe^(g 1}q.2).By 100,theorbitscorresponding
tothatfamilyofsolutions forwhich thetotalenergyisharegiven bythe
condition that
r
I(an9i2+Zouqiqi +a^q*}dt
isstationaryforanypartofanactual orbit, ascomparedwithanyother arc
between thesame terminals forwhich dtisconnected with thedifferentials
ofthecoordinatesbytherelation
Theintegral
r i
I(h tyyz(audq*+2a12dqldq2+
J
isthereforestationary. But thisintegral expressestheprincipleofLeast
Action forthemotion ofaparticleunder noforces onanysurface whose
linear element isgiven bytheequation
ds2=(h i|r){andq^+%aizdq^dq z+aZ2dq./),
and istherefore thedefiningcondition ofthegeodesiesonthis surface.
Consequentlytheequations oftheorbits inthegiven dynamical systemarethe
same astheequations ofthegeodesiesonthissurface.
1.Shew that theparabolicorbits ofafreeheavy projectile correspond
tothegeodesies onacertain surface ofrevolution.
Example2.Shew thattheorbits described under acentral attractive force
&lt;p(r)ina
plane correspondtogeodesiesonasurface ofrevolution, theequationofwhose meridian-
curve isz=f(p),where
andwhere randpareconnected bytherelationp2=r2
{ &lt;p
105. Theleast-curvatureprinciple ofGauss andHertz.
Weshallnowdiscuss aprinciple which, likeHamilton sprinciple,canbe
used todefine theorbits ofadynamical system,butwhich does notinvolve
thesignofintegration.
Inanydynamical system (whether holonomic ornon-holonomic)let
(xr,yr,zr}bethecoordinates ofatypical particle mrattimet,and
(Xr,Yr,Zr)thecomponentsoftheexternal forcewhich actsontheparticle.
Consider thefunction
..Xr\2
/..Fryxr-- -
)+(yr--
} mrjVmj
104,105] andLeast Curvature 255
where thesummation isextended over alltheparticles ofthesystem, and
where(xr,yr,zr)refer toanykinematically possible pathforwhich the
coordinates andvelocities attheinstant considered arethesame asinsome
actualtrajectory.This functionsubstantially represents whatwascalledby
Gauss theconstraint andbyHertz (who however consideredprimarilythe
case inwhich theexternal forces arezero) thecurvature* ofthekinematically
possible pathconsidered. Inwhat follows Hertz sterminologywillbeused.
We shallshew thatofallpaths consistent with theconstraints(luhich
aresupposedtodonowork), theactualtrajectoryisthatwhich has the
leastcurvature^.
Inthesimple case ofasingle particle moving onasmooth surface under noexternal
forces, this resultclearly reduces tothestatement that thecurvature inspace (inthe
ordinarysense oftheterm) oftheorbit istheleastwhich isconsistent with thecondition
thattheparticleistoremain onthesurface.
Toestablish this result, lettheequations whichexpresstheconstraints
(usingasrtotypify anyoneofthethree coordinates ofany particle) be
?.xkrdxr=(k=l,2, ...,m),r
where the coefficients xkraregiven functions ofthecoordinates. Differ
entiatingthese relations, wehave
OTi*xrxs=
X
Letxrbeatypical componentofacceleration inthepath considered
(whichissupposedtobekinematically possible, but isnotnecessarilythe
actualtrajectory), and letxrobethecorresponding componentofacceleration
intheactualtrajectory. Subtractingthepreceding equation, considered as
relatingtotheactualtrajectory, from thesameequation, considered as
relatingtothekinematically possible path,wehave(since thevelocities are
thesame inthetwopaths)
Safe.(xr-xn)=
(A?=1,2,. .,m).r
Thisequation shews thatasmalldisplacement ofthesystem,inwhich
thedisplacement8xrofthecoordinate xrisproportional to(xr-xm),iscon
sistent with theequationsofconstraint, i.e.isapossible displacement.
Thecomponentsoftheforces exercisedbytheconstraints aretypified by
*
Strictly speaking, thesquare root ofthisfunction, andnotthefunctionitself, wascalled
thecurvature byHertz.
tGauss, Crelle sJournal, iv.(1829), p.232; Werke, v.p.23.Gauss measured theconstraint
by"thesum ofthemasses oftheparticles, eachmultiplied bythesquare ofitsdeviation from
unconstrained motion." Theaboveanalytical expression for itwas firstgiven byH.Scheffler,
Zeitschrift filrMath. in.(1858), p.197. Hertz stheoryisgiven inhisMecltanik.
256 ThePrinciples ofLeast Action[OH.ix
(mrxnXr):andinanypossible displacementtheforces ofconstraint dono
work.Wehave therefore
2(mrxro-Xr)(xr-xro)=0,
r
anequationwhich maybewritten intheform
..Xr\2~ /..Xr\*~ ...xr---
)=2,mrxro----
)+2,??i,.(xrXro)2
,
or(revertingtotheuseofysandzs)
F,
^ \/xr\*(..Fry =2,ra r&lt;scn---+n---+m
+Sl r{(r-^ro)2+(j/r~
j/ro)2+(^r~^Vo)2
}-
r
Since theterms inthe lastsummation ontheright-handside are all
positive,itfollows that
.,Xr\s
,xr--+yr--+zr-mjVmj \mt,
^ (/..Zr\2/..Fr\2/.
&gt; 2&lt;m r]x,n--- +yn---+(zn
r (\f
&gt;nj \mrj \
which establishes theresult stated.Zr
106. Expression ofthecurvatureofapathintermsofgeneralised
coordinates.
Lipschitzhasshewn* thatthecurvature ofakinematically possible path
inaholonomicdynamical systemwith ndegreesoffreedom canbeexpressed
interms ofthederivates ofthenindependentcoordinates which define the
positionofthesystem.
Let
(&lt;?!,q2,...,qn)bethecoordinates; let(q1}q2,...,qn)betheaccelera
tions ofthese coordinates inany kinematically possible path, and let
(ry10,
&lt;/20,...,qno)betheaccelerations intheactualtrajectorywhich corre
spondstothesame values of(ql}q2,...,qn&gt;q1}q.2&gt;...,qn).Usingxrtotypify-
anyoneofthethreerectangularcoordinates ofanyparticle mr,andXrtotypify
thecorresponding componentofforce, theGauss-Hertz curvature ofthepath
is^nir(xrXr/mr)2
;and ithasbeenshewn inthelast article that thiscan
r
bewritten intheform
(xroXr/mr}2+"2.mr(xrxr0)~.
*Journal farMath. LXXXII.p.323. Cf.alsoWassmuth, Wien. Sitz. civ.(1895);and for
further work connected with theprinciple ofLeast Curvature seeLeitinger, Wien. Sitz. cxvi.
(1908), p.1321andSchenkl, Wien. Sitz.cxxn.(1913), p.721.
105,106] andLeast Curvature 257
The firstofthese summations isthesame forallthepaths considered, since
itdepends onlyontheactualtrajectory:wecantherefore omit itwithout
causingthewholeexpressiontolose itsminimum-property,andwecancall
theremaining summation 2w,.(xrxro)2thecurvature ofthepath.r
Letthekineticenergybe
T=^Za klqkql}
k I
where thequantities ak{aregivenfunctions of(ql}q2,...,qn);letDdenote
thedeterminant formed ofthequantities a
kt&gt;and letAMdenote theminor of
akiinthisdeterminant.
From theequation
2,mrx;r2=2tStakiqkql
r k I
I r-*\jdjrp \}JUywehave au=2mr~ -
.
roqkdqi
XT Vfar-Vv^XrNow av=2~
&lt;fc+22~-qkqt,toq* k idqrfqi*
andconsequently,since thecoordinates andvelocities arethesame forallthe
paths considered, wehave
.._..j_v3a?r... .. .xrx
r&lt;) 2i_(qkqko).
koqk
But ifwewrite
_dsdT\ dT dxr
"*3* 155" )""5^5~Xr (k=1,2,...,n),at\dqkjdqk ,.dqk
since thisexpressioniszero fortheactualtrajectory, wehave
Sk=thedifference ofthevalues of-=-
(-
)forthepath considered andat\dqk)
theactualtrajectory,
or8k=2aw(qt-qlo) (k=l,2, ...,n),
whence wehaveqk-qko=^^AklSt (k=1,2,..., n) ;
andconsequently
Thecurvature, 2mr(xr-a^)2
,istherefore
orraSS^k Iij
W.D.17
258 ThePrinciples ofLeast Action[CH.ix
Butbyawell-knownpropertyofdeterminants, wehave
22
ik
andthereforefinallythecurvature canbeexpressedintermsofthecoordinates
(q\&gt; q2,,qn)and their derivates intheform
107. AppelVs equations.
TheGauss-Hertz lawofLeast Curvature isthebasis ofaform inwhich
Appellhasproposed*towrite thegeneraldifferentialequationsofdynamics.
This form, aswillbeseen, isequally applicabletoholonomic andnon-
holonomicsystems.
Consider anydynamical system;let
Alkdq,+A2kdq2+...+Ankdqn+Tkdt=(k=l, 2,...,ni)
bethenon-integrable equations connectingthevariations ofthegeneralised
coordinatesql,q2,...,qn;inholonomicsystemstheseequationswillofcourse
benon-existent.
LetSdenote thefunction^m k(xk2+i/k2+zk2
),wheremktypifiesthemass
k
ofaparticleofthesystem, whoserectangular coordinates attime tare
(%k, Vk, Zk)-Bymeans oftheequations which define thepositionofthe
particlesatanytime interms ofthecoordinates(q1}q2,...,qn),itispossible
toexpress 8interms of(qltq2,...,qn)andthe firstandsecond derivates of
these variables withrespecttothetime. Moreover, byuseoftheequations
ofconstraint wecanexpressmofthevelocities(ql}q2,...,qn)interms ofthe
others :letthecoordinatescorrespondingtothese latter bedenotedby(pi,p 2,
,Pn-m)- Bydifferentiatingthese relations wecanexpress q1}q2,...,qn
interms ofthequantities p1}p.2,...,p n_m ,plyp2,...,pn_m,qltq2,...,qn&gt;and
henceScanbeexpressedinterms ofthis lastsetofvariables.
Nowanysmalldisplacement which isconsistent with theconstraints
canbedefinedbythechanges (Sp lt8p2,...,Bpn_m)inthequantitiesm
(Pi,Pz,,Pi-m);let2Pr&prdenote thework donebytheexternal forces
r=l
insuch adisplacement. Asin 26,wehave
Journal fUrMath. cxxi.(1900), p.310.
andLeast Curvature 259
Lettheequation whichexpresses thechangeinockinterms ofthechanges
in(PI, pa, ...,pn-m)be
where(TTJ,7T2,..., 7rn_m)areknown functions ofthecoordinates: the
equationsofthistypeareofcoursenon-integrable. From thiswehave
9#/9p r*Birr,and sotheequationwhichexpresses xkinterms of
\pi&gt; PZ&gt;&gt;pnrn)
willbeoftheform
nm
2irrpr+a,
r=l
where adenotes some function ofthecoordinates.Differentiatingthis
equation, wehave
n-mfj rjn
.-^U7rr . ftGC
^ ctxicwhence*=7rr=
dpr
Itfollows that
n^.. k ....Pr=2mtxk^+ykf*+zk
k
.. ..xk~+yk+zk-
Vdpr 9r 3
andtherefore /*eequations ofadynamical system, whether holonomic ornot,
canbeexpressed intheform
dS
dJr=Pr (r=1,2,..., n-m),
where^8denotes thefunction &mk(xk*+yk2+zk2
),and(p,,p2,...,p n-m}are
coordinatesequalinnumber tothedegrees offreedom ofthesystem*.
Itisevident that theresult isvalid even ifthequantities plt...,pn_m
arenottruecoordinates, butarequasi-coordinates.
Example. Obtain fromAppelPs equations theequations
A
a&gt;i (BC) a&gt;2(03=L,
a&gt;2(CA)0)30)!=JJ/,
Co&gt;3(A-B) &lt;i&lt;o2=-Ar
,
forthemotion ofarigidbody oneofwhosepointsisfixed; where(o^,co2,o&gt;3)are
thecomponents ofangular velocity ofthebody resolvedalongitsownprincipal axes
ofinertia atthefixedpoint, (A,B,C]aretheprincipal moments ofinertia, and(L,M,N)arethemoments oftheexternal forces about theprincipal axes.
*Ontheconnexion ofthese equations with thePrinciple ofLeast Action, cf.H.Brell, Wien.
Sitz.cxxn.(1913), p.933.
172
260 ThePrinciples ofLeast Action[OH.ix
108. Bertrand s.theorem.
Atheorem inimpulsive motion, whichbelongstothesamegroupof
results astheleast-curvatureprincipleofGauss and Hertz,isdue to
Bertrand* andmaybestated thus :Ifagivensetofimpulsesisappliedto
different points ofasystem (whether holonomic ornon-holonomic)inmotion,
thekineticenergy oftheresulting motion isgreaterthan thekinetic energy
ofthemotion which thesystemwouldacquireunder theaction ofthesame
impulses andconstraints andofanyadditional constraints due tothereactions
ofperfectlysmooth orperfectly rough fixed surfaces,orrigidconnexions
betweenparticles ofthesystem.
For letmbethemass ofatypical particleofthesystem,and let(u,v,w),
(u,v,w),(ulyvlfWi)denote thecomponentsofvelocityofthisparticlebefore
theapplicationoftheimpulses,after theapplicationoftheimpulses,andin
thecomparison motion, respectively.
Let(X,Y,Z)denote thecomponentsoftheexternal impulse actingon
theparticle:(Xf
,Y,Z)thecomponentsoftheimpulsedue tothecon
straints ofthesystem:and(X+XltY+YltZ+ZJthecomponentsof
theimpulse due totheconstraints inthecomparisonmotion.
Theequationsofimpulsivemotion are
m(v-v)=Y+Y ,m(w-w)=Z+Z,
,m(v 1-v)=Y+Y +Y 1,m(w,-w)=Z+Z+Zl.
Subtracting,wehave
m(u 1u)=Xl,m(v 1v)=Y 1,m(w lw}=Zl.
Multiplythese lastequations byultv1}w1}respectively, add,andsum for
alltheparticlesofthesystem;wethushave
2m|(MI-u)MJ+(v1-v)V!+(w 1-w)wi]=2(X^+Y&+Z^).
Now from thenature oftheconstraints,itfollows that finite forces
actingonalltheparticlesofthesystemandproportionaltotheimpulsive
forces(XltFa,Zj),would onthewhole donowork inadisplacementwhose
componentsareproportionaltothequantities (u l,v1}w^):andtherefore we
have
I,(X 1u1+Ylv1+Z1w1)=Qi
or 2m{(ttju)u^+(Vjv)v1+(w lw}w^\=
;
thisequationcanbewritten intheform
2m(u2+v2+w2
)-2m +v?+w,2
)=2m{(u-utf+(v-v,)2+(w-w,)2
},
*Bertrand snotes toLagrangesMec. Anal.;andLiouville sJournal(1),vn.(1842), p.166.
108] andLeast Curvature 261
which shews that
2m(V2+v2+w2
)&gt;\2m(V+vf+wf),
andsoestablishes Bertrand stheorem.
Thetheorem may readilybeextended tothecasewhen theforces arenot
impulsive butcontinuous :inthis case theincrease ofkineticenergy per
unit oftime isdiminishedbytheintroduction offresh constraints thatdo
notaffect thepotential energy.
Thefollowing result, duetoLord Kelvin andgenerally known asThomson stheorem*,
caneasily beestablished byaproof ofthesame character astheabove :Ifanynumberof
points ofadynamical systemaresuddenlysetinmotion withprescribed velocities,the
kineticenergy oftheresultingmotion islessthan thatofanyotherkinematicalty possible
motion which thesystem cantakewith theprescribed velocities, theexcessbeingtheenergy of
themotion which must becompoundedwith either toproducetheother.
LordRayleigh hasremarked +thatthetheorems ofThomson andBertrand mayboth
becomprehended inthestatement thattheintroduction offresh constraints increases the
inertia, ormoment ofinertia, ofasystem.
Example. Aframework of(n-1) equal rhombuses, each with onediagonalinthe
same continuousstraight line,andtwoopen ends, each ofwhich ishalf ofarhombus,is
formedby2nequal rodswhich arefreely jointedinpairsatthecorners ofallthe
rhombuses.Impulses Pperpendiculartoandtowards the line ofthediagonals are
applied tothetwo free extremities ofoneopen end;shew that the initialvelocity,
paralleltothediagonal,oftheextremities oftheotheropenend is
3P sinacosa
TOcos2a+/i2sin2a
wheremisthemass ofeach rod,and2aistheangle between each pair ofrods at
thepointsofcrossing. (Camb. Math.Tripos,Part I,1896.)
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Iftheproblemofdetermining themotion ofaparticle onasurface whose linear
element isgiven bytheequation
dsz=Edu2+ZFdu dv+Gdv\
under theaction offorces such that thepotential energyisV(u, v),canbesolved, shew
that theproblemofdetermining themotion ofaparticle onasurface whose linear
element isgiven by
ds*=V(u,v)(Edu2+2Fdudv +Gdv2
),
under forces derivable from apotential energy I/V(u, v),canalsobesolved.
(Darboux.)
2.Ifintwodynamical systemsinwhich thekineticenergies arerespectively
SatjtjtjiandS&ijtjijfr,andthepotential energies arerespectively7andF,thetrajectories
*Thomson andTait sNaturalPhilosophy, 317.
tTheory ofSound, Vol. i.p.100.
262 ThePrinciples ofLeast Action[CH.ix
arethesame curves, thoughdescribed with differentvelocities, sothat therelations
between thecoordinates(q\,y2,...,qn)arethesame inthetwoproblems, shew that
-
wherea,/3,y,8areconstants, andthat
"S,bikdqidqk=(yU+ 8)2aikdqidq k.(Painleve.)
3.Ifallthetrajectoriesofaparticleinaplane,described under forces such thatthe
potential energyoftheparticleisV(x,y\with avalue Aoftheconstant ofenergy,are
subjectedtoatransformation
x=$(X, Y\ y=+(X, Y\
where$and^areconjugate functions of(#,y\shew thatthenewcurves soobtained are
thetrajectoriesofaparticleacted onbyforces derivable from thepotential energy
with azerovalue oftheconstant ofenergy. (Goursat.)
4.IfTandVdenoterespectivelythekinetic andpotential energiesofadynamical
system, shew that
differs from
i(/...9rv ./...an2
./ ...arv
_m
byaquantity which doesnotinvolve theaccelerations;andhence that
-
isamaximum when theaccelerations have thevaluescorrespondingtotheactualmotion,
ascompared with allmotions which areconsistent with theconstraints andsatisfy
thesameintegralofenergy, andwhich have thesame values ofthecoordinates and
velocities attheinstant considered.(Forster.)
CHAPTER X
HAMILTONIAN SYSTEMS ANDTHEIR INTEGRAL-INVARIANTS
109. Hamilton sform oftheequations ofmotion.
Weshallnowobtain forthedifferentialequationsofmotion ofacon
servative holonomicdynamical systemaform which constitutes thebasis
ofmost oftheadvancedtheoryofDynamics.
Let(q1}q2,...,qn)bethecoordinates andL(q ltq2,...,qn,q1}q2,...,qn&gt;t)
thekineticpotentialofthesystem,sothat theequationsofmotion inthe
Lagrangianform are
d fdL\ dLjiiaH-a -0 (r=l, 2,...,n\at\oqr/dqr
OT
Write ^=Pr (r=l,2, ..., TO),
09V-
O 7"
sothat Pr=(r=l,2,..,n).
d&lt;/r
From theformer ofthese setsofequations wecanregardeither ofthe
setsofquantities (fa,q2,...,qn)or(p1}p2,...,pn)asfunctions oftheother set.
If8denote theincrement inanyfunction ofthevariables
(qltq2,...,qn,PI,p2,...,p n)or(q1}q2,...,qn,ql}qz,...,qn)
duetosmallchangesinthearguments, wehave
T -STft** 5- ,^-^
(&gt;oL=2,-oqr+^-
o&lt;7r
r=i\dqr oqr
r=l
*% ,4?/* =62&lt;prqr+2,(proqr q,r=l r=l
or 82p^r-L\=2
(r=l )r=l
264 Hamiltonian Systems and[CH.x
n
Thus ifthequantity ^prqrL,whenexpressedinterms of
r=\
\Ct Cl Cl *Y) "/) f) ft
bedenotedbyH,wehave
*\ \_is*n
^40. &H=2(qrpr-pr^qr) (1),
&gt;f&gt;}&lt;l** r=1%8^ dprdH .
or *-= =iT*=12 -??ii2i7- &lt;-\j- /.*-\ \&*# T*I i**t*l/a^dpr aidgr
IViemotionofthedynamical system mayberegardedasdefined bythese
equations,which aresaid tobeintheHamiltonian orcanonical form;the
dependentvariables are(qltq2,...,qn,p1}p.2,...,pn),andthesystem consists
of2nequations,each ofthe first order; whereas theLagrangian system
consists ofnequations,each ofthesecond order.
TheHamiltonian formwasintroduced byHamilton in1834*. Inparthehadbeen
anticipated bythegreat French mathematicians: forPoisson in1809t hadtaken thestep
ofintroducing afunction
2pr^r-Tr=l
andexpressingitinterms of(ql,q2,...,qn,p1}...,pn),andhadactually derived half of
Hamilton sequations:while Lagrangein1810Jhadobtained aparticular setofequations
(forthevariation ofelements)intheHamiltouianform,thedisturbing functiontaking the
placeofthefunction H.Moreover thetheoryofnon-linearpartialdifferentialequations
ofthe firstorder hadledtosystemsofordinarydifferential equations possessingthisform :
for,aswasshewn byPfaff in1814-15 andbyCauchy||in1819(completing theearlier
work ofLagrange andMonge), theequationsofthecharacteristics ofapartial differential
equation
f(xi,x z,-..,x n,pi,pv ...,j0 n)=0,
*-&gt;
o$where p.=^,
dxldxz_ _dxn dpl dpn ~ ~~ ~ ~
Hamilton sinvestigation wasextended tothecaseswhen thekineticpotential contains
thetime,etc.byOstrogradskylFin1848-50 andbyDonkin** in1854.
Theequation (1)above isoften called theHamiltonian form ofthe
equation ofvirtual work. Itmaybewritten inthemoresymmetrical form
8(Iprdqr-Hdt)=d(5prSqr-HSt),
r=l /=!
*Brit. Ass.Rep. 1834, p.513; Phil. Trans. 1835, p.95.
tJournal deVEcole polyt.vin.(Cahier xv),(1809), p.266.
JMem. deVlnst. 1809, p.343.
Berlin Abhand. 1814-15, p.76.
||Bull. soc.philomath. 1819, p.10.
HMelanges deVAcad. deSt.-Pet. Oct.1848;Mem. deVAcad. deSt.-Pet. vi.(1850), p.385.
**Phil. Trans. 1854, p.71.
109,110]their Integral- Invariants 265
whichdirectly suggeststheimportanceofthedifferential form
n
prdqrHdt
r=l
inconnexion with thedifferentialequationsofdynamics:cf.137below.
When thekineticpotential Ldoesnotinvolve texplicitly,theHamiltonian
functionHwillevidentlylikewise notinvolve texplicitly, andthesystem
willpossess (41)anintegralofenergy, namely
n
_)2Oro^--L=h,
r=l Oqr
where Aisaconstant. Thisequationcanbewritten
H(q1}q2,...,q n,pi,p 2,...,pn)=h,
and this istheintegral ofenergy, which ispossessed bythedynamical system
when thefunctionHdoesnotinvolve thetimeexplicitly. Fornaturalproblems,
itfollows atoncefrom 41thatHisthesum ofthekinetic andpotential
energiesofthesystem.
Example. Shew thattheequationsofmotion ofthesimple pendulum are &gt;
__ \
dt~dp&gt;dt
where ff=2-l
andwhereqdenotes theanglemadebythependulum with thevertical attimet,Iis
thelengthofthependulum, andthemass ofthebob istaken asunity.
110.Equations arising fromtheCalculusofVariations.
From thepreceding chapteritappearsthatthewhole science ofDynamics
canbebased onthestationarycharacter ofcertainintegrals, namelythose
which occur inHamilton sprincipleandtheprincipleofLeast Action :
similarlythedifferentialequationsofmostphysical problemscanberegarded
asarisinginproblemsoftheCalculus ofVariations.
Thus, theproblemoffindingthestate ofthermalequilibriuminanisotropic
conducting body,when thepointsofitssurface arekept atgiven temperatures, canbe
formulated asfollows :tofind,amongallfunctions Vhaving given values atthesurface,
thatonewhich makes thevalue oftheintegral
M8PV,/3F\*/8F\2) T )+(T 1+(-5- )\dxdydz./vy/\//
integrated throughout thesurface, aminimum.
We shallnowshew that allthedifferential equations which arisefrom
problemsintheCalculusofVariations, withoneindependent variable, can be
expressedintheHamiltonian form*.
*Cf.Ostrogradsky, Mem. deVAcad. deSt.-Pet. vi.(1850), p.385.
266 Hamiltonian Systems and[CH.X
Suppose,forclearness, thatthere aretwodependentvariables;theproof
isequally applicabletoanynumber ofvariables.
(m) (n)
LetL(t,y,y,y,...,y,z,z,z,...,z)beafunction oftheindependent
variablet,thedependentvariablesy,z,andtheir derivates uptoorders m,n,
respectively.
Theconditions thattheintegral
f(m) (n)
\L(t,y,y,...,y,z,z, ...,z)dt
maybestationary, can,bytheordinary procedureoftheCalculus ofVaria
tions, bewritten intheform
dt
Now writeodz dt
dt
dL
P.m=
by
Pm+2dL+(-i)w
dt-
Pm+n=
andwrite
&=
Then if(m-l) (n-D
y&gt;Qm+i==ziQm+2=zi &gt;(fm+n=z-
+pm-lqm+pmy
+Pm+ni (fm+nTPm+nzt
110,111]their Integral-Invariants 267
(whereHissupposed expressedasafunction of(t,qlt...,qm+n ,Pi,,Pm+n),
(m) (n)")
thequantities yandzbeingeliminated byuseoftheequations pm=vLfdy,
pm+n=dL/dz), and if8denote anincrement due tosmallchangesinthe
arguments qltq2,...,qm+n ,pltp2,...,pm+n,wehave
(&gt;,-rj- ^i\JJ-J
J,\J-LJQ -^UJJ r\ (_/-/-/ r\
r=0dv dv?=0dz dz
2pr8qr+l+pm8y
r=l r=l
m-\-n \ (n)m+n 1(n)
2pr&?r+i+j?H*&* +^qr+i&Pr +Z$pm+n.
r=m+l rm+1
Usingtherelations
dL dL dL
m+n m+n
thisbecomes 8H=2p,.8q r+2q,-8pr.
r=l r=l
Thus, if^fisexpressedinterms ofthevariables
(t,PI,PZ,...,pm+n ,qi,q2,...,qm+n)&gt;
dqrdH dprdHwehave ^7=^ j7=-^r~ (r=l, 2,...,m+n),atdpr atdqr
andthedifferential equations oftheproblemarethusexpressedintheHamil-
tonianform.
Thesystemsofdifferentialequations which arise intheproblemsofthe
Calculus ofVariations areoften calledisoperimetrical systems.
111.Integral-invariants.
Thenature ofHamiltoniansystemsofdifferentialequationsisfunda
mentallyconnected with thepropertiesofcertainexpressionstowhich
Poincare*hasgiventhenameintegral-invariants.
Consider anysystemofordinarydifferentialequations
dx\-Y ^*-Ydxn_
dt~
dt=
dt=
An&gt;
where JTj,Xz,...,Xnaregivenfunctions ofxl}x2,...,xn,t.Wemayregard
theseequationsasdefiningthemotion ofapoint whose coordinates are
(xlfxz,...,xn}inspaceofndimensions.
*ActaMath. xm.(1890).
268 Hamiltonian Systems and[OH.x
Ifnowweconsider agroupofsuchpoints,whichoccupya^-dimensional
region fatthebeginningofthemotion, theywillatanysubsequenttime t
occupy anotherp-dimensional region A_p-tuple integraltaken over fis
called anintegral-invariant,ifithasthesame value atalltimes t;the
number piscalled theorder oftheintegral-invariant.
Thus, inthemotion ofanincompressible fluid, theintegralwhichrepre
sents thevolume ofthe fluid,when theintegrationisextended over allthe
elements offluidwhich were containedinitiallyinanygiven region,isan
integral-invariant;since thetotalvolumeoccupied bythese elements does
notvarywith thetime.
Example1.Consider thedynamical problemofdetermining themotion ofaparticle
inaplane under noforces :let(x,y}bethecoordinates oftheparticle, and(u,v)its
components ofvelocity. Theequations ofmotion may bewritten
x=u,y=v,w=0,v=0.
Thequantity
7=I(8x-t8u),
where theintegrationistaken, inthefour-dimensional spaceinwhich(x,y,u,v)
arecoordinates, along thecurvilinear arcwhich isthelocus attime tofpoints which were
initially onsome given curvilinear arcinthespace,isanintegral-invariant. Forthe
solution ofthedynamical problemisgiven bytheequations
u=a,v=b,x=at+c,y=
where a,6,c,dareconstants: andtherefore wehave
7=
and this isindependentof t.
Example2.Intheplane motion ofaparticle whose coordinates are(x,y]andwhose
velocity-components are(u,v),under theinfluence ofacentre offorce attheorigin whose
attraction isdirectly proportionaltothedistance, shew that
l(u8x x8u)
isanintegral-invariant.
112. Thevariationalequations.
Theintegral-invariantsofagiven systemofdifferentialequationsfurnish
integralsofanothersystemofdifferentialequations which canbederived
from these.
For letthegiven systemofequations be
doc
-j=Xr(ar.ltx2,...,xn,t) =1,2,...,w).
Let(X,x2,...,xn}and(^+Bx1}#2+&2,...,xn+&cn)bethevalues of
thedependentvariables attime tintwoneighbouringsolutions ofthissetof
equations;where (Sx^8x2,...,xn)areinfinitesimalquantities. Thenwehave
-j-(xr+Sxr)=Xr(xl+&%!,x2+8x2,...,a;n+Sa;n,t) (r=1,2,...,n),
111-113]theirIntegral-Invariants
andconsequently,
djdXrj. 3X,, _ 9Xr.
(r-1,2, ...,
These lastnequations, togetherwith theoriginalnequations, maybe
regardedasasetof2nequationsinwhich(xl}x2,...,xn,8xlt8x2,...,8xn)
arethedependent variables.
Now if
denotes anintegral-invariantoftheoriginal system,thequantity
-^ -j2Fr(z\,a.-2,...,xn}8acr-
must, since thepathofintegrationisquite arbitrary,bezero invirtue of
preciselythisextendedsystemofdifferentialequations ;andtherefore
HFr(x-i ,x.2,...,xn}8xr=constant
r
must beanintegraloftheseequations:sothat toanintegral-invariant of
order oneoftheoriginal system ofequations therecorresponds anintegral of
theextendedsystem ofequations, and viceversa.
Ifaparticularsolution(a?1}x2,...,Xn)oftheoriginal equationsisknown,
wecansubstitute thecorrespondingvalues(ar1}#2,....xn)intheextended
differentialequations, andsoobtain nlinear differentialequations todeter
mine(&BJ,&fc2,...,&&n),i.e.todetermine thesolutions oftheoriginal equations
which areadjacenttotheknownparticularsolution. These nequationsare
called thevariationalequations.
113. Integral-invariants oforder one.
Letusnow findtheconditions tobesatisfied inorder that
.Sx,+M2Sx2+...+MnSxn),
where(MltM2,...,Mn)arefunctions of(x1}#2,...,xn,t),maybeanintegral-
invariant oforder oneofthesystemofdifferentialequations
dxrjdt=Xr(X,#2,.,.,xn,t) (r=1,2,...,n).
Wemust have
2+...+MnSxn)=0,
where thederivates of(8x 1}8x2,...,8xn)are tobedeterminedbythe
270 Hamiltonian Systems and[OH.x
extendedsystemofdifferentialequationsintroduced inthelastarticle;and
therefore
11 /rl /l/i /"/A i"N2(^&v+Jfr^F)-0(
j.=i \u/c at i
or 5?Xtfcv+Mr2-r
ft*=0.
Since (&E I;&r2,,&)areindependent,thecoefficient ofeachquantity
$xrinthisequationmust bezero :andconsequentlytheconditions for
integral-invariancyare
Corollary1.Ifanintegralofthedifferentialequations, say
jF^u;r2, &gt;^i=constant,
isknown, wecanatoncedetermine anintegral-invariant.
Forwehave
adF\ a/a^\ a^azfc a+a^\^a^azfc a/aF a^ \
^ Afc+Zr^5-
="^I-^T-+2trAA;I
OBr/ k=\ox kdxrdxr\dt k=iox k J-
dt\dxj k-\0&
.JL(*dxr\dt
=0,
andtherefore theexpression
/VvdF2^Ar-l9r
isanintegral-invariant.
Corollary2.Theconverse ofCorollary1isalso true, namelythatif
n8U \S^Sorjisawintegral-invariant ofthedifferential equations, whereUis
r=luxr
agiven function ofthevariables, thenanintegral ofthesystem canbefound.
Forwehave
dxr)k=idxk\dxrjk=\3x k()xr
andconsequentlytheexpression
dt k=idxk
113,114]their Integral-Invariants 271
which isagivenfunction of(#1}x2,...,x n,t),isindependentof(x^,x2,...,xn);
letitsvalue be
&lt;f&gt;(t):this isaknownquantity.
Thenwehave dU/dt=$(t),
r
or U I
(f)(t)dt=constant;
andthis isanintegralofthesystem.
114. Relativeintegral-invariants.
Hitherto wehaveonlyconsidered thoseintegral-invariants which have
theinvariantiveproperty when thedomain oftheinitial values, overwhich
theintegrationistaken, isquite arbitrary ;these aresometimes called
absoluteintegral-invariants. Weshallnowconsiderintegrals which have the
invariantiveproperty onlywhen thedomain overwhich theintegrationis
taken isaclosed manifold(usingthelanguageofw-dimensionalgeometry);
these arecalled relativeintegral-invariants.
Thetheoryofrelativeintegral-invariantscanbereduced tothatofabsolute
integral-invariantsinthefollowing way.
Let\(M lSx,+M,8x2+ ...+Mnxn}
bearelativeintegral-invariantoftheequations
dxr/dt=Xr (r=l, 2,..., ?i),
where(M ltM2,...,Mn,X1}X
2&gt;...,Xn)arefunctions of(xltx.2,...,xn,t);
sothat thisexpressionisinvariable withrespecttotwhen theintegrationis
taken, inthespaceinwhich(xltxz,...,xn)arecoordinates, round theclosed
curve which isthelocus attime tofpointswhich wereinitiallysituated on
some definite closed curve inthespace.
ByStokes theorem, thisintegralisequivalenttotheintegral
where theintegrationisnowtaken overadiaphragm boundedbythecurve;
thisdiaphragmcanbetaken tobethelocus attime tofpoints which were
originallysituated onadefinitediaphragm boundedbytheinitialpositionof
theclosed curve :andsince thediaphragmisnotaclosed surface, thisintegral
isanabsoluteintegral-invariantoforder twooftheequations.
Similarly, byageneralisation ofStokes theorem, anyrelativeintegral
invariant oforderpisequivalenttoanabsoluteintegral-invariantof
order (p+1).
272 Hamiltonian Systems and [en.x
115.Arelativeintegral-invariant which ispossessed byallHamiltonian
systems.
Consider nowthecase inwhich thesystemofdifferentialequationsisa
Hamiltoniansystem,sothat itcanbewritten
dqr=dH dpr=_3H(r=i2..n)dtdpr dtdqr
whereHisagivenfunction of(q1}q2,...,qn,p1}p2,...,pn,t).
Forthissystemlet
denote Hamilton sintegral,sothatListhekineticpotential ;let
(!,O2 &gt;&gt;an,fii,/32, ,ftn)
betheinitial values ofthevariables
(ql,q2)...,qn,pi,p2,...,p n)
respectively, and letSdenote thevariation from apointofoneorbit tothe
contemporaneous pointofanadjacentorbit. By 99,wehave
n n
oil=2proqr2f3rootr.
r=l r=l
LetCdenote anyclosed curve inthespaceof2pdimensions inwhich
(q1}q2,...,qn,PI,pz&gt;...,pn)arecoordinates, and letCdenote theclosed
curve which isthelocus attime tofthepointswhich areinitiallyonG .
Integratingthe lastequationround thesetoftrajectorieswhichpassfrom
GOtoC,wehave
rn rn
2pfBo r=I2/3r&ctr,
rn
andthisequationshews that thequantityI2pr&qrisarelativeintegral-
J&gt;=!
invariant ofanyHamiltoniansystem ofdifferential equations.
116. Onsystems whichpossesstherelativeintegral-invariant
Weshall nextstudytheconverseproblem suggested bytheresult of
the last article, namelythat ofdeterminingallthesystemsofdifferential
/n
equations whichpossessthe relativeintegral-invariantI2pr8qr,where
(#!&gt; &lt;li&gt;,qn)arehalfthedependent variables, and(pi,p 2, ,Pn)arethe
other half.
115,116]their Integral-Invariants273
Consider then asystemofordinarydifferentialequationsoforder 2nin
which thevariables canbeseparatedintotwo sets,(&lt;/,,q2,...,qn)and
(pi,p2,...,p n},such that
isarelativeintegral-invariantoftheequations, andconsequently byStokes
theorem
J
isanabsoluteintegral-invariant.
Letthesystemofdifferentialequations be
t-fc.-P, (r-l.2,..,),
where (QlfQ2,...,Qn,PltP2,...,Pn)aregiven functions of
(&lt;?!,&,..-,qn,pi,p 2,...,p n,t).
Asthedomain ofintegrationoftheabsoluteintegral-invariantisoftwo
dimensions, wecansupposethateachpointinitisspecified bytwoquantitiesXandp,which donotvarywith thetime butarecharacteristic ofthe
trajectoryonwhich thepointinquestionlies. The absoluteintegral-
invariant cantherefore bewritten intheform
[[(v9(qt,PJ)\- ,
//(^3,1^
d\dfj,,JJ\i=i (X, (A)J
andasXand/xdonotvarywith thetime,wemust have
_
dtM9(A,,
(Qi.Pi)a,
or.._
8(X,/i) 3pt8(x,/*)"*"8^8(X,/*)^8^8(x, /
Owingtothecomplete arbitrariness ofthedomain ofintegration and
thechoice ofXand^thecoefficients of^d
fi,^^,and8^^*inthisdXdyttdXd/u, dX8/u,
equation must vanishseparately. Wethus obtain
dpif dpi
W.D.lg
274 Hamiltonian Systems and[CH.x
Theseequationsshew that afunction H(q ltqz,...,qn,p,p-2,...:pn, t)
exists such that
Qr=dH/dp r,Pr=-dH/dq r (r-I,2,...,);
andthuswehave theresult thatifasystem ofequations
dqr_ dpr_p (r=l 2 n)~dt~Qrdt~L
possessestherelative integral-invariant
f
I(PiSg,+p-2S?2++Pn&g),
then theequationshave theHamiltonian form
dqr=dH_ dPr=_dH_
dt dpr dtdqr
this istheconverse ofthetheorem ofthelast article.
Corollary.If
I(pi8?i+p 2^q2+...+pnfyn)
isarelativeintegral-invariantofasystemofequations
dqr/dt=Qr,dpr/dt=Pr (r=1,2,...,k),
where kisgreaterthan n,itfollows inthesamewaythattheequationsfor
(qi, q*&gt;-&gt;qn:pi, P*&gt;~.,pn)form aHamiltonian system
^^ _
dtdpr dt dqr
whereHisafunction of(qltqz,...,qn,p,,pz,...,p n,only,notinvolving
(qn+i,qn+2,--,qk,p n+i,...,pk)-
117. Theexpression ofintegral-invariantsinterms ofintegrals.
Ifthesolution ofasystemofdifferential equations
isknown, theabsolute andrelativeintegral-invariantsofthesystem may easily
beconstructed.
Thus, let
where cl}c2,...,cnareconstants, benintegralsofthesystem;theabsolute
integral-invariantsoforder oneareevidently given bytheformula
116-118]theirIntegral- Invariants 275
where (N1}K2,...,Nn)areanyfunctions of(y1,y2,...,yn)which donot
involve t:andtherelativeintegral-invariantsoforder onearegiven bythe
formula
,By,+N2Sy2+...+NnSyn+SF),
r
whereFisanyfunction of(xlta?9,...,xn,t},since thetermSFvanishes when
thedomain ofintegrationisclosed.
Itfollows from thisthatanysystem ofdifferential equations possesses an
infinite numberofabsolute and relativeintegral-invariants ofthefirstorder.
118. ThetheoremofLieandKoenigs.
Theprecedingresults enable ustoestablish atheorem duetoLie*and
Koenigs fonthereduction ofanysystemofordinarydifferentialequations to
theHamiltonian form.
Let
llf=Zr(r-1,2,...,*)
bethegiven systemofequations, and let
beanyrelative orabsoluteintegral-invariantoforder oneofthissystem,
where,, ,,..., j~karegivenfunctions ofthevariables :wehave seen inthe
lastarticle thataninfinite number ofsuchintegral-invariants exist.
Now letthedifferential form
bereduced tothecanonical form
(PI,pa,,pn,qi, ft, -,qn,ty
areindependent functions of(a^,a?a,...,xk\innumber notgreater than k,
andwhereHmaybezeroJ.Let(u^ ,u2,...,uk.m)beasetofother functions
of(a?!,a?2,...,a?t),such that(u,,u2,...,uk_,n,qltqz,...,qn,pltp*,...,p n)are
asetofkindependent functions of(x1}x.,, ...,xk);andsuppose that the
*ArchivforMath, ogNatur. n.(1877), p.10.
tComptes Eendus, cxxi.(1895), p.875.
JTheproof ofthepossibility ofthisreduction (which however requires ingeneral the
solution ofanumber ofordinary differentialequations)willbefound inanytreatise onPfaff s
problem.
182
276 Hamiltonian Systems and[OH.x
systemofdifferential equations,whenexpressedinterms ofthese kfunctions
asindependentvariables, becomes
dqr/dt=Qr, dpr/dt=Pr (r=1,2,...,n),
du,/dt=U8 (s=1,2,...,k-2w),
where (&,Q2,....Qn,PI,P*,&gt;Pn,U1}U,, ...,Uk^n)arefunctions ofthe
new variables.
Theexpression
isanintegral-invariant (relativeorabsolute)ofthissystem,sinceintegral-
invariancyisapropertyunaffected bysuch transformations ashave been
performed:andconsequentlyitfollows(116)that the first2nequations
have theform
dq_r=dH_ dpr=_3H^(r=l 2 n)
dtdpr dt~
dqr
whereHisafunction of(qltq2,....qn,PI,p*,&gt;pn&gt;t)only.Thegiven
system ofdifferential equationsisthusreduced toaHamiltonian system of
order 2n,togetherwith the(k 2ri)additional equations
119. TheLast Multiplier.
Beforeproceedingtodiscussintegral-invariantsofhigherorder than
those hitherto considered, weshall introduce theconception,introduced
byJacobi* in1844, oftheLast Multiplierofasystemofequations.
dxldx2 dxn_dx
where(XltX
2&gt;...,Xn,X)aregivenfunctions ofthevariables (xl,xz,...,x n,x),
beagiven systemofequations:andsupposethat (n l)integralsofthis
systemareknown, say
f(Tv T &lt;r\n &lt;Y=12 n1)Jr\Xi, X%,...,tCn}ICJU/r \i J.,^,.,n
From these equationslet(xltx2,...,xn^}beexpressedasfunctions ofxn
andx :then there remains onlythesolution oftheequationofthe first
order
dxn_dx
TT /~Y~A-n**-
tobeeffected; inwhich accents areused todenote that (xl}x
z&gt;...,a;n_1)have
beenreplacedinXnandXbythevalues thus obtained.
*Crelle sJournal, xxvn. p.199,xxix.pp.213, 333.
118,119]their Integral- Invariants 277
Weshallshew that theintegral ofthisequationis
fjf
)7(XdxnXndx)=constant,
whereMdenotes anysolution ofthepartial differential equation
+(MX.) +(*JO=o,
anc?Adenotes theJacobian
Thefunction .M"iscalled the asMultiplierofthesystemofdifferential
equations.
Fortheproofofthistheorem, weshallrequirethefollowing lemma :
Ifasystemofdifferentialequations
dxrjdt=Xr (r=l, 2,..., ri)
istransformedbychangeofvariables intoanothersystem
dyr/dt=Y r (r=l, 2,...,n),
a8then 2-5
r=1c
whereDdenotes theJacobian
o(aSi ,xz,...,xn)
Toprove this,wehave
2 *^r=1xrr=ldxr\k=l dyk
3v
-^ifc5
/fc=l 3
_vvv -
-"^-&lt;vvvy(vd*x
&gt;-^YkdxA
-"^-&lt;^J.fcr^--h =.
=i3=1k=ioxr\dy.,dy kdysdykl
Inthisexpression thecoefficient ofdYk/dy sisI^^,which iszero
,.=i doordyk
orunity accordingassisdifferent from, orequal to,k.Also3y,/9a? r=Ars/D,
where ^lrsdenotes theminor ofdxr/dy sinthedeterminant D :sothecoefficient
ofYkintheaboveexpression, which is
=ls=l
278 Hamiltonian Systems and[CH.x
maybewritten
or-?5(^1, #2,~Dr=isriT8
dysdy
18Z)
ory:^.Ddyk
Wehave therefore
Idxr_|ajj %Y^
r=idxrk=ldykk=ikDdyk
which establishes thelemma.
Now intheoriginal problemwrite
/y/&gt; Cirx* dIT ciA
andconsider thechangeofvariables from
bythelemma, wehave
sothequantity M,which isasolution oftheequation
Mdt
satisfies theequation
All
a8/XA
which shews thattheexpression
istheperfectdifferential ofsome function ofxnand a;
;thisestablishes the
theorem oftheLastMultiplier.
Boltzmann andLarmor shydrodynamical representation oftheLastMultiplier.
Thetheorem oftheLast Multiplier mayalsobemade apparent byphysicalcon
siderations. Forsimplicity weshall takethenumber ofvariables tobethree, sothatthe
differential equations maybewritten
dxdy_dz
U~
VW*
119,120]their Integral-Invariants 279
where(u, v,w)aregivenfunctions of(#,y,z) ;andthe lastmultiplier Msatisfies
theequation
j-(Mu)+^(Mv} +^(Mw)=0.
3#xdyoz
This equationshews that inthehydrodynamical problemofthesteady motion of
afluid inwhich(u,v,w}arethevelocity-componentsatthepoint (#, ?/,z),theequationof
continuityissatisfied whenMistaken asthedensityofthefluid atthepoint (#,y,z}.
Now let(f)(.v,y,z)=C
beanintegralofthedifferential equations; then theflow willtake place between the
surfacesrepresented bythisequation;thuswecanconsiderseparatelytheflow inthe
two-dimensional sheet between consecutive surfaces Cand(7+8(7. Theflowthrough the
gapbetween anytwogiven pointsPandQonCmust bethesame whatever bethe
arcjoiningPandQacross which itisestimated :andsince theflowacross arcsPRandRQ
togetheristhesame asthatacross PQ,weseethattheflowacross anarcjoiningPandQ
must beexpressibleintheformf(Q)-f(P).Soifdsdenotes anelement ofthisarc,and
rthe(variable)thickness ofthesheet, sothat r={(d^/dx)2+(B&lt;/8?/)2+(90/9z)2
}~*
.8C,and
ifdenotes thevelocity-component perpendiculartods,wehave
sothatMrds istheperfectdifferential ofafunction ofposition.But itiseasilyseen
that thisexpressioncanbewritten intheformMSC(vdx-u
dy)/(d&lt;t&gt;/dz);andconsequently
M(vdxudy}
isaperfectdifferential;this isthetheorem ofthe lastmultiplierforthecasecon
sidered.
Wereadilyfind fordsthevalue
sothetheoremreallystates that
equationdz;
uv ID
&lt;f&gt;x$y 4&gt;z
isanintegrating factor ofthe
dxdydz=0.
u vw
(f)x(t&gt;y&lt;&gt;z
This, aswasremarked byAppell (Comptes Rendus, CLV.(1912), p.878),isasymmetrical
form ofthetheorem oftheLastMultiplier.
120. Derivationofanintegral fromtwomultipliers.
Supposenowthattwodistinct solutionsMandNofthepartialdifferential
equationofthelastmultiplierhavebeen obtained, sothat
/**\ o\ o~v~ ^~v~ o~y o~v
I-rrU -r-r -TVU -rrG\ -i rC/-A 1QA.Q C-^- n J\ ,.(X l^+X.,^-+...+Xn~-+X^losrJ/+^1+^r-J-+...+^--+^-=0,
V f/T*"uSC ulT fiF/ til* ()/ft(jQC G3C
and
3.tr9.vd .vd\i HT .3^1,9^2
, ,dXndX
^-OX--
OXnOX=0.
280 Hamiltonian Systems and[CH.x
Subtractingtheseequations, wehave
3-3 v
butthis isthecondition thattheequation
log(M/N)=constant
shallbeanintegralofthesystem
Ct/tX/i C&W2Ctt/jj,\AjJU
X^-3T2Xn.A.
andwehave therefore thetheorem that thequotient oftwolastmultipliers of
asystem ofdifferential equations isanintegral ofthesystem.
Thereader who isacquainted with thetheoryofinfinitesimal transformations willbe
able toprove withoutdifficultythat iftheequation
8/ ,Yf,
admits theinfinitesimal transformations
then thereciprocalofthedeterminant
VV VV
A-l At, A.nA.
ll^12 ln l
isalastmultiplier.fen
121.Application ofthelastmultipliertoHamiltoniansystems:useofa
single knownintegral.
Ifthesystemofdifferentialequationsconsidered isaHamiltoniansystem,
wehaveevidently ^dX r/dxr=0,andconsequently M=1isasolution ofthe
r
partialdifferentialequationwhich determines thelastmultiplier;sothelast
multiplier ofaHamiltoniansystem ofequationsisunity.
From thisresult wecandeduce atheorem which enables ustointegrate
completely anyconservative holonomicdynamical systemwithtwodegreesof
freedom when oneintegralisknown inaddition totheintegralofenergy.
Letthesystembe
^2i=^h=dpl dp~2fit
djf d_H_dH_dH
dpi dp2 dqj. dq2
andinaddition totheintegralofenergyH(qI}q2,PI,PZ) h,letanintegral
V(q l}q2,pi,pz)=cbeknown. From thetheorem ofthelastmultiplierit
follows that
1(dH ,dH=constant
9(Pi.
120,121]their Integral-Invariants 281
isanotherintegral;where, intheintegrand, plandp2aresupposedtobe
replaced bytheir values interms ofq1and
&lt;?aobtained from theknown
integralsHand V.
But ifwesupposethat theresult ofsolvingtheequations H=hand
V=cforp1andp2isrepresented bytheequations
thenwehaveidentically
dpidc"""
dp2dc
!dcdp2dc
andtherefore
8/1 dH/dp, df2_-dH/dPl
dc~d(V,H),dcd(V,H}
p2) d(p l,p2)
sothetheoremofthelastmultiplier canbeexpressed bythestatement that
isanintegral.
This result leadsdirectlytothetheoremalready mentioned, which may
bethus stated*
:Ifinthedynamical system defined bytheequations
dqr_dH dpr_dH/_io\
dtdpr dt dqr
theintegral ofenergyisH(q1}q2,pl,p^=h,andifV(q^., q%,PI,PZ)=c
denotes anyotherintegral notinvolvingthetime, then theexpression
Pidq1+p2dq2,wherep-^andp2have thevalues found fromtheseintegrals,
istheexactdifferential ofafunction6(gnq2,h,c);and theremaining
integrals ofthesystemare
7\fi o/3
^-=constant, and-j=t+constant.
dc dh
Thisamounts tosayingthat ifany singly-infinite familyoforbits is
selected(e.g.theorbits which issue from apoint qi=ct1}q2=2)which have
*This theorem isreally anapplication ofthewell-known method forthesolution ofa
partial differential equation ofthe first order, theequations ofthedynamical system being
theequations ofthecharacteristics ofthepartialdifferential equation. Asadynamical
theorem,itwaspublished forasimple case (motionofasingle particle) byJacobi in1836
(Comptes Eendus, in.p.59),and forthegeneral casegiven herebyPoisson in1837 (J.deM.
n.p.317)andLiouville in1840(J.deM.v.p.351).
282 Hamiltonian Systems and[CH.x
thesameenergy,sothat toanypoint (ft,q2)therecorresponddefinite values
ofplandp.2(namelythevalues ofplandp2correspondingtotheorbitwhich
passes throughthepoint ql}q2andbelongstothefamily),then thevalue of
theintegralIpldql+p 2dq2takenalong anyarcjoiningtwo definitepoints
(fto, #20)and(qu,q21)isindependentofthearcchosen.
Tocompletetheproof, wehave ondifferentiatingtheequations H=h
andF=c,
9ft dpi9ft 9/&gt;29ft
andconsequently
9(F,#) 9(F,#)
dsimilarlv9/;_3(p 2,ga)iri -
ButsinceV=cisanintegral,wehave
3F. 3F. 3F .3F.
^-ft+_PI+^-q2+v-P2=0,9gi 9pi9g2*dp,^
8(F, .ST)
,3(F, ^T)or(+^7--r=0,9(ft,Pi)9(ft,PS)
andtherefore M-^ =0.
9ft oft
Thisequationshews thatfidql+f2dq2istheperfectdifferential ofsome
function 6(qlyq2,h,c):andtheresult derived above from thetheoryofthe
lastmultipliershews thatd&/dc=constant isanintegral.
Moreover, wehave
andtherefore
3F, 3F
5dq1-
-7.
3(F, //)
9(pa,PI)
Butobtaining 9/1/3Aanddf2/dhinthesamewayas9/l/9c and3/a/3cwere
found, wehave
,df2
dh3(F,J3 9A3(F,
121,122]theirIntegral- Invariants 283
?)f PI/*
Consequentlydt=
~jdq l-fdq.2,
Wor t=JTT-+constant,on
whichcompletestheproofofthetheorem.
Example. Intheproblem oftwocentres ofgravitation (53),if(r,/)denote the
radii vectores tothecentres offorce, and(d,6}theangles formed by r,/with the
linejoiningthecentres offorce, obtain theintegral
r2r20ff-2c(pcos6+/*cosd}=constant,
andhence complete thesolution bytheabove theorem.
122.Integral-invariants whose order isequaltotheorderofthe
system.
Thetheoryofthe lastmultiplierofasystemofdifferentialequationsis
connected with that oftheintegral-invariants whose order isequaltothe
order ofthesystem.
docLet~s=x- (r=1-i*)
where (ZnXZ)...,Xk)aregiven functions of(xl}xz,...,xk,t),beasystem
ofordinarydifferentialequations ;and letusfindthecondition which must
besatisfied inorder that
fffi
III...MQX, ox,,...6xkJJJ J
maybeanintegral-invariant, whereMisafunction ofthevariables.
Let (cl5c2,...,ck}beanysetofconstants ofintegrationoftheseequations,
sothat,bysolvingtheequations, (xl}xz,...,xk)canbeexpressed interms
of(d,c2,..., a*, t).Thenwehave
[.I
&gt; v\Oj ,G2,...,
andtherefore thecondition ofintegral-invariancyis
d(M8(^,^2, ...,x ky\
~JI i-"^~-
dt
{d
M*
dt8(c 1(c2)...,ck) r=l d(c 1}
or M.,,...,
dt8Cc ... a .^ l,c2,...,a
=iCXr
which shews thatMmust bealastmultiplier ofthesystem ofequations.
284 Hamiltonian Systems and[CH.x
This resultgives immediatelythetheorem thatforadynamical system
whose motion isdetermined bytheequations
dq,._?)H dpr__dH _
dt~dp r dt~dqr
whereHisanyfunction of(q1}q2,...,qn,pltp2,...,pn,t),theexpression
isanintegral-invariant ;since inthiscaseunityisalastmultiplier.This
theorem isofimportanceintheapplicationsofdynamicstothermodynamics.
Example.Forasystem withtwodegreesoffreedom,lettheenergy-integral when
solved forptake theform
H(fh,to,Pi,Ps,A)+_pt=0.
Shewthat,fortrajectories which correspondtothesame value oftheconstant of
energy,thequantity
isindependent oftand also ofthechoice ofcoordinates :andhence shew that the
trajectoriesoftheproblem canberepresented asthestream-lines inthesteadymotion
ofafluidwhosedensityis
123. Redactionofdifferential equationstotheLagrangian form.
Anotherquestiontowhich thetheoryofthe lastmultipliercanbe
appliedisthefollowing:Tofindunder what conditions agiven systemof
ordinarydifferentialequationsofthesecond order
isequivalenttoaLagrangian system
d/dL\ dL
jlla-H-5 -0 (r=l, 2,...,w),dt\dq rjdqr
whereLisafunction of(qltq2,,..,qn ,ql}q2,...,qn,t).
Ifthese twosystemsareequivalent,theequations
^(3-o &lt;ik+3./Qk}+^-5. ^=(r 1,2,...,n)
k=i\oqrdqk oqrdqkz/dqrdtdqr
mustevidentlyreduce toidentities when thequantities qkarereplaced by
theexpressions fk;andtherefore therequiredcondition isthatafunction L
shall existsatisfyingthesimultaneouspartial differential equations
d/ io(r=l,2,...,n), 00dqrotdqr
where(qltq2,...,qn,qi,qz, ...,q n,t)areregarded astheindependentvariables.
122-124]their Integral-Invariants 285
When n=1,thequestioncanbesolved interms ofthelastmultiplier.
Fortheequationsatisfied byListhen
_
dq* dqdq* dqdt dq
fromwhich wehave
__f-.~ ~
dq\dq2/dq\dqdq dqdt dqj
andtherefore ifwewrite d2L/dq2=M,thefunctionMsatisfies theequation
dM/%--
butthis istheequation definingthe lastmultiplier Mofthesystemof
equations
andtherefore wAen w=1,/&lt;edeterminationofthefunction Lreduces tothe
determinationofthelastmultiplier ofthesystem.
124. Case inwhich thekineticenergyisquadraticinthevelocities.
Whenn&gt;l, themost importantcase isthat inwhich each ofthefunctions fr
consists ofapartFrwhich ishomogeneous andoftheseconddegreein(q^,j2,...,qn)and
apartGrwhich doesnotinvolve(j1}j2&gt;j0)anditisrequiredtodetermine whether
theequations
qr=Fr+Or (r=l, 2,...,)
areequivalenttoasystemdT
where T7
ishomogeneous andoftheseconddegreein(jhj2,-,?)andalsoinvolves the
variables(^,^2,-,?),and(&, 2,...,$ft)arefunctions of(g-1?j2,....qn)only.
Thevalue ofTisclearly notdependent on(6?
1,^j ...,6-n),andtherefore wecan
consider theprobleminwhich (G1}6r2,...,6rM.)arezero, i.e.theproblem offinding
afunction Tsuch that theequations
ir=Fr (r=l,2, ...,)
areequivalenttothesystem
d/dT dT
Thecondition forthis istheexistence ofafunction Tsatisfying thepartial differential
equations
" &lt;(r=12-
*&gt;
SinceFkishomogeneous, wehave 2qsdFk/dqs=2Fk,andtherefore
8=1
*
286 Hamiltonian Systems and[OH.
But since dF/dq rishomogeneous,wehave
andtherefore
k=iOqrdqkk~
s=\cqrVfc=t 9ygdqkj~*
"=\9jr3^
Theequationstobesatisfied byTmayconsequentlybewritten
nfiF^tiTn(PT dT
1-v*kUJ
,T?uL UJ_f\
cT\/.w9^9^ 9T\,._
or -- 25r+rr (r=1"%)8
andevidentlythesemaybereplaced bytheequations
*dFtdTdT ,1,i2~-^+~=0 (r=l, 2,..., ).
*k=io^-^k9?r
Thus, writing/,,for(Fr+Gr),wehave thetheorem thatifthesystem ofequations
qr=fr (r=l, 2,...,),
w/tere/rconsists ofapartwhich ishomogeneous ofdegreetwointhevelocities anda
partwhich does notinvolve the velocities,isreducible totheform
d
thenTmust beanintegral ofthesystem
il^pl+^O(,.1, 2,...,). 2k=idq rdqkdqr
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Intheproblemoftwocentres ofgravitation,thedistance between thecentres of
force is2c,andthesemi-majoraxes ofthetwoconies whichpassthroughthemoving
particleandhave their fociatthecentre offorce are(ql,qz}.Writing
shew that theequationsofmotion are
dqroHdpr(&gt;H, ,_.
F-=^ i-T=^ (r=
l&gt;2),
a&lt;ojo,.a^ d^
where JT"-
2_
and/niand/u2areconstants.
2.Shew that
jfjj
where thesummation isextended overthe\n(n-l) combinations oftheindices iandj,
isanintegral-invariantofanyHamiltonian systeminwhich(qi,q2,...,qntPi,p^, ...,pn)
arethevariables. (Poincare.)
x]their Integral-Invariants287
3.Intheproblemdefined bytheequations
dqr_dff^ dpr__dl[
dt~3p rdt~ dqr
where H=qlpl-q2p2-a?i2+bq&lt;?,
f)a batshew that =constant
?i
isanintegral ;andhence bythetheorem of121obtain thetworemaining integrals
(q^z constant,
(logqi=t+constant.
4.IfMisalastmultiplierofasystemofdifferential equations
dx-i_d.r2__dxn_dx
XlA2 AnX
ofwhich theequation
zi &gt;xnx=Constant
isaknownintegral, and ifanaccent annexed toafunction of#l5#2,...,acn,xisused to
indicate thatxnhasbeenreplacedinthefunction byitsvalues found from thisintegral,
shew thatM/(cf/cx n)risalastmultiplierofthereduced system
dx, dxn dxn_idx-=-,=...=
,=-7- (Jacobi.)
5.IfQI=Constant, 62=Constant, ...,6n=Constant areasetofintegrals ofthe
equations
dxdxdxz dxn
shew that18(^,^ 2,...,^)X0(X 1,#2,---i*)
isalastmultiplier.
6.Let(iii,u2,...,un)bendependent variables, and letTj,/2,...,/beasetof
linear differential expressions denned bytheequations
k=l
If(vi,v z,...,vn)arefunctions oftsuch that
isanexactdifferential, shew thatthefunctions(vj,v2,...,vn)satisfyasetofnlinear
differential equations, which willbecalled thesystem adjointtothesystemoflinear
differential equations
7r=(r=l, 2,...,).
IfJ1
^.denotes theexpression
whereZisanygiven function of(ql,j2&gt; &gt;?&gt; ?i&gt; ?2&gt; &gt;qn,shew that thesystemof
linear differential equations
isadjointtoitself.
Shew that theconverse ofthis latter theorem isalso true.(Hirsch.)
CHAPTER XI
THETRANSFORMATION-THEORY OFDYNAMICS
125. Hamilton sCharacteristic Function andContact-Transformations.
Wehave seen* that theintegrationofadynamical systemwhich is
solublebyquadraturescangenerallybeeffectedbytransformingitinto
anotherdynamical systemwith fewerdegreesoffreedom. We shall in
thepresent chapter investigatethegeneral theorywhich underlies this
procedure, and, indeed, underlies thesolution ofalldynamical systems.
Theoriginofthemethod istobefound inacelebrated memoir on
optics,which waspresentedtotheRoyalIrishAcademy byHamilton in
1824f:theprinciplesthere introduced were afterwards transferredbytheir
discoverer tothefield ofdynamics.
Inorder tofollow Hamilton sthought, wemust refer totheconnexion
betweendynamics andopticsaconnexion which isperhapslessobvious in
ourdaythan inhis,when thecorpuscular theoryoflightwas stillwidely
held. Ifarayoflighttraverses anoptically heterogeneousbutisotropic
medium, therefractive index atanypoint (a?,y,z}being JJL,thepathof
araymaybedeterminedbyFermat sPrinciple J,namelythat theintegral
(x,y,z)ds
hasastationaryvaluewhen theintegrationistakenalongtheactualray
joiningtwogiventerminalpoints,ascomparedwithneighbouring paths
joiningthem. Ifontheother handweconsider themotion ofafreeparticle
ofunitmass inaconservative field offorce where itspotential energyis
&lt;b(IK,y,z},and itsconstant ofenergyish,thepathoftheparticle maybe
determinedbythePrincipleofLeast Action(100),which inthiscase asserts
thattheintegral
ff i*
I
hasastationaryvalue fortheactualtrajectoryascomparedwithneighbouring
paths joiningthesame terminalpoints. Comparingthesetwostatements, we
*Cf.Chapter III, 38-42.
tTrans. E.Irish Acad. xv.(1828), p.69; xvi.(1830), pp. 4,93;xvn.(1837), p.1.
JCf.rayHistory oftheTheories ofAether andElectricity, pp.9-10, 102-3.
125] TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics 289
seethat thetrajectories oftheparticleinthedynamical problemarethe
same asthepaths oftheraysintheoptical problem, providedasuitable
correspondence
*-&lt;*-*
issetupbetween thepotential-energyfunction intheonecaseandthe
refractive index intheother.
Inthecorpuscular theoryoflight,thiswasregardedasfurnishingthe
explanation oftheoptical phenomena,therayoflight beingconceived as
aprocessionofrapidly-moving corpuscles. Butthestatement initself is
truewhateverhypothesis regarding lightbeadopted:and therefore it
suppliesameans ofconnecting dynamics with theundulatory hypothesis.
This idea isthestarting-pointofHamilton stheory.
When theundulatory hypothesisisadopted, wehave thechoice oftwo
different methods ofdiscussingthepropagationoflight mathematically:
the first istoconsiderrays,thesecond istoconsiderwave-fronts. The
latter method, which wasintroducedbyHuygensin1690, maybethus
explained.
Consider awave-front, orlocus ofdisturbance inanoptical medium, as
itexists atadefinite instantt,havingtheform ofasurface &lt;r.Each element
ofthiswave-front mayberegardedasthesource ofasecondary wave,
propagated outwards from it;sothat atasubsequentinstant t,the
disturbanceoriginatinginanypoint (xty,z)oftheoriginal wave-front will
extend over asurface. Toobtain theequationofthis surface, weobserve
thatthetimetakenbylighttotravelthroughthemedium fromanarbitrary
point (x,y,z}toanotherarbitrary point (x ,y,z)depends onlyonthesix
quantities (x,y,z,x
,y,z):letitbedenotedbyV(x, y,z,x,y,z}.This
function V(x, y,z,x,y,z}wascalledbyHamilton thecharacteristicfunction
forthemedium inquestion. Adisturbance whichoriginatesatapoint
(x,y,z}oftheoriginal wave-front attheinstant twill therefore atthe
instant textend over the surface whoseequationinthecoordinates
(x,y,z}is
V(x,y,z, x,y,z)=t-t(1).
Nowaccordingtotheprincipleofwave-propagationlaiddownby
Huygens,thewave-front whichrepresents thewhole disturbance atthe
instant tistheenvelopeofthesecondary waves which arise from the
various elements oftheoriginalwave-front. Call thisnewwave-front 2;
anddenote thedirection-cosines ofthenormal tothewave-front &lt;rat
(x,y,z)by (I,m,n),andthedirection-cosines ofthenormal tothewave-
front2atthecorresponding point* (x,y,z}by(V,m,n):these arethe
*Thepoint (x ,y,z)issaid tocorrespond to(x,y,z)ifthesecondary wavepropagated
from(x,y,z}touches theenvelope Sat(x ,y,z).
W.D.19
290 TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics [OH.xi
direction-cosines oftheraysat(x,y,z)and(x,y,z)respectively,since in
anisotropic medium therayisnormal tothewave-front*. Then since
2istheenvelopeofthesurfaces Vcorrespondingtopointsona,the
equationdV ,
idV, dV,
-=-doc+-^-dy+-^-dz=Q
dx dydz
must besatisfied byallthose values ofthe ratios dx :dy:dzwhich
correspondtodirections inthetangent-planetoa-,i.e.whichsatisfythe
relation
ldx+mdy+ndz=0.
Hence wehave
1^?=1LF=18F
(2)
Idxmdyndz
Moreover, since(I ,m,n)arethedirection-cosines ofthenormal tothe
surfaceFatthepoint (x,y,z),wehave
=
Idxmdyndz
Now arayoflightwhichpasses throughthepoint (x,y,z)inthedirection
(I,m,n)attime tpasses throughthepoint (x,y,/)inthedirection(I1
,m,n)
attime t :andequations (1), (2), (3),togetherwith theequation
p+m/a+n/2=l................................. (4),
aresixequations,fromwhich wecandetermine thesixquantities (x,y,z,
I,m,n)interms of(x,y,z, I,m,n).Thusbytheseequationsthebehaviour
ofraysoflightinthemedium iscompletely specifiedintermsofthesingle
function V(x, y,z,x,y,z}.Itwillbeobserved thattheyarenotdifferential
equations,butthatthey give directly,intheintegrated form, thechangesin
anysystemofraysafter afinite interval ofpropagation throughthemedium.
Itisevident therefore that allproblemsinoptics dependonthedeter
mination ofHamilton scharacteristic function V(x,y,z,x,y,z}forthe
opticalmedium orsystemofmedia throughwhich therays pass.
From thepointofview ofPure Mathematics, weregardthechangefrom
thesetofvariables (x,y,z, I,m,n)tothesetofvariables (x,y,z,I,m,n),
or(toexpressitgeometrically)from thesurfaces&lt;rtothesurfaces 2,as
atransformation.Thefunction Visthus toberegardedasdetermininga
transformation ofspacewhich changes anysurface&lt;rintoanew surface 2.
Itisevident that iftwosurfaces aand &lt;/touch atapoint,thecorresponding
transformed surfaces 2and2alsotouch atthecorresponding point:onthis
account thetransformation hasbeen called byS.Lieacontact-transformation.
Thus anyfunction V(x, y,z,x,y,z)definesacontact-transformation,which
*For simplicitywearesupposingthat themedium, though optically heterogeneous,is
isotropic.Hamilton considered also themore generalcase ofacrystalline medium.
125] TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics 291
transforms anywave-front&lt;rinto thewave-front 2which isderived from
a-bypropagation throughthemedium intheintervaloftime t t.
Asimple exampleofacontact-transformation isthewell-knowngeometrical trans
formation known asreciprocation.Inorder tofindthereciprocalofanygivensurface
o&gt;
withrespecttoagiven surface, wecorrelate toevery point (#,y,z)on &lt;raplane, namely
thepolar planeof(x,y\z)withrespecttothequadric. When thepoint (x,y,z)takes all
possible positions onthesurfacea,theplane envelopes asurface2,which isthereciprocal
of a-.Thetransformation from o-to2isevidentlyacontact-transformation. Inthis
caseHamilton sfunction Vislinear withrespectto(x,y,z)and alsowithrespectto
(r z}v*1
jyiz)
ProceedingnowwithHamilton sproblem, equations (2)and(3)maybe
written
=Kl =*m =
dV 8F 8F
r7=M,^, \1H, -^r-f=Ml .ox oyoz
where Kand\arequantitiesnotasyetdetermined. Theycanhowever be
readilyfound. Fortheequations maybewritten
dV=K(ldx+mdy+ndz)+\(ldx+mdy+ndz) (5).
Nowbyproceedingasmall distance dsalongtherayat(x,y,z},we
increase Vbythetimewhichlighttakes totravelalongds .But ifthe
units aresochosen that thevelocityoflightinfreeaether isunity,then
thevelocityoflightinthemedium at(x,y,z)is1/X,wherefjfdenotes
therefractive index atthispoint. Thus thetimetakenbylighttodescribe
dsis[ids ,orp!(I2+m2+n-}ds,or//(Idx+mdy+ndz).Comparing
thiswithequation (5),weseethat A.=
//,.SimilarlyKJJL,where p
denotes therefractive index at(x,y,z}.Thus Hamilton sgeneral formula
becomes
dV=p(Idx+mdy+ndz) /j,(Idx+mdy+ndz).
Ifwewrite
fjd=
,/Jim=
77, fin=
, yt/,7=
, fjim=v,/j!n="
,
thistakes theform
Thequantities (f, 77, ),(,?? , )were calledbyHamilton thecomponents
ofnormal slownessofpropagationofthewave at(x,y,z)and(x,y,z)
respectively.
Consider nowtheparticularcase inwhich theinterval oftime(t-
1)
between thetwopositionsa-and2ofthesame wave-front isverysmall :
192
292 TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics [OH.xi
denote itbyA. Inthis case thecontact-transformation issaid tobe
infinitesimal. Write
=-MtAf, 7/=77+v&t, =+wA, ...............(7).
V=WA*j
Thenequation (6)becomes
dW.At =(J;+u&t)(dx+da .A)+0?+v&t)(dy+dp.A)
+(f+wA) (ek+dy.A)-
&lt;&c-vjdy- %dz
=u&tdx+v&tdy+w&tdz +%dda.+rjAtd/3+%Atd&lt;y,
or dW=udx+vdy+wdz+%da.+ qd/3+%dy,
or d(go.+?7/3+7W)=otdj;+/3dtj+yd udx vdywdz.
Thus ifwedenote thefunction fa+rj/3+7TFbyiT,andsupposeH
expressedasafunction ofx,y,z,g,77,f,wehave
dH=adt; +ftdrj+yd^udx vdywdz ...............(8).
d dxNowevidently,from(7),inthelimitubecomes ~
,abecomes -y, ,etc.
dt dt
Thuswehave
dx ,.,dy 7dz-..,d -.dn ,dt -.-
sotherates ofincrease ofthesixvariables(x,y,z,%,77, )aregiven bythe
equations
dx_dHdy_dHdz_ d_H
dt d dtdrj dt d /m
(Ph
dt dx dtdydt dz
and this isaHamiltoniansystem ofequations,such asoccurs indynamics.
Ourinvestigationshews that itmayberegardedasrepresenting anin
finitesimal contact-transformation,that istosay,themotionofawave-front
fromonepositiontoaposition indefinitelynear it.Theintegralsofthis
Hamiltonian systemaretheequations (1), (2),(3),(4)above :they represent
afinite contact- transformation, that istosay,themotion ofawave-front
fromonepositiontothepositionwhich itacquiresafter afinite interval of
time. Thusweseehowbyusingtheideasoftheundulatory theory oflight,
Hamilton wasable toobtain anintegrated form forthedifferential equations
ofdynamics, dependingonasingle unknownfunction.
126. Contact-transformationsinspace ofanynumberofdimensions.
The restofthepresent chapterwillbeconcerned with theapplicationof
Hamilton sideas, described inthepreceding article, tothegeneralcaseofa
dynamical systemwithanynumber ofdegreesoffreedom, andtheconnexion
125,126]TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics 293
oftheresults with certain theorems due toLagrange, Poisson, Pfaff, and
Jacobi.
We shall first define acontact-transformation inw-dimensionalspace,
usingforthispurposeageneralisationofequation (6)ofthe last article.
Let(q1}q2,...,qn,p^p.2,...,p n)beasetof2/ivariables, and let
be2/iother variables which aredefined interms ofthemby2nequations.
Iftheequations connectingthetwo sets ofvariables aresuch that the
differential form
PidQj+P.2dQ 2+...+PndQn-p^-p2dq2-...-pndqn
is,whenexpressedinterms of(qltq2,...,qn,pi, PZ,,pn)andtheir differ
entials, theperfectdifferential ofafunction of(q1}q2,...,qn,pl,p2,...,pn),
then thechangefrom thesetofvariables(ql,q.2,...,qn,p1}p2,...,pn)tothe
other set(Q1}Q2,...,Qn,P1?P2,...,Pn)iscalled acontact-transformation.
Itmaybeobserved that this isdifferent informfrom thedefinition which ismost
convenient when contact-transformations arestudied withaview totheirapplicationsin
geometry andinthetheoryofpartialdifferentialequations:thelatter definition maybe
stated thus :acontact-transformation isatransformation from asetof(2w+l)variables
(?i&gt; ?2, -,qn,Pi,Pn, -,Pn, z)toanother set(#l5@2,...,Qn,Pl5P2,...,Pn,Z},for
which theequation
dZ-PdQ l-P2dQ2-...-PndQn=p(dz-p 1dql-p2dq2-...-pndqn)
issatisfied, wherepdenotes some function of(q1,q2,...,qn,pltpz,...,pn,z).
Ifthenvariables (QlyQ2,...,Qn)arefunctions of(qltq2,...,qn)only,
thecontact-transformation from thevariables(q1}q2,...,qn,pl,...,pn)tothe
variables (Q 1,Q2,...,Qn,P1}...,Pn)iscalled anextendedpoint-transformation,
theequations which connect(q1}q2,....qn)with(Ql}Q2,...,Qn}beinginthis
case said todefine apoint-transformation.
From thedefinition itisclear thattheresult ofperforming twocontact-
transformations insuccession istoobtain achangeofvariables which isitself
acontact-transformation. Itisalsoevident that ifthetransformation from
(?!, &lt;?2&gt;&gt;qn,pi, &gt;pn)to(Qi,Q 2,...,Q n,PI, ..,Pn)isacontact-trans
formation, then thetransformation from(QnQ2,...,Qn,P1}P2,...,Pn)to
(qi,q z,,qn,pi,p2, --^Pn)isalsoacontact-transformation; this isgenerally
expressed bysayingthat theinverseofacontact-transformationisacontact-
transformation. This, together with theforegoing,shews that contact-trans
formations possessthegroup-property.
Example1.Shew thatthetransformation defined bytheequations
isacontact-transformation.
294 TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics [CH.xi
Inthiscasewehave
PdQ-pdq=(2qfisinp{(2q)~^cospdq- (2qfisiupdp} -pdq
=d(qsinpcospqp),
which isaperfectdifferential.
Example2.Shew thatthetransformation
1
isacontact-transformation.
Example3.Shew thatthetransformation
(P=2(1+2^cosp)q^sinp,
isacontact-transformation.
We shallnow obtain theexplicit analytical expressionofacontact-
transformation.
Letthetransformation from variables(q1}q2,...,qn,p1,...,pn)tovariables
(Qi)Qz, ",Qn,P\, ,Pn}beacontact-transformation, sothat
(PrdQr-p rdqr)=
r=l
wheredW isacompletedifferential.
From theequations which define (QltQ2,...,Qn,P1}...,Pn)interms of
(qi, q*,,qn,pi,.,pn)itmaybe possibletoeliminate(P 1,P2,...,Pn,p1,...,pn)
completely,soastoobtain oneormore relations between thevariables
(QnQa,
&gt;Qn, qi,,qn),
letthenumber ofsuch relations bek,and letthem bedenotedby
flrtei, 2,,-.,qn,Qn ....Q)=(r=l, 2,...,A)...(A).
Themeaningofthese relations maybeillustrated byrevertingtothegeometrical
theoryofcontact-transformations inordinarythree-dimensionalspace, when there are
three cases toconsider :
(a)Theremaybeonlyasinglerelation between thenewandoldcoordinates, say
Q(x,y, s,x,y,/)=0.
When(#,y,2)aregiven,thisequation, regardedasthelocus ofapoint (a/,y,z
~),
representsasurface;sothateachpoint (#,y,z)istransformed intoasurface, which we
maycallanQ-surface :andanyarbitrarysurface &lt;ristransformed intoasurface 2which
istheenvelopeoftheQ-surfaces correspondingtotheindividual pointsof er.This isthe
general case,and istheonlyoneweconsidered in 125.
(/3)Theremaybetworelations ofthiskind, say
Q:(as,y,2,x,y , z")=0,Q2 ,y,*,d,/,*)=0.
If(x,y,z]aregiven,these twoequationsin(a/,y,z)representacurve :soeachpoint
(x,y,z)istransformed intoacurve, which wemaycalla.fiT-curve :andanyarbitrary
12(&gt;] TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics295
surface cristransformed intoasurface 2which istheenvelopeofthe.ff-curves corre
spondingtotheindividual pointsof cr.
(y)Theremaybethree relations ofthiskind, say
flj(a?,y,z,x,y,z}=0,O2(x,y,z,x,y,z}=0,Q3(.r,y,z,x,y,2)=0,
inwhich caseeachpoint (x,y,z)istransformed intoapoint (x ,y,z},andanyarbitrary
surface cristransformed intoasurface 2which isthelocus ofthepoints correspondingto
theindividualpointsofcr.
Since thevariations(dq lfdqz,...,dqn,dQ lt...,dQn)intheequation
2(PrdQr-prdqr)=dW
r=l
areconditionedonlybytherelations
(r=l, 2,...,&),
wemust have
dW
. kan,
where (X^Xg, ...,X t)areundetermined multipliersandwhereWisafunction
.of(ql}q2,...,qn,Q,,Q2,...,Qn).Theequations (A)and(B)are(2n+k)
equationstodetermine the(2/i+k)quantities
(Qi,}Qn, PI&gt; Pn&gt; Xi, ..., Xfc)
interms of(qlt...,qn,pl,...,pn).Theseequations may thereforeberegarded
asexplicitly formulatingthecontact-transformation,intermsofthefunctions
(W,ni(n.2,...,n&)which characterise thetransformation.
Conversely,if(W,nifH2,...,n4)areany(k+1)functions ofthevariables
(&lt;?i,?2,&gt;qn,Qi, -..,Qn),where k^n,and if
(Qi,Q2, -,Qn,Pi, ..-,Pn,X1;...,Xfc)
aredenned interms of(ql,q2,...,qn,p1}...,pn)bytheequations*
9TF an, 90
-+...+X fc
an, an,,
?=-^-Xi^--...X-r- Vr-L
&gt;Z n
)&gt;
dqr dqr dqr
*These equations were firstgiveninJacobi sVorlesungeniiberDijnamik (1866), p.470,where
their utilityinthetransformation ofpartialdifferential equationsofthe first order(towhich
dynamical problems canbereduced) wasindicated. Their placeinthetheory ofcontact-trans-
formations waspointed outbyLie.
296 TheTransformation- Theory ofDynamics [CH.xi
then thetransformation from (qltqz,...,qn,Pi,...,p w)to(Q1}Q2,...,Qn,P1}...,Pn)isacontact-transformation ;fortheexpression
M
2(PrdQr-p rdqr)
r=l
becomes, invirtue oftheseequations, dW,andsoisaperfectdifferential.
Example.If Q=(Zq)k~ cosp,P
dW ...P=WP
where TF=Q (&lt;2qk-F$2)*-qarccos
sothatthetransformation from(^p}to($,P)isacontact-transformation.
127. Thebilinear covariantofageneral differential form.
Now let(x1}x2,...,#)beanysetofnvariables, andconsider adifferential
form
Xldx1+X2dx2+...+Xndasn,
where(X J}X2,...,Xn)denote anyfunctions of(x\,oc z,...,#);aform ofthis
kind iscalled aPfaffsexpression*inthevariables(x1}xz,...,xn).Letthis
expressionbedenoted by0&,andwrite
where 8isthesymbolofanindependentsetofincrements. Thenwehave
8dd d6$=&(X 1dxl+X2doc2+...4-Xndxn)d(X 18^+X28x2+...+XnSxn}
=8X1dxl+...+8Xndxn+Xl8dxl+...+Xn8dxn
dXl8x1...dXn8xnXld8x1...Xnd8xn.
Using therelations 8dx r=d8x
r&gt;which exist since thevariations dand8
areindependent,andreplacing dXr,8Xrby
dXr, dXr,dXr~ dXr~ .
-=dxl+...+ dxn, -^-6x1+...+-^-oxnrespectively,
OX-^ (]Xfi OX- OXji
nn
wehave 8ddd0s= 2
i=
whereydenotes thequantity dX{/dxj dXj/dxj.
Let(y-i, 2/2,...,yn)beanew setofvariables derived from(xltx.2,...,xn}
bysome transformation;letthedifferential formwhenexpressedinterms of
these variables be
Fjefyi+Y2dy2+...+Yndyn,
*Pfaff scelebrated memoir onthese expressions waspresentedtotheBerlin Academyin1815 :
Abhandl. Akad. derWiss. 1814-15, p.76.
126-128] TheTransformation- Theory ofDynamics 297
and letthequantity 9P&lt;/&lt;?$-
dJ}/3y&lt;bedenotedbyby.Then since the
expression 86dddshasobviouslythesame value whatever bethevariables
interms ofwhich itisexpressed, wehave
nn
2SctijdtCiSxj=2Sbijdyibyj.
i=lj=l 1=1j=i
Theexpression taydxi&K)is,onaccount ofthisequation,called the
bilinear covariant oftheform2Xrdxr.
128. Theconditionsforacontact-transformation expressed bymeans of
thebilinear covariant.
(Qi, Qz, ,Qn,PI, .-.,Pn)bevariables connected with(qltq2,...,
n
&lt;ln,pi, -.ipn) byacontacttransformation, sothatXPrdQrdiffers from
r=i
byanexact differential.
r=l
Itisclearfrom thelastarticle thatthebilinear covariant ofadifferential
form isnotaffectedbytheaddition ofanexact differential totheform, since
itdepends onlyonthequantities dXifoxj-bX}fixi,which are allzerowhen
theform isanexact differential: andwehaveshewn that the bilinear
covariant ofaform istransformedbyanytransformation into thebilinear
covariant ofthetransformed form. Itfollows thatthebilinear covariants of
n n
theforms 2PrdQrand2prdqrareequal,i.e.that
r=l r=l
^(8PrdQ,-dP r8Qr)=2(8p rdqr-dq r8pr);
sothatifthetransformation from
(qi,q^, ...,q n,pi,...,^)to(Ql}Qz,...,Qn,P 1,....Pn)
isacontact-transformation, theexpression
n
2(8p rdqrdqr8pr)r=l
isinvariant under thetransformation.
Example. Forthetransformation denned bytheequations
Q=(2q)*k~4cos
wehave
rfP-(2g)~ijt*sin
^cospdjzT
298 TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics [OH.xi
Bymultiplication wehave
dP8Q-8PdQ=-sin*p(d&lt;28p-8qdp)+cos2p(dp8g-8pdq)
=dp8q 8pdq,
andconsequentlythetransformation isacontact-transformation.
129. Theconditionsforacontact-transformationintermsofLagranges
bracket-expressions.
Weshallnowgiveanother form totheconditions thatatransformation
from variables(ql}q2,...,qn,plt...,pn)tovariables (QltQ2,...,Qn,P1,...,Pn)
maybeacontact-transformation.
If(ql,q^,...,q n,pi,...,p n)areanyfunctions oftwovariables(u,v)(and
possiblyofanynumber ofothervariables),theexpression
3(dqrtyr_dprdqA
r=i\du dv dudv)
iscalled aLagranges bracket-expression*,and isusuallydenoted bythe
symbol [u,v].
Ifnow(q1}q%, ...,qn,pl}...,p n)areanyfunctions of2nvariables
(Qi, Qz, ,Qn,PI, -,Pn),then intheexpression
2(dp rqr-Bprdqr)
wecanreplace dprbyr=l
andsimilarlyfortheotherquantities;wethus obtain, oncollecting terms,
n
2(dpr&qr-Bprdqr)=S[uk,u{](diii8u k-Suidu k),
r=l k,I
where thesummation ontheright-handside istaken over allpairsof
variables (uk,Ui)intheset(Q1}Qz,...,Qn,PI, ,Pn)--
But ifthetransformation from thevariables (ql}q2, ,qn,PI,&gt;Pn)
tothevariables (&,Q 2&gt;...,Q n&gt;P1}...,Pn)isacontact-transformation, we
have
I(dp^r-Bprdq,)=I(dP rSQr-8PrdQr),
r=l r=l
andthisholds foralltypesofvariation 8anddofthequantities;comparing
with theaboveequation, wehave therefore
i,P t]=0,[Qi,&]=(i,k=I,2,...,),
[Q*,P*]=0 (i,k=l,2, ..., ;i$k),
[Qi,PJ=1 (t-1,2, ...,&gt;
Lagrange, Mem. deVInstitut deFrance, ann^e 1808: reprinted Oeuvres, vi.p.713.
128-130] TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics %299
Thesemayberegardedaspartial differential equationswhich must be
satisfied by(qltq2,...,qn,p1}...,p n),considered asfunctions of
(Qi,Q,...,Q, PI,...,P n)
inorder that thetransformation fromonesetofvariables totheothermaybe
acontact-transformation. Theseequations representinanexplicitform the
conditionsimpliedintheinvariance oftheexpression
r=\(dprSqr8prdqr).
130. Poisson sbracket-expressions.
We shall next introduce another class ofbracket-expressionswhich are
intimately connected with those ofLagrange.
Ifuand vareanytwo functions ofasetofvariables(q1}q2,...,qn,
Pi,,Pn),theexpression
I/8wdv__dudv_\
r=i\dq rdprdprdqj
iscalled thePoisson sbracket-expression*ofthefunctions uandv,and is
denotedbythesymbol (u,v).
Suppose now that(u1}u2,...,um)are2nindependentfunctions ofthe
variables(ql}q2,...,gn,plt...,pn),sothatconversely (q1}q2,...,qn,plf...,pn)
arefunctions of(u1}u.2,...,u2n).There willevidentlybesome connexion
between thePoisson-brackets(ur,us)andtheLagrange-brackets [ur,us]:
thisconnexion weshallnowinvestigate.
Wehave
2(,,,)[,..]- 22I(2?t*-lSt=\ t=\i=ij=i \oqi dpi dpid
Nowmultiplyouttheright-hand side,rememberingthat
o
t=ioqiout t=lpi
areeach zero ifi$jandunityifi=j;andthat
^dutdPj.^dutd2r^andS^t=ioqidut t=ldpid
areeach zero;theequation becomes
%?/ \r -i2(%,w,)[nt&gt;wjt=i
andconsequently
2n
2(wt,ur)[ut,Ug]=when r^s,t=i
2n
while 2(wt,wr)[w&lt;tM,.]=1.
&lt;=i,
*Poisson, Journald$VEcolepoly tech. vin.(Cahier 15),(1809), p.266.
300 TheTransformation Theory ofDynamics [CH.XT
Butthese aretheconditions which must besatisfied inorder thatthe
twodeterminants
!,M,]...[UltU2n]
[u2,u^[u2, ,uzn\and
(U2,U2)...(U2n ,U2)
[U2n ,U-^J \_U2n ,U2n\ (^Ui,Uvn) \U2n ,
maybereciprocal,i.e.thatanyelement intheoneshould beequaltothe
minor ofthecorrespondingelement intheother, dividedbythis latter
determinant;theproductofthetwodeterminantsbeing unity;andthus the
connexion between theLagrange-brackets and thePoisson-brackets isexpressed
bythefact that thedeterminants formed fromthem arereciprocal.
Example1.If/, &lt;,^areanythree functions of(jt,qz,...,qn,p1,...,pn\shew that
Example2.IfF,$arefunctions of(/l5f2,...,fk),which inturn arefunctions
of(?D &lt;?2,&gt;$n,Pi, -..,p),shew that
where thesummation istaken over allcombinations fr,fg.
131. Theconditionsforacontact-transformation expressed bymeansof
Poisson sbracket-expressions.
Now let(QltQ2,...,Qn ,Plt...,Pn)denote 2nfunctions of2nvariables
(^i) ^2&gt;&gt;c[n,p\, -,pn)&gt; weshall shew that theconditions which must be
satisfiedinorder that thetransformation fromonesetofvariables totheother
maybeacontact-transformation maybewritten intheform
(
(Pi,Pj)=0,(Qi, Qj]=(,j=1,2,...,n),
Forwehave seen in129thattheconditions foracontact-transformation
areexpressed bytheequations
f
[Pi,Pj]=0,[Q{,Qj]=(i,j=1,2,...,n),
Hence therelations
=0
130-132] TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics 301
ofthelastarticle become
while therelations
2n
2(ut,ur}[u t,nr]=
thetheorem isthus established.
Example1.If(QltQ2,...,Qn,Pl}...,Pn)areconnected with(gi,q2,...,q n,Plt ...,Pn)
byacontact-transformation, shew that
sothatthePoisson-brackets ofanytwofunctions and^withrespecttothetwosetsof
variables areequal.*
Example2.If(&,..., Qn]aregiven functions of(?1 ,?2&gt; ..., ?(l ,ft ,...,p n\and
satisfy thepartial differentialequations
(Qr,^8)=(r,=l, 2,...,),
shew that%other functions (PltP2,...,Pn)canbefound such thatthetransformation
from(?] ,?2 ,...,?n ,Pl ,;;.fpn)to(^ 2,...,Qn,plt...,pw)isacontact-trans
formation./Lje\
132. TAesub-groups ofMathieutransformations andextendedpoint-
Iransformations.
Ifwithin agroupoftransformations there exists asetoftransformations
such that theresult ofperforminginsuccession twotransformations ofthe
setisalways equivalent toatransformation which alsobelongstotheset,this
setoftransformations issaid toform asub-groupofthegroup.Asub-groupofthegeneral groupofcontact-transformations isevidently
constitutedbythose transformations forwhich theequation
n n
SPrdQr=2prdqr
r=l r=l
issatisfied. These transformations havebeen studiedbyMathieu*.
They areessentially thesame asthetransformations called"homogeneous contact-
transformations in(ft, g-2,...,?n ,Pl,...,p n)"byLie.
Inthis case,weseefrom 126that(&,Q9,...,Qn,plf...,pn)aretobe
obtainedbyeliminating (\l}\2,...,\k)from the(2n+k)equations
Journal deMath. xix.(1874), p.265.
302 TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics [CH.xi
From theform oftheseequationsitisevident that if(pj}p2,...,p n)are
each multiplied byanyquantity //.,the effect istomultiply (P1}P2,...,Pn)
eachby yu,;andtherefore (Pj,P2,...,P?l)must behomogeneousofthe first
degree (thoughnotnecessarily integral)in(p1}pz,...,p n).
Asub-groupwithin thegroupofMathieu transformations isconstituted
bythose transformations forAvhich (P :,P2,...,Pn)arenotonlyhomogeneous
ofthe firstdegreein(pl}p2,...,p n)butalsointegral,i.e.linear, inthem; so
thatwehaveequationsoftheform
nPr=2pkfrk(q1}q2,...,qn) (r=l,2,...,n}.
k=\
Substitutingintheequation
n n
SPrdQr2rdgv=0,
r=l r=l*
andequatingtozerothecoefficientofpk,wehave
n
dqk (fcl, 2,...,n),
r=l
so
(&lt;?!,qz,...,qn)arefunctions of(Q1}Q2,...,Qn)only,and
frk=dqk/dQr (r,k=l,2, ...,n).
Itfollows thattransformations ofthiskind areobtainedbyassigning
narbitraryrelations connectingthevariables(ql}q2,...,qn)with thevariables
(Qi,Q2, ,Qn),andthendetermining (PlfP2,...,P n)fromtheequations
Pr=IPtj2*(r=l, 2,...,n).
k=lV^r
These transformations areextendedpoint-transformations (126).
n n
Example.If 2PrdQr=2prdqr,
r=l r=l
-O0rndPr
Shewtha,tP*S^= lf*^-P
"
133. Infinitesimal contact-transformations.
We shallnow consider transformations inwhich thenew variables
(Qi, $2,&gt;Qn,PI, -&gt;Pn)differ from theoriginalvariables(q1}q2,...qn,
pl}...,p n)byquantitieswhich areinfinitesimal. Letthese differences be
denoted by(&q ltAg 2,...,A#n&gt;&plt...,Apn),where
andA^isanarbitraryinfinitesimal constant;sothat
Qr=qr+&qr=qr+
&lt;f&gt;r
132,133]TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics 303
andthetransformation isspecified bythefunctions
Nowsupposethatthetransformation isacontact-transformation. Then
wehave
r=l(PrdQr-prdqr)=
whereWissome function of(ql}q.2,...,qn,plt....pn);or
2
&gt;=!
or
Itisevident thatthefunctionWmust contain Aasafactor :writingW=U&t,where ?7issome function of(^:,qz,...,qn,plt...,pn),theequation
becomes
Hence wehave
M
/
r=l
andthereforer=l
=-dK(q 1}q2,...,q n,ply...,p n)say,
Thus /te mos&lt;general infinitesimal contact-transformationisdefined bythe
equations
whereKisanarbitrary function of(q1}qz,...,qn,plt...,p n),andAisan
arbitrary infinitesimal quantity independent of(q1}q.2,...,qn,p1}...,pw).
Theincrement inanyfunctionf(q ltqz,...,qn,p1}....,pn)when itsargu
ments(q1}qz,...,qn,p1}...,p n}aresubjectedtothistransformation is
_
rdprdq
or
onthisaccount thePoisson-bracket(/,K)issaid tobethesymbol ofthe
mostgeneralinfinitesimal transformation oftheinfinitegroupwhich consists
ofallcontact-transformations ofthe 2??,variables(q1}q.2,...,qn,plt...,p n).
304 TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics [CH.xi
134. Theresulting newmewofdynamics.
Thetheorem established inthe last article enables ustoextend toall
conservative holonomicdynamical systems,whatever bethenumber ofdegrees
offreedom, theconceptionwhich wasformulated attheendof125 for
certainsimple systems.Forthemotion isexpressed (109)byequationsof
thetype
dqrdff dprdH
j-r__**_
[fB12 n)
dtdpr dtdqr
andfrom thelast article itfollows thatwecaninterprettheseequationsas
implyingthat thetransformation from thevalues ofthevariables attime t
totheir values attime t+dtisaninfinitesimal contact-transformation. The
whole courseofadynamical system canthus beregardedasthegradual self-
unfolding ofacontact-transformation. This result isreally ageneralisation
ofthestatement that thepaths oftheraysinapencil oflightcanbespecified
bythegradual propagation ofawave-front. Taken inconjunctionwith
thegroup-propertyofcontact-transformations, itisthefoundation ofthe
transformation-theoryofdynamical systems.
From this itisevident that if(q1}q2,...,qn,plf...,p n)arethevariables
inadynamical system,and(al&gt;ot2,...,a.n,{31}..., /3n)aretheirrespective
values atsome selectedepocht=tQ,theequationswhichexpress (ql,qz,...,qn,
PI,&gt;Pn)interms of(alt 2,...,an,@1}..., j3n,t)(andwhich constitute the
solution ofthedifferentialequationsofmotion) expressacontact-transforma
tionfrom (!,or2,...,ctn,&, ..., /3n)to(q1}q3,...,qn,plf...,p n);inthis tis
regarded merelyasaparameter occurringintheequationswhich define the
transformation.
135. Helmholtz sreciprocaltheorem.
Since thevalues ofthevariables(ql}q.2,...,qn,plt...,pn)ofadynamical
systemattime tarederivable byacontact-transformation from their values
(!,cr2)...,an,fil;...,fin)attime t,wehave(128)
where thesymbols Aand 8refer toincrements arrived atbypassagesfrom
agivenorbit totwodifferentadjacentorbitsrespectively.
Nowsupposethat 8refers totheincrements obtained inpassingtothat
orbitwhich isdefinedbythevalues
(!, 2,..., n,&,/32,...,&._!, r+S@ r,ftr+i,&gt;fin)
attime t;and letArefer totheincrement obtained inpassingtothat orbit
which isdefinedbythevalues
(ql}qt &gt;...,q n,pi, -,PS-I,PS+&Ps&gt; PS+I,,Pn)
134-136] TheTransformation- Theory ofDynamics 305
attime,;then theaboveequation becomes
&ps&qs=-8/3,-ky&gt;;
sotheincrement inqsdue toanincrement in/3r(whenal,cr2,...,an,
/31;..., /3/--1, /3r+1,..., finarenotvaried)isequaltotheincrement (with sign
reversed)inarcorrespondingtoanincrement in.ps(when qi,q2,...,q n,pi, .,
JOg-i, PS+-L,,pnarenotvaried) equaltotheprevious increment in/3r.
This result can formany systemsbephysically interpreted,aswas
observedbyHelmholfcz*; forasmallimpulse appliedtoasystemcanbe
conveniently measured bytheresulting changeinoneofthemomenta
(p-i,...,pn),andthechangeinarduetoachangeinpgcanberealised inthe
reversed motion,i.e.themotion which starts fromsomegiven position with
each ofthevelocitiescorrespondingtothatposition changedinsign,sothat
thesubsequent historyofthesystemisthesame asitsprevious history, but
performedinreverse order. Wecantherefore state thetheorembroadly
thus :thechange producedinanyintervalbyasmall initialimpulse ofany
typeinthecoordinateofanyother (orofthesame) type,inthedirect motion,
isequaltothechange producedinthesame intervalofthereversed motion in
thecoordinateofthefirst type byanequalsmall initialimpulse ofthe
secondtype\.
Example.Inelliptic motion under acentre offorce inthecentre, ifasmallvelocity
8vinthedirection ofthenormal becommunicated totheparticle asitispassing through
either extremityofthemajor axis,shew that thetangential deviationproduced after
aquarter-periodisp. "dtf,where/*istheconstant offorce. Shew alsothatatangential
velocity 8v,communicated attheextremityoftheminoraxis, produces after aquarter-
periodanequalnormal deviationp.~2dv.(Lamb.)
136. Jacobi stheorem onthetransformation ofagiven dynamical system
intoanotherdynamical system.
Itappearsfrom 116 that ifaHamiltoniansystemofdifferential
equations
dqrdH dprdH
-nr=^, =-3- (r=l, 2,...,w)dtdpr dtdqr
istransformed bychangeofvariables, thesystemofdifferentialequations so
obtained will stillhave theHamiltonian form
dQr_dK_ dPr__dK
dtdPr dt~
dQr:"**
providedthenew variables (Ql}Q2,...,Qn,Ply...,Pn)aresuch that
isanintegral-invariant (relative orabsolute) oftheoriginal system.
*Journal fiirMath. c.(1886).
tCf.Lamb, Proc. Loud. Math. Soc. xix.(1898), p.144.
w.D. 20
306 TheTransformation- Theory ofDynamics [on.xi
Atransformation ofthiskindis,ingeneral, specialtotheproblem
considered, i.e. ittransforms thegivenHamiltonian systemintoanother
Hamiltoniansystem,but itwillnotnecessarilytransform anyotherarbitrarily
chosen Hamiltoniansysteminto aHamiltoniansystem. Amongthese
transformations however areincluded transformations which have thepro
pertyofconservingtheHamiltonian form ofanydynamical systemtowhich
theymaybeapplied:thesemaybeobtained inthefollowing way.
Wehave seen(115) that
isarelativeintegral-invariantofanyHamiltoniansystem.Let(Ql}Q2,...,Qn,
PL ...,Pn)beasetof2nvariables obtained from(qltq2,...,qn,p1}...,p n)
byacontact-transformation, sothat
PrdQr- prdqr=
r=\ r=l
wheredWdenotes anexact differential. Theequationswhich define the
transformation mayinvolve thetime, sothat(Q1}Q2,...,Qn,P1}...,Pn)are
functions of(ql,qz, .,qn,pi,&gt;Pn,5butinthevariation denoted byd
inthisequationthetime isnotsupposedtobevaried :iftissupposedto
vary,theequationbecomes
n n
2PrdQr-2prdqr=dW+ Udt,
r=l r=l
whereUdenotes some function ofthevariables.
Now thevariation denoted bySintheintegral-invariantisavariation
from apointofoneorbit tothecontemporaneous pointofanadjacentorbit;
iftherefore weregardthevariables asfunctions of(al,a2,...,a2n ,t),where
(a1}a2,...,a2n)aretheconstants ofintegrationwhich occur inthesolution of
theequationsofmotion, thevariation &isoneinwhich (a1}a2,...,a2n)are
varied but tisnotvaried :wehaveconsequently,asaspecialcase ofthelast
equation,
IPrSQr- 2prBqr=8W,
r=l r=l
rni
andtherefore 2Pr&Qr
J}=!
isarelativeintegral-invariant;sothetransformed systemofdifferential
equations,inwhich (Q1(Qz,...,Qn,P1}...,Pn)aretaken asdependent
variables, willhave theHamiltonian formandcanbewritten
dQr_dK_dPI__dK
dt~dP r dt~
dQr
whereKissome function of(QltQ2,...,Qn,Pi, ...,Pn,t).
136,137]TheTransformation-Theory ofDynamics 307
Hence acontact-transformation ofthevariables(qltq2,...,qn,
T&gt;\-&gt;&gt;Pn}
ofanydynamical systemconserves theHamiltotiian form oftheequations of
thesystem*.Inthecaseofanordinary "changeofvariables" inthedynamical
system,inwhich (Q1}Q2,...,Qn)arefunctions of(qltq2,...,qn)only,the
contact-transformation ismerelyanextendedpoint-transformation.
Example. Shew thatthecontact-transformation defined bytheequations
q=(2#)4 k~*cosP, p=2Q)%ktsinP,
changesthesystem
dq__3H_ dp=dff
di~dpdtdg
where H=\(p*+kzq*\
intothesystem
dQ_dK dP__dK_~dt~dP "dt~ dQ
where K=kQ.
137.Representation ofadynamical problem byadifferential form.
Thereason fortheimportanceofcontact-transformations inconnexion
withdynamical problemsismoreclearlyseenbytheintroduction ofacertain
differential formwhich isinvariantivelyrelated totheproblem.
Letanydifferential formwith (2n+1)independentvariables (X,x2,...,
be
wehave seen(127) that itsbilinear covariant
2+l2w+l
2SddSaS
where atjdenotes thequantity (dXi/dxj dXj/dxi),isinvariantivelyrelated to
theform. Ifweequatetozerothecoefficients ofSx1}Sx2,...,Bx^^, we
obtain thesystemof(2?i+l) equations
Since thedeterminant ofthequantitiesafjisskew-symmetric andofodd
order, itiszero, and theseequationsarethereforemutually compatible.
Theyareknown asthefirstPfaffssystem ofequations correspondingtothe
differential form2Xrdxr,andfrom themode oftheir formation arein-
r=l
variantivelyconnected with it;that istosay,ifanychangeofvariables is
made, thenewvariables (yl}y2,...,ym+1 )being givenfunctions of(ar,,x2,...,
#2n+i)&gt; and ifthedifferential formbechanged bythistransformation to
2Yrdyr,
r=l
*Thisimportant theorem was firstgiven byJacobi, Comptes Rendus, v.(1837), p.61.
202
308 TheTransformation- Theory ofDynamics [OH.xi
2n+l
and if2&flcfa/;=0, 2b^dyi=0, ..., 2bii2n+ldyi=
1=1 ^=1 t=i
bethe first Pfaff ssystemderived from thedifferential form
2Fretyr,
then thissystemisequivalenttothesystem
2n+l
iidxi=0, 2UiZdxi=0,...,2;,2?i+ic^i=0.
Consider nowthespecialdifferential form
inthe(2n+ 1)variables(g1}q2,...,qn,plt...,pn,t),whereHisanyfunction
of(ft,q2,&gt;qn&gt;P\&gt;&gt;Pn, t).Formingthecorresponding quantities a^,we
findthatthe firstPfaff ssystemofdifferentialequationsofthis differential
form is
dpr ;rdt=(r=1,2,...,n\
dHUAdqr-^dt=() (r=I, 2,...,n),
dpr
~^dit~
Ofthese thelastequationisaconsequenceoftheothers :andtherefore the
systemofequationscanbewritten
dqrdH dprdH .
-*
.*-^^ /iv*IV7? i*
dtdpr dtdqr
butthese aretheequationsofmotion ofadynamical systeminwhich the
Hamiltonian function isH. Itfollows that thedynamical system whose
HamiltoniahfunctionisHisinvariantivelyconnected with thedifferential
form __
Pidqi+p2dq2+...+pndqnUdt,
inasmuch astheequations ofmotion ofthedynamical system,interms ofany
variables(x l,x2,...,x2n ,T)whatever, are thefirst Pfaffssystem ofthe
differential form
which isderived fromtheform
Pidyi+ptdq t+...+pndqnHdt
bythetransformation fromthevariables(qltq2,...,qn,p\,-,pn,t}tothe
variables (xltx2,...,x^,, T).
137,138]TheTransformation- Theory ofDynamics 309
138. TheHamiltonianfunction ofthetransformed equations.
Theresult ofthelastarticle furnishes anotherproofofthetheorem that
theequationsofdynamics
dqr_dHdp,. dH119
dtdpr dtdqr
conserve theHamiltonian formunder allcontact-transformations of(ql,q.2,...,
qn&gt;Pi&gt; &gt;Pn),andmoreover itenables ustofindtheHamiltonian function
Kofthesystemthus obtained,
~df=
dPr ~dT~~~dQ r(r=l,2,...,n).
For letthecontact-transformation bedefinedbytheequations
(r=12 k}
anxan2 an*
-i -,y~\ ~T~ A&gt; ,,.-. -T- ...TA,_.-.^7*J_,A,...,n),
(j/j. U*%r dv/
&gt;
an, an2 an,
X;^ X2^.*.Xj-= (ral, 2.....n).
u(/,. dgv a^,. d^
where (n^H2,...,n,,TF)areanyfunctions ofthevariables(q1}q
From theseequationswehaveidentically
2p.rdq.r2PrdQr2I-dqr+^~rdQr}2Xs2(-5-^&lt;ferH
r=l
andhence(thesymbolddenotingavariation inwhich allthevariables,
includingt,arechanged)
o j^Dj/a ,u "Jj JTIT ,4Zprdqr=iJrrd(^r-f--_aca(r+z
w w / aTF ^-27TT7j V" 7^7/^ /TTV ^^prdqrHdt=2PrdQrIH -_-2Xs
__&
Theperfectdifferential dWontheright-handsidecanbeneglected,
since itdoes notaffect the first Pfaff ssystemofthedifferential form :and
hence thecontact-transformation transformsthesi/stem ofequations
da^=ciHdpr^_d_H12
tothesystem
7~/~
r\T\ j 7,^~"^^
^s/-^ \A X. ^. .&gt;. /fr/.dtdPr dt dQr
where K=H^2Xs-^,ot x=i dt
Kbeing supposed expressedintermsof(QltQ2,...,Qn,P1}...,Pntt).
310 TheTransformation- Theory ofDynamics [OH.xi
139. Transformationsinwhich theindependentvariable ischanged.
The result of137alsoenables ustodetermine those transformations of
thewhole setof(2n+1)variables(ql}q2,...,qn,pl},..,pn,t)tonewvariables
(Qi, Qz,&gt;Qn&gt;PI, &gt;Pn,T}bywhichanyHamiltoniansystem
dqr_dH dpr_dH _~ .
~dt=
dpr ~dt=
~dq^
istransformed intoasystemoftheHamiltonian form
dQr_dKdPr_dK
dT~dP r~dT~~dQ r
For this isthesamethingasfindingthetransformations whichchangethe
differential form
Pidq-t+p 2dq.2+...+pndqn+hdt,
where the variables(qlyq2,...,qn&gt;plt...,pn,t,A)areconnected bythe
equation
H(qi, qt,&gt;qn,Pi, "-,pn, t)+h=0,
intothedifferential form
P1dQ l-fP2dQ 2+ ...+PndQn+kdT+aperfect differential,
where thevariables (Q1}Q2, ,Qn,PI,PZ, ,Pn,T,k).areconnectedby
therelation
Butanycontact-transformations ofthe(In-\-2)variables(q1}q2,...,qn,t,
plt...,p n,h)tonewvariables (Ql}Q2,...,Qn ,T,PlfP3,...,Pn,k)willsatisfy
thiscondition;when thetransformation hasbeenassigned,thefunctionKis
obtained bysubstitutingintheequation
q*,...,qn,pi,...,p n&gt;t+-
thevalues of(qlyq2,...,qn&gt;t,p1}...,p n,h}asfunctions of(Qlt...,Qn,T,
Pj, ...,Pn,k),andthensolvingthisequationfork,sothat ittakes theform
K(Q l}Q2,...,Qn,P15...,P7l,T)+k=0;
therequiredtransformations arethereby completelydetermined.
140.Newformulation oftheintegration-problem.
Wehave seen(137) that ifanychangeofvariables ismade inthe
dynamical system
dqr=3H dpr==_dH
dtdpr dt~
dqr
thenew differentialequationswillbethe first Pfaff ssystemoftheform
which isderived from
Pidq!+p 2dq2+...+pndqnHdt
bythetransformation.
139,140]TheTransformation- Theory ofDynamics 311
Supposingthatatransformation isfound, definedbyasetofequations
which issuch thattheabove differential form,whenexpressedinterms of
thenew variables, becomes
P,dQ,+P2dQ.+...+PndQn-dT,
where dT istheperfectdifferential ofsome function ofthe variables
(Qi, Qz, ,Qn,PI, ,Pn,t);thecorrespondingfirst Pfaff ssystemof
equationsis
dQr=0,dPr=(r- 1,2,....n),
andtheintegralsoftheseequationsare
Qr=Constant, Pr=Constant(r=1,2,...,n) ;
sotheequations
qr=&lt;l&gt;r(Qi&gt;Q...,Q n,P 1,...,Pn,t}}\
l
constitute thesolutionofthedynamical system, when thequantities (Q1;Q2,...,
Qn,PI, ,Pn)areregarded as2narbitraryconstantsofintegration.
Theintegration-problemisthusreduced tothedeterminationofatrans
formation forwhich thelasttermofthedifferential form becomes aperfect
differential.
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Shew thatthetransformation denned bytheequations
!=arctan--arctan-
,P2=\arctan %L
isacontact-transformation, andthat itreduces thedynamical system whose Hamiltonian
function is^(pi2+p z!i+\~z
qiz+\-2
q.iz
)tothedynamical system whose Hamiltonian
function isQz.
2.If(#1?x2,...,x.2n)denoteanyfunctions of(qlt^ -,?n &gt;Pi, ./&gt;),andif
ifmoreover amndenotes dXmldxn-dXnfixm,Ddenotes thedeterminant formed ofthe
quantities amn ,Aikdenotes theminor ofaikinD,divided byD,anduandvdenote
arbitrary functions ofthevariables, shew that
8v CU
312 TheTransformation- Theory ofDynamics [OH.xi
3.Shew that foranyHamiltonian systemtheintegral-invariants
fjj...J8ql8q2...8q n8pl...8p n
and
lff...J8Ql8Q2...8Q n8Pl...8P n,
extended over corresponding domains, areequalif(qi,q2,...,qniPi&gt;)Pn)and
(Qit $2&gt; Qn,A;P")areconnected byacontact-transformation.
4.Prove thatthecontact-transformation denned bytheequations
=Xj "(24k)cos^i+X2~ (2^2)cosAi
=-X!~4 (2i)4cosPl+\2~^(2$a)"oosP|,
=
changesthesystem
dq_r=dH_ dpr= _&lt;W(r=1 2)
o? 9prdtdqr
where
intothesystem
dQr_dKdPr_tt
dt~dP~ r&gt;dt~~dQ r
where
JT-X^+X^,.
Integratethissystem,andhence integratetheoriginal system.
CHAPTER XII
PROPERTIES OFTHEINTEGRALS OFDYNAMICAL SYSTEMS
141. ReductionoftheorderofaHamiltoniansystem byuseoftheintegral
ofenergy.
Wehaveshewn in42howtheLagrangian equationsofmotion ofa
conservative holoiiomicsystemcanbereduced inorderbyuseoftheintegral
ofenergyofthesystem. We shallrequirethecorrespondingtheorem for
theequationsofmotion intheir Hamiltonian form;thismaybeobtained as
follows.
Consider adynamical systemwithndegreesoffreedom forwhich the
Hamiltonian functionHdoes notinvolve thetimeexplicitly,sothat
H+h=0,
where Aisaconstant, istheintegralofenergyofthesystem.
Letthisequationbesolved forthevariable pltsothat itcanbewritten
The differential form associated with thesystemis
Pidq^+p^dq. 2+...+pndqn+hdt,
where thevariables(qltq2,...,qn&gt;PI,p.2&gt;...,pn,h,t)areconnectedbythe
lastequation:thedifferential form cantherefore bewritten
p.2dq2+p3dq3+...+pndqn+hdt-K(p2,p3,...,pn,q,,...,qn,h)dqlt
where wecanregard (q1}q2,...,qn,p.2,...,pn,h,t)asthe(2n+ 1)variables.
Butthedifferentialequations correspondingtothisform are(137)
dqrdK dprdK
-r~=^,d~=~i (r=2, 3,..., ri),
dqi dprdq dqr
d=d^Kdk_
dqldhdql~
The lastpairofequations canbeseparated from therestofthesystem,
since the first
(2&gt;i 2)equations donotinvolvet,andhisaconstant.
314Properties oftheIntegrals of [CH.xu
Theoriginal differential equations canthereforebereplaced bythereduced
system
dqr_dK dpr_dK
7 ~\ ) 7 o V*
"&gt; )"/)
dq1dprdq 1 dqr
which hasonly (n 1)degrees offreedom.
This result isequivalenttothat obtained in 42,ascanbeshewn by
direct transformation.
Example. Consider thesystem
dt~dp rdtdqr
where
abeing aconstant;these areeasilyseen tobetheequationsofmotion ofaparticle
which isattracted toafixed point with aforcevaryingastheinverse cube ofthedistance :
&lt;?2andq1arerespectivelytheradius vector andvectorialangleoftheparticle referred to
thecentre offorce.
WritingH=h,andapplyingthetheorem given above, theequations reduce tothe
system
dq&lt;2_dK dp.2_dK
dq l~~
dp2dqi dq2
where
SinceKdoes notinvolveqlttheequation K=Constant isanintegralofthis last
system, andwecantherefore perform thesameprocess again:writingK-k,wehave
*
andthesystem reduces tothesingle equationddL k-
~T ^~r o s--*
dqzokq./
theintegralofwhich(supposing /u&lt;2
)is
where eisanarbitrary constant. This istheequation,inpolar coordinates, oftheorbit
described bytheparticle.
142. Hamilton spartial differential equation.
Iffollows from 138that ifacontact-transformation definedbythe
equations
pdW dWP=
-dQ rPr=
Tqr(r-1,2,...,),
whereWdenotes agivenfunction of(q1}q.2,...,qn,QltQ2,...,Qn,t),is
performedonthevariables ofadynamical systemdefinedbytheequations
dqr_m dpr__dHdt~dpr ~dtdqr
141,142] Dynamical Systems315
theresulting systemis
dQrdK dPrdK
dt=dPr&gt;~di=
-dQ r
where K=H+dW/dt.
IfthefunctionKiszero, thesystemwillbesaid tobetransformed into
theequilibrium-problem. Now thefunctionKwillbezero,providedWisa
function such that
*\
ft
i.e.provided TF,considered asafunction ofthevariables (5^ ^2,,
&lt;?n&gt;0&gt;
satisfies thepartialdifferential equation
dW dWdW dW \
^t+H(qi,q2,..., qn,^,^-,...,?-,*J=
This iscalled Hamilton spartial differential equationassociated with the
given dynamical system.Itwaspublished byHamilton in1834*, beingthe
extension todynamicsofthepartialdifferential equationwhich hehad
discovered tenyears previouslyinconnexion withoptics.
Supposethata"complete integral"ofthisequation,i.e.asolution con
tainingnarbitraryconstants inaddition totheadditive constant,isknown.
Let(a,,&lt;*2,..., w)bethesearbitrary constants, sothat thesolution canbe
writtenW(qlyqz,...,qn,i, 8,&gt; .0;andperformonthe original
dynamical systemthecontact-transformation from thevariables (qlyqz,...,q n,
Pi,..., pn)tovariables(ax,a2,...,an,fr,&,..., ),defined bytheequations
SinceWsatisfies Hamilton sequation,theHamiltonian function ofthe
newsystemiszero,andconsequentlytheequationsofthesystemare
sothat(a,, 2,...,an,/8i, ..., y3M)areconstantthroughoutthemotion. It
follows thatifWdenotes acomplete integral ofHamilton spartial differential
equation, containingnarbitraryconstants(a1}a2,...,yn),then theequations
dW dW^=-^ r*&gt;=Wr^=12-W
&gt;
constitute thesolutionofthedynamical problem,sincetheyexpressthevariables
(&lt;7i&gt;&lt;/2&gt;&gt;cLn,p\, "-,pn)intermsoftand2narbitraryconstants (alto2,...,ctn,
*Phil. Trans. 1834, p.247; ibid. 1835, p.95.
316Properties oftheIntegrals of [CH.xn
&,..
,/3M)*.Inthiswaythesolution ofanydynamical systemwith ndegrees
offreedom ismade todependonthesolution ofasingle partialdifferential
equationofthe firstorder in(n4-1)independentvariables.
Itshould however beobserved thattheconverse ofthistheorem namelythetheorem
that thesolution ofapartialdifferential equation such asHamilton sdependsonthe
solution ofasetofordinarydifferential equations (thedifferential equationsofthe
characteristics), which inthiscaseareoftheHamiltouian form, hadbeen discovered by
PfaffandCauchy (completingtheearlier work ofLagrange andMonge)before Hamilton
andJacobiapproachedthesubjectfrom thedynamicalside.
Ontheusethatcanbemade ofanincomplete integralofHamilton spartialdifferential
equation (i.e.onecontaininglessthannarbitraryconstants besides theadditive constant),
cf.Lehmann-Filhes, Astr. Nach. CLXV. (1904),col.209.
Itmayberioted thatHamilton spartialdifferential equationisnotapplicableasit
stands tonon-holonomicsystems:foranextension tosuchsystems,cf.Quanjel, Palermo
Rendiconti, xxn.(1906), p.263.
The integration ofHamilton sequation byseparationofvariables isdiscussed by
F.A.BallAcqua, Math. Aftn. LXVI.(1908), p.398.
Example.Consider thesystem
dq_3H dp=_3H
dt"
dpdt~
~dq
where
jf=fc&gt;-,ITg
andfj.isaconstant. TheHamilton sequation correspondingtothissystemis
9W
acomplete integralofthisequation maybefound inthefollowing way. Assume
W-fW+tte),
where/and$arefunctions oftheir respective arguments:thenwehave
0=/ (0+H4&gt; (2)}2-F/?-
Thisequation canbesatisfied bywriting
where aisaconstant;which gives
/(0=1*1a, (?)-(2,ia)*arcsin(gr/a)*+{^q (a-?)/a}*
TF=fMt/a+(2/xa)*arcsin(g/a)*+{fyq (a-?)/a}*.
The solution oftheoriginal problemistherefore given bytheequations /3=-
p=dWfdq,where aand/3arethetwoconstants ofintegration.
143. Hamilton sintegralasasolution ofHamilton spartial differential
equation.
There areaninfinite number ofcomplete integralsofHamilton spartial
differentialequation;andeachoneofthem furnishes acontact-transformation
*Thistheorem isduetoJacobi, Crelle sJ.xxvu.(1837), p.97andLiouviltfs J.in.(1837),
pp.60,161.
142,143] Dynamical Systems 317
from thevariables(q^,q2,...,q n,p1,...,p n)ofthedynamical systemto
variables(j,or2,.., n ,@lt..., /3n),(thetransformationinvolving t},such
that theequationsofmotion ofthesystem whenexpressedinterms of
(oij, 2&gt; -,a
n&gt;fii, -,/3W)become theequationsoftheequilibrium-problem,
i.e.thequantities (al,0%,...,an,fti, ..., /3n)areconstants.
Amongthis infinite number oftransformationsthere^isoneofspecial
interest; namelythat inwhich thequantities (al,a2,...,an,/3X,...,/3n)are
theinitial values of(q1}qz,...,qn,plt...,pn)respectively,i.e.their values at
atime t,which istaken asanepochfromwhich themotion isestimated. In
thiscasewecanfindinanexplicitform thecorresponding complete integral
ofHamilton spartialdifferentialequation.
Forconsider Hamilton sintegral (99)
Ldt,
whereLdenotes thekineticpotentialofthesystem. Supposethat &denotes
avariation duetosmallchanges (S^,S2,...,8an,Sfti, ...,8/3n)intheinitial
conditions.
Then(99)wehave
B[Ldt= I(pr8q,.-l3 rSr\
Jtv r=l
ft
Itfollows that ifthequantityILdt,when theintegrationisperformed,
beexpressedinterms of(ql}q2,...,q n,aly...,a n,t),(wesupposethispossible,
i.e.weassume that itisnotpossibletoeliminate(/3 1,/32,...,/3n,ply...(pn)
from therelationsconnecting (1}...,an,^, ..., fin,qly...,qn,pl}...,p n),so
astoobtain relations between(q1}...,qn,alt...,an))and ifthefunction thus
obtained (which Hamilton called thePrincipal Function) bedenotedby
W(q l}q2,...,qn,a1;...,an,t),thenweshall have
9JF_^__
andtherefore* thetransformation from
(qltq2,...,qn,PI,,pn)to(ajta2,...,an,{3lt...,/9n)
ifsacontact-transformation,and theintegral ofthekineticpotentialisthe
determining function ofthetransformation.
*Hamilton. Phil. Trans. 1834, p.307;ibid. 1835, p.95.Inhisearliest dynamical investiga
tions, Hamilton used a"characteristic function" strictly analogous tothecharacteristic function
which hehademployed withsuch success inoptics:thisfunction being theActionintegral,
expressedinterms ofthefinaland initial coordinates. Hefound however that thisfunction,
whenemployedindynamics, involved theconstant ofenergy, andsosubstituted for itthe
"principalfunction" described above.
318 Properties oftheIntegrals of [CH.xn
Alsowehave
dW=dWIfrWdqr
dt dt r=idqrdt
T ,Vor L=-+2,prqr,
ot =i
or
OL
andtherefore theintegral ofthekineticpotential satisfiestheequation
dWW dW dW
M
which isHamilton spartial differential equation.
Example.Let(al5a2,...,an,ft, ..., ft()bethe initial values (attimefo)of
(qi, ?2,,?MPi, -,Pn)respectively,inthedynamical system represented bythe
equations
dq,.=cHdpJ1==_dH(r=l,2,...,w).
dtdprdtdqr
Supposethat from the relations connecting (aj,a2,..., On, ft, ...,ft)with
(?i, 2, -,?n,Pi,)P)ifcispossibletoeliminate(ft,ft, ...,ft,jon...,pn) entirely,so
thatanumber (saym)ofdistinct relations exist between(qltq2,...,qn,al5...,an);let
these besolved for(alsa2,...,a,),soastotaketheform
and letVdenote Hamilton sintegral
Ft
I^
forthesystem, expressedinterms of(q^,qz,...,qn,o?n+i, , &lt;*n)-Establish the
equations
9F B/^
Pr=~
5-- ^A*odarfc=1 9ar
where(Xi,X2,...,Xm)arearbitrary;andshew thatthefunction
W=V+ 2Xt/t
fc=i
isanintegralofthepartialdifferential equation
144. TAe connexion ofintegralsurithinfinitesimal transformations
admitted bythesystem.
LetdqrdH dprdH . ..
-= --
,;.=-x (r 1,2,...,n)
143,144] Dynamical Systems 319
betheequationsofanydynamical system,and let
0(?i, 921.qn,Pi,-~,pn,&lt;)=Constant
denote anyintegralofthesystem;weshallshew thattheknowledgeofthis
integralenables ustofindaparticularsolution ofthevariationalequations
(H2).
Forthevariationalequationfor8qris
d,d*HR &H &H , &H
-T7oqr=,..
o&lt;fr+...+ _
o&lt;?n+djjj+...+~-6n; J *dtj.* j j." j. j.*j. j.*"~
j.~*
butwehave
82zz8092/i8082/z80 82-/z80
dqidp rdpi dqndp,-dpndpidp rdq^ 3pndprdqn
3,dpk80",dqjc80\^?)H 82^dJJ 82
A;=I rfi9pfc ftlirf&lt;S^A;/ fc=i9?*9pt9p rk=idpk dqkdpr
ct0 90\ct /80\9/90\
9/&gt;r\^ 9^/ d^V8pr/dt\dpr)
=1f?^"
dV8pr/
andhence thevariationalequationsfor(Sq 1}Bq2,...,8qn)aresatisfiedbythe
values
where eisasmall constant.Similarlythevariationalequationsfor
(Spi,Sp2)...,8pB)
canbeshewn tobesatisfied bythese values;andhence theequations
eisasmall constant and isanintegral oftheoriginal equations,
constitute asolutionofthevariationalequations.
This result canevidentlybestated intheform :Theinfinitesimal contact-
transformation ofthevariables(q^q3,...,qn,plt...,p n),which isdefinedby
theequations
transforms anyorbit intoanadjacent orbit, and therefore transforms the
wholefamilyoforbits into itself.Adoptingthelanguageofthegroup-
theory, wesaythat thedynamical system admits thisinfinitesimal contact-
transformation. Wehave therefore thetheorem thatintegrals ofadynamical
320 Properties oftheIntegrals of [CH.xn
system, andcontact-transformationswhichchangethesystemintoitself,are
substantiallythesamething; anyintegral
4&gt;(qi&gt; &,"-,qn,Pi, ",Pn,=Constant
correspondstoaninfinitesimal transformationwhose symbol (133) isthe
Poisson-bracket((f&gt;,f).
Itwillbeobserved that theignorationofcoordinates arises from theparticular
case ofthistheorem inwhich theintegralisp,.=Constant, whereqristheignorable
coordinate;thecorresponding transformation isthatwhich changes qrwithoutchanging
anyoftheother variables.
145. Poisson stheorem.
The lastresult leads toatheorem discovered byPoisson* in1809, by
means ofwhich itispossibletoconstruct from twoknownintegralsofa
dynamical systemathirdexpressionwhich isconstantalong anytrajectoryof
thesystem,andwhich therefore (whenitprovestobeindependentofthe
integrals already known) furnishes anewintegralofthesystem.
Let 0(?i ?2,&gt;qn,P\,,Pn, t)=Constant
and-\Jr(q-i, &lt;/2,...,qn,PI,--^Pn,=Constant
denote thetwointegralswhich aresupposedknown. Consider the in
finitesimal contact-transformation whosesymbolisthePoisson-bracket
(/, -v/r);sincetyisanintegral,this(144) transformseveryorbit intoan
adjacentorbit.
Theincrement ofthefunction&lt;under thistransformation ise
(&lt;/&gt;, -v/r),
where eisasmall constant; butsince&lt;isanintegral, &lt;f&gt;hasconstant values
alongtheoriginalorbit andalongtheadjacentorbit: thevalue of
(&lt;/&gt;, -v/r)
must therefore beconstant throughoutthemotion. Wethushave Poisson s
theorem, thatif(f&gt;andtyaretwointegrals ofthesystem,thePoisson-bracket
(&lt;f), -v^)isconstant throughoutthemotion.
If
(&lt;, A/T),which isafunction ofthevariables(qltq2,...,qn,p},...,pn,t),
does notreduce tomerelyzero oraconstant, and ifmoreover itisnot
expressibleinterms of
(/&gt;,^randsuch otherintegralsasarealready known,
then theequation
(&lt;/&gt;, -^r)=Constant
constitutes anewintegral ofthesystem^.
Thefollowing examplewillshewhowPoisson stheorem canbeappliedtoobtain new
integralsofadynamical system when twointegralsarealready known.
*Journal deVEcole polyt.vin. (1809), p.260.
tAdiscussion ofthistheorem isgiven byBertrand inNote VIItothethird edition of
LagrangesMec. Anal.(1853):cf.Oeuvres deLagrange,t.xi.p.484.
Ontheextension ofPoisson stheorem tonon-holonomic systems,cf.Dautheville, Bull, dela
Soc.math, deFrance, xxxvn. (1909), p.120.
144-146] Dynamical Systems 321
Consider themotion ofaparticle ofunit mass, whoserectangular coordinates are
(?!&gt; ?2,&)andwhose components ofvelocityare(pl,p.2,p3),which isfree tomove
inspace under theinfluence ofacentre offorce attheorigin. Theintegrals ofangularmomentum about twooftheaxes are
ps?2-5r3j2=Constant,
and i~\%=Constant.
Letthese betaken asthetwoknownintegrals&lt;/&gt;and\^;thePoisson-bracket
(&lt;, \//-),
which is
r=l
becomes inthis case
PWi-fcft!
and infact, theequation
i=Constant
isanotherintegral ofthemotion, beingtheintegralofangular momentum about the
third axis.
146. Theconstancy ofLagrangesbracket-expressions.
Thetheorem ofPoisson has,asmightbeexpected, ananalogueinthe
theoryofLagrangesbracket-expressions.
Let ur=0r (r=l, 2,...,2n)
denote 2nintegralsofadynamical system with ndegreesoffreedom, con
stitutingthecompletesolution oftheproblem: thequantities urbeing given
functions ofthevariables(qltq2,...,qn,plt...,p n,t],andthequantities ar
being arbitraryconstants. Bymeans oftheseequations wecanexpress
(&lt;fc,q2,...,qn,pi,--^Pn)asfunctions of(a1;az,...,a2n ,t),andform the
Lagrangesbracket-expressions [ar,a,],where arandasareanytwoofthe
quantities (a1}a2,...,am).
Since thetransformation from thevariables(q1}q2,...,qn,p1}...,p n)at
time ttotheir values attimet+dtisacontact-transformation, wehave(128)
d
atr=i
where thesymbols Aand Brefer toindependent displacements from one
trajectorytoanadjacent trajectory.Ifnowwetake thesymbol Atorefer
toavariation inwhich atonlyisvaried, therestofthequantities
(alta2,...,a2n)
.remaining unchanged,andtake 8torefer toavariation inwhich a}onlyis
varied, thelastequation becomes
d3/dqrdprdqrdpr\
dtr=i\daidaj dajdaj
w.D.21
322Properties oftheIntegrals of [on.xn
or
-^[a{,cij]=0,
which shews that theLagrange-bracket [a;, a,-]hasaconstant value during the
motionalong anytrajectory;thistheorem wasgiven byLagrangein1808.
Lagrangesresult, unlike Poissons,does notenable ustofindanynew
integrals;forwehave toknow alltheintegralsbefore wecanform the
Lagrangesbracket-expressions.
147.Involution-systems.
Let(ul}u2,...,ur}denote rfunctions of2nindependentvariables
(?l, ?2,,qn,Pi,-,Pn)\
ifitispossibletoexpressallthePoisson-brackets(iii,uk)asfunctions of
(wj.Mg, ...,u r),thefunctions(ultu2,...,u r)aresaid toform a,function-group*.
Anyfunction of(ultu.2,...,ur)belongstothisgroup.
Ifthequantities (uitn^}areallzero, thefunctions(u1}u2,...,ur}aresaid
tobeininvolution, ortoformaninvolution-system.
Nowsupposethat(i/u 2&gt;...,w,-)arefunctions ininvolution: and let
v=Uandw=beanytwoequations which areconsequencesofthe
equations
u^=0,M2=0,...,ur=
;
weshallshew that vandwsatisfytherelation(v,w)=0.
Forsince(ultu.2,...,ur)areininvolution, each oftheequations
M,=0,u2=0,...,ur=
admits each oftherinfinitesimal transformations whosesymbolsare
("I,/), (W2,/),,(Mr,/)5
andconsequentlytheequationv=0,beingaconsequenceoftheseequations,
must alsoadmit these transformations;that istosay,wehave
("*,)=0 (k=l,2,...,*),
andtherefore each oftheequations
ii!=0,u2=0,...,ur=
admits theinfinitesimal transformation whosesymbolis(v,f).Since the
equation w= isaconsequenceoftheseequations,itfollows that the
equation w=must alsoadmit thistransformation, andtherefore wehave
(v,iv}=0,
which establishes theresult.
*Lie,Math. Ann.vm. (1875). p.215.
146-148] Dynamical Systems323
Hence weseethatif(u1}uy,...,ur)areininvolution, andtheequations
v}=0,v.20,...,vr=
areconsequences oftheequations
M,=0,u2=0,...,ur=0,
then thefunctions (vltv2,...,vr)areininvolution.
148. Solutionofadynamical problemwhenhalftheintegralsareknown.
Theresult which wasestablished forsystemswithtwodegreesoffreedom
in121cannowbeextended tosystemswithanynumber ofdegreesof
freedom. Thetheorem maybethus stated*
:Ifndistinctintegrals
&lt;f&gt;r(qi,q*.&gt;qn,Pi, &gt;~,p n,t)=a r(r=l, 2,...,n),
where(a1}a2,...,an)arearbitrary constants, areknown forthedynamical
system
dqrdHdp,._ dH , .
~TT=^&gt; IT~~~
"-5 v&gt;"/dtOprdt dqr
whereHisany given function of(q1;q.2,..,qn,pi&gt; &gt;Pn,t), andifthe
functions (^,02,&gt;&lt;f&gt;n)areininvolution, thenonsolvingtheseintegrals for
(p\,lh, ipn)soastoobtain them intheform
Pr=fr(qi, q- -.5r
n&gt;ai^2, ,On, (r=l,2,...,n)
andsubstituting (/i,/2,...,/n) respectively for(pl,p.2,...,pn)intheexpression
pldql+p 2dqt+...+pndqnHdt,
thelatterexpressionbecomes aperfect differential:denotingitby
dV(q ltq^...,qn,i,a2,...,an,t),
theremaining integrals ofthesystemare
^=6, (r=l,2,...,n),oar
where(bl}62,&gt;bn)arearbitraryconstants.
Forsince thefunctions&lt;f)i-a lt
&lt;f&gt;.2a.2,...,&lt; areininvolution,it
follows bythelast article that thefunctions Pifi, p^-f*,&gt;pnfnare
ininvolution, andtherefore
(Pr~fr, PS~fs)=0(r,S=1,2,...,n\
or |i-M=0 (r,-l,2,...,n&gt;
dqrdqs
*Thistheorem isessentially theapplicationtoHamilton spartialdifferential equation ofthe
well-knosvn method forfinding aComplete Integralofanon-linear partial differential equation
ofthe first order. Asadynamical theorem itisdue toLiouville, Journal deMath. xx.(1855),
p.137.
212
324 Properties oftheIntegrals of [CH.xn
dH_dpr_dfr
dqrdt dt
=dA+|M^i
dt s-idqsdt
=dfr+|df.dH^
dt s=ityrdps
andconsequently
dfr=_d_H_IdHdf^
dt dqr s=idp sdqr
_dH,
dqr
where H^stands forthefunctionHwhenexpressedinterms ofthearguments
(?1,?2, .?n, i,&gt;ni0-
Theequations
_
dqrdqs dt dqr
shew that/irfg-j+/ 2dq2+...+fndqnH^dt
istheperfectdifferential ofsome function V(qltq^,...,qn,0,1, ,an,t) ,
which establishes the firstpartofthetheorem.
Ifnow thesymbol ddenote thetotal differential ofthefunction Vwith
respecttoallitsarguments, wehave thereforeWdV=fldq1+/ 2dq2+...+fndqn-H^dt+*2rdar.
Inthisequation replacethequantities arbytheir valuescf)r:wethus
obtain anidentityin(ql}q2,...,qn,PI,p%, ,pn,i),namely
dVdV-2^d(f)r=pldq1+p2dq2+...+pndqn-
where ontheleft-hand side oftheequation wesupposethat indVand
dV
xthequantities (alyaz,...,an)arereplaced bytheir values
(&lt;&gt;!,
&lt;/&gt;2,...,0n).
\)\AJ-f
Thisequationshews thatthedifferential form
Pidqi+p 2dq^+...+pndqnHdt,
whenexpressedinterms ofthevariables(ql}q.2&gt;...,qn,
&lt;}&gt;i, &lt;f&gt;z,,0n, t),
takes theform
andhence thedifferentialequationsoftheoriginal dynamical problemare
equivalenttothe first Pfaff ssystemofthis differential form, namely
d(dV/da r)=0,d(f&gt;r=(r=1,2,...,n).
148,149] Dynamical Systems 325
Theexpressions dV/da raretherefore constantthroughoutthemotion, i.e.
theequations
dV/da r=br (r=l, 2,...,n),
where(bltb2,...,bn)arenewarbitrary constants, areintegralsofthesystem;
thiscompletestheproofofthetheorem.
Example.Inthemotion ofabodyunder noforces withonepoint fixed,let($,$, -v|/-)
denote thethree Eulerianangles which specify thepositionofthebodyrelative toany
fixed axesOXYZ atthefixedpoint, (.4, J5,(7)theprincipal moments ofinertia ofthe
bodyatthe fixedpoint,atheconstant ofenergy,attheangular momentum about
thefixed axisOZ,anda2theangular momentum about thenormal totheinvariable
plane: and let(#n l5^)denote 37730, dT/d&lt;j&gt;, dT/d^ respectively. Obtain the
equations
Q=arctan{(22
i2-#i2
)/ai}
Hence shew that
9d
istheperfectdifferential ofafunction F,andthat theremaining integralsofthe
systemare
oV 37 97
9^~"*
^"* a^T
where6,&i,62arearbitraryconstants.(Siacci.)
149. Levi-Civita stheorem.
Levi-Civita* hasestablished aconnexion between theintegralsofa
dynamical systemandcertain families ofparticularsolutions oftheequations
ofmotion.
Consider firstasysteminwhich some ofthecoordinates areignorable.
Let
(&lt;?!,q2,...,qm)betheignorableand(qm+i, -,qn)thenon-ignorable
coordinates;and letLdenote thekineticpotential.
Theintegrals correspondingtotheignorablecoordinates are
dL/dq r=Constant (r=l, 2,...,ra),
andcorrespondingtotheseintegralsthere exists aclassofparticularsolutions
ofthesystem, namelythosesteadymotions(83)inwhich(ql}q2,...,qm)
have constant values which canbechosenarbitrarily,while(qm+i&gt;qm+z,,qn)
have constant values which aredetermined bytheequations
dLjdq r=0(?=m+1,m+2,...,n);
there are oo2inoftheseparticular solutions, since themconstant values of
*Bend, dellAce. delLined, x.(1901), p.3.Cf.Burgatti, ibid. xi.(1902), p.309.
326 Properties oftheIntegrals of [CH.xn
(qlt 2,...,qm)andtheminitial values of(qi, q-2, ,qm)canbearbitrarily
assigned. Thetheorem ofLevi-Civita, totheconsideration ofwhich we
shallnowproceed, mayberegardedasanextension ofthis result.
dqrdH dprdH
Let l=
ay/*"-3(-%*. .)
betheequationsofmotion ofadynamical system,thefunctionHbeing
supposednottoinvolve thetimeexplicitly.
Let Fr(ql,qt,...,q n,p1,...,p n)=Q(r=1,2,...,m)...(A)
beasystemofmrelations, which when solved for(p1}p2,...,pm)take
theform
Pr=fr(qi, q*,,qn,pm+i,&gt;Pn) (r=1,2,...,m)...(A 1),
andwhich areinvariant relations withrespecttotheHamiltoniansystem,
i.e.which aresuch that ifwedifferentiate therelations(Aj)withrespect
tot,weobtain relations which are satisfiedidenticallyinvirtue ofthe
Hamiltonianequationsand oftheequations (Aj) themselves. These
invariant relations include, asaparticular case, integralsofthesystem:
inthis case, theywillinvolvearbitraryconstants.
Since therelations (A x)areinvariant relations, wehave
dH_dfr_$dfrdH|dfrdH
o-~T7--- * ~5i*-5oV *&gt;*
&gt;"^^
dqrdtj=m+\opjoqj j-\oqjOp)
andwriting
(F,Tf}= S
/-*-
thisbecomes
thisequation becomes anidentity when foreach ofthequantities
(Pi,p2&gt; ,pm)wesubstitute thecorrespondingfunction fr.
Moreover, weshallsupposethattherelations (A)or(Aj)areininvolution
amongthemselves. This condition isexpressed bytheequations
!;-!+i*"- c--- 1.2,...,.). ..(2).
LetKdenote thefunction obtained fromHonreplacing (p1}jo2,...,pm)
bytheir values(/i,/ 2,...,/m),sothat
3F=8^_I8/7
dpr~dp r.~idp,d
,and5T "a---^=^~ (r=1,2,...,m)...(4).
149J Dynamical Systems 327
From(3)wehave
f)ff
[H,fr\=[K,fr}+^~ !/,/.} (r=1,2,...,m),*=iwf*
andcombiningthiswith(4)wehave
Substitutingin(1)thisvalueofdH/dq r+{H,f r},andusing (2),weobtain
theequations
Weshallnowshew thatthesystemofequations
Pr=fr (Pm+i,pm+2 ,...,pn,qlt .,?) (r=1,2,...,
isinvariant withrespecttotheHamiltonianequations,i.e.that
dfdK\,dfdE\
dt(ty,Jand
dt(dq r)(r=m+l,m
arezero invirtue ofequations (A), (B), (1), (2), (3), (4), (5).
Wehavefrom theHamiltonianequations
d(BK\_ f
/7/ I57T I~
1"5 ff-^^^Tdt\oqr/(dqr)g=loqrdq
and(5)gives ondifferentiation, using (B),
5T" &gt;/*f=
nowtaking account of(B),wehavefrom(3)
___
9?r *=i9p, dq
andhenceequations (6)become-__
dtdp dpsldprdqsdpr&gt;
i^r^
.r,dp.ldqrdqs
Properties oftheIntegrals of [CH.xn
orby(7),
ddK\ . d/dK\=0, jrU =
/
whichprovesthat thesystemofequations (A)and(B)isinvariant with
respecttotheHamiltonianequations.
Nowfrom theequations (A)and(B),letthevariables
(PI, Pa, ,pn,qm+i, ,qn)
bedetermined interms of(qltqz,...,qm):from theinvariant character of
(A)and(B)itfollows thatonsubstitutingthese values intheHamiltonian
equations, weshall obtainmindependent equations, namelythose which
express (dqjdt, dq2/dt, ...,dqm/dt)interms of(qltqz,...,qm),theothersbeing
identicallysatisfied :andthegeneralsolution ofthissystem,which will
contain marbitrary constants, willgiveoomparticularsolutions ofthe
Hamiltonianequations. The solution ofthissystem can,bymakinguse
oftheintegralofenergy,bereduced tothat ofasystemoforder(m 1):
andthusweobtain Levi-Civita stheorem, which canbethus stated :Toany
setofTOinvariant relations ofaHamiltoniansystem,which areininvolution,
therecorresponds afamily ofoomparticularsolutionsoftheHamiltonian
system, whose determination dependsontheintegration ofasystem oforder
(m-
1).
Iftheinvariant relations (A)areintegralsofthesystem, theywillcontain
another setofmarbitraryconstants :andhence toasetofmintegrals ofa
Hamiltoniansystem,which are ininvolution, therecorrespondsingeneral
afamily ofoo2mparticularsolutionsofthesystem,which areobtainedby
integratingasystem oforder(m 1).
Example. Forthedynamical systemdefined bytheHamiltonian function
H=qipi-q2pz-aqi2+bq^,
shew thattheLevi-Civita particularsolutions correspondingtotheintegral
(Pi~bqz)lq\=Constant
aregiven bytheequations
2i=0,qz=e~t+f
,Pl=ae~t+e
,p,=be~t+e
,
where eisanarbitraryconstant.
150. Systemswhichpossess integralslinear inthemomenta.
We shallnowproceedtotheconsideration ofsystemswhichpossess
integralsofcertainspecialkinds.
Supposethatadynamical system, expressed bytheequations
dqr_dH dpr_dH
~df-dp rdt~dqr.!,*.....&gt;
149,150] Dynamical Systems 329
hasanintegralwhich islinear andhomogeneousin(p1}p2,...,pn),say
fipi+fap&lt;t++fnp n=Constant,
where(fi,f2,...,/)aregivenfunctions of(qi,q 2,...,qn).
Consider thesystemofequations
dq\_dq*_ _dqn
7T~72=
"/.
which isoforder(?? !);supposethatthe(n 1)integralswhich constitute
itssolution are
Qr(qi, q?,,qn)=Constant (r=l, 2,...,w1);
and letQnbeafunction definedbytheequation
where intheintegrandthevariables(q2,q3,...,qn)aresupposed replaced
bytheir values interms of(qltQ1}Q2,...,Qn-i)before theintegration
iscarried out.
Then ifthevariableschangeinsuch awaythat(Q x,Q2,...,QM_j)remain
constant andQnvaries, itfollows from theaboveequationthat
dqi_d&lt;h_ _dqn_jnf f f**
*&lt;ln&gt;
/i /2 Jn
sothat if(Q1}Q2,...,Qn)areregardedasasetofnew variables interms of
which((?!,q2,...,qn)canbeexpressed, weshallhave
Supposethen thatweconsider thecontact-transformation which isthe
extension ofthepoint-transformationfrom thevariables(q1}q2,..,,qn)tothe
variables (QltQ2, -,Qn),sothat thenew variables (Pl}P2,...,Pn)are
defined(132)bytheequations
Pr=i^|f(r=l,2,...,n).*=1 O^r
Bythistransformation thedifferentialequationsofthedynamical system
arechangedintoanew setofHamiltonianequations
dQr_dPr_J&gt;K
dtdPr dt bQr
andtheknownintegralbecomes
Pn=Constant.
SincedPn/dt=0,wehavedK/BQ n0,sothefunctionKdoesnotinvolve
Qnexplicitly:andthusweobtain theresult thatwhen adynamical system
330Properties oftheIntegrals of [CH.xn
possesses anintegral which islinear andhomogeneousin(pltp2,...,pn),there
exists apoint-transformation, fromthevariables(ql}q.2,...,qn)tonewvariables
(Qi&gt; Qs&gt;&gt;Qn),which issuch that thetransformedHamiltonianfunction
does notinvolve Qn.Thesystemastransformedpossessestherefore an
ignorable coordinate, andwehave thetheorem that theonlydynamical
systems whichpossess integralslinear inthemomenta arethosewhichpossess
ignorable coordinates, orwhich can betransformed byanextended point-
transformationintosystems whichpossess ignorablecoordinates.
Theconverse ofthistheorem isevidentlytrue.
This result might have been foreseen from thetheorem(144)that if
?2, -,qn,Pi,--,Pn,=Constant
isanintegral ofthesystem, then the differential equationsofmotion admit the
infinitesimal transformation wrhosesymbolis
(&lt;, /).Forwhen
(f&gt;islinear andhomogeneous
in(pl,pi, ...,pn},thistransformation is($132)anextended point-transformation:if
thispoint-transformationistransformed bychangeofvariables soastohave thesymbol
df/3Q n,itisclear that theHamiltonian function oftheequationsafter transformation
cannot involve Qnexplicitly.
Considering now inparticular systemswhose kineticpotentialconsists
ofakineticenergy T(ql}q2,...,qn,ql}...,qn)which isquadraticinthe
velocities(ql}q2,...,qn)and apotential energy V(q-i, q2, ,qn)which is
independentofthevelocities, weseethat inorder thatanintegrallinear in
thevelocities mayexist thesystemmustpossessanignorable coordinate,
ormust betransformable byapoint-transformationinto asystemwhich
possesses anignorablecoordinate. Butineither casethefunctions TandV
evidentlyadmit thesame infinitesimal transformation, namelythetrans
formation which, when thecoordinates aresochosen thatoneofthem isthe
ignorable coordinate, consists inincreasingtheignorablecoordinate bya
smallquantityandleavingtheother coordinates andthevelocities unaltered;
andconversely,ifTandVadmit thesame infinitesimal transformation, then
there exists anintegrallinear inthe velocities. This result isknown as
Levystheorem, havingbeenpublished byLevy*in1878.
Example1.Shew that ifthedifferential equationsofmotion ofaparticleadmit an
integrallinear inthecomponentsofmomentum, theline ofaction oftheforcemust
belongtoalinear complex.
(Cerruti,Collect, math, inmem. D.Chelini :cf.P.Grossi, Palermo Rend. xxiv. (1907),
p.25.)
Example2.Iftheequations
d
&lt;^ "
(,-!,*...,
Comptes Rendus, LXXXVI.
150,151] Dynamical Systems331
whereT=% 22aikqiqk,andwhere(ft, Q.2,...,Qn,au,a12,...,ami)aregivenfunctions
i=lk=l
f
(?i&gt; ?2&gt; ?))possessanintegraloftheform
Clqi+C2q2+...+Cnqn+C=Constant,
where (C l,C.2,...,Cn,C)arefunctions of(q1}q%, ...,qn),shew that itispossibleto
displaceaninvariable systeminonedirection fromanyoneofitspositionsinthespaceSn
defined bytheform
nn=22
i=lk=l
Shew that forthisanecessary and sufficient condition isthat theds2canbetrans
formed insuchawaythatoneofthevariables becomes absent from thecoefficients.
(Cerruti andLevy.)
151. Determination oftheforces actingonasystem forwhich an
integralisknown.
Beforeproceedingtodiscuss systemswhichpossess integrals quadratic
inthe velocities, weshall obtain aresult due toBertrand*, namelythat
inthemotion ofadynamical systemofgiven constitution, forwhich however
theactingforces areunknown(itbeing supposedthat the forcesdepend
solelyonthecoordinates oftheirpointsofapplication, andnotonthe
velocities ofthesepoints),wecandiscover theunknown forcesprovidedone
integralisknown. Moreover, thisintegralcannot bechosen atrandom, but
mustsatisfycertain conditions.
Let(q1}q*,,...,qn)bethenindependentcoordinates ofthesystem, Tthe
kineticenergy,and(Q1}Q2,...,Qn)theunknown forces, which aresupposed
todepend onlyon(qi,q 2, ,qn),sotheequationsofmotion are
didT\ dT\8T
)-^-=Qr (r=l, 2,...,n).9o, dt\dqr
Let
&lt;(?i&gt; ?2,,qn,#1,&gt;qn,t)=Constant
beanintegralofthesystem;ondifferentiating it,wehave
Substitutinginthisequationfor(qlyq2,...,qn)their values asgiven by
theequationsofmotion, wehave arelationinvolving (QlyQ.2,...,Qn)linearly.
This relation, asitcontainsonlythequantities (qltq2,...,qn,qi9...,qn &gt;t},to
allofwhich wecanassign arbitrary independent values, must beanidentity:
wecantherefore differentiate itwithrespectto(ql}q2,...,qn),and soform
nnewequations which, likewisecontaining (Q1}Q2,...,Qn)linearly,will
sufficeingeneraltodetermine theseunknownquantities. Theintegralwill
*Journal deMath,(i)xvn.(1852), p.121.
332 Properties oftheIntegrals of [CH.xn
relate toanactualsystem onlywhen these values of(QlfQ2,...,Qn)satisfy
theequation
thecases inwhich theequationsforthedetermination of(Q},Q2&gt;...,Qn)are
notindependent,sothat(Q1}Q2,&gt;Qn)areindeterminate, arethose in
which theintegraliscommon toseveral distinct dynamical problems.
Example.Ifanintegraloftheequationsofmotion ofapointinaplaneiscommon
totwodifferent problems, shew that itisoftheform
F(&lt;fi, x,y,t}=Constant,
where(x,y)arerectangularcoordinates and$isthederivate with respectto tof
afunction $(x,y)which, equatedtoaconstant, representstheequationsofaset
ofstraightlines. (Bertrand.)
152. Applicationtothecaseofaparticlewhoseequations ofmotion
possess anintegral quadraticinthevelocities.
AsanapplicationofBertrand smethod, let itberequiredtofindthe
nature ofthepotential energyfunction Finorder that theequationsof
motion ofaparticlewhich isfree tomove inaplaneunder theaction of
conservative forces,dv dvM . /it
._,____
da;y~
dy
may possessanintegral (otherthan theintegralofenergy)oftheform
Ptf+Qxy+Rif+Sy+Tx+ K=Constant,
where P,Q,R,8,T,Karefunctions ofxandy.
Differentiatingthe lastequation,andsubstitutingforxandyfrom the
equationsofmotion, wehave
^.^~ yxT~ ^
dy dxj \dy dxJ dx
.8F .dV\ .8F^- -K-
dyJ
dKdK.8F^8F /A,^-x+-^-y-Sj--T^ r= .................................... (A).
oes dy dyoxn/.-QI&lt;fc*\
Equatingtozerotheterms ofthethirddegreeinxandy,wehave
dP dR dPdQ dQdR
^=0,-=0,^+-_--=0,^+^=U,dx dy dyoxdyox
fromwhich itisreadilydeduced thattheterms oftheseconddegreeinthe
integralmust have theform
(ay"+by+c)x2+(ax2+bx+c}y-+(-2axy-by-bx+Cj)xy,
where(a,6,c,6,c,c^areconstants.
151,152] Dynamical Systems333
Equatingtozerotheterms ofthesecond degreeinxandyinequation
(A),wehave
C/7/ ^jOC (jCC (JU
from theseequationswededuce
8=mx+p,T=-my+q,
where (m,p,q}areconstants.
Equatingtozerotheterms independentofxandyin(A),wehave
dV,.97
or (mx+p)-d-
Thisequationshews that if(m,p,q)aredifferent from zero, theforce is
directed toafixed centre offorce, whose coordinates arep/mandqfm ;we
shall exclude thissimple particular case,andhence itfollows thatthecon
stants (m,p,q)must eachbezero, sothattheintegralcontains noterms of
the firstdegreeinx,y.
Equatingtozerotheterms linear inxandyin(A),wehave
2P8FQdV+dK-0 ~----v~r-z. w,ox oyox
Differentiatingtheformer ofthese equationswithrespecttoy,andthe
d*K
latter withrespecttox,andequatingthetwovalues of^thus obtained,
wehave
-
dxdy dxdy dy* dydy dxdydxdydx
andreplacing P,Q,Rbytheir values asfound above, wehave
87.97
dx dy
Darboux* hasshewn that thispartialdifferentialequationforthefunction
7canbeintegratedinthefollowing way.
*Archives Neerlandaises, (ii)vi.p.371(1901).
334 Properties oftheIntegrals of [CH.xn
Excludingtheparticularcase inwhich theconstant aiszero,wecan
always bychangeofaxesreduce thegiven integraltothesimplerform
^(xy yx)2+ex2+cy2+K=Constant,
which amounts tosupposingthat
tt=i,6=0,6=0,d=0;
ifmoreover wereplaceccby^c2
,thepartialdifferentialequationforV
becomes
,,2F .dV _dV
(y~x+c)5-31+3y=--3a?3-0.cxdyydx dy
Tointegratethis equation, weform the differentialequationofthe
characteristics
xy(dy2-dx-)+(x2-y2-c2
)dxdy=0.
Ifinthisequationwetakex2andyzasnew variables,itbecomes a
Clairaut sequation:wethus find that itsintegralis
(7?^+1)(mx2y2
}me2=0,
wheremdenotes thearbitraryconstant. Byasimple changeofnotation, we
canwrite thisintegralintheform
x2
y-
I&lt;- i
a2a2-c2
where thearbitraryconstant isnow a.This formputsinevidence the
interestingfactthat thecharacteristic curves ofthepartialdifferential
equationaretwofamilies ofconfocal conies.
Takingthen asnew variables aand/3theparametersoftheconfocal
ellipsesandhyperbolas,sothat
*=?,y^^-c^^-F)}*,C C
itisknown from thegeneral theorythatthepartialdifferentialequationwill
take theform
d2V+A^+B^=0,
oaofi
efunctions of
variables wefindda.d/3"
da
whereAandBarefunctions ofaandy3 ;infact,onperformingthechangeof
which canbeimmediately integrated, giving
where/and&lt;arearbitraryfunctions oftheir arguments.Itfollows that the
onlycasesofthemotion ofaparticleinaplane,under theaction ofconservative
152,153] Dynamical Systems 335
forces,whichpossessanintegral quadraticinthe velocities other than the
integral ofenergy,arethoseforwhich thepotential energyhas theform
/(a)-$(0)
-?T05-.
where a.and/3aretheparameters ofconfocal ellipses andhyperbolas.
Since bydifferentiation wehave
thekineticenergyis
T=A(V-#2)P)*
andaninspectionoftheforms ofTandFshews that theseproblems areof
Liouvilles class(43),andaretherefore integrable byquadratures.
153. Generaldynamical systems possessing integrals quadraticinthevelocities.
Thecomplete determination oftheexplicit form ofthemost general dynamical system
whose equationsofmotionpossess anintegral quadraticinthevelocities(inaddition
totheintegral ofenergy) hasnotyetbeen effected. Itisobvious from 43that all
dynamical systems which areofLiouville stype, orwhich arereducible tothistypebya
point- transformation, possess suchintegrals:andseveral more extendedtypes havebeen
determined *.
Example1.Let H(qk) (&,I=1,2,...,n)
ben2functionsdepending solely onthearguments indicated, and let
4&gt;=2W*H (1=1, 2,...,%)
fc=i
denote thedeterminant formed bythese functions. Shew that ifthekineticenergyofa
dynamical systemisreducible totheform
andthepotential energyiszero, there exists notonlytheintegral ofenergy,
butalso(n 1)otherintegrals, homogeneous and oftheseconddegreeinthevelocities,
namely
A-^f*1
""1 (*=2,3,...,),
where(a1(a2,...,an)arearbitrary constants: and that theproblemissoluble by
quadratures.(Stackel.)
Example2.Lettheequations ofmotion ofadynamical system withtwodegrees of
freedom be
d
where
*Cf.G.diPirro, Annali diMat. xxiv.(1896), p.315.
336 Properties oftheIntegrals of [on.
and(a,A,6)areanyfunctions ofthecoordinates (q,q2):and letthissystem possess an
integralaq^+2AJ!j2+&?22=Constant,
quadraticinthevelocities anddistinct from theequationofenergy, where( ,A,6)are
functions ofthecoordinates. IfAandAdenote (afc-A2
)and(a&-A2
)respectively,
and if
/A\2Jl(_
)(ojji+Zhftqj+bq^\
where
&lt;?/stands fordqrjdf,shew that theequations,-,
at\cqr/oqr
define thesame relations between thecoordinates(g^, q?)astheoriginal equations
ofmotion, andthatonesetofequationscanbetransformed totheother bythetrans
formation
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Adynamical systemisdenned byitskinetic energy
ni
(where $denotes thedeterminant
$21 $22 $2rc
nl 2......n
inwhich theelements ofthethlinearefunctions ofqkonly,and$wdenotes theminor of
$w),andbyitspotential energy
*
*
where ^=^11
andthequantity \^fcdenotes afunction ofqkonly. Shew thatacomplete integralofthe
Hamilton-Jacobi equation
-=
nC
2{a1$il+a2$j2+...+a n
i=U
where(a1?a2,..., a,t)arearbitraryconstants. (Goursat.)
2.If
isanintegralofadynamical systemwhichpossessesanintegralofenergy, shew that
-^=Constant, ^*f=Constant, etc.,arealso integrals.
ct OT
xii] Dynamical Systems337
3.Asystemofequations
-jf=Ar(qi, ?2, -,qn,PI, -,?*,
, (r=l, 2,...,n)
d{=Br(3li ?2, Sn.l l, jn,
issuch that if&lt;and
-v|/-areanytwointegrals whatever, thePoisson-bracket
(&lt;, *//)isalso
anintegral. Shew thattheequations must have theHamiltonian form
.dqrdff dpr_dH
~di-ty r~dt~~dg r
(Korkine.)
4.If at=Constant, a2=Constant, ..., a*-=Constant,
&=Constant, /32=Constant, ..., /3fc=Constant,
eany2integralsofaHamiltonian systemofdifferential equations,thevariables being
!)?2,&gt;gn,^!, j/&gt;),shew thatare
A,,..., A* O?AI ?A2oqxkp^ p\k
isalsoanintegral. (Laurent.)
5.Lettheexpression
f-..:B(^,^...,^ n)
[JZi. /z.), ....uJ 2r-5-7- -r,
i-l&lt;K*Ui ^2t, ,*&lt;)
whereHI,H2,...,^narefunctions ofthenvvariables xji(j=l, 2,...,n;il, 2,..., i&gt;)
becalled aPoisson-bracketofthenth order. IfG\,G2,...,Ghvare Ai&gt;functions of
yn, Vi-2, ,i/hV!^n, ^12, ,AV ;n 2, -, AV&gt;where(h+k=ri),and if
denotes allthePoisson-brackets formed fromevery nfunctions G,shew that
represents thenecessary and sufficient conditions that thefunctions
yt=F*t(xn, #12, ,Xkv", i, 2, -, (i&gt;hv) (*=
!&gt;2
&gt; iA;^=152
arisingfrom theequations
&lt;?4=(i=l, 2,...,
shallsatisfythesimultaneouspartialdifferentialequationsofthefirstorder
wherePi(yh
,F}denotes theexpression which isobtained whenwereplace hofthe
functions FinPt(Fn
)byasmany ys.(Albeggiani.)
6.Aparticleofunitmass whose coordinates referred tofixed rectangularaxes are
(.r,y)isfreetomove inaplane under forces derivable from apotential-energyfunction
/(#,y\thetotal energy being h.Shew that iftheorthogonal trajectoriesofthecurves
82\+5~~9 Ilg{*/(*! y)}Constantiayy
W.D. 22
338 Properties oftheIntegrals ofDynamical Systems [en.xn
areorbits, thedifferential equationsofmotion oftheparticle possess anintegrallinear and
homogeneousinthevelocities(#,y).
7.Theequationsofmotion ofafreesystemofmparticlesare
^=X8 (s=l, 2,...,3m).
Ifanintegralexists oftheform
3m
2fgxs-Ct=Constant,
8=1
where/i,/2,...,/3marefunctions ofA^,#2 &gt;&gt;^sm? an(*C*isaconstant, shew that this
integral canbewritten
3m 3n
28.r8+2 of,.g(.,.-xrXg)Ct=Constant,
s=l r,s=l
where thequantitiesksandargareconstants. (Pennacchietti.)
8.Twoparticles move onasurface under theaction ofdifferent forces depending
onlyontheir respective positions:iftheir differential equationsofmotion have in
common anintegral independentofthetime, shew that thesurface isapplicable on
asurface ofrevolution. (Bertrand.)
CHAPTER XIII
THEREDUCTION OFTHEPROBLEM OFTHREE BODIES
154. Introduction.
Themost celebrated ofalldynamical problemsisknown astheProblem
ofThree Bodies, andmaybeenunciated asfollows :
Threeparticles attract each otheraccordingtotheNewtonian law, sothat
between eachpair ofparticlesthere isanattractiveforce which isproportional
totheproduct ofthemassesoftheparticles and theinversesquare oftheir
distanceapart: theyarefreetomove inspace, andareinitially supposedtobe
movinginanygivenmanner;todetermine theirsubsequent motion.
Thepractical importanceofthisproblemarises from itsapplicationsto
Celestial Mechanics :thebodies which constitute thesolarsystemattract
each otheraccordingtotheNewtonian law,and(astheyhaveapproximately
theform ofspheres, whose dimensions areverysmallcomparedwith the
distances whichseparate them)itisusual toconsider theproblemofdeter
miningtheir motion inanideal form, inwhich thebodies arereplaced by
particlesofmassesequaltothemasses oftherespective bodies andoccupying
thepositionsoftheir centres ofgravity*.
Theproblemofthree bodies cannot besolved infinite termsbymeans
ofanyofthefunctions atpresent known toanalysis.Thisdifficultyhas
stimulated research tosuch anextent, that since theyear1750 over800
memoirs, manyofthembearingthenames ofthegreatest mathematicians,
havebeenpublished onthesubject f.Inthepresent chapter, weshall discuss
theknownintegralsofthesystem and theirapplicationtothereduction of
theproblemtoadynamical problem with alesser number ofdegreesof
freedom.
Themotions ofthebodies relative totheir centres ofgravity (intheconsideration ofwhich
their sizesandshapesofcourse cannot beneglected) arediscussedseparately, e.g.intheTheory
ofPrecession andNutation. Insome caseshowever(e.g. intheTheoryoftheSatellites ofthe
Major Planets) theoblateness ofoneofthebodies exercises sogreat aneffect, thattheproblem
cannot bedivided inthisway.
tForthehistory oftheProblem ofThreeBodies,cf.A.Gautier, Essaihistorique sur le
probleme destroiscorps (Paris, 1817):B.Grant, History ofPhysical Astronomy from theearliest
agestothemiddle ofthenineteenthcentury (London, 1852):E.T.Whittaker, Report onthe
progress ofthesolution oftheProblem ofThree Bodies(Brit.Ass.Bep. 1899, p.121):and
E.0.Lovett, Quart. Journ. Math. XLII.(1911), p.252,whodiscusses thememoirs oftheperiod
1898-1908.
222
340 TheReduction ofthe[CH.xm
155. Thedifferential equations oftheproblem.
LetP,Q,Rdenote thethreeparticles, (ra1;m2,m3)their masses, and
(TIB,?
si&gt;^12)their mutual distances. TakeanyfixedrectangularaxesOxyz,
and let(qltq2,q3),(q4,q5,q6),(q7,qs,q9),bethecoordinates ofP,Q,R,respec
tively. Thekineticenergyofthesystemis
T=m,++ 32
theforce ofattraction between m^andm2isTc1mlmzrl^z
,where k2isthe
constant ofattraction :weshallsupposetheunits sochosen that&isunity,
sothat this attraction becomes m^m^r^ ,andthecorrespondingterm in
thepotential energyism1m.2r12~1
.Thepotential energyofthesystem
istherefore
_m.2m3m3??z1
{(q,-q7}2+(qs-
q*)*+(q6-q9)
-m.m, {(q7-qj*+(q8-qj2+(q,-q3)-}"*
-w,w a{(q,-qJ2+(q2-q 5)2+(q 3-q 6Y}~^
Theequationsofmotion ofthesystemare
mkqr=-dV/dq r (r=l, 2,...,9),
where kdenotes theinteger partof^(r+2). Thissystemconsists of
9differentialequations,each ofthe2nd order, andthesystemistherefore
oforder 18.
Writing mkqr=pr (r=1,2,...,9),
9n2
and H=S-g^+V,r=i2mjc
theequationstaketheHamiltonian form
dqr_oH dpr_oE _
~r, ^ jj7~
~~r~ \~-1
"&gt; 9hatdpr at oqr
andthese areasetof18differentialequations,each ofthe1storder, forthe
determination ofthevariables(ql&gt;q.2,...,qa,pi,p2, ,^9)-
Itwasshewn byLagrange*that thissystemcanbereduced toasystem
which isonlyofthe6thorder. That areduction ofthiskindmustbepossible
maybeseenfrom thefollowingconsiderations.
Inthe firstplace,sincenoforces actexceptthemutual attractions ofthe
*Eecueil despieces quiontremportelesprixde IAcad. deParis, ix.(1772). Lagrangeof
course didnotreduce thesystemtotheHamiltonian form. Cf.Boblin, Kongl. Sv.Vet.-Handl.
XLII. (1907),No. 9,foranimproved Lagrangiau reduction.
155] Problem ofThree Bodies 341
particles, thecentre ofgravityofthesystem moves inastraightlinewith
uniformvelocity. This fact isexpressed bythe6integrals
m3q7-(p,
j+m2q-3+m3qs-(p2+p s+p 8)t=a4,
+m.2q6+m3q9-(p3+p 6+p 9)t=at,
where alta.2,...,a6areconstants. Itmaybeexpected that theuseofthese
integralswillenable ustodepress theequationsofmotion from the18th to
the12th order.
Inthesecondplace, theangular momentum ofthethree bodies round
each ofthecoordinate axes isconstantthroughout themotion. This fact
isanalytically expressed bytheequations
qiP-2-
q-2pi+q^p*-q5p4+q7ps-qap7=a,,
pe-qsp5+q8p,-q9pa=03,
p4-qtp6+q9p7-q7p9=a9,
where a-,a8)a9areconstants. Byuseofthese threeintegrals wemay
expecttobeable todepress further theequations ofmotion from the
12th tothe9thorder. Butwhen oneofthecoordinates which define the
positionofthesystemistaken tobetheazimuth&lt;ofoneofthebodies
withrespecttosome fixed axis(saytheaxisofz\andtheother coordinates
define theposition ofthesystem relative totheplane havingthisazimuth,
thecoordinate &lt;isanignorable coordinate, andconsequentlythecorre
sponding integral (which isone oftheintegralsofangular momentum
above-mentioned) canbeused todepress theorder ofthesystem bytwo
units;theequations ofmotion cantherefore, asamatter offact,bereduced
inthiswaytothe8th order. This fact(though containedimplicityin
Lagrangesmemoiralready cited) was firstexplicitly noticedbyJacobi* in
1843, and isgenerally referred toastheeliminationofthe nodes."
Lastly,itispossible againtodepress theorder oftheequations bytwounits asin 42,byusingtheintegralofenergy andeliminatingthe
time. Sofinallytheequations ofmotion maybereduced toasystem ofthe
6thorder.
*Journ.fiirMath. xxvi.p.115.From thepoint ofview ofthetheoryofPartial Differential
Equations, wemayexpress thematter bysaying thattheintegrals ofangular momentum giverisetoaninvolution-system, consisting oftwofunctions which areininvolution witheach otherandwithH :andhence theHamilton-Jacobi partial differential equation with 6independentvariables canbereduced toapartial differential equation with 6-2or4independent variables :
this willbetheHamilton-Jacobipartial differential equation forthereduced system.
342 TheReduction ofthe[CH.xm
156. Jacobi sequation.
Jacobi*,inconsidering themotion ofanynumber offreeparticlesinspace,which
attract each other accordingtotheNewtonian law,hasintroduced thefunction
1
2.
i,J
wheremtandm,arethemasses oftwotypical particlesofthesystem, r^isthedistance
between them attimet,Misthetotalmass oftheparticles, andthesummation isextended
over allpairsofparticlesinthesystem.This function, which hasbeenused inresearches
concerningthestabilityofthesystem,willbecalled Jacobi sfunction anddenoted bythe
symbol*.
Weshallsupposethecentre ofgravityofthesystemtobeatrest;let(#,-,yf, z&gt;)bethe
coordinates oftheparticle mtreferred tofixed rectangularaxeswiththecentre ofgravity
asorigin. Thekinetic energyofthesystemis
r=Umi (#,*+&* +**),
i
andconsequently wehave=(2?H;)X2m;(X
But (2ii)x2niiX?-(^m txt}2=2mt%(xt-%)2
,
i i i i,3
where thesummation ontheright-handside isextended overevery pairofparticlesinthe
system:andwehave S.mixi=Q,invirtue ofthepropertiesofthecentre ofgravity.
Thuswehave T=^2TO^- {(*-%)2+(&-&)a+&-
&gt;)2
}
*- "i,j
^,3
where v^denotes thevelocityoftheparticle TOJrelative to?ny.
Inthesamewaywecanshew that
IfnowFdenotes thepotential energyofthesystem,thearbitraryconstant inVbeing
determined bythecondition thatVistobezerowhen theparticlesareatinfinitely great
distances from each other, wehave
F=- sm*my
.
. .V..
1,1 IJ
Theequationsofmotion oftheparticlemfare
8F 8F 8F
w=-^, **-~5,**--5.
Multiplythese equations by#f,y{,zf,respectively,addthem, andsum forallthe
particlesofthesystem:sinceFishomogeneousofdegree-1inthevariables, wethus
obtain
27/1;faSt+ytifi +ziZi)=
&gt;
i
or 2mi(
or^2
This iscalled Jacobi sequation.
*VorlesungeniiberDyn., p.22.
156,157] Problem ofThree Bodies 343
157. Reduction tothe12th order, byuseoftheintegrals ofmotionofthe
centreofgravity.
We shallnowproceedtocarryoutthereductions which have been
described*. Itwillappearthat itispossibletoretain theHamiltonian form
oftheequations throughoutallthetransformations.
Takingtheequationsofmotion oftheProblem ofThree Bodies inthe
form obtained in155,
dqr_dH dpr__W
dtdpr dtdqr
wehave first toreduce thissystemfrom the18th tothe12th order, byuse
oftheintegralsofmotion ofthecentre ofgravity. For thispurpose we
performonthevariables thecontact-transformation definedbytheequations
dW
whereW=p.q,+p2q2+p.q 3+p 4q4+p5q&lt;?+p6q6+(p,+p4+p7)q7
+(P*+ps+Ps)qs+(ps+p6+p s)q9.
Interpretingtheseequations,itiseasilyseen that
(&lt;?/,q2,qs)arethe
coordinates ofm1relative toms,(?/,qs,qs}arethecoordinates ofm2relative
tora3,(q7,q8,q)arethecoordinates ofms,(pi,p2,p3)arethecomponents
ofmomentum ofwilf(/&gt;/,pf,p6)arethecomponentsofmomentum ofw2,and
(P?, PS,Pa)arethecomponentsofmomentum ofthesystem.
The differentialequations nowbecome(138)
&lt;%=a#rfp/__w ,_12dtdpr"dt~^qr1,4. ..,),
where, onsubstitution ofthenewvariables fortheold,wehave
[PiP*+P*P*+P*P*+\Pi*+\Ps2+
3&gt;ps"2-p7(pS+p 4)
K?/-?/
*Thecontact- transformation used in157 isduetoPoincare, C.R. cxxin.(1896);thatused
in158 isduetotheauthor, andwasoriginally publishedinthe firstedition ofthiswork(1904).
Itappears worthyofnotefrom thefactthat itisanextendedpoint-transformation, which shews
thatthereduction could beperformed ontheequations intheir Lagrangian (asopposed totheir
Hamiltonian) form, bypurepoint-transformations. Thesecond transformation inthealternative
reduction(160)isnotanextendedpoint-transfurmation. Another reduction oftheProblem of
Three Bodies canbeconstructed from thestandpoint ofLie sTheory ofInvolution-systems and
Distinguished Functions :cf.Lie,Math. Ann. vin.p.282. Cf.alsoWoronetz, Bull. Univ.Kief,
1907,andLevi-Civita, AttidelR.1st.Veiieto, LXXIV.(1915), p.907.
344 TheReduction ofthe[CH.xm
Since(//,qs,q9arealtogetherabsent from H,theyareignorable
coordinates :thecorresponding integralsare
p7=Constant, pa=Constant, p9=Constant.
Wecanwithout lossofgenerality supposethese constants ofintegration
tobezero, asthisonlymeans that thecentre ofgravityofthesystemis
taken tobeatrest :thereduced kineticpotentialobtainedbyignorationof
coordinates willtherefore bederived from theunreduced kineticpotential
byreplacing p7,p8,p9byzero,andthenew Harniltonian function willbe
derived fromHinthesameway. Thesystem ofthe12th order, towhich the
equations ofmotionoftheproblem ofthree bodies havenowbeenreduced, may
thereforebewritten(suppressingtheaccents totheletters)
wherer__ r__ _
dtdpr dtdqr
[q*
{(q,-qtf+(9,-g5)2+(q3-
Thissystem possessesanintegralofenergy,H=Constant,
andthreeintegralsofangular momentum, namely
whereAl}A2,A3areconstants.
158. Reduction tothe8thorder, byuseoftheintegrals ofangular
momentum andeliminationofthenodes.
Thesystemofthe12th order obtained inthe last article mustnowbe
reduced tothe8thorder, byusingthethreeintegralsofangular momentum
andbyeliminatingthenodes. Thismaybedone inthefollowing way.
Applytothe variables the contact-transformation denned bythe
equationsdW dW/ /1C* /\
q=
Wr^=
Wr(r=l&gt;2,...,6),
where
W=Pi (&lt;?/cosql~q*cosqtfsinqs)+p2(g/sinq,+q2cosq6cosqs)+p 3q2sinqt-
+P* (q-Acosqs-q4cosg/sin qs)+ps(q3sinqs+q4cosg6cosq5)+p 6qtsinqgf
.
Itisreadilyseen thatthenew variables canbeinterpreted physicallyas
follows :
157,158] Problem ofThree Bodies 345
Inaddition tothefixed axesOxyz,take anew setofmovingaxesOxyz;
Ox istobetheintersection ornode oftheplane Oxywith theplaneofthe
three bodies, Oyistobealineperpendiculartothis intheplaneofthe
three bodies, andOzistobenormal totheplaneofthethree bodies. Then
(&lt;?/,q^)arethecoordinates ofmlrelative toaxesdrawnthrough???3parallel
toOx,Oy;(q3,q)arethecoordinates ofm.2relative tothesame axes;qs
istheanglebetween OxandOx;q6istheangle between OzandOz;p{
andp2arethecomponentsofmomentum ofm1relative totheaxesOx,Oy ;
p3andptarethecomponentsofmomentum ofm2relative tothesame axes;
psandpsaretheangular momenta ofthesystemrelative totheaxesOz
andOxrespectively.
Theequationsofmotion interms ofthenewvariables are(138)
dq^JbH_ dp^__dj[
dtdpr"dtdqr
where, onsubstitution inHofthenewvariables fortheold,wehave
Pi
1r1~PiP+Pp4~
-jf&gt;--T-,
sL (q-2q3-
qiq*/V* IB*^***" j.-./.A *a* j.*
j.*&gt;/ .
isq\qi)
+p,qtcosecqt+
,_oo)8KPifc-^V+PS?/-
/&gt;/& )tfacot?/
+j35^2cosecg/+^sV}2
^
)2
-Pa qi+Paq*-P*q)q*cotqa+psq4cosecq9+p 9q3}
-Piqi+p3qt-ptq,)qscotqK+p,q2cosecq+p6q}}
NOWT
q5doesnotoccur inH,and istherefore anignorablecoordinate;the
corresponding integralis
PS=k, where A;isaconstant.
Theequation dqa/dt=dH/dk canbeintegrated byasimple quadrature
when therestoftheequationsofmotion havebeenintegrated;theequations
forq5andp5willtherefore falloutofthesystem, which thusreduces tothe
systemofthe10th order
=- ^ (r=1,2, 3,4,6),
where
/&gt;/istobereplaced bytheconstant kwherever itoccurs inH.
Wehavenowmade useofoneofthethreeintegralsofangular momentum
(namely ps=k)andtheelimination ofthenodes :when theother two
34(3 TheRedaction ofthe [CH.xm
integralsofangular momentum areexpressedinterms ofthenew variables,
theybecome
(paqi-piq3+Ptqs-pq*)sinqcosecq-ksin?cotq+P*cosqs=Ai,
(pzqi-pi q*+Kofs/-jpsV)cos&cosec
?"+^cos?cotq+Psin?=^2-
Thevalues oftheconstants J.!and J.2dependonthepositionofthefixed
axesOxyz ;weshall choose theaxisOztobethelineofresultantangular
momentum ofthesystem,sothat(cf.69)theconstants AlandAzarezero :
thespecial a;?/-planethus introduced iscalled theinvariableplaneofthe
system.Thetwo lastequationsthengive
kcos(/=p*qi-Piq.2+^V-#V
p.=0.
Theseequationsdetermine
q&lt;?andpainterms oftheother variables, and
socanberegardedasreplacingtheequations
dq_dH dpi__9-ff
dt dp6"dt
d&lt;/6"
inthesystem.Thesystemthusbecomes
dqr_dH&lt;W=_d# rr-12^4^
dt~dp r"dt~
dqr
where
H= +_^_ 2V2m12m3/j/1
(q3q*-qlq,)2
iq*-p*qi+psq*-^V)cot(?+&cosecW}2
,t,^4
.
{(Piq*-Pa qi+ps q*-ptqs)cotq6+&cosec^6}2
fl4/
iV-piqi+psq*-Piq-t)cot^+^cosec^}2
andwhere, afterthederivates ofHhave beenformed, q6istobereplaced by
itsvalue found from theequation
kcosqt=piqi-pfq*+pfq*-p-iq.
Now letHbethefunction obtained when thisvalue ofq6issubstituted
inH;then ifsdenotes anyoneofthevariablesg/,q2,q3,qt,p^,p2,p3,p4,
wehave
=
ds~
ds dq6ds
158,159] Problem ofThree Bodies 347
ButsincepK=0,wehavedH/dq6=
/&gt;=0,andtherefore
ds fa
inother words, wecanmake thesubstitution forq6inHbefore formingthe
derivates ofH;andthus(suppressingthe.accents)theequations ofmotionof
theProblemofThree Bodies arereduced tothesystem ofthe8thorder
dqr_dff dpr_dH
dtdpr dtdqr
where
H I*"
",- T^^
m2ms(q^+qf)2msm1(q^+q%2
)*mlm2{(&lt;?i qs)2+(q2q4J2
}-
.
Manyofthequantities occurringinHhavesimple physical interpretations:
thus(qzqqiq 4)istwice thearea ofthetriangleformedbythebodies: and
2m1m2mA(/1 1\/I 1\
isthemoment ofinertia ofthethree bodies about theline inwhich the
planeofthebodies meets theinvariableplane throughtheir centre of
gravity.
Itisalsotobenoted that thisvalue ofHdiffers from thevalue ofHwhen kiszeroby
terms which donotinvolve thevariables pl,p.2,p3,pi.these terms inkcantherefore be
regarded aspart ofthepotential energy, andwecansaythatthesystemdiffers from the
corresponding systemforwhich kiszeroonlybycertain modifications inthepotential
energy.Itmay easily beshewn thatwhen kiszerothemotion takesplaceinaplane.
159. Reduction totheQthorder.
Theequationsofmotion cannowbereduced further from the8thtothe
6thorder, bymakinguseoftheintegralofenergy
H=Constant,
andeliminatingthetime. Thetheorem of141shews that inperforming
this reduction theHamiltonian form ofthedifferentialequations canbe
conserved. Astheactual reduction isnotrequired subsequently,itwillnot
begiven here indetail.
TheHamiltoniansystem ofthe6thorder thus obtainedis,inthepresent
stateofourknowledge,theultimate reduced form oftheequations ofmotionof
thegeneral ProblemofThree Bodies.
348 TheReduction ofthe[CH.xin
160. Alternative reduction oftheproblem fromthe18th tothe6thorder.
We shallnowgiveanother reduction* ofthegeneral problemofthree
bodies toaIlarailtonian systemofthe6thorder.
LettheoriginalHamiltonian systemofequationsofmotion(155)
betransformed bythecontact-transformation
where
W=Pi(q*~
ft)+p*(ft-ft)+P*(ft-ft)
nil i^2 /
Theintegralsofmotion ofthecentre ofgravity,whenexpressedinterms
ofthenew variables, canbewritten
qr=q*=q*=p?=p*=p*f=
&gt;
andconsequentlythetransformed systemisonlyofthe12th order: sup
pressingtheaccents inthenew variables,itis
dqr=dHdp^=_&lt;^_(r=l,2,...,6),
dt dpr dt dqr
where
H=~(p?+pf+P/)+
2~~,(PS+P?+Pe2
)-mlm.2(qf+q,2+q/}
-f 2
*M \2)~2
2
.2
,+m,/
f
?42
tli" *t&lt;2
Thenew variables maybeinterpreted physicallyinthefollowing way:
LetGbethecentre ofgravityofm,andw2.Then(qltq2,qs)arethe
*Due toKadau, Annales de IEc.Norm. Sup.v.(1868), p.311.
160] Problem ofThree Bodies 349
projectionsofm^n^ onthefixed axes, and(g4,q5,qs)aretheprojections
ofGm3ontheaxes. Further
^=Pr(r-1,2,3),andl*^=pr(r4,5,6).
ThenewHamiltoniansystem clearly representstheequationsofmotion
oftwoparticles,oneofmasspatapoint whose coordinates are(qltq2,q3\
andtheother ofmass/*atapointwhose coordinates are(g^,qs&gt;q6);these
particles being supposedtomovefreelyinspaceunder theaction offorces
derivable from apotential energy represented bytheterms inHwhich
areindependentoftheps.Wehave thereforereplacedtheProblem of
Three Bodies bytheproblemoftwobodiesmovingunder thissystemof
forces. This reduction, though substantiallycontained inJacobi s*paperof
1843, was firstexplicitlystatedbyBertrandf in1852.
Weshallsupposetheaxes sochosen thattheplaneofxyistheinvariable
planeforthemotion oftheparticles fj,andfjf,i.e.sothat theangular
momentum oftheseparticlesaboutanylineintheplane Oxyiszero.
LettheHamiltoniansystemofthe12th order betransformedbythe
contact-transformation which isdefinedbytheequations
dW dW^=W^=
Wr 0-^-V-X
where
W=(p2sinqs+p1cosg5)q^cosq3+q,sinq3{(p2cosqs-plsinq,)2+p 32
}%
+(pssinqs+p 4cosqs)q2cosqt+qzsinqt{(pscosq*-ptsinqt)*+p^.
Thenew variables areeasilyseen tohave thefollowing physical inter
pretations:qiisthelengthoftheradius vector from theorigintothe
particle //,, q.,istheradius from theoriginto^,q3istheangle between
&lt;//
andtheintersection(ornode)oftheinvariableplane with theplane through
twoconsecutivepositionsofq^(which weshall calltheplane ofinstantaneous
motion of/A),&lt;/4istheanglebetweenq.2andthenode oftheinvariableplane
ontheplaneofinstantaneous motion ofpf,q^istheangle between Ox
andtheformer ofthese nodes, q^istheangle between Oxandthelatter of
these nodes, pSispq\,pis^q^psistheangular momentum ofpround
theorigin, plistheangular momentum of///round theorigin, psisthe
angular momentum of/Around thenormal attheorigintotheinvariable
plane,andpsistheangular momentum of/Around thesame line.
Theequationsofmotion intheirnewform are(138)
__dH_
dtdpr"dtdqr
Journal furMath. xxvi.p.115. fJournal demath. xvn. p.393.
350 TheReduction ofthe[CH.xm
whereHissupposed expressedinterms ofthenew variables. Let this
systembetransformed bythecontact-transformation
dW,dWpr=
W"**57(r~12"-6)&gt;
where
W=
q*"(p*-p*)+
&lt;i(p*+#)+qipi+q*"p*+q*"p*+qtp*.
Theequationsofmotion nowbecome
dqr-_dHdPr "_dH
dtWdt"
~3q r"
ButHdoes notinvolveq6",asmaybeseen either byexpressing H
interms ofthenew variables, orbyobservingthatqfi"
dependsonthe
arbitrarilychosenpositionoftheaxisOx,while none oftheother coordinates
dependonthisquantity. Wehave therefore
p6"=-
dH/dq,"=0, sop6"=k,
where A;isaconstant;this isreallyoneofthethreeintegralsofangular
momentum. Substitutingkforp6"inH,theequation
q6"=dH/dk
canbeintegrated byaquadraturewhen therestoftheequationshavebeen
solved :sotheequationsforp6"andq6"canbeseparatedfrom thesystem,
which reduces tothe10th ordersystem
dqr"_~ ( 12_,
dt~dp7"dt" dqr"
Wehave still tousethetworemaining integralsofangular momentum;
these, whenexpressedinterms ofthenew variables, arereadilyfound tobe
represented by
25"=90, Jcp5"=p s"*-pr-;
noarbitraryconstants ofintegration enter, owingtothefactthattheplaneof
xyistheinvariable plane.
Thesystem maytherefore bereplaced bythese twoequationsandthe
equations
dqr"_dHdfr" __3# , ,
"dt~dpr"dt dqr"
where, inthis last set,qs"canbereplaced by90before thederivates ofH
have been formed, andp5"
istobereplaced by(p3"2p4"2
)/kafter the
derivates ofHhavebeen formed. LetHdenote thefunction derived from
Hbymakingthis substitution forp5",and letsdenote anyoneofthe
variablesq", #&gt;",qa",q", p", p",pa",p"\thenwehave
8^_877dHdp,"=dH
..dp,"=dH
ds dsdp&"ds ds ds ds
160,161] Problem ofThree Bodies 351
and itistherefore allowable tosubstitute for
p"inHbeforethederivates of
Hhavebeen formed. Theequationsofmotion arethusreduced toasystem
ofthe8thorder, which(suppressingtheaccents) maybewritten intheform
_
dtdpr dt~
dqr
where, effectinginHthetransformations which havebeen indicated, wehave
H-
(p+
)+(p*+1)-
""*-1
.2ra2&lt;j/ kz-p,?-p?. .
5*--- *smg 3smg*
,2m!ftga/2-p,--p 4*
. .\
~m&lt;,ms-\q^+- Mcosftcosft --^--^-sinftsinft+7
(*ml+m^\ 2p,p t **J (
Theequationsofmotion mayfurther bereduced toasystemofthe
6thorderbythemethod of141,usingtheintegralofenergyHConstant
andeliminatingthetime. Asthereduction isnotrequired subsequently,it
willnotbegivenindetail here.
161. Theproblem ofthree bodies inaplane.
Themotion ofthethreeparticles maybesupposedtotakeplaceina
plane,instead ofinthree-dimensionalspace;this willobviously happenifthe
directions oftheinitial velocities ofthebodies areintheplaneofthebodies.
This case isknown astheproblem ofthree bodies inaplane:weshall
nowproceedtoreduce theequationsofmotion toaHamiltoniansystemof
thelowestpossibleorder.
Let
(&lt;/!,qz)bethecoordinates ofm1}(q3,q4)thecoordinates of ???2,and
(^5. &lt;7e)thecoordinates ofms,referred toanyfixed axes Ox,Oyintheplane
ofthemotion; and letpr=mkqr)where kdenotes thegreatest integerin
^(r+1).Theequationsofmotion are(asin155)
dqr_*ff dpr__dH
dtdpr dt~dqrl,-,..., Oj,
where
^~to +jtf)+0tf+i*fH(^
g3-
tfj)2+(ft-
ft)2
]~-M!wia{(q,-q3Y+(ft-g4)2
}"
Theseequationswillnowbereduced from the12th tothe8thorder, by
usingthefourintegralsofmotion ofthecentre ofgravity. Perform onthe
variables thecontact-transformation definedbytheequations
dW dW
352 TheReduction ofthe[OH.xm
where
W=plq1+p2q*+pqa+P*q*+(Pi+P* +P*) ft+(P*+P*+P) ti
ltiseasilyseen that
(&lt;//, ft)arethecoordinates ofmlrelative toaxes
through Wgparalleltothefixed axes, (qatqf)arethecoordinates ofm2
relative tothesame axes, (qsfq)arethecoordinates ofw3relative tothe
original axes, (pf, p.2)arethecomponentsofmomentum ofm1}(p3,pt)are
thecomponentsofmomentum ofw2,and(p6,p6)arethecomponentsof
momentum ofthesystem.
Asin|157,theequationsfor
&lt;?5,q6,p5,pidisappearfrom thesystem;
and(suppressingtheaccents inthenew variables)theequationsofmotion
reduce tothesystemofthe8thorder,
dqr9# dpr_dH .
dt=
tyr -dl- Wr
where
-m2m3(q/+ft2
)~?-m,m, (q?+q22)~+h* {(?i-
?s)a+(q*~qtf]"
Next,weshallshew that thissystem possessesanignorable coordinate,
which willmakepossibleafurther reduction throughtwounits.
Perform onthesystemthecontact-transformation defined bytheequa
tionsdW ,dW .^=WrP^Wr
where
W=ptficosqt+paqisinqS+ps (qjcosq4f-qasm^)+P*(ftsinqt+ftcosg/).
Thephysical interpretationofthistransformation isasfollows :g/isthe
distance m1ms;ftandqiaretheprojectionsofm2m3on,andperpendicular to,
m1w3;q4istheanglebetween mzmlandtheaxisofx;piisthecomponent
ofmomentum ofm1alongm3m, ;p*andp3arethecomponentsofmomentum
ofm.2parallelandperpendiculartom.^ ;andptistheangular momentum
ofthesystem.
The differential equations,whenexpressedinterms ofthenew variables,
become
dt dpr"dt
where
P-\f*v~w
ik-*7+rt~*.
161,162]Problem ofThree Bodies 353
Sinceqtisnotcontained inH,itisanignorablecoordinate;thecorre
sponding integralisp4=k,where kisaconstant;thiscanbeinterpretedas
theintegralofangular momentum ofthesystem.Theequation q4=dH/dpi
canbeintegrated byaquadraturewhen therestoftheequationshavebeen
integrated;andthustheequationsforptand
&lt;?/disappearfrom thesystem.
Suppressingtheaccents onthenew variables, theequationscantherefore
bewritten
qr= _ Pr=__(r=l,2, 3),dtdpr dt dqr
where
H-
&lt;?,-#2)2
-I-9s2
i
This isasystemofthe6thorder;itcanbereduced tothe4thorderby
theprocessof 141,makinguseoftheintegralofenergyandeliminating
thetime.
162. Therestricted problem ofthree bodies.
Anotherspecialcase oftheproblemofthree bodies, which hasoccupieda
prominent placeinrecent researches, istherestricted problem ofthree bodies;
thismaybeenunciated asfollows :
Two bodies $andJrevolve round their centre ofgravity, 0,incircular
orbits, under theinfluence oftheir mutual attraction. Athirdbody P,
without mass(i.e.such that itisattractedbySandJ,butdoesnotinfluence
their motion), moves inthesameplaneas8and
&lt;/;therestrictedproblem
ofthree bodies istodetermine themotion ofthebody P,which isgenerally
called theplanetoid.
Letmlandm2bethemasses of8andJ,andwrite
m, m.2
SPJP
TakeanyfixedrectangularaxesOX,OF,through 0,intheplaneofthe
motion :let(X,Y)bethecoordinates, and(U,V)thecomponentsofvelocity,
ofP.Theequationsofmotion are
dt*~dX dt*~dY
orintheHamiltonian form,
dX=dH d7dH&lt;W__dH dV__3H
dtatr dtdv dt"dx}~dt~ ar1
where H=%(U2+7s
)-F.
\v.D. 23
354 TheReduction ofthe [OH.xm
SinceFisafunction notonlyofXandFbutalsooft,theequation
H=Constant isnotanintegralofthesystem.
Perform onthevariables thecontact-transformation which isdenned by
theequations
v_dW V_3W _^W_ _3EX~dU ~3V=
dx=
dy
where W=V(xcosnt-ysinnt)+V(aesinnt+ycosnt),
andnistheangular velocityof8J.Theequationsbecome
dx_dK &lt;fy_c_Kdu=_dKdv=_dK
eft~
8wT ~dt~~
~dv ~di~
dx dt~ fy
dW
where(138) K=H--^
=I(u2+v2
}+n(uy-vx)-F;
itisatonce seen thatxandyarethecoordinates oftheplanetoidreferred
tothemovinglineOJasaxis ofas,andalineperpendiculartothisthrough
asaxisofy.Fisnowafunction ofxandyonly,soKdoesnotinvolve t
explicitly,andK=Constant
isanintegralofthesystem;itiscalled theJacobian integral*oftherestricted
problemofthree bodies.
Another form oftheequationsofmotion isobtained byapplyingtothe
lastsystemthecontact-transformation
dW dW 3W dW
x=
-^&gt;y=
W&gt;p^^P2=^
where W=ql(ucosqz+vsinq2).
Thenewvariables maybedefineddirectly bytheequations
andtheequationsofmotion become
dq-r_dHdp,.__dH ,=12)
~dt~
dp,.dt=
dqr
where H=(pc+~-np2-F.
Another formf isobtained byapplyingtothese equationsthecontact-
transformationdW ,dW ,
-,.
Pr=Wr ^^Wr^
/.(222 1)where W=p2q2+ Au^n p7*\dv
"
.jpt\P,-(P^-P^}( Pl )
*Jacobi, Comptes Rendus, in.(1836), p.59.
tAdopted byPoincare inhisKouvelles methodes delaMec. Celeste.
162] Problem ofThree Bodies 355
where udenotes acurrent variable ofintegration. Theseequations maybe
written
J)/22(7 Q~\*
g/=arccos-iJV--^+~4*--^Vj,#2=a2-arccos2p.
and itiseasilyseen that
&lt;?/isthemeananomalyoftheplanetoidinthe
ellipsewhich itwould describe about afixedbodyofunitmass at0,if
projected from itsinstantaneousposition with itsinstantaneousvelocity ;q2
isthelongitudeoftheapseofthisellipse, measured fromOJ;pisa*,and
p2is{.(!-e2)p,where aisthesemi-majoraxisand eistheeccentricityof
thisellipse.Hdoes notinvolve texplicitly,soH=Constant isanintegral
oftheequationsofmotion, which arenow
dq^=aff dprf_3ff
dt~dp r"~dT~~dq?1}2^
Ifwetakethesum ofthemasses of8andJtobetheunitofmass, and
denote these masses by1-
/u,andprespectively, wehave
~SP
This isananalytic function ofp^,p2,q,f
,qat^which isperiodicinqfandq2,
with theperiod2?r. Moreover, tofindthetermindependentoffj,inH,we
suppose ptobezero];sinceSPnowbecomesqltwehave
1\11
Thusfinally, discardingtheaccents, theequations ofmotionoftherestricted
problem ofthree bodiesmaybetaken intheform
dqr_dHdpr_dH
dt~~dp r ~dt~~~3^
whereHcanbeexpanded asapower-series inpintheform
whileHltH2,...areperiodic inq1andq2,with theperiod2?r.
Theequationsofthis4thordersystem maybereduced toaHamiltonian
systemofthesecond orderbyuseoftheintegral#=Constant andelimina
tionofthetime, asin141.
232
356 *TheReduction ofthe[CH.xm
163. Extension totheproblem ofnbodies.
Manyofthetransformations which havebeen used inthepresent chapter
inthereduction oftheproblemofthree bodies canbeextended soasto
applytothegeneral problemofnbodies which attract each otheraccording
totheNewtonian law. Intheiroriginal form, theequationsofmotion of
thenbodies constitute asystemofthe6?ith order;thiscanbereduced to
the(Qn 12)th order, byusingthesixintegralsofmotion ofthecentre of
gravity,thethreeintegralsofangular momentum, theintegralofenergy,the
elimination ofthetime, andtheelimination ofthenodes.
Thereduction hasbeen performed byT.L.Bennett, Mess, ofMath.(2)xxxiv.(1904),
p.113.
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Ifintheproblemofthree bodies theunits aresochosen thattheenergy integralis1111
i(vi2+V+*V) =++---
,
?*23r3lr12r
where r12isthedistance between thebodies whose velocities are Viandv2,and ifrisa
positive constant, shew thatthegreatest possible value oftheangular momentum ofthe
systemabout itscentre ofgravityisf\2r.
(Camb. Math.Tripos,PartI,1893.)
2.Intheproblemofthree bodies,let*beJacobi sfunction,letQbetheangle
between anyfixed lineintheinvariable planeandthenode oftheplaneofthethree bodies
ontheinvariableplane,letibetheinclination oftheplaneofthethree bodies tothein
variableplane, and let77bethearea ofthetriangle formed bythethree bodies. Shew that
dQ,_k
&lt;fc "*
j_di=fM_n*
dt
where kistheangular momentum ofthesystemround thenormal totheinvariable
plane. (DeGasparis.)
3.Lettheproblemofthree bodies bereplaced bytheproblemoftwobodiesp.and/*
asin160 :letqiandq2bethedistances ofp.andp.from theorigin:letq3andq4be
theangles madebyqland
&lt;?2respectivelywith theintersection oftheplane through the
bodies andtheinvariable plane:letplandp2denotepqiandpfq-2respectively;and letp3
andpibethecomponentsofangular momentum ofp.andp.respectively,intheplane
throughthebodies andtheorigin. Shew thattheequationsofmotion maybewritten
dqr_dH dpr_dff
}
dityS ~di~~dq r
whereH=Constant istheintegralofenergy. (Bour.)
163JProblem ofThree Bodies 357
4.Applythecontact-transformation defined bytheequations
qi={(V*-?7)2+(?5-?8)2+(26-?9)2
}*,
92={(?7-
&lt;?i)2+
(&lt;?
2-
26)2A
6=mlq+m
="
&i(?i+iq$+b2(g-4+t
Pr=sX- (r-0, 1,8,...,8),
A;=0 O^r
(wheretstands forV^landi, 2, s&gt;&
i&gt;^2,bs,cl5c2,c3areanynine constants which
satisfytheequations
a1+2+3=
) ^1+^2+^3=0,^+02+03=0,a2&3-a 3&2=l),
totheHamiltonian systemofthe18thorder which(155)determines themotion ofthe
three bodies.
Shew thattheintegralsofmotion ofthecentre ofgravityare
q&=
q-i=q=p&=PI=pa=-
Shew further thatwhen theinvariable planeistaken asplaneofxy,thevariablep5is
zero,andthattheintegralofangular momentum round thenormal totheinvariable plane
is
piqi=k, where kisaconstant.
Hence shew thattheequationsreduce tothe8thordersystem
dq,!_dff dpr_dff
~dt~-ty? ~dt~ fy?
where
Reduce thistoasystemofthe6thorder, bythetheorem of 141.(Bruns.)
CHAPTER XIV
THETHEOREMS OFBRUNS ANDPOINCARE
164. Bruns theorem.
(i)Statementofthetheorem.
Wehave seen(155)thattheproblemofthree bodiespossesses10known
integrals:namelythe sixintegralsofmotion ofthecentre ofgravity,the
threeintegralsofangular momentum, andtheintegralofenergy;these are
generallycalled theclassicalintegralsoftheproblem.Each ofthem isan
algebraic integral,i.e.isoftheform
/(&lt;7i, &lt;?2,.,q9,Pi,P*&gt;-&gt;Pa,t)=Constant,
where/isanalgebraicfunction ofthecoordinates(q1}q2, ,$9,PI, -,^9)
andof t.
Efforts havefrequentlybeenmade toobtain otheralgebraic integralsof
theproblemofthree bodies independentofthese(i.e.notformed bycombina
tions ofthem), butwithout success; and in1887Bruns* shewed thatno
suchnewalgebraic integralsexist;inother words, theclassicalintegrals are
theonlyindependent algebraic integrals oftheproblem ofthree bodies.
Itmayberemarked +thatthenon-existence ofalgebraic integralsdoesnotnecessarily
imply great complexityinasystem. One ofthesimplestofdifferential equations, namely
thelinear differential equationwithconstant coefficients
hasnoalgebraic integral except when^i//n 2isarational number,inwhich case the first
integral-^=Constant
canbetransformed intoanalgebraic integral.
(ii) Expression ofanintegralintermsoftheessential coordinatesofthe
problem.
We shallnowproceedtoaproofofBruns result, consideringfirstthose
integralswhich donotinvolve texplicitly.
*Berichte derKgl. Sachs. Ges. derWiss. 1887, pp. 1,55;Ada Math. xi.p.25. Cf.also
Forsyth, Theory ofDifferential Equations,Vol. in.(1900),Ch.xvn.
tCf.K.Bohlin, Astron. lakttagelser ochUnders. aSfockholms Observ. ix.(1908), Nr1.
164] TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare 359
Theequationsofmotion oftheproblem may (160)bewritten inthe
form
dqr_dH dpr_dH
W-fa ~dt~ Wr
where
H=T-U,
T=
2P(P*+p*+P^+5?(^+p^+P^
)-*
_+q3q6)+
\
m3(m l+m2)m3
Weshall write ===/, ^=
yu,5=
//,6=
y
6
sothat T=2
Letthecoordinates ofthethree bodies be(g/,g/,^ (g/,qs,q6),(g/,gg,g/),
and letmkqr=pr,where kdenotes thegreatest integercontained in(r+2):
theintegrals whose existence weproposetodiscuss areoftheform
&lt;(qi,q*, -,q9,Pi,,p9)=a,
where aisanarbitrary constant and
(j&gt;isanalgebraicfunction ofits
arguments. The formulae of160enable ustoexpressthevariables
(&lt;?/, q*,,qLp\, ,p&)aslinear functions of(qltq2,...,q6,p1}...,p6):we
shall therefore, onmakingthese substitutions intheintegral,obtain an
equation
/(?i, q2,-..,q,pi, ...,p6)=a .....................(2).
Iftheintegral&lt;iscompoundedoftheintegralsofmotion ofthecentre of
gravity,/willevidently reduce toaconstant;ifnot,/willbeanalgebraic
function ofthevariables(q1}...,q6,pl,...,ps).Wehave toenquireintothe
existence ofintegrals, such as(2),oftheequations (1).
(iii)Anintegral must involve themomenta.
WTeshall firstshew thatanintegral such as(2)must involve some ofthe
quantities p,i.e.itcannot beafunction of(5-^q2,...,^6)only.
Forsuppose,ifpossible, thattheintegral, say
doesnotinvolve(pltp.2,...,p6).Differentiating withrespecttot,wehave
Q_ j.df._4d/jy
360 TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare[CH.xiv
andtherefore theequations
J^=(r~l,2, ...,6)
dqr
must besatisfiedidentically;that is,/does notinvolve(ql}q2,...,q6),and
soisamere constant.
(iv) Onlyoneirrationality canoccur intheintegral.
Asthemutual distances ofthebodies are irrational functions of
(qltg2j q6}}thefunction Uwillbeanirrational function ofthese
variables. Denoting bysthesum ofthethree mutual distances, itiseasily
seen thatthemutual distances canbeexpressedasrational functions ofthe
sevenquantities (ql}q2,...,q6,s);inother words, theirrationalities involved
inthemutual distances areallcapableofbeing expressed bymeans ofthe
irrationalityofs;wemaythereforesupposethatUisexpressedasarational
function of(q1}q.2,...,q6,s).
Now thefunction /isalgebraic,butnotnecessarily rational, inthe
variables(q1}...,q s,pi, ...,p6),lettheequation (2)berationalised, and let
theresulting equationbearrangedinpowersofa,sothat itbecomes
am+am-1
(f)l(ql,q,,...,q e,pi, ...,p6)+aw~2
&lt;/&gt;2(gi,&gt;9s,PI,...,p*)+...
+
&lt;/&gt;m(?i, ...,q 6,pi, ...,2&gt;6)=...(3),
wherefa,fa,&gt;fanarerational functions of(qlt...,qK,plt...,p6).Ifthis
equationisreducible inthevariables(qlt...,q6,plt...,p6,s},i.e.ifitcanbe
decomposedintootherequations,each oftheform
a1+al~l^(ql,...,q 6,pl,...,pe&gt;s)+...+^i(q1,...,q6,p1,...,p 6,s)=0...(4),
where^,tyz,...,&gt;|rarerational functions of(ql,...,qfi,plt...,p6,s),thenone
ofthese lastequationswillgivethevalue ofawhichcorrespondstoequation
(2),andweshall consider thisequationinstead of(3).Asthetypeof
equation represented by(4)includes thetype represented by(3)asa
particularcase,weshallsupposeatobegiven byanequationoftheform(4),
irreducible in(q1}...,qs,plt...,p6,s).
Differentiatingwithrespecttot,andusing equations (1),wehave
al-l(^H} +a^(^,H) +...+(^l,H)=Q(5),
where (tyr ,H}denotes asusual thePoisson-bracket oftyrandH.
We shall firstsupposethat theexpressions (//&gt;,H},which arerational
functions of(q1}...,q6,pl}...,p6,s),arenot allzero. Thenequations (4)
and(5)have oneormorecommon roots a,andconsequently equation (4)is
reducible in(q1}
&lt;?2 &gt; ,q&,PI,,Pe,*);butthisequationisirreducible, and
therefore thishypothesisisinadmissible, andthequantities (-v/rr,H}areall
zero. Thisimpliesthat allthecoefficients(^r l,ifr2&gt;..., tyi)inequation (4)
areintegralsoftheequations (1):andhence theintegral fcan becom
pounded algebraically fromotherintegrals,which arerational functions of
(?i,...,% Pi, ,&&gt;*)-
164]TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare
(v)Expression oftheintegralasaquotient oftworealpolynomials.
Weneed therefore henceforthonlyconsiderintegralsofthetype
?,... q,pi, ...,p,s)=a.....................(6),
where /isarational function oftheargumentsindicated. Theform of/can
befurther restricted bythefollowingobservation. Ifintheequationsof
motion wereplace qr,pr,tbyqrk2
,prk~l
,andtk3
,respectively,where kisany
constant, theequationsareunaltered. Iftherefore these substitutions are
made inequation (6),thisequation must stillbeanintegralofthesystem,
whatever kmaybe.
Now/isarational function ofitsarguments:itcantherefore beex
pressedasthequotientoftwofunctions, each ofwhich isapolynomialin
(qi, $2,&gt;(?e&gt;PI, &gt;P&lt;&gt;&gt;s)-When inthesepolynomials wereplace qr,pr,s
byqrk2
,prk~l
,sk-,respectively,thefunction /will(onmultiplyingits
numerator anddenominator byanappropriate powerofk)take theform
where (A,Alt...,Bq)arepolynomialsin(q1}...,qe,plt...,p 6,s).Since
df/dtiszero,wehave
"f^Efr*-**
fk"+
Now kisarbitrary,sothecoefficients ofsuccessivepowersofkinthis
equationmust bezero;andtherefore
/74 /-77?U/-iln .LLJJnn_
dA dA, dB dB,
=5,^8adB
These(q+p+l)equationsareequivalenttothesystem
_ __ _Adt~A, dt~Ap~dT~B~dt
fromwhich itisevident thateach ofthequantities5grfi
A2 B B
362 TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare[OH.xiv
isanintegral:andthuswehave theresult thatanyintegralsuch asfcanbe
compounded fromotherintegrals,which areoftheform
where eachofthefunctions6r1?G.zisapolynomialinitsarguments, and is
merely multiplied byapower ofkwhen thevariablesqr,pr,sarereplaced
respectively byqrk2
,prk~l
,sk2
.Weneed thereforeonlyconsiderintegralsof
thisform.
Itmayfurther beobserved thatthefunctions GlandG2may,without loss
ofgenerality,betaken tobefreefromimaginaries.For ifPandiQdenote
therealandimaginary partsofanintegral
P+iQ=Constant,
dP .dQ.., .. ,,wehave-j-+i-~=0,identically.at ctu
Since thedifferentialequationsarefreefromimaginaries,itfollows that
dP/dt anddQ/dt arefreefromimaginaries:andsodP/dtanddQ/dt must be
zeroseparately. HencePandQarethemselvesintegrals,andevery complex
integralcanbecompoundedfrom realintegrals. Weshall therefore hence
forthassume thatGi/G zisfreefromimaginaries.
(vi) Derivationofintegrals fromthenumerator anddenominatorofthe
quotient.
Itmaybethecase that thefunction GIisresoluble intoaproductof
irresolublepolynomialsin(pltp2,...,p 6),thecoefficients inthesepolynomials
beingrational functions of(qltq2,...,q,s).Let^besuch apolynomial,and
supposethat itisrepeatedA,times inGl:and letxdenote theremaining
factors ofG1}sothatG^^ X.
WhenGlisirreducible, weshall ofcourse have GI=ty,and%=1.
Theequation T^\TT}=
at\Cr2/
\dilr 1d-y 1dG2.
-r-TTH---
-JTTTJT=U,
vrdt dtG2dt
dG. 2
Nowd^fr/dtispolynomialin(plt...,p 6),and-v/risalsopolynomialin
(p1}...,p6),oforder lessbyunitythan theorder ofd-ty/dt. Also, tyhasno
factor incommon withG2or%.Hence weseethat
1dG21dx
\G2dt\dt
164] TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare 363
must beapolynomialin(p1,...,p6),oforderunity:denote thispolynomial
byco :thenwehave
Itmaybeshewn inthesamewaythateach oftheother irreducible factors
ofGlsatisfies anequationofthiskind. Denote thevarious factors ofGby
^,i/r",...,sothat
and lettheequations they satisfybe
JL^-&lt;tyVdt""Y
thenwehave
1dGlndty vd^r"
where &&gt;isapolynomialin(plt...,pe),oforderunity, and rational in
(ft,...,q 6,s).Thus G!satisfies theequation
dGl=
andtherefore(since GJGzisanintegral), G2also satisfies theequation
~dt~
AsGlandG2satisfythesame differentialequation, weshall infuture use
todenote either ofthem: so9isarealpolynomialin(p1}...,p 6,ft,...,q G,s),
which satisfies theequation 9=
o&gt;&lt;.
Now
&lt;f&gt;ismerely multiplied byapowerofkwhenft.,pr,sarereplaced
respectively byqrk2
,prk~\sk2
:since
m=
~I~TT=^T I^1~^^ )&gt;9acr=i9V^ft- A6oproqr/
weseethat &&gt;ismultiplied by^~3when thissubstitution ismade. Itfollows
that &)cannot contain atermindependentof(plf...,p6),since suchaterm
would bemultiplied byanevenpowerof&;&&gt;istherefore oftheform
where each ofthequantitieswrishomogeneousofdegree1inthequantities
(ft,...,?,).
Further, letoneoftheterms in
&lt;/&gt;beofordermin(plt...,p6)andoforder
nin(ft, ...,q&,s),while another term isofordermin(pl}...,p 6)andof
order nin(ft, ...,
&lt;?6,s):since these terms aremultiplied bythesame
powerofkwhen theabove substitution ismade, wehave
m+2n=m+2ri,
sommisanevennumber. Hence
&lt;/&gt;canbearrangedintheform
364 TheTheorems ofBrans andPoincare[CH.xiv
where
&lt;/&gt;denotes theterms ofhighestorder in(plt...,p6),&lt;.2denotes terms
oforder lessbytwounits in(pl,...,p s)than these, andsoon:andeach of
thequantities&lt;f)risapolynomialin(pl}...,ps,ql}...,q K,s),homogeneousin
(pi,"-, Pe)andalsoin(#1,...,qt,s}.
We shallnowshew thatwhen
&lt;/&gt;does notinvolve s,&lt;canbemade intoan
integral bymultiplyingitbyanappropriaterationalfunction of(q l9...,&lt;?).
Forsupposethat
&lt;/&gt;doesnotinvolve s:theequation
tty
or-+-+ ......=wxp!+w2p24-...+ ft
gives,onequatingtheterms ofhighest degreein(pl&gt;...,p6),
Ip,.^0= ^ &gt;+
r=l^roqr
Now
&lt;^&gt;maycontain p6asafactor :inorder totakeaccount ofthis case,
write
&lt;f)=
p&lt;f &lt;j&gt;o,where
&lt;f&gt;does notcontain p6asafactor, andwhere asa
specialcasewemayhave k=0,$=$.Substituting p6k
&lt;j&gt;for&lt;inthe
differentialequation,itbecomes
Let
^&gt;"denote those terms in &lt;which donotinvolvej;6;equatingthe
terms which donotinvolve p6onthetwosides ofthisequation,wehave
Itmaybethat
&lt;/&gt;"isamere function ofqltq2,...,qK,sayequaltoR;in
thiscasewehave
13R D / no -\~^=a)rR(r=1,2,...,o)
/ardjV
19^2x_. ,
orfjira)r=-^^- (r=l,2,..., o),XIC/gr
3o
andtherefore(/n.ra&gt;r)=(/*&)) (r,s=1,2,...,5).
d^g c;^
Supposingnext that&lt;"does involve some ofthequantities (p1}...,p 5),
itmayinvolve psasafactor: totake account ofthis case,wewrite
&lt;f&gt;"=p^fa"
,where &lt;"does notinvolve p5asafactor. Theequationnow
becomes
r=\
164] TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare 365
Let&lt;ivdenote theterms in$"which donotinvolve p5:equatingthe
terms which donotinvolve psonthetwosides ofthisequation, wehave
r=l f^rOqr
Proceedinginthisway,weultimatelyarrive atthealternatives, that
either
orelseafunctiontyexists, which ispolynomialinqlf...,q6,PI,p2&gt;homo
geneousinql}...,q6andalsoinpl}p2,and isfreefromanyfactors which are
merepowersofplandp2,andwhich satisfies thedifferentialequation^+2a^
/MI3^ frdq-2
Now letty=apj+bp2l+cp^p.* + ...;
equatingcoefficients ofp^+1andp2l+lonthetwo sides ofthe lastequation,
wehave
Ida 1dbwl=--
"^&gt;W1=-7^
fra d^j /A2o0^2
Thequantities a,b,c,...arepolynomialsin(q1}q.2,...,q6):theymayhave
acommonpolynomialfactorQ,sothat
aaQ, b=bQ,etc.
Let-v//=apj-f&X+cp^ps + ...,
sothat-^r=Q\Jr.
Then
where/^
^
)ft
Q/AJ9g(
1/
Ji^j+6)2j52,say,
1da 1
&&gt;!=
Pi^p2-\/ /\iso-/-+--g-=
(&&gt;!p1+
a&gt;,p. 2}i/r.
/*i3^ y^29g2
The left-hand side ofthisequationisapolynomialin(c^, q.2,...,qK,
Pi,pz))tut ifa/contains9^then tw/contains a,orsome factor ofit,as
adenominator. Hencetymust contain a,orsome factor ofit,asafactor.
But this isinconsistent with thesuppositionthata,b,...havenocommon
factor. Hence acannot involveq1;andtherefore
&&gt;/iszero.Similarly
wziszero.
366 TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare[CH.xiv
rp,IdQIdQThus &&gt;,=-7^ ^r- ,to2
andtherefore^d
which isthesame asthealternativepreviouslynoted :sothisequationis
true inanycase.
Similarly wecanshew ingeneralthat
^&lt;^-^.OM*X
andhence wemaywrite
whereRissome rational function of(q1}q2,...,q6).
Thuswehave
4pr1dR
a}1p1+o)^p2+...+co6p6=Z-
-p~
&gt;=].pr"^(?r
r=l.R3gV*
(/&gt;dRdt
andtherefore ^=Constant.
Thus&lt;can 6etransformedintoaconstant, bymultiplyingitbyan
appropriaterational function ofqltq.2,...,q6,namely 1/.R;which isthe
requiredresult.
Iftherefore theterms
&lt;/&gt;inGland G.2donotinvolves,wecantransform
GlandG2intointegrals, bymultiplyingthembyappropriaterational functions
of(q\, ^2.&gt;9e);andhence, ifitcanbeshewn thattheterms&lt;inG1andG2
donotinvolve s,weshall have theresult thatanyalgebraic integralof
theproblemofthree bodies canbecompoundedfromintegralswhich are
polynomialin(pltp2,...,p6)and rational inq1}q2,...,q6,s.
(vii) Proofthat
&lt;f&gt;does notinvolve theirrationalitys.
Thecase inwhich&lt;involves sisnotincluded intheaboveinvestigation.
Weshallhowever nowproceedtoshew thatnorealfunction&lt;,which satisfies
anequation
caninvolve s;andhence that thefunctions
&lt;/&gt;occurringinourproblemdo
notinvolves,sothattheabove result isquite general.
164] TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare 367
Forsupposethatafunction&lt;exists, which involves sand satisfies the
above differentialequation. When the8values ofsaresubstituted suc
cessivelyin
&lt;f&gt;,&lt;nwilltakeanumber ofdistinct values;letthese values be
denoted by&lt;/&gt;,
&lt;$&gt;&lt;&gt;&gt; Jthey satisfy equationsoftheform
^prd(f)Q , ,4prd(f&gt;"
2,---=to9o, 2,-
-5=a),...,
r=lPr3qr r=lPrfyr
where a/, fa",...arethevalues of o&gt;when thevalues ofscorrespondingto
&lt;&lt;&gt; ,
&lt;f&gt;", respectivelyaresubstituted in it.
Let 4&gt;=
&gt;&lt;&gt; "....
Thenwehave
| |
&lt;f&gt;o"fyr
i .//i =&)+&&gt; 4-...
mQ,
where IIisalinear function of(pi,p 2,...,p 6),thecoefficientsbeingrational
functions of(q1}q2,...,q6).
Now O,from themanner ofitsformation, isarational function of
(qlfqz,...,q K),notinvolvings:and itisclearlyapolynomialin(pltp2,...,p s).
Sowecanapplyto &lt;l&gt;theresultsalready obtained, which shew that (on
multiplying bysome rational function ofqltq2,...,ge)Oiszero,and
therefore that &lt;f&gt;satisfies theequation
This isapartialdifferentialequationfor &lt;& :there are6independent
variables, and 5independentsolutions can atonce befound, namelythe
quantities f^1-fc&V.,(Ml_^|.Itfollows that 3&gt;isafunction
VPi (**/ \Pi PKJ
onlyofthequantities
,,P, ....p..
Now thefactors of &lt;I&gt;differ from each otheronlyinthat different roots s
areused intheir formation :sowhen such arelation exists between
(&lt;?!,q2,...,q6)thattwo ofthese roots sbecomeequaltoeach other, then
twofactors of willbecomeequaltoeach other;hence if &lt;l&gt;=beregarded
asanequationinjo1}atleast two roots willbecomeequaltoeach other.
When this relation
f(&lt;h, q-2,...,9)=
exists between(q1,q2,...,q6),weshall therefore haved^/dp^=0;andsimilarly
,...,3&lt;f&gt;/9p 6willeachbezero.
368 TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare[CH.xiv
Since&lt;E&gt;ishomogeneousin(p1}p2, .,p6),theequation
Pi -&gt;HPioI-...+p6K-=
isequivalentto &lt;I&gt;=:so &lt;&=doesnotconstitute anequation independent
oftheequations 94&gt;/8pj=0,...,d&lt;&/dp6=0.
Ifsmall variations aregiventothevariables whichsatisfytheequation
&lt;t&gt;=0,their increments areconnected bytheequation
2
r=1
but if(qlt?.., ?6,Pi, Pe)satisfytheequations d$&gt;/dp r=0,thisequation
becomes
6
andthisrelation between theincrements 8^rmust therefore beequivalentto
therelation
6df2f-Bqr=0.
r=ioqr
Hence theequations
67)r3&lt;J) .
areconsequencesoftheequations d&lt;$/dp r=
;and so,since2g~iszero,
wehave (forsets ofvalues ofqltq2,...,q,plt...,p6whichsatisfythese
equations)
Theequations f=and2^r~= arethereforealgebraicallyderivable
r=1
from theequations 94&gt;/3p r=0.Now theactual values of(g^....,g 6)are
ofnoimportanceinthisalgebraical elimination; sowecanreplace qrby
pr)ina11tneequations:andthusweseethat theequations
2 l+!t....,,+,. 8,
r=1/^dty
arealgebraical consequencesoftheequations
7\ ft)
3&gt;(qlt...,q8,p1,...,p 6)--^T
164] TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare 369
Hence theresult ofeliminatingtbetween theequations
AH
must beanalgebraiccombination oftheequations
(r=l, 2,...,6).
Now onesuchalgebraiccombination oftheseequationsis
&lt;(?!, ...,q 6,p!, ...,#,)=();
foritcanbederived bymultiplyingtheequations by(p l,...,ps)inturn,and
addingthem.Weshallshew that itistheeliminant which hasjustbeen
mentioned.
Forlettheeliminant inquestionbedenotedbyW;then theequation
6/axir, /Ui.15-8gr
r=iV3gr-
must beacombination oftheequations
r=lo
and I1#a1.+i .-8,,+8^+ S(=0.
Since thelatterequationinvolves Si,weseethat itcannot enter intothe
combination :andsowehave
Theidentityoftheseequationswith those which havealreadybeen found
for &lt;J&gt;shews thattheequations&lt;!&gt;= and^= areequivalent.Hence &lt;t&gt;=
istheeliminant oftheequations
and
.3*
Now theequations f(q ltq2, ,^e)=0,which aretheconditions thatthe
equationforsmayhaveequal roots, caneasilybewritten down :and this
result enables usthen tofind allpossible polynomials&lt;1&gt;,andhence, by
factorisation of
&lt;J&gt;,tofind allpossible polynomials&lt;/&gt;.
w.D. 24
370 TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare[OH.xiv
Theeightroots saretheeightvalues oftheexpression +rlr^r 3,
where r1}r2,r3denote themutual distances: sowemayhave two roots s
equalasaresult ofanyoneoftheequations
?i=0,r2=0,r3=0,rz=r3,r3=r1}i\= r.2,1\r.2r3=0.
Theequationrx=gives
&lt;tf+q^+q:?=0;
andtheeliminant of
p3t\2
+=0
=8-fi&fc&Y
sothevalue of &lt;I&gt;arisinginthisconnexion is
yu-3 7x2
thisexpressionisnotresoluble into real factors, andtherefore norealpoly
nomials
&lt;/&gt;canarisefrom thissource.
Asimilar result canbededuced inconnexion with theequationsr2=
andr3=0.
Consider next theequation
r,=r3;
itcanbewritten intheform
-I+1, Im7T-9*M*M.
in
f/tj"T~fits \*^1i
or 2(9lgr4+?2^5+?3?6)-^^T(?!2+^+q*)=0.
//tj ~| ^2
Replacing 5-,.by(qr+prt/f^r),andformingthediscriminant withrespect
totoftheequationthus obtained, wefind
=2(ql9t+q*q5+qsq6)+^^(ft"+?+
^1^4,^2^5_,P3--
1----
1--~( o~r o"i~ Ifml+m 2\/j, l-^2 pf/)
This expansioncannot befactorised intopolynomials&lt;/&gt;,linear in
{p\,P-2, --ipe),sonofunctions
^&gt;canarise from this source.
TheTheorems ofBrims andPoincare 371
Similarlyitmaybeshewn thatnopolynomials &lt;/&gt;canarise inconnexion
with theequationsrs=rr,rl=+rz.
Lastly,therationalised form oftheequations
1\r2r3=
is(r32-r?+r*}*-4rfa*=0.
Wheni\iszero, thiscasereduces tothatwhich was lastdiscussed :and
since thepolynomial&lt;l&gt;isnotresoluble inthisspecial case, itcannot be
resoluble inthegeneralcase.
Thusfinally,norealpolynomials $ ,involving s,can exist.
Summarisingthe results obtained hitherto, wehaveshewn thatany
algebraic integralofthedifferentialequations, which does notinvolvet,is
analgebraicfunction ofintegrals &lt;/&gt;,each ofwhich canbewritten inthe
form
&lt;f&gt;0+
&lt;/&gt;2+
&lt;/&gt;4+,
where&lt;isahomogeneous polynomialinthevariablesp,sayofdegree k,
andahomogeneous algebraicfunction ofthevariablesq,sayofdegreeI:
&lt;/&gt;2isahomogeneous polynomialinthevariablesp,ofdegree (k-2),and
ahomogeneous algebraicfunction ofthevariablesq,ofdegree(1);&lt;4is
ahomogeneous polynomialinthe variablesp,ofdegree (k-4),anda
homogeneous algebraicfunction ofthevariablesq,ofdegree (I2) ;and
soon.
(viii) Proofthat
&lt;/&gt;isafunction onlyofthemomenta and theintegrals
ofangular momentum.
We shallnowproceedtoshew thatanintegral &lt;f&gt;,characterisedbythese
properties,isanalgebraic function oftheclassicalintegrals.
Theequation
g-o,ator
givesonreplacing &lt;f&gt;by&lt;4-&lt;2+$4+,andequating terms ofequal degree,
_r
, ^5 h5 ~,
r=\oqrHr dp, dq,.
r
**~~~
r=l
_
dqr
242
372 TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare[CH.xiv
The firstofthese equationsisalinearpartialdifferential equationfor&lt;
which canatoncebesolved, andgives
&lt;=/(P2,P3,...,P6,pi,Pz,..,p),
, p Qrpl PrQl
&lt;V9^ fi\where "r=---(iAo,..., 01.
/Ltj fj,r
Lettheexpressionof &lt;2interms ofthevariablesft,P2,...,P6,PI,.P*
be
4&gt;2=/2(ft,P 2,PS,...,P s,pi,...,p),
3/28&lt;f&gt;24d&lt;b2dqr frP r
,wehave /-=
a+2aF ^"wheregr=+
_-
dqlr~-2
or ^r
Mi8
Integratingwehave
sothere canbenologarithmic terms in^Xdqlywhere
X=S^-^,expressedinterms ofqltP2,...,Pe,Pi&gt;&gt;
=, ., ._*8Pr
IfFdenotes theexpressionofUinterms ofthevariables
qP,P6,pi, ...,pe,
wehave
-=
^-rj (r&gt;1)and *=~S5^5-
.
Theterms inXwhich maygiverisetologarithmicterms in IXdq^are
nowseen tobe
sotheterms which maybelogarithmicin
jXdq^are
Vdqt+.
*r=2=29
pl8
164] TheTheorems ofBrims andPoincare 373
NowVisasum ofthree terms, each oftheform(A+Bql+Cq^y-.
Takingeach ofthese termsseparately, wehave forthetranscendentalpart
ofthe lastexpression
49/0Pr
!V-(7arcsm
fprps185.2&lt;7o, *..... Qyvcnn *
&lt;ML V&gt;Olll
8/0p,1dB 2Cq,
&gt;tZ-- fl,rr.sinarcsm
Thus foreach ofthefractions (A+Bq l+Cq^^, wemust have
gr=2 r ./A, r
Now forthe firstofthese fractions, namely (q^+q.*+q/)~^, wehave
sothe firstofthethreeequationswillbe
r=2
8P2^28PS
or(since /ix=
yu.2=
yu,3)
andonsolvingthisequation weseethat/isafunction of
Pi,P*, -,Pe,P*,Ps,(p^ p^qt), and(p^qs psqt).
Since thethreeexpressions (A+Bq1+Gq^)arelinear functions ofthe
threequantities (q,2+q22+qs2
),(q.q.+q^+q.q,), (qt*+qf+q,*),wecan for
ourpresent purpose replace thembythese threequantities:sothesecond
expression (A+Bq^+Gq^)maybetaken tobe(q^ 4+q2q5+q3qK},or
(/iP4 /J,pt\fftP2P^q\\ ff^Ps /^PsQi\ if^Ps PaQi\ /AtPfiH /?iI+ I I h,1+ I h^
11-+
PIPP1 I\pi PiI\Pi fjfpl} \Pi pi
soforthisexpression wehave
Pi2VPS Pi*
374 TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare[OH.xiv
andthecorresponding equationis
-P.
-
l-
,-...(B).
0-*5\/* /0*i \/*
The thirdexpression (.4+.B^+Cijj*)maybetaken tobe
&lt;?42-fqs~+q*~;
thecorresponding equation provestobethesame asequation (A),andmay
consequentlybeneglected. Wehave thereforeonlytoconsiderequations
(A)and(B):simplifying (B)bymeans of(A),theymaybewritten
-P,Pi+P-2+PS=I
theseequationsareobviously algebraically independent;andtheJacobian
conditions ofexistence aresatisfiedidenticallyforthem, since thecoefficients
r)f
ofthederivates^donotinvolve thequantitiesP.These twoequations
therefore form acomplete system,with 5independentvariables P2,P3,P4,
P5,P6:sothere must be52=3independent solutions, andanyother
solution willbeafunction ofthese three solutions andofpltp2,...,pti.
Itiseasilyverified thatthreeindependentsolutions are
2+P5p6-P6ps,
+P 6p4-P4p6,
or
-q3p2+qsp6-q6ps,
where M=q^-q,p3+q6p,-q,p 6,
\
andthethreeequations
L=Constant, M=Constant, N=Constant
arethethreeintegralsofangular momentum ofthesystem. Wehave
therefore theresult that &lt;wfunction ofL,M,N,plyp2,...,pKonly.
(ix)Proofthat&lt;isafunction ofT,L,M,N.
Since&lt;,whenexpressedinterms ofql,q2,...,q6,p1}...,p 6,isapoly
nomial inpltp2,...,ps,itisclear that$isapolynomialinitsarguments
L,M,N,pi, ...,p6.Weshall write
164] TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare 375
sowehave
&lt;^.=||G&lt;fe=|8GW.
ar=i9pratf r=i9pr9gv
andtheequation for/2is
whereF,.stands fordU/dq r,supposed expressedinterms ofqltP2,....P,
pl}...,p6.Wehave therefore
Pir=l&
r9F
=V+-
^a/h ,-tapr
Pi
where thesymbol 2indicates summation over thethree values ofthe
A
expression (A+Bql+Cqf).
Now theterm%(P 2)...,P6,p1}...,p 6)cannotgiverisetotermsinvolving
(^4+Bql+Cqi2
)inthedenominator :sothequantities multiplyingeach of
theexpressions (A+Bq^+Cq^ must themselves have thesame character
as&lt;2,i-e.theymust bepolynomialin(plt...,p6)whenexpressedinterms of
(&lt;?!&gt; &lt;?2&gt; $6,PI, ,pz)-Weseetherefore thattheexpression
dB 95iR9^1 dA
KdG
]g|/dGWdG\ dPr2gl9Pr"*^gp;4Cgl9P;
Pi9/iW
r^2\9p rHrpidpJ B2~^AC
must beapolynomialin(p^ ...,pfi\whenexpressedinterms of(j9u...,p 6,
qlt...,J6).TakingfirstA+%+Cqf=q*+q.22+q32
,thisexpression
becomes
2
or(omittingafactor/a)
376 TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare[CH.xiv
1dG
or -
Pioft
^^
The lastfraction must thereforerepresentapolynomialinp1,p2,...,p
sothedenominator must beafactor ofthenumerator.
&gt;.-n iru-w(dG PiP?dG\if^G
ISowGisapolynomialinL,M,N,soU--S*-=_and---
Vdp 2topiop!/ \dps
arepolynomialsinZ, -/If, J\randinvolveqltq2,q3onlybymeans ofL,M,N,
soeither theycontain noterms inqltqz,qsinwhich casethedenominator
cannot beafactor ofthenumerator orelsetheycontain some terms free
fromqltqz,q3inwhich case alsothedenominator cannot beafactor ofthe
numerator. Thecondition canthereforeonlybesatisfiedbysupposingthat
8^_PiPa?= 8^_Pip 33G=
dp2p2pidpj. dp3/x3^1dp l
Asmightbeexpectedfrom considerations ofsymmetry,theconditions
arisingfrom theother sets ofvalues ofA,B,Cgive
dGfi.prdG
fc-l&fc~(=4,5,6).
Thefunction Gtherefore satisfies these fiveequations, which areevidently
acomplete systemoffiveindependent equations with sixindependent
variables, andconsequently possess onlyoneindependent solution; this
solution iseasilyfound tobe
6n2
2^,orT.
=i2/,
Thefunction Gtherefore involves (p l,...,pe)onlybymeansoftheexpression T :
andsinceGispolynomialin(plt...,p6),itmust alsobepolynomialinT.
Since$ishomogeneousin(qltq2,...,q6),andalsoin(pl}p2,...,p 9),and
theexpressions (L,M,N)areeach linear in(ql,...,q6),whileTdoesnot
involve(qlt...,q6)and isofdegree2in(plt...,p6),itisclear that ifTis
involved in
&lt;f&gt;atall, itmust beasafactor :sowecanwrite
&lt;f&gt;=h(LtM,N)Tm
,
where hisahomogeneous polynomialinitsarguments.
(x)DeductionofBrims theorem, forintegrals which donotinvolve t.
Theequation which determines thefunction fzis
164] TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare
ButwehaveKWKWW
PJ.dp,p1dTdp,
andtherefore
/2=%(P2,...,Pt,plt...,p.)-mh(L, M,N)T-&gt; U.
Thus
Theintegral&lt;cantherefore becompounded fromtwootherintegrals,
namely:
1theintegral h(L,M,N}(T- U)m
,which isitselfcompounded from
theclassicalintegrals,
and2theintegral $,where
&lt;/&gt;=
&lt;-f&lt;/+ 4+ ...
and
&lt;=x(P2,...,P6,plf...,p6),
&=fc-m(
^"1}h(L,M,N)T~* U*,
0;=^+?^2) h
(L&gt;M&gt;N)Tm-3
U3&gt;
But
((&gt;isanintegralofthesame character as
&lt;f&gt;,exceptthat itshighest
term,&lt;f&gt;,isoforder twodegreeslessin(plt...,p 6)than thehighest term,
&lt;f&gt;,of
&lt;j).Nowwehaveshewn that &lt;canbecompounded from theclassical
integrals together with theintegral&lt; .Similarly&lt;canbecompounded
from theclassicalintegrals togetherwithanintegral&lt;"which hasthesame
character as
&lt;,but isoforder lessbyfourunits than &lt;inthevariablesp.
Proceedinginthisway,weseethat
(f&gt;canbecompoundedofthe classical
integrals together withanintegral&lt;(n)
,whose order in(pl}...,_p 6)iseither
unityorzero. If
&lt;(n
&gt;isoforderunityin(plt...,p6);then intheequation
&lt;l&gt;M=&lt;l&gt; w=h(L,M, N)Tk
wemustevidently have &=0;inthis case, therefore,&lt;&lt;n
&gt;iscompoundedof
theclassicalintegrals.If
&lt;/&gt;&lt;n
&gt;isoforder zero in(plt...,p6),itisafunction
of(ql,...,qG)only:butwehavealready shewn thatsuchintegralsdonotexist :
and soinanycase
&lt;/&gt;canbecompounded algebraicallyfrom the classical
integrals. Hence wehaveBruns theorem, thatevery algebraic integral of
thedifferential equations oftheproblem ofthree bodies, which doesnotinvolve
thetime, canbecompounded bypurely algebraic processes fromtheclassical
integrals.
378 TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare[CH.xiv
(xi)Extension ofBruns result tointegralswhich involve thetime.
Wenowproceedtoconsider thosealgebraic integralsoftheproblemof
three bodies which involve thetimeexplicitly.
Forthispurposeweshall taketheequationsofmotion asasystem (155)
ofthe18th order: wehave therefore toinvestigate integralsoftheform
where/isanalgebraicfunction ofitsarguments, andaisaconstant.
The function /isnotnecessarilyrational initsarguments.Letthelast
equationberationalised, sofarasthevariable tisconcerned, sothat itmaybe
arrangedintheform
am+am
^(f&gt;1(ql,...,q,plt...,p 9,t)+am~2^(q^ .,.,q^p,, ...,p 9,t)+...
+
&lt;t&gt;m(qi,&gt;q,pi, &gt;#,&lt;)=o,
where thefunctions&lt;arerational functions oftandalgebraicfunctions of
their other arguments (qlt...,qs,pl}...,p9).Thisequation maybesupposed
irreducible int,i.e.such that itcannot befactorised intoother equationswhich
areoflowerdegreeinaandarerational int:forifitisreducible, wecan
supposeitreplaced bythatoneofitsirreducible factors whichcorrespondsto
theoriginal equation f=a.
Differentiatingwithrespecttot,wehave
a^dp+a^d^+...+d^=0.
dt at at
Now thequantities d&lt;f&gt;r/dt,whenexpressedinterms of(glfqa,...,
&lt;?9,
plt...,p 9,t),arerational functions oft:sothattheprevious equationwould
bereducible intifthisequationdidnotvanishidentically.Itfollows that
thisequationdoesvanish identically:that is,
Theexpressions&lt;f)raretherefore themselves integrals:andhence the
integral fcan becompounded fromother integrals &lt;j),which arerational
functions oftandalgebraic functions of(qlt...,q^ypi, ,pa)-
Letsuchanintegral&lt;beresolved into factors linear int:sothat itmay
bewritten
where(P,^!,^,...,^,*^!,...,^*)arealgebraicfunctions of(q1}...,q 9,pi, ,&)
Since thisexpressionisanintegral,wehave
1d-tm&gt;i [~d(pi\ni^if {-a&lt;p]f\ n^i-.
-ri~77+T1~~"+- +T T" I*
37" J~
4 IT, \~Pdt^^^A dt)^ ^t-&lt;}&gt; k{dtJt-^\ dt)
ni
dtJ
164]TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare 379
Wh-f-f--*f
;-1arerePacedb ytheir ralues (P *&gt;
(&lt;&gt;!, //), ..., (tyi,H),thisequationmustbecome anidentity:but thiscan
happen onlyif
, ,.,, ..... ,
eft cfa eft d at
i.e.ifeach oftheexpressions
P,t
-&lt;/&gt;!,t-$2,...,t-fa,t-yjr lt...,t-^i
isanintegral.Hence am/algebraic integral oftheproblem ofthree bodies
which involves tcanbecompounded (1)ofalgebraic integralswhich donotinvolve
tand(2)ofintegrals oftheform
t
(f&gt;==Constant,
ivhere
&lt;f&gt;isanalgebraic function of(qlt&lt;&gt;&gt; ...,q9,PI,...,&gt; 9).
Now itisknown that
i_^gi+fr!M? =Constant
^1+^4+^7
isanintegral:hence anyalgebraic integraloftheproblem,which involvest,
canbecompoundedof
(1) algebraic integralswhich donotinvolve t;
(2) integralsoftheform
_miqi
where&lt;isanalgebraicfunction of(q1}...,q9,p^, ...,p9);and
(3) theclassicalintegral
_?fti9i
Buttheintegralsinclasses(1)and(2)arealgebraic integralswhich do
notinvolve thetime;andhence, bytheresultalready obtained, theyare
combinations ofthe classicalintegrals.
Thusfinally every algebraic integral ofthedifferential equations ofthe
problem ofthree bodies, whether itinvolves thetime ornot,canbecompounded
fromtheclassicalintegrals.
Bruns theorem hasbeenextended byPainleve*, whohasshewn thatevery integralof
theproblemofnbodies which involves thevelocitiesalgebraically (whether thecoordinates
areinvolved algebraicallyornot)isacombination oftheclassicalintegrals.
*Bull. Astr. xv.(1898), p.81.
380 TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare[CH.xiv
165. Poincare stheorem.
Weshallnext establish another theorem onthenon-existence ofacertain
typeofintegralsintheproblemofthree bodies, which isinmany respects
analogoustothat ofBruns, andwasdiscovered in1889byPoincare*.
(i)Theequations ofmotion oftherestricted problem ofthree bodies.
Intherestrictedproblemofthree bodies, theequationsofmotion ofthe
planetoidcan(162)bewritten intheform
dqr_dH dpr__dH
dtdpr dtdqr
where H=H+p.H l+fj?H 2+...,
1
2p^~UP2
andHl,H2,...areperiodicinqlyq2,withperiod27r.
TheHessian(r=l, 2),
isevidentlyzero :asthiscircumstance wouldproveinconvenient intheproof
ofPoincare stheorem, weshallmodifytheform oftheequationssoastoobtain
asystemforwhich thecorrespondingHessian isnotzero.
WriteH2=K,and letH=hbetheintegralofenergy;thenwehave
dqr1dK dpr1dK ,
-\a\
~rr=oio&gt;~JT=~~o7^~ v.***.*)*dt2hdp,-dt 2hoqr
and therefore, takinganew function HequaltoK/2h, wecanwrite the
differentialequationsoftherestrictedproblemofthree bodies intheform
dqr=dH^ dpr=_dH(r=l 2}
dtdpr dt dqr
where forsufficientlysmall values of/*,Hcanbeexpandedasapower-series
intheparameter n,
and
theHessian ofHisnotnow zero,and(H l,Hz,...)areperiodicinqltq2,with
period2?r.
*ActaMath. xm.(1890), p.259;Xouv. Meth. delaMec. Gel. i.(1892), p.233.
165] TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare 381
(ii) StatementofPoincare stheorem.
Let &lt;3&gt;denote afunction of(q:,q^,p1}p2,JJL)which isone-valued and
regularforallrealvalues ofq1andq.,,forvalues ofpwhich donotexceed
acertain limit, and forvalues ofplandp2which form adomain D,which
maybeassmall asweplease;andsupposethat &lt;J&gt;isperiodicwithrespectto
qlandqz,havingtheperiod2?r.Under these conditions thefunction &lt;f&gt;can
beexpandedasapower-seriesin/j,,say
where &lt;I&gt;,^,&lt;I&gt;2,...areone-valuedanalyticfunctions of(q1}qz,pi,p^), periodic
in^andq2.Poincare stheorem isthatnointegral oftherestrictedproblem
ofthree bodies exists(excepttheJacobianintegral ofenergy andintegrals
equivalenttoit),which isoftheform
4&gt;=Constant,
wliere &lt;J&gt;isafunction ofthischaracter. Theproofwhich follows isapplicable
toanydynamical system whoseequationsofmotion areofthesametypeas
those oftherestrictedproblemofthree bodies.
Thenecessary and sufficient condition that =Constantmaybean
integralisexpressed bythevanishingofthePoisson-bracket (H, &lt;I&gt;) ;sothat
andtherefore (H ,&lt;I&gt;)=0,
0ra,4g+(jr,,t)-a
(iii)Proofthat ^&gt; **notafunction ofHQ.
Weshall firstshew that 4&gt;cannot beafunction ofH .Forsuppose a
relation oftheformO=ty(H )toexist. From theequationH=H(pltp2)
wehaveonsolvingforplanequationoftheformp^=6(H,p2),andBwill
beaone-valued function ofitsargumentsunlessdHo/dp^iszero inthe
domain D.Replacing plbyitsvalue 6inthefunction ^&gt;(q1}q^,p-i,p^), we
haveanequationoftheform
andas 4&gt;isaone-valued function ofitsarguments tywillbeaone-valued
function of(qltqz,H,p2);butbyhypothesis,thefunctiontydepends only
onH .Itfollows that^risaone-valued function ofH,solongasthe
variablespi,p zremain inthedomain D,andprovided ^H^fdp^isnotzero inD;
ormoregenerally provided oneofthederivatesdH^/dp! anddH/dp 2isnot
zero inD,acondition which isevidentlysatisfied ingeneral.Sincet/ris
aone-valued function, theequation -/r(H)=Constant willbeaone-valued
integralofthedifferentialequations, and therefore&lt;-
-v/r(H)=Constant
will alsobeaone-valuedintegral, and willbeexpansibleasapower-series
382 TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare[CH.xiv
infj,:itwillmoreover bedivisibleby //,,since 4&gt;ty(#)iszero. Ifthen
wewrite
&lt;X&gt;-^(H)=p ,
theequation&lt;!&gt;=Constant willbeaone-valuedanalytic integral:writing
thefunction&lt;I&gt;willnotingeneralbeafunction ofH :ifhowever itisa
function ofH,weperformthesameoperation again,thusarrivingatathird
one-valuedanalytic integral,whosepartindependentof/Awillnotingeneral
beafunction ofH;and soon. Itisevident that inthiswayweshall
ultimatelyobtain anintegralwhich doesnotreduce toafunction ofHwhen
IJLiszero, unless &lt;$&gt;isafunction ofH,inwhich casethetwointegralsHand &lt;I&gt;
arenotdistinct.
If,therefore, there exists anintegral&lt;which isone-valued andanalytic
anddistinct fromH,butwhich issuch that &lt;l&gt;isafunction ofH,wecan
alwaysderive from itanotherintegral,ofthesame character butsuch that
itdoesnotreduce toafunction ofHwhenpvanishes. Wecantherefore
always supposethat &lt;E&gt;isnotafunction ofH .
(iv)Proofthat &lt;&Qcannot involve thevariablesq1}&lt;?,.
Ifthefunction&lt;involves thevariablesq,q2,then since itisperiodicin
these variables wecanwrite
4&gt;=2A
,,2 _ . i,i
where m,andm2arepositiveornegative integers,idenotes v 1,the
quantitiesAmm^arefunctions ofp1}pz,andrepresentstheexponential
co-factor ofAmm.SinceHdoesnotinvolveq1}q2,wehave
HIj,ill.-)
r -Q) o -
dp, dq, dp2oq*
Butwehave d3&gt;/dqr=2imrAmm^%,sotheequation (H ,4&gt;)=
m, ,m-i
becomes
1dPl*
c
andtherefore (asthisequationisanidentity)
ij-=-+m2-=0.
dp, dpj
Hence wemust have either
Ami,mo= or&gt;idHo/dpi +m2dH(lfdp 2=
;
butthelatter alternative ispossible onlywhen m,andm2areboth zero, or
when theHessian ofHiszero,which isnotthecase. Itfollows that all
thecoefficients Am)OToarezero, exceptA0t;andconsequently&lt;I&gt;does not
involve thevariablesq,andqz.
165] TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare 383
(v)Proofthat theexistenceofaone-valuedintegralisinconsistent ivith
theresultof(iii)inthegeneralcase.
Consider nowtheequation
-
=dprdqr r!Tidprdqr
AsthefunctionsHland 4&gt;xareperiodicwithrespecttoq1}q2,theycan
beexpandedinseries oftheform
2B ei(m iqi+m,q,)=2B
,say,
m, ,
!,m.,
wherem1andm2arepositiveornegative integers,andthecoefficients Bm
andC^,^ depend onlyonpltp2.Wehave therefore
^=i2Bmnmrt,d^=i 2CmnmrS,dqr mi,m,m
"m2dqrWi&gt;w,2"^^
4a^a^aa^a^sotheequation 2r5-=-^ 2? ^=
r=i9jor9^ r=ldprdqr
becomes 2Bf(!m,^)-2Cf(2m,3^)=0,
OT,,m 2 V=l Opr/ m^m., \r-l Opr/
or(since thisequationisanidentity)
Thisequationisvalid forallvalues ofpl}p2:andtherefore forvalues of
plandp2whichsatisfytheequation
dH. dH
&lt;1^---
f-W12^r=0,
opi 3jp2
wemust have either
B
m,,m2-
&gt;ormi9^o/3^i +m&gt;t9^0/3^2=0.
We shallsaythatacoefficient Bm^m^becomes secular whenpj,p 2have
values such thatmldH/dp 1+mzdHfdp 2=0.
AsHisagiven function, thecoefficients Bm&gt;maregiven. Inthegeneral
caseofdynamical systems expressed bydifferentialequationsofthekindwe
areconsidering,nooneofthese coefficients willvanish when itbecomes
secular, andweshall take thiscase first: sothat theequation
mxd^o/dp, +m^d/dp 2=
isaconsequenceoftheequation mldffo/dp, +m2dH/dp=0.
Now letk-i,k.2betwointegers:suppose thatwegivetop^andp2values
such thattheequation
384 TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare[CH.xiv
issatisfied. Wecanfindaninfinite number ofpairsofintegers mltm.,such
thatm1k1+m zkziszero: and foreach ofthesesystemsofintegersthe
expression m1dH/dp l+m2dH/dp 2iszero,andconsequently
m-!BOo/a^j +m2d$&gt;/dp 2
iszero. Comparingthese twoequations,wehave
sotheJacobian d(H0&gt;&lt;)/3(p1}p2)iszero forallvalues ofpltp2forwhich
dHfdplanddHjdp zarecommensurable witheach other. Thus inanydomain,
however small, there areaninfinite number ofsystemsofvalues ofpltp2for
which thisJacobian iszero :astheJacobian isacontinuous function, itmust
therefore vanishidentically,andconsequently&lt;J&gt;must beafunction ofH .
But this iscontrarytowhat wasprovedin(iii),andtherefore thefunda
mental assumptionastotheexistence oftheintegral&lt;&must beerroneous;
that is,theHarniltonianequations possessnoone-valuedanalytic integral
other thanH=h,providednooneofthecoefficients Bm^mvanishes when it
becomes secular.
(vi)Removal oftherestrictions onthecoefficients B
mi&gt;.
Wehavenow toconsider thecase inwhich atleastoneofthecoefficients
B vanishes when itbecomes secular. We shallsaythattwopairsof
indices (raj,m2)and(m/, ?n/)belongtothesame classwhen they satisfythe
relation mj/m/=ra2/m2,andthat inthis case the coefficients Bm^mand
R&lt;belong tothesame class.
wij,m&lt;2
Weshall firstshew thattheresult obtained in(v)astothenon-existence
ofone-valued integralsistrueprovidedthat ineach oftheclasses there isat
least onecoefficient Bmmwhich does notvanish onbecomingsecular. For
supposethat thecoefficient B^^iszero,butthecoefficient Bm^m^isnot
zero. Ifpi,pzhave values such that m-idHftpi+m2dHQ/dp 2iszero,wehave
i+W3H/dp 2=0,andconsequently
andalthoughtherelation n^3&lt;&/9.Pi+ 2d3&gt;/dp2=cannot beinferred from
theformer oftheseequations,itcanbeinferred from thelatter :theproofis
inotherrespectsthesame asin(v).
Now aclass iscompletelydefined bytheratio oftheindicesmltra2;let
Xbeanycommensurable number, and letCbetheclass ofindices forwhich
mj/w 2=X-We shallsayforbrevitythat this classGbelongstoagiven
domain, orisinthisdomain, ifasetofvalues ofpl}p2canbefound inthis
domain such that
dH 9//o_nA,^r--1-_ V.
165] TheTheorems ofBruns andPoincare 385
Weshallshew thatthetheorem isstilltrue ifineverydomain B,however
small, which iscontained inD,there areaninfinite number ofclasses for
which not allthecoefficients oftheclass vanish whentheybecome secular.
Fortakeanysetofvalues ofpl,p2,such that forthese values wehave
dH 3/f_A.-T U.
9pi op*
Supposethat A,iscommensurable, andthat fortheclasswhichcorresponds
tothisvalue ofX,allthecoefficients oftheclass donotvanish whenthey
become secular :thepreceding reasoningthenappliestothis setofvalues,
andsoforthese values ofplandp2theJacobian d(H ,4&gt;)/3(p 1}p.z}iszero.
But,byhypothesis,there exists inevery domain8,however small, which is
contained inD,aninfinite number ofsuch sets ofvalues ofpltp2.The
Jacobianconsequentlyvanishes atallpointsofD,andtherefore Oisafunc
tionofH;so,asbefore, there exists noone-valuedintegraldistinct fromH
(vii) DeductionofPoincare" stheorem.
Inthefourpreceding sections, wehave consideredequationsofthetype
dqr_dH dpr_dH
dtdpr dt~
dqr
inwhichHcanbeexpandedintheform
where theHessian ofHQwithrespecttop^andp2isnotzero,Hdoesnot
involveqlandq2,andHltH2,...areperiodic functions ofqltq2:andwehave
shewn thatnointegraloftheseequations exists which isdistinct from the
equationofenergy and isone-valued andregularforallrealvalues ofq1and
q2,forvalues of/*which donotexceed acertain limit, and forvalues ofpland
pzwhich form adomain D;provided that inevery domain, however small,
contained inD,there areaninfinite number ofratiosm^m^forwhich not all
thecorrespondingcoefficients Bm^m^vanish whentheybecome secular.
This result canbeappliedatonce totherestrictedproblemofthree
bodies :forwehave seen in(i)that theequationsofmotion inthisproblem
areofthecharacterspecified, andondeterminingthefunction H^byactual
expansion wefindthat thelastcondition issatisfied. Poincare stheorem is
thus established.
Poincare stheorem establishes thenon-existence ofintegrals uniformwithrespectto
theKeplerian variables, whichimplies uniformityintheneighbourhood ofallthetra
jectories which have thesameosculating ellipse. Thishowever does notexclude the
existence ofintegrals which areuniform indomains ofadifferent character. Cf.Levi-
Civita, ActaMath. xxx.(1905), p.305.
Thetheorem hasbeen extended byPoincare" tothegeneral problemofthree bodies :
cf.Nouv. Meth. delaMec. Cel. i.p.253;ithasalsobeenextended byPainleve,C.R.cxxx.
(1900), p.1699.
w.D. 25
CHAPTER XV
THEGENERAL THEORY OFORBITS
166. Introduction.
Weshallnowpasstothestudyofthegeneralformanddispositionofthe
orbits ofdynamical systems.Forsimplicity weshall inthepresent chapter
chieflyconsider themotion ofaparticlewhich isfree tomove inaplane
under theaction ofconservative forces, butmanyoftheresults obtained can
bereadilyextended tomoregeneral dynamical systems.
Ithasalreadybeen observed (104) thatthedetermination ofthemotion
ofaparticlewithtwodegreesoffreedom under theaction ofconservative
forces isreducible totheproblemoffindingthegeodesiesonasurface with
agiven line-element; anaccount ofthepropertiesofgeodesies might
therefore beregardedasfallingwithin thescopeofthediscussion. Manyof
thesepropertiesarehowever ofnoimportanceforourpresent purpose:and
asthetheoryofgeodesiesisfullytreated inmanyworks onDifferential
Geometry,weshallonlyconsider those theorems which areofgeneral
dynamicalinterest.
Theprincipalresults which havebeen obtained hitherto relate toperiodic
orbits(167-171),tothestabilityofagivenorbit(especiallyofaperiodic
orbit) with respecttosmall displacementsfrom it(172-176), and tothe
stabilityofagiven groupoforbits withrespecttothetime, i.e.thequestion
astohow fartheorbitspreservetheirgeneralcharacter after thelapseofa
very greattime(177-179).
167. Periodic solutions.
Great interest hasattached inrecentyearstotheinvestigationofthose
particularmodes ofmotion ofdynamical systemsinwhich thesame con
figurationofthesystemisrepeatedatregularintervals oftime, sothatthe
motion ispurely periodic.Suchmodes ofmotion arecalledperiodicsolutions.
Thetermperiodicsolution isalsoused incases where arelative rather than
anabsoluteconfigurationisperiodically repeated:thus intheproblemof
three bodies, asolution issaid tobeperiodicifthemutual distances ofthe
166-168] TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits 387
bodies areperiodicfunctions ofthetime, althoughthebodies maynot
necessarily have thesame orientation attheend ofaperiodasatits
beginning.
Considering speciallythemotion ofaparticleinaplaneoronafixed
smooth surface under theaction ofconservative forces, itisevident that a
familyofperiodicorbits will exist intheneighbourhoodofeachpositionof
stableequilibriumoftheparticle, namelytheorbitscorrespondingtothe
normal vibrations oftheparticle about thisequilibrium position.Ifthe
positionofequilibriumisunstable, itmayhappenthattheperiodsofboth
themodes ofnormal vibration areimaginary,inwhich casenoperiodicorbits
exist inthevicinity, or_thattheperiodofoneofthemodes ofnormal
vibration isreal, inwhich case these realnormal vibrationsgiveafamilyof
periodicorbits :these orbits willevidently however beunstable, whereas the
orbits intheneighbourhoodofthepositionofstableequilibriumarestable.
168. Poincare snormal variablesforaknownperiodicorbit.
Theequations which define aperiodicorbit aremostconvenientlyex
pressedinaformdue toPoincare *.
Letthemotion ofthedynamical systemconsidered bedefinedbythe
equations
dq,=dHdpr__dH
dtdpr dt=
dqr
where thefunctionHdoesnotinvolve thetime texplicitly;and let
fc=
0l(0&gt; ?2=&lt;k(0&gt; Pl=
^l(t)&gt; P*=fa(i)
betheequations which define aknownperiodicorbit ofthissystem. There
isclearlynolossofgeneralityifwesupposethecoordinates(ql}q2,p^p2)to
besuch that after thelapseofaperiodthevariablesqltqz,plresume their
initialvalues, whilep.2increasesby2?r.
From theseequationstcanbeeliminated :lettheresult oftheelimination
bewritten intheform
sothatthefunctions 61}0.2,6Shave theperiod2-rr.
Perform onthesystem thecontact-transformation definedbytheequations
where
(
8*(,)-
*Nouvelles Methodes delaMec. Cel.n.p.369.
252
388 TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits[en.xv
Theequationsofthistransformation canbewritten
Q,-9,-*.(ft)+{*-ft(ft))-fft-*3(ft)}
Theequationsofmotion ofthedynamical system,interms ofthenew
variables, are
dtdPr dt0&
andfromtheabove equationsoftransformation itisevident that theperiodic
solution isnowdefined bytheequations
Q1=0,Q,=0,P1=
0,"P2=f2(0-
Thisform oftheequationsoftheorbit willbecalled Poincare snormal form.
169.Acriterion forthediscovery ofperiodicorbits.
Weshallnowshew thattheexistence andpositionofperiodicorbits can
bedetermined byatheorem* analogoustothose theorems which furnish the
positionoftheroots ofanalgebraic equation byconsiderations dependingon
thesignofexpressionsconnected with theequation. Weshall forsimplicity
supposethedynamical problemconsidered tobethat ofthemotion ofa
particleofunitmass inaplaneunder theaction ofconservative forces: the
result canbeextended tomoregeneral systemswithoutdifficulty!-
Let(as,y}bethecoordinates oftheparticleattimet,referred toanyfixed
rectangularaxes intheplane,and letV(x, y)beitspotential energy function,
sothat theequationofenergyis
l(#+f)+V(a&gt;,y)=K,
where histheconstant ofenergy.
The differential equationsofmotion oftheparticleform asystemofthe
fourth order, and theirgeneralsolution consequentlyinvolves fourarbitrary
constants. One ofthese constants is,however, merelytheconstant additive
tot,which determines theepochinthe orbit, sothere areonlyoo3really
distinct orbits. Thistriple infinityoforbits canbearrangedinsets,each
containingadoubleinfinityoforbits, byassociating togetherthose orbits for
which theconstant ofenergyhasthesame value h :such asetofoo2orbits
*Whittaker, MonthlyNotices R.A.S. LXII.(1902), p.186. Cf.A.Signorini,Rend. d.Lincei,
xxi. (1912), p.36;Rend. d.Palermo, xxxin. (1912), p.187; L.Tonelli, Rend. d.Lincei,xxi.
(1912), pp.251, 332.
fFortheextension totherestricted problemofthree bodies,cf.MonthlyNotices R.A.S.
LXII.(1902), p.346.
168,169] TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits 389
maybedefinedanalytically bytheprincipleofleast action(100),namely
thattheorbitbetween twogiven points (x ,y)and(xlyy^)issuch astomake
thevalue oftheexpression
stationaryascomparedwith other curvesjoiningthegiventerminalpoints
Oo, ?/)and
(&gt;,, 2/a)*.
Consider anysimpleclosed curveCintheplaneofxy;and letanother
simpleclosed curveGbedrawn, enclosing Canddiffering only slightlyfrom
it.WemayregardC"asdefinedbyanequationoftheform
where8pisthenormal distance between thecurves CandC(measured out
wards from C,andconsequently always positive) and7istheinclination of
thisnormal distance totheaxisofx.Then if/bethevalue oftheintegral
when theintegrationistaken round thecurve C,and if/+81denote the
value ofthesameintegral when theintegrationistaken round thecurve C"
(sothatthesymbol8denotes anincrement obtained inpassingfromGtoC),
wehave
81={(dxf+(dy)^8[h-V(x, y)}?+
[{h-V(x, y)}?8{(dx?+
Butwehave
iarr/M-*/8F 9F V,, -i{A-V(x, y}\I
^j-cos7+y-sin7)8p,
and 8{(dxf+(dy}=8p.dy={(dx?
wherepistheradius ofcurvature ofthecurveCatthepoint (x,y).
Thuswehave
S/=f{(&lt;fe)+(dy)}*{A-r^^J( p oxoy }
Thisequation shews that ifthequantity
h-V(x,y} dV dV --Acos7^--*sin7-7=r-
PldxT
dy
*Following Painleve, Liouville sJournal,x.(1894),itiscustomarytocallafamily oforbits
which have thesame constant ofenergy anaturalfamily.
390 TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits[OH.xv
isnegativeatallpointsofC,then81isnegative,and sotheintegralIhas
itsvalue diminished when anycurve surrounding CandadjacenttoCis
taken instead ofCasthepathofintegration.
Nowsupposethatanother simpleclosed curveDcanbedrawnenclosing
C,andsuch that atallpointsofDthequantity
h-V /3F dV\*cos7-,.--+sin7^r
P2V 3 dy/.
ispositive. Then, inthesame way,itcanbeshewn that theintegral/is
diminished when anysimpleclosed curveD,enclosed byDandadjacentto
D,istaken instead ofDasthepathofintegration.
When, therefore, weconsider theaggregateofallsimpleclosed curves
situated inthering-shaped spacebounded byCandDwhich isassumed to
contain nosingularityofthefunction V(x, y)itisclear that thecurve
which furnishes theleast value ofIcannot beCorD,andcannot coincide
withCorDforanypartofitslength.There exist, therefore, amongthe
simpleclosed curves ofthisaggregate,oneormore curvesKforwhich the
value of/islessthan forallother curves oftheaggregate.SinceKdoes
notcoincide withCorDalong anypartofitslength,itfollows, that the
curves adjacenttoKare allmembers oftheaggregateinquestion,andhence
that thecurveKfurnishes astationaryvalue of/ascomparedwith allthe
curves adjacenttoit.ThecurveKistherefore anorbit inthedynamical
system. Wehave thus arrived atthetheorem: //onedosed curve be
enclosed byanother closed curve, andifthequantity
h-V(x,y) dV.8Fv?-icos7-~ *sin7-r-
p*dx dy
benegativeatallpoints oftheinner curveandpositiveatallpoints oftheouter
curve, theninthering-shaped spacebetween thetwocurves there exists aperiodic
orbit ofthedynamical system, forwhich theconstant ofenergyish.Asthe
quantity
h-V(x,y).dV.dV^ "-icos7^\sin7-5-
pox dy
canbecalculated immediatelyforevery pointonthecurves CandD,de
pendingasitdoesonlyonthepotential-energyfunction and thecurves
themselves, thisresult furnishes ameans ofdetectingthepresenceofperiodic
orbits.
170. Lagrangesthreeparticles.
Weshallnowconsiderspeciallycertainperiodicsolutions oftheproblem
ofthree bodies.
Auseful summaryoftheorems relatingtofamilies ofperiodicorbits intherestricted
problemofthree bodies isgiven by.K.Moulton, Proc. Inter. Cong, ofMath. Cambridge,
1912,II.p.182.
169,170] TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits 391
The relation ofperiodicorbits toorbits ofejection and collision, inwhich twoof
thebodies occupyinthesame position atthesame time,isstudied byMoulton,
Proc. L.M.S.(2),xi.(1912), p.367.
Acategoryofnon-plane periodicorbits intheproblemofthree bodies isdiscussed by
Pavanini, Annali diMat.(3),xin. (1906), p.179.
Lettheequationsofmotion oftheproblembetaken inthereduced form
obtained in160,and letusfirstenquirewhether theseequations admit ofa
particularsolution inwhich themutual distances ofthebodies areinvariable
throughoutthemotion.
Themutual distances are
f2m2ftft/k2-p s--pf. . \
&lt;7i ,-\Q-- cosqscosq,--- -sinqssino4+11
(*~ml+m2\^2p3p, */
,(2m1o1go/ k2-p 3--pf. .\andW*+ cosftcosft---g- -smftsinft1+*m1+m,\ 2, ta)
itfollows that, intheparticularsolution considered, thequantities
, k2-
p&lt;?-p 42
.
ft, ft,and cosftcosft---^-sinftsin^
must beconstant, andhence thefunctions U,dU/dq^ dU/dq 2must beconstant,
whereU=^m1m2r12~l
.
Theequations
.dHp1.dHp.2 =ft=5=
,=03=^=^,
9^i /* 3^2 A*
shew thatplandp.2must bepermanentlyzero :while theequations
shew thatp3andp4must beconstant.
Moreover, theequations
A. aff a#=
/&gt;3=-^-, 0=^4=-^
3ft 3ft
shew thattheexpressions
3
9ftaCS?4
fjfW*2__yj^2^.^^J2 \
and^cosftcoso4-- ^4sino,sin .)
3ft\2jo3p4
arezero, sowehave
Pi2+K-&2
tan^3cotft=cotfttanft=^^
,
*ppt
andthereforep*+^42-^2=+2p3p4,
or ^=(/,3p4)2
392 TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits[en.xv
anequation which shews that theinstantaneousplanesofmotion ofthe
bodiesfj,and//coincide with theplane throughthese bodies andtheorigin:
inother words, themotion of//,and //takesplaceinaplane:andtherefore
themotionofm1,m2,mstakesplaceinaplane.
Itfollows that, thecentre ofgravityofthesystem being supposedat
rest,theparticles m^m2,ra3(which weshall denotebyP,Q,R)mustmove
incircular orbits round 0.Wehavenow toseeifsuch amotion ispossible.
One condition which mustobviouslybesatisfied isthat theresultant
attraction ofanytwooftheparticlesonthethirdmust actinthelinejoining
thethirdparticletothecentre ofgravity.This condition issatisfied ifthe
threeparticlesareinthesamestraightline. Iftheyarenotinastraight
line, itgives
*ffl
sinPRO=^~-2sinQRO, andtwosimilarequations.
Butsince isthecentre ofgravityoftheparticles, wehave
mlsinPRO_sinQPR_QR
ra2sinQRO~
sinPQR~P
and thiscombined with thepreceding equation givesPR=QR:similarly
wefindPR=PQ.
Hence either thebodies must becollinear, orelsethetriangle formed by
themmust beequilateral.
Consideringfirstthecollinear case, letthedistances ofthebodies from
their centre ofgravity (measured positivelyinthesamedirection) beal}a.,,
asrespectively:weshallsupposethatal&lt;a2&lt;as,which does notlessen
thegeneralityofthediscussion. Since theforceactingonPmust bethat
correspondingtocircular motion round 0,wehave
n?a=m2(a2 i)~2ni3(asaj)~2
,
where nistheangular velocityofthelinePQR ;andsimilarly
n2a2=m3(asa2)~2+n^(a2-
a^"2
,n2a3=ml(as o^)"2+m2(a3a2)~2
.
From theseequations wereadilyfind
rn^fc {(1+k)3-1]+ma(1+k)2(&-1)+m,[ks-(1+k)3
}=0,
where &denotes theratio(asa2)/(a 2a-^.
This isaquintic equationink,with realcoefficients. Since theleft-hand
side oftheequationisnegative when kiszero,andpositive when k=+oo,
there isatleastonepositiverealroot; sucharootdeterminesuniquelyreal
values fortheratios a1:a2:a3;and ifnisgiven,thedistances altaz,a3can
becompletelydetermined. Itfollows that there areaninfinite numberof
solutionsoftheproblem ofthree bodies, inwhich thebodies remainalwaysina
straightline atconstant distances fromeach other;thestraightline rotates
170]TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits 393
uniformly,andwhen itsangular velocityhasbeen (arbitrarily) assigned,the
mutual distances ofthebodies aredeterminate.
Consideringnext theequilateral case, letabethelengthofonesideof
thetriangleformed bythebodies, and letnbeitsangular velocity.Since
theforceactingonm3isthatwhichcorrespondstoacircular orbitround 0,
wehave
-1cosPRO+~2cosQRO=n* .OR,
a? a2
acondition which reduces to
Theconditionsrelatingtothemotion ofQandofRreduce tothesame
equation: andhence amotion ofthekind indicated ispossible, providedn
andaareconnectedbythis relation. Hence there areaninfinite numberof
solutionsoftheproblem ofthree bodies, inwhich thetriangle formed bythe
bodies remainsequilateral andofconstant size,and rotates uniformlyinthe
plane ofthemotion: theangular velocity ofitsrotation canbearbitrarily
assigned, and thesizeofthetriangleisthendeterminate.
Thetwoparticular typesofmotion which havenowbeen found willbe
calledLagrangescollinearparticlesandLagrangesequidistant particles
respectively*.
Formore than acenturyafterLagrangesdiscovery,itsinterest wassup
posedtobepurelytheoretical. But in1906 anewminorplanet,588Achilles,
wasfound tohave amean distanceequaltothat ofJupiter:and itwassoon
realised thattheSun, Jupiter,andAchilles constitute, approximatelyatany
rate, anexampleoftheLagrangian equilateral- triangular configuration.
Shortlyafterwards came thediscoveryofthree other Asteroids, 617Patroclus,
624Hector, and659Nestor, which areinthesame caset- Ofthis"Trojan
group,"Patroclus isinlongitude Jupiter 60,andtheother three inlongi
tudeJupiter +60.
Example. Shew thatparticularsolutions oftheproblemofthree bodies exist, inwhich
thebodies arealwayscollinear oralways equidistant, althoughthemutual distances are
notconstant butareperiodicfunctions ofthetime.
These areevidently periodicsolutions oftheproblem, andinclude Lagrangesparticles
asalimitingcase.
*They were discovered byLagrangein1772 :Oeuvres deLagrange,vi. p.229. For
references toextensions ofthese results totheproblemofnbodies,cf.myarticle iuthe
Encyklopadied.math. Wiss. vi.2,12,p.529; tothepapersthere mentioned maybeadded
E.0.Lovett, Annali diMat.(3),xi.(1904), p.1;W.R.Longley, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc.xm.
(1907), p.324,andF.R.Moulton, Annals ofMath. xn.(1910), p.1.
tCf.F.J.Linders, Arkiv forMat. iv.(1908), No.20.
394 TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits[CH.xv
171.Stability ofLagrangesparticles:periodicorbits inthevicinity.
Ithasbeen observed(167)that intheneighbourhoodofanyconfigurationofstable
equilibriumorsteady motion there exists ingeneral afamilyofperiodic solutions, namely
thenormal vibrations about thepositionofequilibrium orsteady motion. Weshallnow
applythisidea tothecase oftheLagrange s-particlesolution oftherestricted problemof
threebodies, andtherebyobtain certain families ofperiodicorbits oftheplanetoid.
LetSandJbethebodies offinite mass,m1andm2their masses,their centre of
gravity, ntheangular velocityofSJ,xandythecoordinates oftheplanetoid Pwhen
istaken asorigin andOJasaxis ofx.Theequations ofmotion oftheplanetoid
are(162)
d^_ dJK dy_dK du__dK dv___%&
~di~du ~di~~dv ~di~~dx dt~ 8y
where K=\(uz+v*)+n(uy vx)-mi/SP m2/JP.
Let(a,b)denote thevalues of(x,y)inthepositionofrelativeequilibrium con
sidered,sothat forthecollinea,r casewehave 6=0,and fortheequidistantcasewehave
a=^(m lm2}l/(m l+m2),b=\*J%1,where Idenotes thedistance SJ,sothat(46)
Thevalues ofu,vinthepositionofrelative equilibrium areeasilyseen tobenband
narespectively.
Write #=a+, yb+rj,u=nb +Q,v=na+
(f&gt;,
where,77,6,&lt;paresupposedtobesmallquantities:neglecting aconstant term,wehave
Onexpanding andretaining onlyterms ofthesecond order inthesmallquantities,
weobtain anexpressionforKwithwhich theequationsforthevibrations about relative
equilibrium canbeformed :weshall fordefiniteness consider vibrations about theequi
distantconfiguration:inthiscasetheexpressionforKbecomes
Theequationsofmotion are
dK dK ,dK _dK~Wn~W ~3|~ *--frj-
Solving these equationsinthemanner described inChapter VII,wefindthattheperiod
ofanormal vibration is27T/X, where Xisaroot oftheequation
X4-n*\*+(*i-#)n*=0,where k=-
.. .4mi+m2
Thetwovalues ofX2given bythisequationwillbepositive provided theyarereal, since
(fi~^2
)ispositive:andtheywillberealprovided4(fJ&2
)&lt;1,or(wij+?n2)2
&gt;27mjra2;
arelation which issatisfied providedoneofthemasses S,Jissufficiently largecompared
with theother. When thiscondition issatisfied,there exist twofamilies ofperiodicorbits
oftheplanetoidinthevicinity ofitsequidistant configuration ofrelativeequilibrium:the
periods are,toafirstapproximation, STT/XJand27r/X 2,where X^andX22aretheroots ofthe
equationinX2
,
171,172] TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits 395
Asimilar discussion leads totheresult that thecollinearLagrange s-particle configurations
areunstable; buttheequation fortheperiods ofnormal modes ofvibration hasalwaysone
real root,andconsequentlyintheneighbourhood ofaposition ofrelativeequilibrium ofthe
planetoidonthelineSJthere exists afamily ofunstableperiodicorbits*.
Example. Shew that, foroneofthemodes ofnormal vibration oftheplanetoidinthe
vicinityoftheequidistant configuration,theconstant ofrelative energyisgreaterthan in
theconfigurationofrelative equilibrium,while fortheothermode theconstant islessthan
intheconfigurationofrelative equilibrium. (Charlier.)
172. Thedifferential equation ofthenormaldisplacement from anorbit.
Weshallnowproceedtoconsider thestabilityoforbits ingeneral.
Supposethatsomeparticularsolution ofthemotion ofaparticleofunit
mass inaplane,under theaction offorces derived from agiven potential
energyfunction V,isknown;andconsider asolution which isimmediately
adjacenttothisknown solution, and forwhich theconstant ofenergyhas
thesame value.
LetPandQbethepositionsoftheparticleintheknown andadjacent
orbitsrespectivelyattime t.DrawQNperpendiculartotheknown orbit,
and letPN=
,NQ=u;let beafixedoriginontheknown orbit :let
arcOP=a,arcON=s,sos a-=
;and letpbetheradius ofcurvature of
theorbit atP.We shallregardthepositionofanypointontheadjacent
orbit asspecified bythequantities (u,s).
Thekineticenergyoftheparticle whendescribingtheadjacentorbit is
T=i^+i(l +W/p)2*2
.
and itsLagrangian equationsofmotion aretherefore
,
p/p ou
u\-..2/,u\. /.,u\uszdp3F
1+-
)s+-1+-)us-1+--f=-
-JT-p) p\p/\p/p-as os
theseequations possessaknownintegral, namelytheintegralofenergy
(M\2
1H )s2+V=h,where hisaconstant.
The firstLagrangian equation andtheintegralbecome
dp \\dujp*\dudajp \du+u
*Forfurther workonthesubject oforbits intheneighbourhoodoftheLagrange s-particle
solutions, cf.thememoirs referred toonpage 530ofmyarticle intheEncyjtlopadle, and also
Lovett, Astr.Nach. CLIX.(1902), p.281;Stromgren, Astr.Nach. CLXVIII.(1905), p.105;Moulton,
Math. Ann. LXXIII.(1912), p.441.
396 TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits[CH.xv
Since
du
and
thetwopreceding equations become
Eliminating(&lt;T fir),weobtain theequation
f/92F\ So-2
)
or(takingsinstead oftastheindependent variable, andwritingvforcr)
d2u1dvdu flid2V
ds2vdsds(v2\du2
and this isthedifferential equation oftheadjacentorbit
From thisequation wecan atonce deduce consequences relatingto
thestabilityoftheknown orbit. ForbySturm stheorem*,ifwehaveany
differential equationoftheform
d2u
where foracertainrangeofvalues oftthequantity /(t)liesbetween two
positiverealquantitiesa-andb-,thenanysolution uwhich iszero for
avalue twithin therangewillbezeroagainforsome value twithin the
range,where(tt)liesbetweenir/aandirjb, providedtherangeis
sufficiently largetocomprehendthis interval. Itfollows that ifthequantity
(32F/9w2)p+3v2
/p2ispositiveatallpointsoftheknown orbit, thisorbit will
bestable^,i.e.anyadjacentorbitwhich intersects itonce willnotdiverge
greatlyfrom it,but willintersect itagain infinitelyoften. Thisexpression
cantherefore becalled thecoefficient ofstabilityfortheorbit.
*Cf.Darboux, Th.gen. desSurfaces, Vol. in.
fInthediscussion ofstabilityin172-176, allpowersofthedisplacement above thefirstare
neglectedinforming thedifferential equations oftheadjacentorbits. The effect oftheneglected
terms onthestability hasbeen studied byLevi-Civita, Annali diMat. v.(1901), p.221,whohas
found thattheneglected terms giverisetoinstabilityincertain cases which appeartobestable
when only first-order terms areconsidered :thishappens whenaT/2iriisacommensurable
number, where aisthecharacteristic exponent (175)andTistheperiodofthesolution. Cf.
alsoA.E.Cigala, Annali diMat. xi.(1904), p.67.
172,173] TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits 397
173. Kortewegstheorem.
Suppose now that theknown orbit, withrespecttowhich thenormal
displacementuismeasured, isaperiodicorbitwhoseperimeterisS :then if
u=
&lt;f&gt;(s)istheequationofanadjacent orbit, itisevident thatu=
&lt;f&gt;(s+nS),
where nisanyinteger,isalsotheequationofanadjacentorbit :theorbits
represented bythesetwoequationsareinfactcongruent,butthecorresponding
tracing pointsareseparated byoneormoreperiods.
Inanyorbitadjacenttotheknown orbit letun,un+1 ,un+2(where nisan
integer)denoterespectivelythenormaldisplacementsinthenth,(n+ l)th,
and(n+2)th period,atthesameplaceintheorbit, sothatwecanwrite
un=
&lt;f&gt;(s+(n- 1)S), un+l=
&lt;(s+nS), un+2=
(f&gt;(s+(n+1)S),
where u=
&lt;f&gt;(s)isasolution oftheequation
d2
u, 1dvdu(1/9-F\ 3
ds2vdsds\v*\du2
/,
Since un,un+l ,un+2arethree solutions ofthislinear differentialequation,
theymustsatisfyarelation oftheform
where kand k^areindependentofs.
Weshall firstshew thatthese constants kand&xareindependentofthe
choice oftheadjacentorbitandofthenumber n,sothattheywillbethesame
foranyother set
um=ty(s+(m 1)S),um+l=ty(s+mS), um+2=ty(s+(m+1)$).
Forumisalinear function ofthetwosolutions unandun+1 ,say
andtherefore onadding periodstotheargument s,wehave
Butfrom theequations
Un+2==
"Un+ii"iUn , ^n+3=foUn+2"
"a^n+i&gt;
wehave c^un^+c2un+s=k(c1un+l+c2wn+2)+kt(dun+c2un+l\
andtherefore um+2=kum+1+k^um)
which shews that theconstantsoccurringinthelinear relation between
um+z,um+l ,umarethesame asthoseoccurringinthelinear relation
between un+2 ,un+l ,un.
Next, weshall findthevalue oftheconstant k^.From theequations
d2un 1dvdun[1/S2F\ 31
ds-vds dsl*\8tt*/ p*)n~
1dvdun-L f1/92F\ 3n+l+~--/t-f-ljIf
"
~J~~ /I1~
o\~^\ nds2vdsds
398 TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits[CH.xv
//S?/ /"/".I/"1/-/^i/ /YJ/ /7IItt -til I//tv7)4-1 Lt-tt// W/tlfrIX/I**]wehave un.
andhence, onintegrating,
aun aun+ic
7un j-=-
,where cisaconstant.
as as v
Changingstos+S,wehave
ds ds ds
fii/ /riti riii^
/7 7 \^^71-t-l /7wW/Tj.-^!*IX/M/TJ,,
cun+l+klUn)-diun+1^/c-^- .^-jg-J
aWn+j dtO
~dT-1ds
sothat &ihasthevalue 1.Wethushave thetheorem* thatifun,un+l ,un+
denote thenormaldisplacementsinanorbitadjacenttoaknownperiodicorbit
inthree consecutive revolutions, theratio k=(un+2+un)/un+1hasaconstant
value, which isthesameforalladjacentorbits.
174. Theindexofstability.
Theconstant ratiok=(un+z+un)/un+1,where un,un+1 ,un+2arethenormal
displacementsfrom aperiodicorbit inthree consecutive revolutions, iscalled
theindexofstabilityoftheperiodic orbit, forreasons which willnowappear.
Thenature oftheintegralofthedifference-equation
^n+2 rCUn+i~^~Un="
depends,asiswellknown, ontherealityornon-realityoftheroots ofthe
quadratic equation
\*-k\ +I=0,
i.e.itdependsonwhether k &gt;2or
jk
j&lt;2.
Supposingfirstthatkispositiveandgreaterthan 2,write k=2cosh a
;
then theroots ofthequadraticareeaande~a
,andweknow thattwoinde
pendentsolutions ofthedifference-equationareoftheform
as_as
u=e^&lt;f&gt;(s) and u=e"
tt1
(s),
where&lt;(s)and
-v|r(s)arefunctions ofswhich have theperiod S :choosing
these functions soastomake thesolutions usatisfytheequation
d*uIdvdu (1/82F\ 3
TT+~j--3-+11T^4
as vasas[&\ou* J
*Korteweg, Wiener Sltzungsber. xcm.(1886).
173,174] TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits 399
(which giveslinear differentialequationsofthesecond order forthefunctions
(f&gt;and-vjr),wehavetwoindependent particularsolutions ofthelatterequation:
thegeneralsolution isalinear combination oftheseparticular solutions, and
consequentlythegeneral equationoftheorbitsadjacenttotheknown orbit,
when k &gt;2,isoftheform
a* a*u-Kl*4&gt;(*y+Kte~~s+0),
whereKlandK2arearbitrary constants, and
&lt;j&gt;(s)and^(s)have theperiodS.
Similarlyifk &lt; 2,writingk=2cosh a,thegeneral equationofthe
orbitsadjacenttotheknown orbit isofthesame form
as_os
u=K^
&lt;f&gt;(s)+Kze~^^r (s\
whereKlandK2arearbitrary constants, andwhere
&lt;f&gt;and$*arefunctions ofs
whichsatisfytheequations
Nextsupposethat k &lt;2,sothat 2 &lt;k &lt;2 :letk=2cos a.Inthe
samewaywenow findthat thegeneral equationoforbitsadjacenttothe
known orbit is
whereKandAarearbitraryconstants andwhere
&lt;f&gt;and^rarefunctions ofs
with theperiodS.
From these resultsimportant consequences relative tothestabilityof
theknownperiodicorbit canbededuced. For ifk &gt;2,itfollows from the
character oftheexpressions obtained foruthat thedivergence from the
periodicorbit (orif &lt;and^rhave real zeros, theoscillation aboutit)becomes
continually greaterassincreases;while ifk&lt;2,thenormaldisplacement
isrepresented bycircular functions ofrealarguments, andconsequentlywill
remain within fixed limits. Wethus obtain thetheorem thataperiodicorbit
isstable ornot,accordingastheassociated indexofstabilityislessorgreater
(inabsolutevalue) than two.
The results ofthepresent articleagree with, andmaybededuced from, thetheorem
thatthegeneral solution ofadifferential equation ofthetype
(Pu
,(2?rs
. 47T \
p+(n+ icos--+ 2cos_+ .1
isoftheform u=ae$(s}+be~C8^(s),
wherea,barearbitrary constants,cisadefiniteconstant, and$and^areperiodic with
periodS.Of.Whittaker andWatson, ModernAnalysis, Chapterxix.
400 TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits[CH.xv
Example. Discuss thetransitional case inwhich theindex ofstability hasoneofthe
values 2 :shewing thattheequation oftheadjacentorbits isofoneoftheforms
u=KI{&lt;p(s)+s\l/-(s)}+K,,\js(s),
where$and
&gt;//either have theperiod orsatisfytheequations
andthattheknown orbitmaybeeither stable orunstable.(Korteweg.)
175. Characteristicexponents.
Thestabilityoftypesofmotion ofmoregeneral dynamical systems may
bediscussedbytheaidofcertain constants towhich Poincare hasgiventhe
name characteristicexponents*.
Consideranysetofdifferentialequations
where (X^,X2,...,Xn)arefunctions of(a^,a?2,...,xn}andpossiblyalsooft,
havingaperiodTint;andsupposethataperiodicsolution oftheseequations
isknown, definedbytheequations
wherefa(t+T)=fa(t) (i=1,2,...,n).
Inorder toinvestigatesolutionsadjacenttothis,wewrite
where (1, 2,...,n)aresupposedtobesmall, andaregiven bythevariational
equations (112)
7,^^cjfc "^ (^==J-)^
&gt;...,n).fit ,*rtf,^
\Juv K=1^K
Asthese arelinear differentialequations, with coefficientsperiodicinthe
independentvariablet,itisknown from thegeneral theoryoflinear differential
equations thateach ofthevariables &willbeoftheform
where thequantities S{kdenoteperiodicfunctions oftwith theperiod T,and
thenquantitiesakareconstants, which arecalled thecharacteristicexponents
oftheperiodicsolution.
Ifallthecharacteristicexponentsarepurely imaginary,thefunctions
(fi,&,&gt;fn)canevidentlybeexpressedassums andproductsofpurely
*AdaMath. xin.(1890), p.1;Nouv. Meth. delaMec. Gel. i.(1892). Onthegeneral problem
ofstability thereader should consult theextensive memoir ofA.Liapounoff ,originally published
in1892bytheMath. Soc. ofKharkow, andtranslated intoFrench byE.Davaux, Annales de
Toulouse(2),ix.(1907), p.203.
174-176] TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits 401
periodic terms; while this isevidentlynotthecase ifthecharacteristic
exponentsarenot allpurely imaginary. Hence theconditionfor stability
oftheperiodicorbit isthat allthecharacteristicexponents must bepurely
imaginary.
We shallnow find theequation which determines thecharacteristic
exponentsofagivensolution.
Inoneoftheorbitsadjacenttothegiven periodic orbit, let({31}/32,...,@n)
denote theinitial values of(, %%,..., n)and let/3j+fabethevalue of,-
after thelapseofaperiod. Asthequantities (fa^faz, ...,fa n)areone-valued
functions of(&,$,,...,&), which arezerowhen (&, /32,...,/3n)areallzero,we
havebyTaylorstheorem(neglecting squares andproductsof&,j82,...,@n)
Ifakisoneofthecharacteristicexponents,oneoftheadjacentorbits will
bedefinedbyequationsoftheform
andconsequentlyasetofvalues of&,/32,...,@nexists forwhich theequations
(i=l, 2,...,n)
aresatisfied :thequantityakmust therefore bearootoftheequationina
vfai -i O.T 9^1 9"^=^-
^-+l-ea r -
OPi Op2 f)ft
dfa2 dfa 2 . aT 9-^
T/ie characteristicexponents arethereforetherootsofthisdeterminantal
equation.
176.Properties ofthecharacteristicexponents.
When tisnotcontainedexplicitlyinthefunctions (XltX.,, ...,Xn\itis
evident that if
Xi=fa(t)
isasolution oftheequations, then
e)
W.D.26
402 TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits [OH.xv
isalsoasolution, where eisanarbitraryconstant. Theequations
&-*(*+) (t-1,2,...,*)
therefore define aparticularsolution ofthevariationalequations;butas
d(j)i(t+e)/deisevidentlyaperiodicfunction oft,itfollows that the coeffi
cient eaktreduces inthiscase tounity:andhence when tisnotcontained
explicitlyintheoriginal differential equations,oneofthecharacteristic
exponents ofevery periodicsolution iszero.
Supposenext thatthesystem possessesanintegraloftheform
F(#! ,x2,...,x^=Constant
whereFisaone-valued function of(oc^,x2,...,xn)anddoes notinvolve t.
Inthenotation ofthelast article, wehave
F
{&lt;/&gt;&gt;(0)+t++i}=F (&lt;/&gt;;(0)+&},
where forbrevityF(#;)iswritten inplaceofF(i,x.2,...,xn).Differentiating
thisequationwith respectto/3fjwehave
dFty ,dFd+ 2W^ n_^m+tezWi*+
teW&lt;
where indF/dx 1}dF/dx 2,etc.,thequantities (x1}cc2,...,xn)aretobereplaced
byfa(0),&lt;j)2(0),...,
(j&gt;n(0).From theseequationsitfollows that either the
Jacobian
8(&lt;f lfi/r2,..., A/r,l)/a(/81,&, ..., )iszero, orelsethequantities
dF/dx,, dF/dx 2,...,dF/dx nare allzerowhen =0.Ifthelatter alternative
iscorrect, weseethat(sincetheoriginoftime isarbitrary)theequations
=0,dF/dx,=0,...,dFldae n=
must besatisfied atallpointsoftheperiodicsolution: this isevidently
avery exceptional case,andtheformer alternative must beingeneralthe
trueone :butwhen theJacobian iszero, thedeterminantal equationforthe
characteristicexponentsisevidentlysatisfied bythevalue eaT=l,i.e.by
=:sothat oneofthecharacteristicexponentsiszero. Thusifthe
differential equations possessaone-valuedintegral,oneofthecharacteristic
exponentsiszero.
Acomparisonof 173,174with thetheoryofcharacteristic exponents
shews that inthemotion ofaparticleinaplaneunder theaction of
conservative forces, thecharacteristic exponentsofanyperiodicorbit are
(0,0,a, a),where thecharacteristic exponentaisconnected with theindex
ofstabilitykandtheperiodTbytheequation
k=2coshaT;
theorbit isstable orunstableaccordingasaispurely imaginaryornot.
176,177] TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits 403
Example1.Ifthe differential equations donotinvolve thetimeexplicitly, and
possess pone-valuedintegrals /\, ...,Fpwhich donotinvolvet,shew that either (p+l)
characteristic exponentsarezero, orthat allthedeterminants contained inthematrix
dF
9^-(i=l,2,...,^;=1,2,...,),
arezeroatallpointsoftheperiodic solution considered.(Poincare.)
Example2.Ifthedifferential equations form aHamiltoniansystem, shew that the
characteristic exponentsofanyperiodicsolution canbearrangedinpairs,theexponents
ofeachpairbeing equalinmagnitude butoppositeinsign. (Poincare.)
177. Attractive andrepellent regions ofafield offorce.
Thegeneralcharacter ofthemotion ofaconservative holonomicsystem
isillustrated byatheorem which wasgiven byHadamard* in1897. For
simplicity, weshallsupposethat thesystemconsists ofaparticleofunit
mass, which isfreetomove onagiven smooth surface under forces derivable
from apotential energyfunction V;asimilar result willreadilybeseen to
hold formorecomplex systems.
Let(u,v)betwoparameterswhichspecifythepositionoftheparticleon
thesurface, and lettheline-element onthesurface begiven bytheequation
ds*=Edu*+2Fdudv +Gdv*
where(E,F,G)aregivenfunctions ofnand v.The kineticenergyofthe
particleis
T=\(Eu?+ 2Fui&gt;+Gtf},
andtheLagrangian equationsofmotion are
_ .__
dt\du du du dt\dv dv dv
which canbewritten
-^--^du dv \duzdu2dv
-
du dv
1ff11V
"
"\ I"\*~^ ff"^~~~
~7*o Iw if)uj \dv*dv-duj
Wehave,bydifferentiation,
T&gt;37. dV.V=-~-u+ v,ou dv
dV.. dV...,_.
-^w+-^--y+-u2+2^-uv+-v.du dv du2dudv dv*
*Journ. deMath.(5),in.p.331.
262
404 TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits[CH.xv
Substitutingforuand vtheir values from thepreceding equations,
wehave
where
8F/ .,9^ z.+-=-^^^
dvV3^
drdG+FdG
(*Gdu+*F
dv-
dv
(FZFEZG ZG
dv\dv2dv 9tt
Thequantities occurringinthisequationcanbeexpressedinterms of
deformation-covariants*. Theprincipaldeformation-co variants connected
with thesurface whose line-element isgiven bytheequation
ds*=Edu-+ZFdudv +Gdv"
arethedifferentialparameters
,f)=(EG-F*r\B%&-F&&+%df} dvdv \dudv dvdu/1du
A,W=(EG-F*rB- 2F +G
j dudv
where&lt;and-fyarearbitraryfunctions ofthevariables uand v.
With thisnotation, thepreceding equation becomes
Utilisingtheequationofenergy
Eu2+2Fuv+Gv*=2(h- V),
andobservingthattheexpression
3&gt;(u,v)&lt;(dV/dv,-dV/du)
Eu&gt;+2Fuv+Gv* E(dV/dvf-2F(d V/dv) (dV/du)+G(dV/du)2
Thedefinition ofadeformation -covariant isgiveninthefootnote onpage 111.
177] TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits 405
contains thequantity (udV/du +vdV/dv)asafactor, wecanwrite
8(-V)/_r=-A1(F&gt;+Al(F)+(XU+^)F;
where \andyu,contain intheir denominatorsonlythequantity
andwhereIvdenotes theexpression
3&gt;(dV/dv,-dV/du)/(EG-F*) ;
wereadilyfindthatIvcanbeexpressedintheform
Consider, ontheorbit oftheparticle,apointatwhichVhasaminimum
value;atsuch apointViszeroandVispositive:asA,(F)isessentially
positive (since theline-element ofthesurface isapositivedefinite form),it
follows that/F^O, theinequality becominganequality onlywhen A,(F)is
zero, i.e.atanequilibrium-positionoftheparticle.
Astheparticle describesanytrajectory,thefunction Fwilleither have
aninfinite number ofsuccessive maxima andminima(thisisthegeneral case)
or(inexceptional cases) thefunctionwill, afterpassing somepointofthe
orbit, vary continuallyinthesame sense.Supposefirst that theformer of
these alternatives isthetrueone :then ifwedivide thegivensurface into
tworegions,inwhich 7rispositive andnegative respectively,itfollows from
what hasbeenproved above thattheformer oftheseregionscontains allthe
pointsoftheorbit atwhich Fhas aminimum value, i.e.itcontains ingeneral
aninfinite number ofdistinctpartsoftheorbit, each offinitelength;whereas
intheotherregion,forwhichIvisnegative,theparticle cannot remainper
manently. These twopartsofthesurface areonthisaccount called the
attractive andrepellent regions. Each oftheseregionsexists ingeneral,for
itiseasily found thatanyisolatedpointofthesurface atwhichFisaminimum(i.e.anypoint where stableequilibriumispossible)isinanattractive
region, andanypointatwhich Fisamaximum isinarepellent region.
Itisinterestingtocompare thisresult with thatwhichcorrespondstoitinthemotion
ofaparticle withonedegree offreedom, e.g.aparticle which isfreetomove onacurve
under theaction ofaforcewhichdepends onlyontheposition oftheparticle. Inthiscase
theparticle eitherultimately travels anindefinite distance inonedirection oroscillates
about aposition ofstableequilibrium. Theattractiveregion, inmotion withtwodegreesoffreedom, corresponds totheposition ofstableequilibrium inmotion withonedegree of
freedom.
Consider next thealternativesupposition, namelythat aftersome definite
instant thevariation ofFisalwaysinthesame sense. Weshallsuppose that
thesurface hasnoinfinite sheets and isregularatallpoints, andthatFis
aneverywhere regular function ofposition onthesurface;sothat, since the
406 TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits[CH.xv
variation ofVisalwaysinthesame sense,Vmust tendtoward some definite
finite limit,VandVtendingtothelimit zero.Consideringtheequation
weseethat ifAx(F)isnotvery small, Xand/j,arefinite andthe lastterm
ontheright-handside oftheequationisinfinitesimal; andconsequently
either there exist values oftaslargeaswepleaseforwhich Ivispositive (in
which casethepartoftheorbit described intheattractiveregionisoflength
greater thananyassignable quantity)orelseAj(F) tends tozero. But
Aj (F)canbezeroonlywhen dV/duanddV/dvarezero;iftherefore(asisin
generalthecase) thesurfacepossesses onlyafinitenumber ofequilibrium
positions, theparticlewilltend tooneofthesepositions, with avelocity
which tends tozero.Apositionofequilibrium thusapproached asymptotically
must beapositionofunstableequilibrium:fortheasymptotic motion re
versed isamotion inwhich theparticle, being initiallynear theequilibrium
positionwith asmallvelocity,does notremain intheneighbourhoodofthe
equilibrium position ;andthis isinconsistent with thedefinition ofstability.
Thusfinally weobtain Hadamard stheorem, which maybestated as
follows :Ifaparticleisfreetomove onasurfacewhich iseverywhere regular
andhasnoinfinite sheets, thepotential energy function being regularatall
points ofthesurfacearidhaving onlyafinite numberofmaxima andminima
onit,either thepartoftheorbit described intheattractiveregionisoflength
greater thananyassignable quantity,orelsetheorbit tendsasymptoticallyto
oneofthepositions ofunstableequilibrium.
Example.Ifallvalues oftfrom-xto+ooareconsidered, shew thattheparticle must
forpartofitscourse beintheattractiveregion.
178.Application oftheenergy integraltotheproblem ofstability.
Asimplecriterion fordeterminingthecharacter ofagivenform ofmotion
ofadynamical systemisoften furnished bytheequationofenergyofthe
system. Consideringthecaseofasingle particleofunitmasswhich moves
inaplaneunder theinfluence offorces derived from apotential energy
function V(x, y),theequationofenergycanbewritten
^(x-+y2
)=h-V(x,y).
Now thebranches ofthecurve V(x, y)=hseparatetheplaneintoregions
forwhich[V(x, y) h]isrespectively positiveandnegative;butas(&-+y*)
isessentially positive,anorbit forwhich thetotalenergyishcanonlyexist in
theregionsforwhich V(x, y)&lt;h.Ifthen theparticleisatanytime inthe
interior ofaclosed branch ofthecurve V(x,y}=h,itmustalways remain
within thisregion. Thewordstabilityisoftenappliedtocharacterisetypes
ofmotion inwhich themoving particleisconfined tocertain limitedregions,
andinthissensewemaysaythatthemotion oftheparticleinquestionis
stable.
177-179]TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits 407
Theabove method hasbeen usedbyHill*, Bohlinf, andDarwinJ,chiefly
inconnexion with therestrictedproblemofthree bodies.
179. Application ofintegral-invariantstoinvestigations ofstability.
Thetermstability wasappliedinadifferent sense byPoisson toasystem which, in
thelapseoftime, returnsinfinitelyoften topositions indefinitelynear toitsoriginal
position, theinterveningoscillations being ofanymagnitude.Ithasbeenshewn by
Poincare thatthetheoryofintegral-invariants maybeappliedtothediscussion ofPoisson
stability.
Considering asystemof.differential equations
forwhich III...Ifta?&B ...8x I...I
isanintegral-invariant, weregard these equations asdenningthetrajectoryinndimen
sions ofapointPwhose coordinates are(xv,#2,-.,%)Ifthetrajectories have no
branchesrecedingtoaninfinite distance from theorigin,itmaybeshewn that ifanysmall
regionRistaken inthespace, there existtrajectories which traverse IIinfinitelyoften :
and,infact, theprobabilitythatatrajectory issuing from apointofRdoesnottraverse
thisregion infinitelyoften iszero,however smallRmaybe.Poincare hasgivenseveral
extensions ofthismethod, andhasshewn thatunder certain conditions itisapplicablein
therestricted problemofthree bodies.
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Shew thatthemotion ofaparticleinanellipse under theinfluence oftwo fixed
Newtonian centres offeree isstable.(Novikoff.)
2.Aparticleofunitmass isfree tomove inaplane under theaction ofseveral
centres offorcewhich attract itaccordingtotheNewtonian lawoftheinverse square of
thedistance :denoting theresulting potential energy oftheparticle byV(x,y\shew that
theintegral
I/I(1-^)log{h-V(a-%;
where theintegrationistaken overtheinterior ofanyperiodic orbit forwhich theconstant
ofenergy hasthevalue h(thecentres offorcebeing excluded from thefield ofintegration
bysmall circles ofarbitraryinfinitesimalradius), isequaltothenumber ofcentres offorce
enclosed bytheorbit, diminishedbytwo.(MonthlyNotices R.A.S. LXII.p.186.)
3.Letafamilyoforbits inaplane bedefinedbyadifferential equation
where(#,y)arethecurrentrectangular coordinates ofapoint onanorbit ofthefamily ;
and let8ndenote thenormal distance from thepoint (,v,y)tosome definiteadjacent orbit
ofthefamily. Shew that8nsatisfies theequation
*Amer. J.Math. i.(1878), p.75. fActaMath. x.(1887), p.109.
+ActaMath. xxi.(1897), p.99.
Poincare, ActaMath. xin.(1890), p.67;Nouv. Meth. in.Ch.xxvu.
408 TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits[CH.
r I-,fdy\2
}(3$dyS0\where /= 41+-/ )M-^+-f-^-)+{(b(x, y)}2
,
and isavariable defined bythegquation
*:ldt \dx
(Sheepshanks Astron. Exam.)
4.Aparticle moves under theinfluence ofarepulsiveforcefromafixed centre :shew
thatthepathisalwaysofahyperbolic character, andnever surrounds thecentre offorce;
thattheasymptotes donotpassthrough thecentre inthecaseswhen thework, which has
tobedone against theforce inorder tobring theparticle toitspositionfromaninfinite
distance, hasafinite value;butthatwhen thiswork isinfinitely great,theasymptotes
passthroughthecentre, andtheduration ofthewhole motion maybefinite.
(Schouten.)
5.Shew that inthemotion ofaparticle onafixedsmooth surface under theinfluence
ofgravity,thecurve ofseparation between theattractive andrepellent regionsofthe
surface isformed bytheapparent horizontal contour ofthesurface, together withthelocus
ofpointsatwhich anasymptotic direction ishorizontal.
6.Aparticle movesfreelyinspace under theinfluence oftwoNewtonian centres of
attraction;shew thatwhen itsconstant ofenergyisnegative,itdescribes aspiral curve
round thelinejoining thecentres, remaining within atubular region bounded bytwo
ellipsoidsofrotation andtwohyperboloidsofrotation, whose fociarethecentres offorce :
andthatwhen theconstant ofenergyiszeroorpositive, theparticledescribes aspiral
pathwithin aregion which isbounded byanellipsoid andtwo infinite sheets ofhyper
boloids ofthesame confocalsystem. (Bonacini.)
7.Thenecessary and sufficient condition inorder thatatwo-parameter familyof
curves defined byadifferential equation
y"=&lt;i&gt;(x,y, /)
maybeasystemoforbits with thesame constant ofenergyisthat
shall bealinear homogeneous perfect differential. Thepotential energyisthen a
constant multipleof
.-*f(8-&)*(P.Frank.)
8.Inthemotion ofaparticleinaplane under forces which depend onlyonitsposition,
aone-parameter familyoftrajectoriesisobtainedbystarting particlesatagiven pointina
givendirection with allpossible velocities. Shew thatthelocus ofthefocioftheosculating
parabolasisacirclepassing through thepoint.Iftheinitial direction isnowvaried, shew
thatthelocus ofthecentres ofthe oo1circles obtained isaconichaving thegiven point
asfocus :and iftheforces areconservative,thisdegeneratesintoastraightlinecounted
twice.
9.Inorder thatasystemofoc5space-curves,ofwhichx1passthrough every point
inevery direction, maybeidentifiable with thesystemoftrajectoriesofaparticleinan
arbitrary positionalfield offorce,itisnecessary (but notsufficient) that thesystem
should have thefollowing properties:
(a)Theosculating planesofthe oo2curvespassing through agiven point form
apencil:thatis,alltheplanes passthrough afixed direction.
xv] TheGeneral Theory ofOrbits 409
(/3)Theosculating spheresofthe oc*curvespassing through agiven pointinagiven
direction form apencil:their centres thus lieonastraightline.
10.Shew thatthe on2curves ofanatural family which meetanysurface orthogonally
areorthogonal tooc1surfaces, thatis,form anormal congruence. (The surfaces in
question arethesurfaces ofequal Action.) (Hamilton.)
11.Shew that theproperty referred toinEx.10belongs exclusivelytonatural
families.
12.Inorder that afamilyofoc4curves inspacemay constitute anaturalfamily of
orbits, twopropertiesarenecessary andsufficient, viz. :
(a)Iftheosculatingcircles ofthose curves ofthefamily whichpassthrough agiven
pointpareconstructed atthatpoint, theyhave asecondpointPincommon, andthus
formabundle. Consequently,three ofthecircles insuchabundle havefour-point contact
with thecorresponding curves.
(/3)These threehyperosculating circles willbemutually orthogonal.
13.Theonlypoint-transformations which convert everynaturalfamilyintoanatural
familyarethosebelongingtotheconformalgroup.
[Examples 8,9,11,12,13above aretaken frommemoirs byE.Kasner intheTrans
actions oftheAmer. Math. Soc., 1906-1909. Forfurther work inthisdirection thereader
isreferred toProfessor Kasner sPrinceton Colloquium lectures onDifferentialGeometric
Aspects ofDynamics.]
14.Two setsofoolcurves inaplane, which formanorthogonal system,areorbits in
acertain conservative field offorce. IfUdenote theAction atanypoint (x,y~]ofa
particle considered asmoving ononeofthe first setoforbits, andVdenote theAction at
(x,y)when theparticleisconsidered asmoving ononeofthesecond setoforbits, shew
thatUandVareconjugate functions ofx-andy:andthat thefamilies ofcurves
U=constant, Vconstant, areidentical with the orbits.
(P.G.TaitandK.Ogura.)
CHAPTER XVI
180. Theneedforseries whichconverge forallvaluesofthetime;
Poincares series.
Wehavealreadyobserved(32)thatthedifferentialequationsofmotion
ofadynamical systemcanbesolved interms ofseries ofascending powers
ofthetime measured fromsome fixedepoch;these seriesconvergein
generalforvalues of twithin some definite circle ofconvergenceinthe
-plane, andconsequentlywill notfurnish thevalues ofthecoordinates
exceptforalimited interval oftime. Bymeans oftheprocessofanalytic
continuation* itwould bepossibletoderive from these series successive sets
ofotherpower-series,which wouldconvergeforvalues ofthetime outside this
interval;buttheprocessofcontinuation istoocumbrous tobeofmuch use
inpractice,andtheseries thus derivedgivenoinsightinto thegeneral
character ofthemotion, orindication oftheremote future ofthesystem.
The efforts ofinvestigatorshave therefore been directed totheproblemof
expressingthecoordinates ofadynamical system bymeans ofexpansions
whichconvergeforallvalues ofthetime. Onemethod ofachievingthis
resultj-istoapplyatransformation tothe-plane. Assumingthat the
motion ofthesystemisalways regular (i.e.that there arenocollisions or
other discontinuities, andthatthecoordinates arealways finite), there willbe
nosingularitiesofthesystematpointsonthereal axisinthe-plane, and
thedivergenceofthepower-seriesint1after acertain interval oftime
must therefore beduetotheexistence ofsingularitiesofthesolution inthe
finitepartofthe-planebutnotonthereal axis.Supposethatthesingu
laritywhich isnearest totherealaxis isatadistance hfrom therealaxis;
and letTbeanewvariable defined bytheequation
2hI+T
t~t=log.
7T 1T
Aband which extends toadistance honeither sideofthereal axis inthe
-plane evidently correspondstotheinterior ofthe circleJT=1 inthe
*Of.Whittaker andWatson, ModernAnalysis,55.
tDue toPoincare, ActaMath. iv.(1884), p.211.
180,181] Integration byTrigonometricSeries 411
r-plane ;thecoordinates ofthedynamical systemaretherefore regular
functions ofTatallpointsintheinterior ofthis circle, andconsequently
theycanbeexpressedaspower-seriesinthevariable T,convergentwithin
this circle. These series will therefore convergefor allreal values ofT
between 1and 1,i.e.forallrealvalues oftbetween ocand+oc .Thus
these series arevalidforallvaluesofthetime.
181. Theregularisation oftheProblem ofThree Bodies.
Inthelastarticle wemade thereservation thatthere aretobenocollisions
orother discontinuities forrealvalues of t.Theimportanceofcollisions in
themathematicaltheoryoftheProblem ofThree Bodies was firstindicated
byPainleve *,whoshewed thatthemotion ofthebodies isregular (i.e.their
coordinates areholomorphicfunctions oft)foralltime, providedtheinitial
conditions arenotsuch that after afinite interval oftimetwoofthebodies
collide. Therelations -which must subsist between theinitial values ofthe
variables inorder that acollision may ultimately happenbetween twoof
thethree bodies havebeen discussed byLevi-Civitaffortherestricted problem
ofthree bodies (when there isonesuch relation) andbyBisconcini\forthe
general problem, when there aretworelations :these relations areanalytic,
buttheyareexpressed bysomewhatcomplicatedinfinite series, andarenot
directly applicable except when theinterval oftimebetween theinitial instant
andthecollision issufficientlyshort.
Aconsiderable advance wasmadewhen K.F.Sundman shewed thatthe
singularityofthedifferentialequationswhichcorrespondstoacollision oftwo
ofthebodies isnotofanessential character, andthat itmayinfactbe
removedaltogether bymakingasuitable changeoftheindependentvariable :
that istosay,itispossibletochoose thevariables whichspecifythemotion,
andtheindependent variable, insuchawaythatthedifferential equationsof
motion areregularevenwhen two-ofthethree bodies occupycoincident
positions ||.Itisthuspossibletoobtain arealprolongationofthemotion
after thecollision IF:thecoordinates canbespecifiedforallvalues ofthetime t
from ooto+oo,whether collisions takeplaceornot :andapositivelower
bound /canbeassignedtothetwogreaterofthemutual distances. There
*Lemonssurlatheorie anal, deseq.diff .,Paris, 1897, p.583.
fAnnali diMat. (3)ix.(1903), p.1;Comptes Rendus, cxxxvi. (1903), pp.82,221.
*ActaMath. xxx. (1905), p.49. Cf.alsoH.Block, Medd. franLunds Obs., Series n.,No.6
(1909); Arkivf. Mat. Astr. ochFys.v.(1909), No. 9.
ActaMath, xxxvi.(1912), p.105. The essential features ofthework were originally
publishedinActa Societatis Sclent. Fennicae in1906and 1909.
||Levi-Civita regularised thedifferential equations oftherestricted problemofthree bodies
byanelementary transformation inActaMath. xxx. (1906), p.306;andinalater paper, Rend,
d.Lincei, xxiv.(1915), p.61,heextended this totheproblemofthree bodies inaplane.
IfThe variables canbeexpandedinascending powers of(ti-1)&,wheretirepresents the
instant ofcollision :theorbits hare cuspsatthepointofimpact.
412Integration byTrigonometric Series[CH.xvi
isonlyonecase ofexception, namely when allthree bodies collide simul
taneously:butthiscanhappen onlyinavery special typeofmotion, inwhich
alltheconstants ofangular momentum arezerotogether*.
Disregardingthis case oftriple collision, Sundman introduced anew
independentvariable wdefined bytheequation
where r
,r1}rzdenote thethree mutual distances, and Iisthelowerbound
already mentioned. The coordinates ofthebodies, andthetime, arethen
holomorphicfunctions ofwwithin aband offinite breadth 2Ointhew-plane,
boundedbytwolinesparalleltotherealaxisandoneither sideofit.There
exists acontinuous one-to-onecorrespondence between therealvalues oftand
therealvalues ofw,sothatwhen tvaries from ooto+oo,wlikewise
varies from ooto+ac .
Lastly, SundmanappliedPoincare stransformation
2H,I+T ,
iv=log--
7T81-T
inorder totransform theband inthew-planeintoacircle ofradiusunityin
theplaneofanewvariable r.Thecoordinates ofthethree bodies, andthe
time, arenowholomorphicfunctions ofTeverywherewithin theunit circle in
ther-plane:andthereforetheycanbeexpandedasconvergentseriesofpowers
ofTforallrealvaluesofthetime,whether there arecollisions ornot :the
case oftriplecollision alonebeing excepted.
182.Trigonometricseries.
The series discussed intheprecedingarticles areallopentotheobjection
thatthey givenoevident indication ofthenature ofthemotion ofthe
systemafter thelapseofagreatinterval oftime :theyalsothrow nolighton
thenumber andcharacter ofthedistincttypesofmotion which arepossible
intheproblem:andtheactual execution oftheprocessesdescribed isattended
withgreatdifficulties. Under these circumstances weareledtoinvestigate
expansionsofanaltogether differenttype.
Ifinthesolution oftheproblemofthesimple pendulum (44)weconsider
theoscillatory typeofmotion, andreplacetheelliptic functionbyitsex
pansionasatrigonometricseries,wehave
27T-g4.- (2s-l)^(t-t Q)-8~~
*This last facthadbeenknown toWeierstrass :cf.ActaMath. xxxv.p.55.Themotion is
then inoneplane.
tAsimpler equation available inthe restricted problem ofthree bodies wasgiven by
G-.Armellini, Comptes Rendus, CLVIII.(1914), p.253.
JCf.Whittaker andWatson, ModernAnalysis, 226.
181-183] Integration byTrigonometricSeries 413
where 6denotes theinclination ofthependulumtothevertical attime t;Kand tmayberegardedasthetwoarbitraryconstants ofthesolution, and
/j,isadefinite constant, whileqdenotes e~vKIK
,whereKisthecomplete
elliptic integral complementarytoK.Thisexpansion,eachterm ofwhich
isatrigonometricfunction oft,isvalid foralltime. Moreover, when the
constantqisnotlarge,the firstfewterms oftheseriesgiveacloseapproxi
mation tothemotion for allvalues of t.Thecirculatory typeofmotion
ofthependulum maybesimilarly expressed byatrigonometric series ofthe
samegeneralcharacter.
Turning now toCelestial Mechanics, wefindthat series oftrigonometric
terms havelongbeenrecognisedasthemostconvenient method ofexpressing
thecoordinates ofthemembers ofthesolarsystem;these series areofthe
type
2tfn,,n 2,...,n fccos(nl6l+n.262-\-...+nkk),
where thesummation istaken overpositive andnegative integer values of
%1}nz,...,nk,and6risoftheform\rt+er;thequantities a,X,and ebeing
constants. Delaunay* shewed in1860 thatthecoordinates ofthemoon can
beexpressedinthisway;Newcombf in1874 obtained asimilar result for
thecoordinates oftheplanets, and several later writersJhavedesigned
processesforthesolution ofthegeneral Problem ofThree Bodies inthis
form;theseprocessesarealsoapplicabletootherdynamical systems whose
equationsofmotion areofacertaintype resemblingthose oftheProblem
ofThree Bodies. Inthefollowingarticles weshallgiveamethod which
isapplicabletoalldynamical systems andleads tosolutions intheform of
trigonometricseries :themethod consistsessentially,aswillbeseen, inthe
repeated applicationofcontact-transformations, whichultimately reduce the
problemtotheequilibrium -problem.
183. Removaloftermsofthefirst degree from theenergy function.
Consider then adynamical system, whoseequations ofmotion are
dqr_dH dpr__dff
dt~dp r dt~~dfr1,2, ...,w),
where theenergyfunctionHdoesnotinvolve thetime texplicitly.
Thealgebraicsolution ofthe2nsimultaneousequations
8/=0,^=(r-1,*.,,)dpr oqr
willfurnish ingeneral oneormore setsofvalues(a,,az,...,an,bl}62,...,6n)
forthevariables(q,, q.2&gt;...,qn,plt...,p n);andeach ofthese setsofvalues
*Theorie dumouvement delalune.Paris, 1860. fSmithsonianContributions, 1874.
Je.g.Lindstedt, Tisserand, andPoincare.
Whittaker, Proc. Land. Math. Soc.xxxiv.(1902), p.206.
414 Integration byTrigonometricSeries[OH.xvi
willcorrespondtoaform ofequilibriumor(iftheaboveequationsarethose
ofareducedsystem) steadymotion ofthesystem.
Letanyoneofthese setsofvalues (al,a2,...,an,b1}b2,...,bn)beselected;
weshallshewhow tofindexpansionswhichrepresentthesolution ofthe
problemwhen themotion isofatypeterminated bythisform ofequilibrium
orsteadymotion. Thus ifthesystemconsidered were thesimple pendulum,
andtheform ofequilibriumchosen were that inwhich thependulum hangs
verticallydownwards atrest, ouraimwould betofind series which would
representthesolution ofthependulum problem when themotion isofthe
oscillatory type.
Take thennew variables(q,f
,q2,...,qn,pS,p2f
,...,p n\defined bythe
equations
qr=ar+qr,pr=br+pr (r=1,2, ...,n) ;
theequationsofmotion become
dqrdH dpr dH .a _*
(f=I/ ni7. "i /) 7i O / V *&gt; "&gt; )"/&gt;dtdp,dtdqr
and forsufficientlysmall values ofthenew variables thefunctionHcanbe
expandedasamultiple powerseries intheform
H=H +Hl+H.2+H,+ ...,
whereHkdenotes terms homogeneousofthekihdegreeinthevariables
(qi, q*,&gt;qn,pi, -,pn)-
SinceHdoesnotcontain anyofthevariables, itmaybeomitted :andthe
factthatthedifferential equationsaresatisfied when
(&lt;//,qz,...,qn ,p,1
,...,pn)
arepermanentlyzerorequiresthatHlshould vanishidentically. Theexpansion
ofHtherefore beginswith thetermsH2,which(suppressingtheaccents of
thenew variables) maybewritten intheform
H.2=^2(arrgr-+2or Sqrqs)+2bnqrp8+^(crrpS4-2cnprp,\
where ttrs=asr, crs=csr ,
butbnisnotnecessarily equaltobsr.IfthetermsHs,H4,...wereneglected
incomparisonwithH2,theequationswould become those ofavibrational
problem (Chapter VII).
184. Determination ofthenormal coordinates byacontact-transformation.
Weshallnowapplyacontact-transformation tothesysteminorder to
expressH2inasimplerform *,infact, toobtain variables whichcorrespond
tonormal coordinates forsmall vibrations ofthesystem.
*Inobtaining thetransformation ofthis article amethod isusedwhich wassuggested tothe
author byDrBromwich, andwhich furnishes thetransformation more directly than themethod
originally devised.
183,184] Integration byTrigonometricSeries 415
Consider thesetof2nequations
(r=l,2,...,w)
~8aSr^dy rz^ 1*x
*&gt; &gt;Xn &gt;y^&gt; y^)-
J
orsyr=arlx1+arzx.2+ ...+arnxn+\)ny^+...+brnyn\
J U.A j.7 l(r=l,2,...,n).sx.rolrxl+o.2rxz+...+onrxn+cnyl+ ...+crnyn)
Onsolvingtheseequations, weobtain forsthedeterminantalequation
which in84wasdenoted byf(s)=:weshallsuppose thatH2isapositive
definite form, and (asin84)weshall denote theroots oftheequation
by isi, is2,..., isn;thequantitiesslts.2,...,snare allreal,and for
simplicity weshallsupposenotwoofthem tobeequal.
Toeach rootthere willcorrespondasetofvalues fortheratios ofthe
quantities (xl,xz,...,xn,ylt...,yn};letthesetwhichcorrespondtotheroot
isrbedenoted by(y^, rx2,...,fXn,ry^,..., ryn),and letthesetwhich corre
spondtotheroot isrbedenoted by(_,.#!, _,^ 2,...,-rXn,-ryi,...,-ryn)&gt;so
thatwehave
Multiplytheseequations bykxpand kyprespectively, addthem, andsumwith
respecttop;wethus obtain theequation
n
is,. 2,\tjcpkyp ifKpryp)=-H(?%k),
where
1\i
-,/t/ )ll^***iIc^l&lt;~^**32jx- ]Jb"^2*~K^\T^^f"""^H \vQb] jfcVi r*Jt^- it1/i/~T~*
sothatH(r,k)issymmetricallyrelated torand k.
Interchangingrand k,wehave
*
isk2(kXpryprXpkyp)=H(r,k\
P=I
n
andtherefore(sr+sk)^(^ ryp^xpkyp)=0.
P=I
So,unless sr+skiszero,wehave
n
-^\.^^p kyj)^~kptjPs
andconsequently H(r,k)iszero :ifsr+skiszero,wehave^p=-rXp,
kyp=
-,-!/]&gt;,andtherefore
n
1Sr \rXpryp rXpryp)="
\f&gt; **/
p=l
Integration byTrigonometricSeries[CH.xvi
Ifnowwedefine newvariables((?/,q2,...,qn ,PI,,Pn)bytheequations
n v{
~fr 1 7";21&gt;V~T*1 6i - -i74 /*2nI"*//-A /* _-lit I i1 "i
/ (r=J.. . ....n).
i . i . . , /1v
Pr=tfr
and if8andAdenote anytwoindependentmodes ofvariation, itisevident
n n
thaithecoefficient oftarAc*in2(Sqi&pt-bqiSpi)is2(M-kyi--&i fyi),
1=1
n
which iszerowhen risnotequaltok.Thus2(Sqi&pi AqiSpi)contains no
terms exceptsuch as(Sqr&p,.-Agv&p/),andthecoefficient ofthisterm is
2(i-ici-ryi-ri ryi)-Now hitherto theactual values ofrXi, ryihavenotbeen
fixed, asonlytheir ratios aredetermined from theirequationsofdefinition;
wemaytherefore choose their values sothat
2O*-ryi--M ryi)=1(r=i,2,...,n),
1=1
andthenweshallhave
n n
2(8qi&pi &qi$pi)= 2(Sqr&p rAgvSp/),
1=1 r=l
sothat(128)thetransformation from thevariables(ql}q2,...,qn,PI,.Pn)
tothevariables(g/, q%,....qn ,pi, ...,pn)isacontact-transformation.
Moreover, ifinH2wesubstitute for(qltq2,...,qn,plt...,p n)interms of
(q\&gt; q*&gt;-&gt;qn,Pi,,Pn),weobtain
H2=2H(r,-r)qrpr
r=l
n
or H2=i2srqrpr.
r=l
Now applytothevariables
(&lt;?/,q2,...,qn,PI, ...,pn)thecontact-
transformation definedbytheequations
dW
&lt;n Ir 12 ^
^rPr~dq r
n! ipr"2
where W=2(pr"qr+i-iisrq,2
},
n
which gives H2=i2(pr"2+sr2qr"2
).
r=l
As allthetransformations concerned have been linear, weseethat
H3,H4,...willbehomogeneous polynomialsofdegrees 3,4,...inthenew
variables :and thus, omittingthe accents, wehave the result that the
equations ofmotion ofthedynamical systemhave beenbroughttotheform
dqr_m dp_r__dH
dt~
dpr dt~
dqr
184,185] Integration byTrigonometric Series 417
where H=H2+H3+H4+...,
inwhichHrisahomogeneous polynomial ofdegreerinthevariables, andin
particular
Itisclear that ifweneglectHS)H4,...incomparison withH2,and
integratetheequations,thesolution obtained willbeidentical with that
found in 84.
185.Transformationtothetrigonometric form ofH.
Thesystemwillnowbefurther transformedbyapplyingtoitacontact-
transformation from thevariables(qltq2,...,qn,p^,...,pn)tonew variables
(&lt;?/,q*,,qn,Pi,,pn),definedbytheequations
,dW dW
where W=S
|qrarcsm
r=l
sothat
pr=(2srqr^sinpr, qr=
(&lt;2qr)?sr~$cospr, (r=1,2,...,).
The differentialequations become
dtdpr"~dt
where H=s^+s2q,+...+snqn+H 3+H4+...;
andnowHrdenotes anaggregateofterms which arehomogeneousof
degree \rinthequantities qr ,andhomogeneousofdegreerinthe
quantities cos_p/, ainp r.
Since aproductofpowersofcospr,sinprcanbeexpressedasasum of
sines andcosines ofanglesoftheform(n^pi+n2p.J+...+nnpn),where
n1}n2,...,nnhaveintegerorzero values, itfollows thatHrcanbeexpressed
asthesumofafinitenumber ofterms, each oftheform
sin
tf^ft1"1...qnmn(nlPl+n2p2+...+nnpn),L-Ub
where m,+m2+ ...+mn=r,
[nr^.2mr,
andtherefore
|nx+nz|+...+ r.
ThefunctionHisthusexpressedintheform
,)H.....nin /* /* /olll ..
where foreachtermwehave
%+na
|+...+nn
|^2(m,-t-m2+...+mn),
w.D.
418 Integration byTrigonometricSeries[CH.xvi
andclearlytheseries isabsolutely convergentforallvalues ofp^,p2,...,pn ,
provided &lt;?/,q2,...,qndonotexceed certain limits ofmagnitude. From the
absolute convergenceitfollows thattheorder oftheterms canberearranged
inanyarbitrary way:weshallsuppose them soordered that alltheterms
involvingthesame argument n^+...+nnpnfarecollectedtogether,so
thatHtakes theform
where thecoefficients aandbarefunctions of
&lt;//,q2,...,qnandtheexpansion
ofan,n,...,n norbniyn2,...,n ninpowersofqi,q 2,...,^ncontains noterms oforder
lower than{ |^
|+n2+...+\nn\\;andwhere thesummations extend
over allpositiveandnegative integerandzerovalues ofn1}n2,...,nn,except
thecombination
?ix=nz=...=nn=0.
Moreover, theexpansionofa0j0,...,o(whichwillbecalled thenon-periodic part
ofH,therestoftheexpansion beingcalled theperiodic part) beginswith
theterms
MI+Ma++s
n&lt;ln,
and,wheng/,q2,...,q naresmall, these arethemostimportantterms inH,
sincetheycontribute terms independentof
&lt;?/,q2,...,qntothedifferential
equations.
Forconvenience weshall oftenspeakofg/,q2,...,qnas"small," inorder
tohave adefinite idea oftherelative importanceoftheterms which occur.
Itwillbeunderstood thatq^,q^,...,qnarenot,however, infinitesimal, and
infactarenotrestricted atallinmagnitude exceptsofarasisrequiredto
ensure theconvergenceofthevarious series which areused.
Toavoid unnecessary complexity,weshallignoretheterms
S^.n,, ...,sin(n^pi+...+nnpn}
inH.astheyaretobetreated inthesamewayastheterms
Sofn,,n 2,...,,,cos(n 1p1/+...+nnpn),
andtheirpresence complicates,butdoesnotinanyimportant respect modify,
thelaterdevelopments.
Theform towhich theproblemhasnowbeenbrought maytherefore be
stated asfollows (suppressingtheaccents inthevariables):Theequations of
motion are
aqrdH dpr=m
(r=1;2)...,.),dtdpr dt dqr
where H=u0(0.....+2an
,,...,cos(n lpl+n2p2+...+nnpn\
and thecoefficientsaarefunctions ofql,q2,...,q nonly ;moreover, theperiodic
partofHissmall comparedwith thenon-periodic parta
0)0&gt;...,o/atermwhich
hasforargument (n lp1+n2p2+...+nnpn)has itscoefficient a
ni&gt;^, ...,atleast
185,186] Integration byTrigonometric Series 419
oforder ^{ \%,+
|n2\+...+
jnn\}inthesmallquantities qltq2,...,qn;and
theexpansion ofa,o,...,obeginswith theterms(slqi+s2q2+...+snqn\
Itfollows from thisthatwhen thevariablesqltq2,..,,qnaresmallthey
varyvery slowly,while thevariables p1}p2,...,pnvaryalmostproportionally
tothetime.
186. Othertypes ofmotion which lead toequations ofthesameform.
Theequationswhich havenowbeen obtained have beenshewn tobe
applicable when themotion isofatypenotfarremoved from asteady motion
oranequilibrium -configuration, e.g.theoscillatory motion ofthesimple
pendulum,orthosetypesofmotion oftheProblem ofThree Bodies which
have been studied in 171. Buttheseequations maybeshewn tobe
applicablealsotomotion which isnotofthis character, and inparticularto
motion such asthat oftheplanetsround thesun, orthemoon round the
earth *.
For lettheequationsofmotion oftheProblem ofThree Bodies betaken
intheform obtained in160; and letthecontact-transformation which is
definedbytheequationsdW
Pr=
beappliedtothissystem, where
or-*~,r-~ (r=l,2,3,4)oqr dqr
,+1--
77,--I- ^rdq. 2 2
Thenewvariables canbeinterpretedinthefollowing way. Suppose that at
theinstant talltheforcesactingontheparticle //,cease, exceptaforce of
magnitude m^m^q^ directed totheorigin;and letabethesemi-majoraxis
and etheeccentricityoftheellipse described after thisinstant :then
q,=it^m^a-e2?
, q3=
Further, ifthelower limits oftheintegralsaresuitably chosen, /?/+q3is
thetrueanomalyof/*initsellipse, and-p3isthemeananomaly. The
variablesqj,qt,p2,p^stand inacorrespondingrelation totheparticle ///.
Theequationsofmotion nowtaketheform
dqr_dH dp; dH
W-fa"W"9ff(^=1,2,3,4);
when theparticles w2and ra3aresupposedtobeofsmallmasscompared with
Wj,andaredescribingorbits ofaplanetarycharacter aboutml}itisreadily
found thatHcanbeexpandedinterms ofthenewvariables intheform
H=ao,o,o,o+2a,li)W2i,l3Fn4cos(n^pf+n2p2+n3p3+n^ ),
*Delaunay, Theorie delaLune;Tisserand, Annales deIObs.deParis, Memoires, xvm.(1885).
272
420 Integration byTrigonometricSeries[cu.xvi
where thecoefficients aarefunctions of(qi, q,,qa,q4)only,thesummation
extends overpositiveandnegative integerandzero values ofnltw2,ns,?i4,
andthecoefficient a0)0)0)0ismuch themostimportant partofthe series. As
thisexpansionofHisofthesame character asthatobtained in 185,it
follows that themethodofsolution giveninthefollowingarticles isapplicable
either tomotion oftheplanetary typeortomotion ofthetypestudied in171.
187. Removal ofaperiodictermfromH.
We shallnowapplytothesystemanother contact-transformation, the
effect ofwhich willbetheremoval ofoneoftheperiodicterms fromH;this
willfurther accentuate thefeature already noted, namelythatthenon-periodic
partofHismuch more importantthan theperiodic part*.
Letoneoftheperiodicterms inHbeselected, say
n,,n 2,...,nncos(ni.Pi+n?P2++nnpn)-
WriteH=a
, , ...,&lt;&gt;+,,...,.cos&lt;XPi+n*P*++n
^P^&gt;+R
&gt;
sothatRdenotes therestoftheperiodicterms ofH;whenwewish toput
inevidence theargumentsofwhich&lt;*,,...,isafunction, weshall write it
Applytothesystemthecontact-transformation defined bytheequations
,_dW =dW
12,
where W=qfa+q2p2+...+qnpn+f(?i,?2/
, ,?n,0)
weshallsupposethat/isafunction, asyetundetermined, ofthearguments
indicated. Theproblemisnowexpressed bytheequations
dt dpr"dtdqr
where
8/
)
-f-:Hi~Q,...,qn+w-no/j )cos^
"T"R
&gt;
and6andRaresupposedtobeexpressedinterms ofthenew variables by
means oftheequationsoftransformation
df,"tf
*Readers familiar with Celestial Mechanics willnotice theanalogy ofthismethod with that
ofDelaunayslunar theory: theanalysisisdifferent fromDelaunay s,buttheidea isessentially
thesame.
186,187] Integration byTrigonometricSeries
Thefunction/is,asyet,undetermined andatourdisposal.Itwillbe
chosen soastosatisfythecondition that 6shallidentically disappearfrom
theexpression
D,o,....o i+HI-
,...,qn+nn
,~\f "r\f\+n,, ...,(qi+MIg0,.,qn+nn^jcos
sothat thisquantityisafunction of
&lt;?/,9a,...,qnalone, say
a&gt;o,,...,o(qi,qs, &gt;&lt;/ )
Then theequation
9/9
( 3/ 9A(*, .....nn(qi+h
figIn+nn^)cosB=a
determines9/730interms of
&lt;//, &lt;?2&gt; &gt;^n,-
o,.....o&gt;andcos 8.
Supposethat thesolution ofthisequationforf)f/d&isexpressedinthe
form ofaseries ofcosines ofmultiplesof6(which canbedone, forinstance,
bysuccessiveapproximation),sothat
df^=c+2ckcoskO,ov k=i
where c,Cj,c2,...areknown functions ofq^,q^,...,qn,a
0&gt;0......
Nowa0,0,.,.,0isasyetundetermined, and isatourdisposal. Imposethe
condition that cistobezero; thisdetermines a,o,...,oasafunction of
qi, q-2,&gt;qn ;and,onsubstitutingitsvalue intheseries fordf/dO,wehave
dffi8= Ickcosk0,
k=i
where now c1}C2,c3,...areknown functions ofq^,q2,...,qn.Integrating
thisequationwithrespectto6,and forourpurpose takingtheconstant of
integrationtobezero,wehave
/=1^sin&tf.t-i*
Theequations denningthetransformation nowbecome
%1dck.ia\
Pr=p-r+ 275-7Sinfvd
k-lkd^(r-\2 n)^i,&,..., ii).
qr=qr+nr2ckcoskd I
k=--\
Multiplythe first setoftheseequations bynltnz,..., nnrespectively, and
addthem :writing
WiK+n2p2+...+nnpn=
,
1 /V /I -V**-/"vie OClfwehave v=6+2,-I?h5^5+w2 ,+... Sm
422 Integration byTrigonometricSeries[OH.xvi
Reversingthis series, wehave
6=&+Sdksinke\
where d1}d2,...areknown functions of
&lt;//,q2,...,qn.Substitutingthis
value ofdintheequationsoftransformation, theybecome
sn
COS
where allthecoefficients rVk&gt;9kareknown functions of
&lt;?/, g./,5#&gt;/
Now, before thetransformation, thefunction Rconsisted ofanaggregate
ofterms ofthetype
R=2aWi )OT2&gt;...&gt;TOBcos(w^PJ+...+mnpn);
when thevalues which have been found for(q1}q2&gt;...,qn,p\, ,pn)are
substituted inthisexpression,andtheseries isreduced byreplacing powers
andproductsoftrigonometricfunctions of
/&gt;/, p.?,...,pnbycosines ofsums
ofmultiplesofp,,p,,...,pn ,itisclear thatRwillconsist ofanaggregate
ofterms ofthetype
R=2ami)Ml2)...&gt;Mncos(m^pi+m2p2+...+mnpn),
where thecoefficients aareknown functions of(#/,q^, ...,qn}-
Wethushave theresult(omittingtheaccents ofthenew variables) that
afterthetransformationhasbeeneffected,thesystemisstillexpressed byaset
ofequations oftheform
dqr_dH dpr_dH - - ~~i/x,.j**/
dtdpr dtdqr
whereH=a^o.-.o +Sam,, ,,,... &gt;Wncos(m lpl+m2p2+...+mnpn),
andwhere thecoefficientsaareknown functions ofq1}q2,...,qn.
Letusnowreview thewhole effect ofthetransformation. The differential
equationsofmotion have thesamegeneralform asbefore; butfrom the
equation
Oo,o,...,o+ani,n2,...,n nCOS(n^+??2&gt;2+...+nnpn)=a,o,...,o
weseethatoneterm hasbeen transferred from theperiodic partofHtoits
non-periodic part:theperiodic partofHislessimportant,incomparison
with thenon-periodic part,than itwasbefore thetransformation wasmade.
188. Removal offurther periodictermsfromH.
Havingnowcompletedtheabsorptionofthisperiodicterm intothenon-
periodic partofH,weproceedtoabsorb oneoftheperiodicterms ofthenew
expansionofHintothenon-periodic part,byarepetitionofthesame
process.Inthiswaywecancontinuallyenrich thenon-periodic partof
187-189] Integration byTrigonometricSeries 423
Hattheexpenseoftheperiodic part,andultimately,after anumber of
applicationsofthetransformation, theperiodic partofHwillbecome so
insignificantthat itmaybeneglected.Let(al,o2,...,an,/31;/32, &gt;/3n)be
thevariables atwhich wearrive asaresult ofthefinal transformation :then
theequationsofmotion are
doir_dH dpr__dH ,_
~di=
d@r dT~~~^r
where H,consisting onlyofitsnon-periodic part,isafunction of
(1}a.2,...,an)only.Wehave therefore
-0,*~/g*(~1, *,...,&gt;.
which shews that thequantitiesaareconstants, andthequantities ftareof
theform
dH
ft,.=
fjirt+er,where ar=-^ (r=1,2,...,n);oar
thequantities e,.arearbitrary constants, andthepartoffirindependentof
(d,cr2,...,an)is-ST.
189. Reversion totheoriginalcoordinates.
Havingnowsolved theequationsofmotion intheir final form, itremains
onlytoexpresstheoriginalcoordinates ofthedynamical systeminterms of
theultimate coordinates(a1,a2,...,an,/3l5..., (3n).Rememberingthatthe
result ofperforming anynumber ofcontact-transformations insuccession is
acontact-transformation, itiseasilyseen that thevariables(q1}q.2,...,qn,
plt...,p n)used attheendof185canbeexpressedinterms of(1( 2,...
,n,
/3] ,...,/8n)byequationsoftheform
mnsn
where thecoefficients aand 6arefunctions of(a1}a2,....an).
From this itfollows that thevariables(q^,q2,...,qn,pi,--^Pn)of183,
interms ofwhich theconfigurationofthedynamical systemwasoriginally
expressed,areobtained intheform oftrigonometric series, proceedingin
sinesandcosines ofsums ofmultiplesofthenangles @i,/32,..., {3n.These
anglesarelinear functions ofthetime, oftheformfj,rt+er;thequantities
424Integration byTrigonometricSeries[CH.xvi
erarenofthe2narbitraryconstants ofthesolution, while thequantities
/j,rareoftheform
Pr=-*.-+S ckl,*..., kni*a*2n*n
,
*1,K2,...
thecoefficients cbeing independentoftheconstants ofintegration. The
coefficients inthetrigonometricseries arefunctions ofthearbitraryconstants
(i, 2, -,n)only.
Theexpansionsthusobtainedrepresent afamily ofsolutions ofthedynamical
system,thelimiting memberofthefamily beingtheposition ofequilibriumor
steady motion which wasourstarting-point.
Evidently also,byapplyingtheintegration-processof187 189tothe
equationsofmotion found in186,weobtain asolution oftheProblemof
Three Bodies, when themotion isoftheplanetary type,intermsoftrigono
metric seriesofthekind abovespecified.
Forthefurther developmentofthetheoryofthepresent chapter,inconnexion with
theProblem ofThree Bodies, reference maybemade totreatises onCelestial Mechanics :
inparticular, thesecond volume ofPoincare sNouvelles Methodes delaMecaniqueCeleste
contains anaccount ofseveral methods ofderiving expansions, with adiscussion ofthe
convergenceoftheseries obtained. Themost recent discussion ofthesubjectwillbefound
inapaper bythepresentwriter OntheAdelphic Integral oftheDifferential Equations of
Dynamics (Proc. Roy.Soc.Edin., Nov. 1916).
MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES.
1.Let
&lt;f&gt;denote anyfunction ofthevariablesq^,g2,...,qn,p1,...,pnofadynamical
system whichpossessesanintegralofenergyH(qi,?2, &gt;?n&gt;Pi,&gt;p)=Constant;
let%,a2,...,an,61}...,bnbethevalues ofqltq2,...,qn,pi, iPnrespectivelyatthe
instant t=t;and let{/,g}denote thevalue ofthePoisson-bracket(/,g]when thequan
titiesqi, &lt;?2, , &lt;lniP\i &gt;Pnoccurringinitarereplaced respectively by 1? 2&gt;&gt;a,
bi,...,bn.
Shew that
2.Shew thatthedynamical system whose equations ofmotion are
dq_dH ^=_^
dt~
dp^t~
dq
JWIW
where H=
%p&lt;+^- -
,
possessesafamilyofsolutions represented bytheexpansion (retaining onlyterms oforder
lessthan a7
)
,3a/2a\4 3a
where p=-k+~t+f,
andaand earearbitrary constants.
INDEX OFAUTHORS QUOTED
(Thenumbersrefertothepages.}
Abdank-Abakanowicz, B.214
Albeggiani, M.L.337
Amontons, G.227
Appell,P.73,258,279
Armellini, G.81,412
Bennett, T.L.356
Bernoulli, Daniel 62,177,186
John 62,229
Bertrand,J.88,260, 320, 331, 332, 338,
349
Bessel,F.W.91
Bisconcini, G.411
Block, H.411
B6cher, M.183
Bohlin, K.340, 358,407
Boltzmann, L.41,278
Bonacini, C.408
Bonnet, 0.94
Bour, E.356
Brell, H.259
Bromwich, T.J.414
deBrun, F.166
Brims, H.357,358
Burgatti,P.69,166,325
Burnside, W. 3,5
Cailler, C.89
Cassie, W.R.118
Cauchy,A.L.4,124, 264,316
Cayley, A.9,12,115
Cerruti, V.330,331
Charlier, C.V.L.395
Chasles, M.4
Chretien, H.90
Christoflfel,E.B.39
Cigala, A.R.396
Clairaut, A.C.78Clebsch, A.311
Conway, A.W.26
Cotes, R.83
Culverwell, E.P.251
Curtis, A.H.97,113
Dainelli, V.96,112,114
DAlembert, J.leR.177,230
Dall Acqua,F.A.316
Darboux, G.80,109, 261, 333,396
Darwin, SirG.H.407
Dautheville,S.320
Davaux, E.400
Delaunay,C.413, 419,420
Derriman, W.H.118
Donkin, W.F.264
Dumas, G.166
Elliott, E.B.210
amEnde, H.112
Euler,L.2,8,9,41,72,93,97,100, 117,
124, 127, 144, 177,248
Ferrers, X.M.215
Flye Sainte-Marie, C.174
Forster, W.262
Ford, L.R.12
Forsyth,A.R.358
Fouret, G.130
Frank, P.408
Galilei, G.62,72,99,177
deGasparis, A.356
Gauss, C.F.9,255
Gautier, A.339
Gebbia, M.174
Glaisher,J.W.L.80
Gorjatscheff,D.166
426
Goursat, E.262,336
Grant, R.339
Green, G.38
Grinwis,C.H.89
Grossi, P.330
Hadamard, J.69,403
Halphen, G.5,106
Hamel, G.41Legendre, A.M.81
Lehmann-Filhes, R.316
Leibnitz, G.W.von35
Leitinger, R,256
Levi-Civita, T.90,325, 343, 385, 396,411
Levy, M.330,331
Liapounoff, A.M.400
Lie, S.275, 290, 295, 301, 322,343
Linders, F.J.393
Hamilton, SirW.R.3,9,55,79,246, 264, Lindstedt, A.413
288,290,315, 316, 323,409
Hazzidakis, J.N.102
Helmholtz, H.von 45,55,247,305
Hertz, H.255
Heun, K.37
Hill, G.W.407
Hiltebeitel, A.M.99
Hirsch, A.45,287
Holder, 0.249
Hoppe,R.130
Husson, E.166
Huygens,C.62,72,99,117Liouville,J.67,281,323
R.167
Lipschitz,R.256
Longley, W.R.393
Lovett,E.0.339, 393,395
MacMillan, W.D.85
Marcolongo,R.166
Mathieu, E.301
Maupertuis,P.L.N.de248
Mayer,A.45
Mehmke, R.77
Monge,G.264,316
Jacobi, C.G.J.104,144, 174,251,276, 281, Moulton, F.R.106, 390, 391, 393,395
287, 295, 307,316, 341, 342, 349,354
Jordan, C.179
Joukovsky, N.Ill
Kasner, E.409
Kelvin, Lord (W.Thomson) 261
Kepler,J.60,90
Kerkhoven-Wythoff, A.G.222
Klein,F.12,193,207
Kobb, G.109
Koenigs, G.1,88,275
Kolosoff, G.167
Korkine, A.337
Korteweg,D.398,400
Kotter, F.166
Kowalevski, N.166
S.164Muth,P.183
Nanson, E.J.183
Neumann, C.116, 215,239
Newcomb, S.413
Newton,Sir I.27,29,30,47,48,59,62,77,
78,82,83,86,90,103,229
Nicomedi, R.112
Nobile, V.82
Novikoff,P.M.407
Oekinghaus,E.91
Ogura, K.409
Olsson,0.166
Ostrogradsky, M.264,265
Painleve,P.70,227, 262, 379, 385, 389,
411
Lagrange,J.L.34,38,41,50,62,91,94, Pascal, E.214
97,104, 156, 177, 183,248, 264, 298,316, Pavanini, G.391
322,340,393
Laisant,C.A.113
Lamb,II.203,305
Lambert,J.H.91
Lame, G.104
Larmor,SirJ.278
Laurent, H.337
P.A.198
Lazzarino, 0.166Pennacchietti, G.338
Pfaff,J.F.264, 296, 307,316
diPirro, G.335
Poincare, H.203, 267, 286, 343, 354, 380,
385, 387, 400, 403, 407, 410, 413,424
Poinsot, L.2,152
Poisson,S.D.163,230, 264, 281, 299, 320,
407
Puiseux, V.106
Index ofAuthors Quoted 427
Quanjel,J.316
Radau, R.348
Rayleigh, Lord230,261
Resal, H.115
Rodrigues, O.3,9
Routh, E.J.55
Rueb, A.S.144
Salkowski, E.109
Scheffler, H.255
Schenkl, E.256
Schoute,P.H.85
Schouten, G.408
Segner,J.A.124
Siacci,F.21,24,154, 174,230,325
Signorini, A.388
Sommerfeld, A.193
Stackel,P.109, 166,335
Stader,J.F.81
Stekloff, V.166
Stokes, SirG.G.271
Stromgren,E.395
Sturm,J.C.F.396
Suchar,I.80Sundman, K.F.411,412
Sylvester,J.J.184
Tait, P.G.409
Taylor, Brook 177
Tchapligine,S.A.166,167
Thomson, W.,seeKelvin, Lord
Tisserand, F.419
Tissot, A.104
Tonelli, L.388
Vierkandt, A.215
vonVieth, J.23
Voss, A.249
Wallis, J.48,234
Wassmuth, A.256
Weber, W.45
Weierstrass, K.183, 197,412
Whewell, W.78
Whittaker, E.T.64,339,343, 388,393,407,
413,424
Woronetz, P.221,343
Wren, SirC.48,234
INDEX OFTERMS EMPLOYED
(Thenumbersrefertothepages, where theterm occursforthefirsttime
inthebook orisdefined.}
Absolute integral-invariants, 271
Acceleration, 14
ActioAgentis,30
Action, Least, 248
Action andReaction, Lawof,29
Adjoint systems, 287
Admit,to(atransformation), 319
Angles, Eulerian, 9
Angular Momentum, Integral of,59
Anomaly, true, eccentric, andmean, 89
Aphelion, 86
Apocentre,85
Appellsequations, 258
Apse, 86
Attractive regionsofafield offorce, 403
Axes ofinertia, principal, 124
Axis ofrotation, instantaneous, 2
Azimuth,19
Bernoulli sprinciple, 186
Bertrand stheorem ondetermination of
forces, 331
impulses, 260
Bilinear covariant, 297
Boltzmann-Larmor representation ofthe
LastMultiplier, 278
Bonnet stheorem, 94
Bracket-expressions, Lagrange s,298
Poissons,299
Brims theorem, 358
Canonical form ofequationsofmotion, 264
Cayley-Klein parameters,12
Central forces, 77
Centre ofrotation, instantaneous, 3
Centrifugal forces, 41
Characteristicexponents, 400
function, 289Chasles theorem, 4
ChristofFel ssymbol, 39
Classicalintegrals, 358
Coefficient offriction, 227
ofstability, 396
CollinearLagrangesparticles, 392
Collision, orbitsof,391
Collisions, 234
Components ofmomentum, 48
ofavector, 14
Conjugate point, 252
Conservation ofangular momentum, 59
ofenergy, 62
ofmomentum, 59
Conservativeforces, 38
Constraint, 255
Contact-transformation, 290,293
homogeneous, 301
infinitesimal, 292,
302
Continuation, analytic, 410
Coordinates ofadynamical system, 32
elliptic, 97
ignorableorcyclic, 54
normal orprincipal,181
quasi-, 42
Cotesspirals, 83
Covariant, bilinear, 297
,, deformation-, 111
Curvature, Least, 255
Cyclic coordinates, 54
Definite quadratic form, 36
Deformation-covariant, 111,404
Degreesoffreedom, 34
Density, 117
Differential form, 296
parameters,111
Index ofTerms Employed429
Displacement,1
possible, 33
Dissipation-function,231
Dissipative systems,226
Distance, mean, 87
Divisors, elementary,183
Eccentric anomaly, 89
Ejection,orbitsof,391
Elementary divisors, 183
Elimination ofthenodes, 341
Ellipsoidofgyration,124
ofinertia, 124
momenta!,124
Elliptic coordinates, 97
Energy, integralof.62
Kinetic, 35
Potential, 38
Equations, Appell s,258
first Pfaffs system of,307
Hamiltons,ofmotion, 263
partial differential,
315
Jacobis,342
Lagrangian, 37
inquasi-coordi
nates, 43
withundetermined
multipliers, 213
variational, 268
Equidistant Lagrangesparticles, 393
Equilibrium-configuration,177
Equilibrium-problem,315
Equimomental bodies, 117
Eulerian angles,9
Exponents, characteristic, 400
Extended point-transformations, 293
External forces, 32,37
Field offorce, 30
conservative, 38
parallel, 93
First PfaflPssystem, 307
Fixity, 26
Fixtures, sudden, 169
Flux ofavector, 14
Focus, kinetic, 252
Force, 29
Forces, central, 77
centrifugal,41
external andmolecular, 32,37
Form, differential, 296
Freedom, degrees of,34Frictional systems, 227
Function, dissipation-, 231
Hamilton scharacteristic, 289
principal, 317
Hamiltonian, 265
Jacobis,342
Function-group,322
Gaussprinciple, 255
Geodesies, 254
Gravity, 27
Group, function-, 322
Group-property, 293
Gyration, ellipsoid of,124
radiusof,118
Gyroscopic terms, 195
Hadamard stheorem, 406
Halphenstheorem,5
Hamilton spartialdifferentialequation,
315
,, principle,246
theorem, 79
Hamiltonian form ofequationsofmotion,
264
function, 265
Herpolhode,154
Hertz sprinciple,255
Holonomic, 33
Homogeneous contact-transformations, 301
Homography,12
Ignorable coordinates, 54
Ignorationofcoordinates, 56
Impact, 234
Impulse, 49
Impulsive motion. 48
Index ofstability, 398
Inelastic bodies, 234
Inertia, ellipsoid of,124
moment aridproduct of,117
principalaxesof,124
Infinitesimal contact-transformations, 292,
302
Initial motions, 45
Instability, 186, 193, 203,396
Instantaneous axis ofrotation,2
centre ofrotation, 3
Integralofadynamical system, 53
ofangular momentum, 59
classical, 358
ofenergy, 62
Jacobian, 354
Index ofTerms Employed
Integralofmomentum, 58
ofasystem ofequations, 53
Integral-invariants, 268
absolute and relative,
271
Invariable lineandplane, 144,346
Invariant relations, 326
Invariants, integral, 268
Inverse ofatransformation, 293
Involution, 322
Isoperimetrical systems, 267
Jacobi sequation,342
function, 342
Jacobianintegral, 354
Joukovskystheorem, 107
Kinematics,1
Kineticenergy,35
focus, 252
,, potential,38
Kineto-statics, 37
Koenigs andLiestheorem, 275
Kortewegstheorem, 397
Kowalevski stop,164
Lagrangesbracket-expressions, 298
equations, 34
with undetermined
multipliers, 213
ofimpulsive motion,
50
forquasi-coordinates,
43
threeparticles, 393
Lagrangian function, 39
Lambert stheorem, 91
Larmor-Boltzmannrepresentationofthe
LastMultiplier, 278
LastMultiplier, 277
Law ofAction andReaction, 29
Newtonian, 86
Least Action, 248
Curvature orConstraint, 255
Levi-Civita stheorem, 325
Levystheorem, 330
LieandKoenigs theorem, 275
Liouville stype, systems of,67
Localised vectors, 15
Mass, 28
Mathieu transformations, 301
Mean anomaly, 89Meandistance, 87
,,motion, 88
Meridianplane, 18
Molecularforces, 32
Moment ofaforce, 30
,, ofinertia, 117
Moinentalellipsoid, 124
Momentum, 48
angular, 59
correspondingtoacoordinate,
54
integral of,58
Motion, impulsive, 48
initial, 45
mean, 88
steady, 193
Multiplier, Last, 277
Naturalfamilyoforbits, 389
systems, 57
Newton stheorem onrevolving orbits, 83
Newtonianlaw,86
Node, 349
Nodes, elimination ofthe,341
Non-holonomic, 33
Normal coordinates, 181
vibrations, 186,195
Orbit, 78
periodic, 386
Order ofanintegral-invariant, 268
,,ofasystem, 52
Oscillation, centreof,132
Parallel fields offorce, 93
Parameters, Cayley-Klein,11
differential, 111
Eulers,8
Particle, 27
Particles, Lagrange s,393
Pendulum, simple,72
spherical, 104
Perfect roughness,31
Pericentre, 85
Perihelion, 86
Perihelion-constant, 87
Period, 73
Periodic solutions ororbits, 386
time, 87
Pfaff sexpression, 296
,,systemofequations, 307
Pitch ofascrew,5
Plane, invariable, 346
Index ofTerms Employed431
Planetoid, 353
Poincare snormal variables, 387
theorem, 380
Poinsot srepresentation,152
Point-transformation, 293
Poisson sbracket-expressions,299
stability, 407
theorem, 320
Polhode, 154
Possible displacement,33
Potential energy, 38
Kinetic, 38
,, involvingthe velocities, 44
Principalaxes ofinertia, 124
coordinates, 181
,, function, 317
moments ofinertia, 124
Principle, Hamiltons,246
,,ofLeast Action, 248
ofLeast Curvature orConstraint,
255
ofRelativity, 26
,,ofSuperpositionofVibrations,
186
Problem ofThree Bodies, 339
inaplane,351
restricted, 353
Product ofinertia, 116
Prolongationofmotion after acollision, 411
Quadratures, problemssolubleby,54
Quantitas Motus, 48
Quasi-coordinates,41
Quaternions, 9
Radius ofgyration, 118
Rayleighsdissipation-function, 230
Reaction, lawofAction and,29
Reciprocal theorem, Helmholtzs,304
Reciprocation, 291
Regularisatiori, 411
Relations, invariant, 326
Relativevelocity,14
integral-invariants, 271
Relativity, principle of,26
Repellent regionsoffield offorce, 403
Resistance ofair,229
Restrictedproblem ofthree bodies, 353
Resultant ofvectors, 14
Reversed forces, 47
motion, 305
Revolving orbits, 83
Rigid, 1,32Rodrigues andHamilton stheorem, 3
Rotation about aline,1
point,1
instantaneous axisof,2
centreof,3
Rough, 31
Screwdisplacement,5
Similarityindynamical systems, 47
Sleeping top,206
Smooth, 31
Spherical pendulum,104
top,159
Spirals, Cotes,83
Stabilityofequilibrium, 186
oforbits, 396,407
ofsteady motion, 193
coefficientof,396
indexof,398
secular, 203
Steady motion, 163,193
Sub-group,301
Sudden fixture, 169
Superpositionofvibrations, 186
Surface-density, 118
Suspension,centre of,132
Sylvesterstheorem, 183
Symbol,Christoffels,39
ofaninfinitesimaltransformation,
303
System, adjoint, 287
Systems, dissipative, 226
frictional, 227
involution-, 322
isoperimetrical, 267
Pfaffs,307
Thomson stheorem, 261
Three Bodies, Problemof,339
inaplane,351
restricted, 353
Time, 27
periodic, 87
Top, 155
Kowalevskis,164
sleeping, 206
spherical, 159
Trajectory, 78,245
Transformation, contact-, 290,293
Mathieu s,301
Poincares,410
point-, 293
Translation,1
432 Index ofTerms Employed
Trojan groupofasteroids, 393
True anomaly,89
Two centres ofgravitation, 97
Type,Liouvilles,67
Unstable, 186, 193, 203,396
Variational equations, 268
Vector, localised, 15
Vectors, 13
Velocity, 14,33
angular,15
, relative, 14Velocity, correspondingtoacoordinate, 33
Vibrations aboutequilibrium, 177
steady motion, 193
normal, 186,195
ofdissipative systems, 232
ofnon-holonomicsystems,221
Virtual work, 264
VisMatrix, 29
VisViva, 35
Wave-fronts, 289
Weber slawofattraction, 45
Work, 30
CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BYj.B.PEACE, M.A., ATTHEUNIVERSITY PRESS
KClUKN Astronomy Mathematics/Statistics Computer Science Library
TO* 100Evans Hall 642-3381
PERIOD 12
4-M Hr-i-Hi
ALLBOOKSMAY BERECALLED AFTER 7DAYS
DUEASSTAMPED BELOW
NI*?^r
GOT 1
1997
121996
APR121998
...
QCT8a
JUN81998
8is
UNIVERSITY OFCALIFORNIA, BERKELEY
FORM NO.DD3,1/83 BERKELEY, CA94720
Berkeley
wimii
~-666 eae 5 Q 45
esme
Biba tenon. oSbates eh ene ; 2 a Bo:* 73